Document Number Rev. Document Title Number: Click On The Document Title To Go To That Section of The Document

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document
Table of Contents
Document Number Rev. Document Title Page
Number
A037-000-YZ-MR- A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM (MICROWAVE) 3
2472
A037-000-16-51- A VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENT 8
VDR-2472
A037-000-16-51-SI- A SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO VENDOR 10
2472
A037-000-YZ-TQS- A TECHNICAL QUESTIONAIRE 13
2472
A037-000-16-51-MD- A DEVIATION FORM 14
2472
A037-000-YZ-LSF- A LOGISTIC SUPPORT FORMAT 15
2472
A037-000-16-51-SP- A JOB SPECIFICATION 19
91
A037-000-16-51-SK- 0 DRAWING 55
01
A037-000-16-51-SK- 1 DRAWING 56
3001
6-78-0001 0 Specification for Quality Mgt. System Requirements from Bidders 57
6-78-0003 0 Specification for Documentation Requirement from Suppliers 66
6-82-0001 6 Standard specification for health, safety & environment (HSE) 78
management at construction sites
A037-000-16-49-SP- B JOB SPECIFICATIONS 165
01
A037-000-16-49- B ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS (PLANS, ELEVATION AND 174
2001 SECTIONS) OF OTHER BUILDINGS /MISC ARCH DETAIL
A037-000-16-44-SP- A JOB SPECIFICATIONS 175
2472
A037-000-16-44-DS- A DATA SHEET 177
2472
A037-000-16-48-SP- A LIST OF JOB SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, 179
2472 DATA SHEETS, DRAWINGS, ENGINEERING STANDARDS
7-68-0552 7 Circular platform for hot vessels 182
7-68-0509 6 Steel ladder joint details 190
7-68-0507 7 Details of steel ladder 194
7-68-0697 2 Electroforged grating type-I & type-II 197
A037-000-16-50-LL- A LIST OF ATTACHMENTS 205
10
A037-000-16-50-SP- A JOB SPECIFICATION (SOW) 208
10
11
12
A037-000-16-50-DS- A CABLE DATA SHEET 226
10
A037-000-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 229
11
A037-000-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 234
12
A037-000-16-50-DS- A DATA SHEET 238
13
6-51-0019 4 Specification for battery & charger. 247
6-51-0046 2 Specification for stationary lead and batteries 262
6-51-0051 6 Specification for medium and high voltage cables & accessories. 269
6-51-0082 4 Specification for cable installation. 279
6-51-0083 4 Specification for lighting installation. 290
6-51-0084 4 Specifications for earthing installation. 303
Page 1 of 391
Table of Contents
Document Number Rev. Document Title Page
Number
6-51-0087 3 Specification for field inspection, testing and commissioning of 310
electrical installations
6-51-0099 6 Design philosophy for electrical facilities. 318
6-78-0002 0 Specification for Documentation Requirement from Contractors 344
6-81-1019 3 ITP for battery chargers 356
6-81-1046 2 ITP for stationary lead acid battery 363
6-81-1051 3 ITP for MV & HV cables & accessories 368
7-51-0101 4 Typical earth electrode for earthing system. 374
7-51-0102 5 Typical earth electrode in test pit. 375
7-51-0103 5 Typical earth plate fixing details. 376
7-51-0107 4 Typical earth connection for lighting pole. 377
7-51-0115 4 Fence and gate earthing (Transformer yard). 378
7-51-0116 6 Equipment earthing schedule. 379
7-51-0117 4 Typical details of directly buried earth electrode. 380
7-51-0201 4 Typical installation of lighting fixture at ground level. 381
7-51-0202 4 Typical installation of lighting fixture on platform. 382
7-51-0208 5 Typical Marshalling box details for lighting poles. 383
7-51-0212 4 Typical installation of fluorescent fixture mounting in exposed 384
wiring system.
7-51-0224 4 Typical installation of weather proof light fixture. 385
7-51-0301 4 Marking of trenches for electric cables. 386
7-51-0302 4 Typical section of cable trench in unpaved areas. 387
7-51-0332 2 Safety measures for electrical installations during construction 388
A037-000-16-50- A Single Line Diagram 390
DD3010
A037-000-16-50- A DRAWING 391
DD1205
Page 2 of 391
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced,
MATERIAL REQUISITION (TOP SHEET)
ITEM DESCRIPTION: Telecommunication System
GROUP ITEM CODE 16ED DESTINATION : As per RFQ
ITEM CATEGORY II DELIVERY PERIOD :
DOCUMENT NUMBER
(Always quote the Document Number given below as reference)
A037 000 YZ MR 2472 A 10/03/2015 16 51

copied, exhibited or used, except in limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the indended use. EIL-1641-515 Rev.1 A4-210x297
JOB NO UNIT/ MAIN DOC. SR.NO. REV DIVN. DEPT.

COST CODE DATE
ORIGINATOR
Notes:
1. This page is a record of all Revisions of this Requisition
2. The nature of the Revision is briefly stated in the "Details" column below, the Requisition in its entirety shall be considered for
contractual pupose.
3.Vendor shall note the MR category and shall submit his offer in line with the requirements included in attached
'Instructions to Bidders'
REV DATE BY CHK APPD DETAILS

A 10/03/2015 PP RK PKS Issued for Bids
This is a system generated approved document and does not require signature.
Project : LPG Pipeline

ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
Client : BPCL Sheet 1 Of 5
NEW DELHI
Page 3 of 391
S.NO TAG NO . DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
/ ITEM CODE
1 Design, engineering, manufacture, procurement of bought out

items/components, assembly at shop, inspection, testing at
manufacturer's works, documentation, supply, packing and delivery
of Digital Microwave Radio Communication system & sub-systems
including Mandatory spares, Manufacturer's recommended two years
Operation & Maintenance spares, Warrantee and Commissioning
spares, consumables and all related items as per job specification no
A037-000-16-51-SP91, drawing, standards, etc attached or referred.
1.0001 000-MW-01 Digital Microwave Radio Communication System as per MR 1 Lot

1.0001.01 [000-MW1-01] Microwave radio equpmnts at Mahul, Sewree & Uran of 155 Mbps 3 Nos
(STM-1) capacity as per MR
1.0001.02 [000-MW1-02] Radio Survey Study for antenna heights & system engineering at Mahul, 1 Lot
Sewree & Uran
1.0001.03 [000-MW1-03] Design,Supply & Installation/Erection of Tower (40m) & accessories at 3 Lot
Mahul,Sewree & Uran as per MR
1.0001.04 [000-MW1-04] Antenna, RF feeder cable, mounting accessories etc. at Mahul, Sewree & 3 Lot
Uran
1.0001.05 [000-MW1-05] NMS Server with Software (PC based with operator console, Printer etc ) 1 Lot
at Mahul
1.0001.06 [000-MW1-06] NMS Client with Software (PC based with operator console, Printer etc.) 1 Lot
at Uran
1.0001.07 [000-MW1-07] Integration with existing Telecommunication system (STM-4, CCTV, 1 Lot
EPABX & VCE system) as per MR
1.0001.08 [000-MW1-08] WAN Routers along with peripheral devices as per MR 2 Nos
1.0001.09 [000-MW1-09] 230VAC/48VDC convertor (dual redundant) & its accessories at Mahul 2 Lot
& Uran as per MR
1.0001.10 [000-MW1-10] Supply,Testing & Commissioning of Battery and Battery 1 Lot
Charger/Rectifier Sys. at Sewree as per MR
1.0001.11 [000-MW1-11] Porta Cabin at Sewree as per MR 1 Lot
1.0001.12 [000-MW1-12] Installation materials including cables & accessories etc. as per MR 1 Lot
2 Installation, integration, documentation, termination, earthing of
panels, etc, site acceptance testing, trial run & commissioning,
handing over to Client for fully functional Digital Microwave Radio
Communication system integrated with existing telecom system as per
MR specification
2.0001 {2}000-MW-01 For Item 1.0001 1 Lot
3 Transportation from Vendor's shop to site as per MR for all items
covered under serial no 1
3.0001 {3}000-MW-01 For Item 1.0001 1 Lot
4 Training as per MR specification
5 List of recommended 2 years Operation & Maintenance spares along
with unit rates as per MR (Bidder to provide list) (not part of base
price)
6 Unit Rates
6.001 Unit Rates of items for addition/deletion as per Annexure-I of Job 1 Lot
Specification (Doc. No. A037-000-16-51-SP91)
7 POST WARRANTY MAINTENANCE CONTRACT for complete
Digital Microwave Communication System for all systems up to 5
years after completion of warranty period, with year wise break up as
per requirements specified in the bid document. (Post Warranty
Maintenance Contract shall be considered for evaluation but ordering
for the same will be separate from the main system order).
Project : LPG Pipeline REQUISITION No. REV

A037-000-YZ-MR-2472 A
NEW DELHI Client : BPCL
Page 4 of 391 Sheet 2 Of 5
S.NO TAG NO . DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
/ ITEM CODE
Vendors shall quote prices against these items in their price schedule
Vendor to note that the numbers given in square '[]' and curly '{}' brackets are not for their use and
meant for store purpose only.Items shall be tagged as per equipment Tag No. only.

A037-000-YZ-MR-2472 A
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
S. No. DOCUMENT TITLE DOCUMENT NO. REV DATE SHEETS
1 Vendor Data Requirement A037-000-16-51-VDR-2472 A 25/02/2015 2
2 Special Instructions to Vendor A037-000-16-51-SI-2472 A 25/02/2015 3
3 Technical Questionnaire A037-000-YZ-TQS-2472 A 25/02/2015 1
4 Deviation Form A037-000-16-51-MD-2472 A 25/02/2015 1
5 Certificate for Logistic Support A037-000-YZ-LSF-2472 A 25/02/2015 4
6 Job Specification for Microwave A037-000-16-51-SP91 A 25/02/2015 36

Communication System
7 Telecom Station Location Drawing A037-000-16-51-SK-01 2 12/01/2011 1
8 Network Configuration Drawing A037-000-16-51-3001 1 08/01/2015 1
9 Specification for Quality Management 6-78-0001 0 04/06/2009 9

system requirements from Bidders
10 Specification for Documentation 6-78-0003 0 04/06/2009 12
requirements from Suppliers
11 Standard specification for Health, Safety & 6-82-0001 4 13/02/2008 55
Environment (HSE) Management at Cons
12 Job Specification (Architecture) A037-000-16-49-SP-01 B 05/03/2015 9
13 Porta Cabin -Drawing A037-000-16-49-2001 B 05/03/2015 1
14 Job Specification for Air Conditioning A037-000-16-44-SP-2472 A 05/03/2015 2

System
15 Data Sheet for Air Conditioning System A037-000-16-44-DS-2472 A 05/03/2015 2
16 Structural Data A037-000-16-48-SP-2472 A 05/03/2015 3
17 List of Attachement (Electrical) A037-000-16-50-LL-10 A 04/03/2015 4
18 Specification for medium & high voltage 06-51-51 6 11/04/2011 10

cables & accessories
In case of any subsequent revision of MR or PR,only revised sheets of the attachments listed above shall be issued
alongwith the revision.
GENERAL NOTES:

A037-000-YZ-MR-2472 A
Engineers India Limited Vendor Drawing/ Document Submission Schedule
Client/ Project:BPCL/ LPG Vendor's Name : Contact Person (Name/ Tel/ Fax/ email) : Status Date:
Pipeline
Item PR No.: Review Status Code:

Description:Telecommunication S 1. No Comments
Date of LOI:
2. Proceed with manufacture/ fabrication as per commented document.
PO No.: Revised document required.
Page 7 of 391
3. Document does not conform to basic requirements as marked.
Date of PO: Resubmit for Review. R: Retained for Reference V: Void
EIL Originating Department :Instrumentation Contact Person(EIL):
Anticipated (Ant) Date of submission by vendor

Schedule
Drg/ Doc. Nomenclature Vendor Drg/ Doc No. Category Date of 1st Actual (Act) Date of submission by vendor Form
S.No. as per EIL Vendor Data Review(R)/ Submission Date of Return (Rew) by EIL Electronic Remarks
Requirement Records(I) (Rev. 0) (E)/ Print (P)
Title Review Status (Code)
Rev. 0 Rev. 1 Rev. 2 Rev. 3
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Ant
Act
Rew
Code
Form No. EIL-1641-1923 Rev.1
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENT
AFTER PURCHASE
Prints ORDER Final
S.N. Description with Prints Date Documentation
Quotes Needed /As built
System description including
configuration diagram, power
consumption detail, indicative BOM
1. 1 4
and technical catalogues for
complete Digital Microwave Radio
Communication System.
2. Deviation list (if any) 1 4
Technical manuals of Digital
3. 1 5W
Microwave Radio System.
Functional Design Specification for 4+ 2S
Digital Microwave Communication
Radio System including detailed
4. system design, system description 1* 6W
with drawings, equipment schedule,
power requirements, system
availability, etc.
4+2S
5. Equipment layout 1* 8W
Power supply distribution, earthing 4+2S

6. 1 8W
arrangement
Factory Acceptance Testing 12W
7. 1*
Procedure
8. Site Acceptance Testing procedure 1* 10W

Maintenance manual comprising of
preventive maintenance, trouble 4+ 2S
9. 1 10W
shooting procedure including failure
analysis
Station folder, Maintenance folder, 4 +3S
10. #
Station inventory folder
NOTES:
1. FOLD ALL DRAWINGS TO 216mm x 279mm AND ROLL TRANSPARENCIES.
2. VENDOR TO PROVIDE ALL PRINTED MATTER TO ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. ATTENTION – VENDOR PRINT
CONTROL DEPARTMENT
LEGEND:
CATEGORIES PRECEEDED WITH ‘*’ WILL BE APPROVED FOR FABRICATION BY ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. THE
REMAINING DRAWINGS ARE NEEDED FOR INFORMATION ONLY.
A/C = AS COMPLETED, A/R= AS REQUIRED, W/S= WITH SHIPMENT, W= WEEKS, S=SOFT COPIES (CDs).
# - After Trial run before final acceptance of the system by Owner/Consultant
VENDOR DRAWING NO- ORDER NO:-

MR NO. A037-000-YZ-MR-2472 25.02.15 SS SK/RK PKS
CLIENT: BPCL DATE BY CHK APP
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD. PROJECT- LPG URAN PIPELINE
NEW DELHI DOC. NO. REV.
PROJECT
VENDOR- A037-000-16-51-VDR-2472 A
(1/2)
This drawing and the design it covers are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower’s
express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited, nor used except in the limited way and private use permitted by
any written consent given by lender to the borrower.
Page 8 of 391
VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENT
1.0 Vendor must take care of the following while submitting drawings and documents for review
as indicated in Vendor Data requirement enclosed.
1.1 A blank space measuring 75mm W x 40 mm H shall be provided on all vendors drawing for
marking review codes etc. by Engineers India Limited (EIL).
1.2 The review of vendor drawings shall be done as applicable under the following review codes:
a) Review code 1 : No comments
b) Review code 2 : Proceed with manufacture/ fabrication as per commented

drawing/document. Revised drawing/document required.
c) Review code 3 : Document does not conform to basic requirements as marked.

Resubmit it for review.
2.0 Review of the vendor drawings by EIL would be only to check compatibility with basic design
and concepts and would in no way absolve the manufacturer/fabricator of his responsibility to
meet applicable codes, specifications and statutory rules/regulations.
3.0 For drawings/documents indicated as FOR INFORMATION in the Vendor Data Requirement.
Vendor must mark FOR INFORMATION ONLY on the submitted drawing/documents.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD.
PROJECT- LPG URAN PIPELINE
NEW DELHI DOC. NO. REV.
PROJECT
VENDOR- A037-000-16-51-VDR-2472 A
(2/2)
This drawing and the design it covers are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned
and on the borrower’s express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited, nor used except in
the limited way and private use permitted by any written consent given by lender to the borrower.
Page 9 of 391
DOCUMENT No.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO A037-000-16-51-SI-2472
VENDORS Rev. A
Page 1 of 3
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS
A 25.02.15 Issued for Bids SS SK/RK PKS
Rev. Date Details Prepared Checked Approved
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 10 of 391
DOCUMENT No.
VENDORS Rev. A
Page 2 of 3
I. GENERAL
1. Offer must be complete in all respect complying fully with the MR requirements without
exception. No price change whatsoever shall be allowed to the bidder after submission
of bid even if it results from any technical clarification. Note that all items included in
this MR shall be ordered on a single bidder. Bidder shall also note that all the quantities
of various items indicated in this MR are indicative and actual BOM shall be the sole
responsibility of the bidder to meet the MR requirements.
2. Any price change subsequent to the submission of the offer because of any technical
query or any other reason attributable to the bidder may lead to rejection of the offer.
3. Bidder shall only furnish a technical deviation list for the deviations, if any, in the offer.
Deviations shall be highlighted clause wise. If discrepancy exists between the
deviation list and any other part of the offer, deviation list shall prevail. If deviation list is
not furnished in the offer, it shall be considered that no deviation exists. Generally,
deviations are not acceptable and owner reserves the right to reject the offer without
any further clarifications. Evaluations shall be made based on deviation statement only.
Bidder to submit clause-wise compliance of the Job Specification as part of bid
submission.
4. Bidder shall categorically sign and stamp each and every sheet of the Material
Requisition including:-
a) Vendor Data Requirement
b) Special Instructions To Bidder
c) Job Specification
d) List of Attachments
And submit along with their offer.
5. Bidder shall furnish the drawings/documents submission schedule within 15 Days of

the receipt of LOI / FOI.
6. Bidder shall submit the Technical questionnaire duly filled in along with the offer. An
offer without the filled in Technical questionnaire shall be considered as incomplete
and is liable to be rejected.
7. Bidder shall submit the price details against each Item specified in this MR in the
separate price schedule sheet. No information / description, technical or non-technical,
other than what is required as per price format shall be filled or submitted. Unit rates as
asked shall be provided separately.
8. Make & Model numbers of each item including the accessories shall be provided.
9. Offered models shall be accompanied with technical catalogues in English language.
10. Bidder shall be responsible for selection of correct model of the equipments to meet
the purchaser's specifications. In case the model is required to be changed at a later
stage, to meet the purchaser's specifications as per the requisition, the same shall be
done by the bidder without any price and delivery implications.
11. Bidder shall offer the equipment (Digital Microwave Radio Communication System) of
such make whose OEM / OEM’s authorized service centre is present in India.
Page 11 of 391
DOCUMENT No.
VENDORS Rev. A
Page 3 of 3
12. Equipment Qualification Criteria: The make and model number of the all equipment
(Digital Microwave Radio Communication System) as offered shall be field proven. It
shall be operating satisfactorily in similar applications for a period of 4000 Hrs as a
minimum on bid due date.
The Bidder shall submit documentary evidence for proven track record of performance
of the Digital Microwave Radio Communication System already established & installed
by them and the system proposed in the tender.
13. Offers will be evaluated as received on the basis of the above points.
Page 12 of 391
TECHNICAL QUESTIONNAIRE
This questionnaire shall be duly filled in and submitted along with un-priced sets of offers to avoid
further queries and to ensure proper evaluation of your offer in time. If this is not complied with your
offer, the offer is liable to be rejected.
ANSWER ‘YES’ ‘NO’ OR ‘NOT APPLICABLE

BIDDER’S
S.N DESCRIPTION
RESPONSE
1. Have you any deviations to Digital Microwave Radio
Communication System MR
If ‘yes’ have you included the list of Deviations?
(If No deviations are furnished, It will be assumed that all the

specifications and requirements of the subject requisition are
complied with and no deviations whatever will be accepted after the
placement of order).
2. Have you filled in Proven Track Record form along with supporting
documents?
3. Have you filled Project Management & Responsibility form and

Source of Supply form?
4. Have you provided list of 2 years Operation & Maintenance Spares

along with unit rates?
5. Have you enclosed the relevant technical catalogue / literature in

ENGLISH language including model decoding details, drawing etc.
necessary for the evaluation of your offer?
6. Have you confirmed that the documents required as per the vendor
data requirement will be supplied after placement of order?
Note: If the answer is in negative, then furnish response thereof.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD. PROJECT- LPG URAN PIPELINE DOC. NO. REV.
NEW DELHI
PROJECT
VENDOR- A037-000-YZ-TQS-2472 A
This drawing and the design it covers are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned and on the borrower’s
express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited, nor used except in the limited way and private use permitted by
any written consent given by lender to the borrower.
Page 13 of 391
DOCUMENT No.
DEVIATION FORM A037-000-16-51-MD-2472
Rev. A
Page 1 of 1
ITEM: DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
MR. NO.:–A037-000-YZ-MR-2472
Name of Vendor: -
Schedule of deviation: -
1. Bidder shall furnish here a consolidated list of deviations taken in his offer to the MR
with necessary remarks for such deviations.
2. Deviations mentioned elsewhere in the offer but not listed in this form shall not be
binding on the owner. Any such deviations indicated elsewhere (other than this form)
shall render the offer non-responsive and shall be liable to be rejected.
3. All the other clauses of the MR, not listed herein shall be deemed to be fully complied
by the vendor.
4. Only the deviations listed herein, in conjunction with the MR shall constitute the
contract requirements for the award of job to the bidder.
Sl. No. Spec. No Clause Requirements as Deviations by Clarifications Remarks

No. per MR bidder
Signature of authorized Signatory of bidder …………………
Name of authorized signatory …………………
Stamp & Date ………………………
Note: Additional sheets may be used as required
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1

Page 14 of 391
DOCUMENT No.
FORMAT FOR
LOGISTICS SUPPORT CERTIFICATE A037-000-YZ-LSF-2472
Rev.A
Page 1 of 4
FORMAT FOR
LOGISTICS SUPPORT CERTIFICATE
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1

Page 15 of 391
FORMAT FOR DOCUMENT No.
Rev.A
Page 2 of 4
1.0 LOGISTIC SUPPORT CERTIFICATE
1.1 Bidder must furnish Certificate for providing necessary support services in favor of the
Owner (M/s BPCL) for Digital Microwave Radio Communication System committing
themselves to provide logistic to purchaser in the format furnished along with.
1.2 In case of bought-out items, this certificate must be furnished for each of the Sub
vendors clearly indicating type, model no. etc.
1.3 The Certificates must be furnished from each manufacturer in case more than one
manufacturer is proposed for an item. However it is expected that the bidder proposes
only one approved manufacturer for an item.
1.4 The Certificate must be signed with seal by the official signatory on the company’s
letterhead.
Page 16 of 391
Rev.A
Page 3 of 4
CERTIFICATE FOR LOGISTICS SUPPORT
(To be signed by Manufacturer's corporate level signatory on company's letterhead)
I, on behalf of M/s______________________________ confirm that the

_______________________Model No.__________________ for quoted by
M/s_______________________________ for M/s BPCL against Material Requisition no.
A037-000-YZ-MR-2472 shall continue to be supported by us for a period of minimum 10
years. The quoted system shall not be withdrawn from Indian market as a matter of our
corporate policy.
I further confirm that in case of placement of order by BPCL on us, we shall continue to
support BPCL in providing back-up engineering, maintenance support and spare part support
for a period of 10 years from the date of placement of order.
SIGNATURE WITH SEAL

AUTHOURIZED, SENIOR
MANAGEMENT LEVEL SIGNATORY
Page 17 of 391
Rev.A
Page 4 of 4
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE
(To be signed by Manufacturer's corporate level signatory on company's letterhead)
I, ____________________on behalf of M/s. ____________________________, certify that

in the event of placement of order for Digital Microwave Radio Communication System by
BPCL on us.
a) The Digital Microwave Radio Communication System complete with its

performance certificate shall be supplied by us.
b) M/s. _______________________ shall stand guarantee for the performance of

the Digital Microwave Radio Communication System when installed along with
the other system and associated items at site.
c) Our involvement shall be ensured during system engineering, testing and factory
acceptance testing, site commissioning and site acceptance testing.
d) With the methodology proposed herein, we M/s ___________________ shall

stand guarantee for the complete Digital Microwave Radio Communication
System as per the specified performance specifications.
SIGNATURE WITH SEAL

AUTHOURIZED, SENIOR
MANAGEMENT LEVEL SIGNATORY
Page 18 of 391
MICROWAVE DOCUMENT No.
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
BPCL LPG URAN PIPELINE Rev. A
PROJECT Page 1 of 36
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR
DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Project: LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT
Client: BPCL
A 25.02.15 ISSUED FOR BIDS SS SK/RK PKS

Rev. Prepared Approved
Date Purpose Checked by
No by by
Format No. 19
EILof1641-1924 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODCUTION ............................................................................................................ 6

2.0 PROVENNESS REQUIREMENTS & TECHNICAL FORMS ........................................... 7
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK & SUPPLY ...................................................................................... 11
4.0 SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES AND GUIDELINES ................................................... 13
5.0 SUB SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................ 18
6.0 GENERAL ................................................................................................................... 25
ANNEXURE-I (UNIT RATES) .............................................................................................. 35
ANNEXURE-II (EXISTING SYSTEM DETAILS) .................................................................. 36
Format No. 20
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
ABBREVIATIONS & TERMS
AAI : Airport Authority of India
AFC : Automatic Frequency Control
AGC : Automatic Gain Control
ATM : Asynchronous Transfer Mode
(b) : Blank space
BER : Bit Error Rate
CD : Compact Disc
CDROM : Compact Disc Read Only Memory
db : Decibel
C : Degree Centigrade
Dwg : Drawing
DOT : Department of Telecommunication
EIA : European Industries Association
EMI : Electromagnetic Interference
EOW : Engineering Orderwire
EPABX : Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange
ES-IS : End System-Intermediate System
ETSI : European Telecommunication Standard Institute
FAT : Factory Acceptance Testing
HDD : Hard Disc Drive
IDU : In Door Unit
IEC : International Electrotechnical Commission
IF : Intermediate Frequency
ITU : International Telecommunication Union
Kbps : Kilo Bits Per Second
LCD : Liquid Crystal Display
LED : Light emitting Diode
Format No. 21
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
MB : Mega Bits
MUX : Multiplexer
NA : Not Applicable
NMS : Network Management System
ODU : Out Door Unit
OEM : Original Equipment manufacture
OFC : Optical Fibre Cable
PC : Personal Computer
PCM : Pulse Code Modulation
PMR form : Project Management and Responsibility form
PTR form : Proven Track Record form
QAM : Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
QPSK : Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
Rev : Revision
RFI : Radio Communication Frequency Interference
RH : Relative Humidity
SACFA : Standing Advisory Committee for Frequency Allocation
SAT : Site Acceptance Testing
SCADA : Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition
SDH : Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SIC : Subscriber Interface Card
SOS form : Source of Supply form
STM : Synchronous Transport Module
TCM : Trellis Coded Modulation
TDM : Time Division Multiplexer
VAC : Volts AC
VC : Virtual Container
VDC : Volts DC
Format No. 22
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
VF : Voice Frequency
VSWR : Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
WAN : Wide Area Network
WDM : Wavelength Division Multiplexing
WPC : Wireless Planning & Coordination
Format No. 23
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
1.0 INTRODCUTION
To facilitate optimum operation & maintenance of BPCL Mumbai LPG Uran Pipelines of M/s BPCL
in the state of Maharashtra in India, a new Digital Microwave Radio Communication Link is
proposed to be implemented.
There are 2 no. of intermediate LFP stations along the BPCL LPG URAN pipeline route [Refer
station location diagram (Drawing No. A037-000-16-51-SK-01)]. The attended stations are BPCL
Refinery Mumbai, HPCL Refinery Mumbai and Uran. All the intermediate LFP stations are
unattended stations.
The Digital Microwave Radio with capacity of 155.52 Mbps (STM-1)(Actual usage as per present
requirement shall be 32 Mbps) is proposed in the range of licensed band of 6 - 9 Ghz to connect
BPCL Refinery, Mahul, Mumbai with Uran with repeater station at Sewree. License of 32 Mbps
shall be obtained however Radio equipment shall be of STM-1 capacity.
The proposed system shall be integrated with existing Telecommunication system (SDH STM-4
Telecom backbone system, EPABX system, Video Conferencing System and CCTV system)
This Document (A037-000-16-51-SP91) provides the technical requirements of the Digital

Microwave Radio Communication system.
1.1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
BIDDER Agency (Vendor/Contractor) that makes the bid in its

name and takes the total responsibility for the job
irrespective of support from any other sub-agency.
SUB-VENDOR Agency identified by the bidder at the bid stage for

execution of a predefined part of the work
BID Bidder’s offer
BID DOCUMENT This tender document
CLIENT/OWNER/PURCHASER M/s. BPCL
CONSULTANT Engineers India Limited (EIL)
1.2 BID OUTLINE REQUIREMENTS
Bidder is required to make a proposal in a format as outlined below (with each page of the
proposal properly numbered and duly authenticated) in order to achieve the objective of
maintaining uniform proposal structure from all the bidders. In addition to the hard copies as
required, bidder shall provide softcopies of his bid in CD form also. All communication on this Bid,
including those generated by the sub-vendor, and any subsequent correspondence shall be
through the Bidder only.
MICROWAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Part 1: TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
CHAPTER I COMPOSITION OF THE BID
Format No. 24
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
This chapter is to describe the proposal in brief and the roles of various parties who are involved
in bidding this project, clearly defining the Bidder & Sub-vendors (with name, address, Contact
details, etc.) In addition, the project organization structure putting together various parties with
inter-relationship shall also be submitted.
CHAPTER II: PROVENNESS REQUIREMENTS, TECHNICAL

FORMS & BID EVALUATION REQUIREMENTS
Bidder is required to submit filled up PTR, PMR and SOS forms as per this Bid document.
CHAPTER III VENDOR DATA REQUIREMENT
Bidder is required to submit documents as per vendor data requirement.
CHAPTER IV INFORMATION FROM BIDDER
Bidder is required to submit complete information for all systems and as asked from him in various
sections of this document.
CHAPTER V Indicative Bill of Material for Information
CHAPTER VI TECHNICAL BROCHURES
Bidder is required to submit Technical literature/pamphlets for offered item covering full
guaranteed technical specifications.
CHAPTER VII COMPANY PROFILE PAMPHLETS
CHAPTER VIII MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION
Part: 2 COMMERCIAL PROPOSALS
The scope of work, supply, technical & commercial requirements are explicitly provided in the Bid
document. Bidder is required to study these requirements in detail and make a proposal in an
outline as defined above, completely meeting these requirements. The offer must be complete in
all respects leaving no scope for ambiguity.
It is in the interest of Bidder to submit complete comprehensive proposal leaving no scope for the
Company to raise any further questionnaires as the proposal may only be evaluated on the basis
of what has been submitted by the bidder at the first instance in order to adhere to very strict
project schedule requirements.
2.0 PROVENNESS REQUIREMENTS & TECHNICAL FORMS
2.1 PROVEN TRACK RECORD (PTR) FORM
TO BE FILLED BY
S. No. DESCRIPTION
BIDDER
DETAILS OF ALL EQUIPMENTS, SUB-SYSTEMS AS
OFFERED FOR BPCL LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT
MICROWAVE RADIO EQUIPMENT

1 Make & Model No.
2 Details of the Project where used earlier
3 Name of Owner
Format No. 25
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
4 Name & address of Owner’s contact person

5 Telephone No. & Fax
6 Name of Manufacturer
7 Date, month & Year of commissioning of Microwave Radio
Communication Equipment.
8 Any system breakdowns
9 Cause of breakdowns
10 Whether similar Microwave Radio Communication
Equipment offered for BPCL LPG URAN pipeline project
(Yes/No)
11 Manufacturing facility from where Microwave Radio
Communication Equipment were supplied for the earlier
project
12 Manufacturing facility of Microwave Radio Communication
Equipment for BPCL LPG URAN pipeline project is same
as clause 11 above (Yes/No)
(Signature and stamp of Bidder)
2.2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND RESPONSIBILITY (PMR) FORM
The bidder shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for all works under this bid document.
Bidder to fill up blank spaces (marked (b)), of this form. Legend: NA – Not applicable
Performed
by (name) Place of execution of the
S. N Description
Bidder / Sub- activity
vendor
Single source responsibility including (b) NA
Design, Engineering, Manufacture,
Supply of total Digital Microwave
Radio Communication system
including all related goods and
providing all related services including
installation, testing, integration,
training, trial run, commissioning and
warranty for the successful completion
of the project.
a) Radio/ Frequency Survey for (b) SITE

coverage area
b) System Design, Engineering for:
I. Microwave Radio (b) (b)

II. Self Supporting Tower at (b) (b)

Mahul, Sewree & Uran
Format No. 26
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Documentation (b) NA
Training
a) First course
Microwave Radio Communication (b) Manufacturing facilities

system from where the respective
equipments / subsystems
are offered
b) Second course (b) SITE
Factory Acceptance Testing:
(i) Equipment testing

Manufacturing facilities
a) Microwave Radio (b) from where the respective
communication equipments/ subsystems
System are offered
Installation, Integration, Pre-

commissioning, Site Acceptance
Testing, Trial-run and Commissioning
for:
(b) SITE
a) Microwave Radio
2.3 SOURCE OF SUPPLY (SOS) FORM
Bidder shall provide data for the offered equipment:
Name of Company/
Make, Model, Organization
Version No., responsible for
S.N Description place of support &
manufacturing maintenance facilities
for this item / system
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
a) Radio Communication Equipment
b) Antenna with mounting assembly &

Feeder Cable
Format No. 27
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
c) Self supporting Tower & its associated

hardware
d) Radio Communication supervisory

system/ Network Management System
(NMS) Server at BPCL Refinery, Mahul,
Mumbai
(i) Hardware
(ii) PC
(iii) Laser Printer
(iv) Software
e) Radio Communication supervisory

system/ Network Management System
(NMS) Client system at Uran
(i) Hardware
(ii) PC
(iii) Laser Printer
(iv) Software
f) Aviation warning lamp & photo electric

switch
(i) Aviation warning lamp
(ii) Photo-electric switch
g) WAN Routers
h) Battery & Battery Charger

system/Rectifier at Sewree
i) Equipment Racks
j) 240 VAC/48 VDC convertor at BPCL

Refinery (Mahul, Mumbai) & Uran.
k) Cables & accessories
l) Porta Cabin at Sewree
Format No. 28
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
3.0 SCOPE OF WORK & SUPPLY
3.1 General
The bidder’s scope of work for Digital Microwave Radio Communication System defined in this
document shall be on turnkey basis and shall include but not be limited to the following:
Project Management, Design, Engineering, Manufacture/ Procurement, Supply of all related

goods (hardware, software, licenses (if any), accessories, etc)) and providing all related services
including installation, earthing, testing, integration, trial run, commissioning, etc of the complete
Digital Microwave Radio Communication System at existing attended and unattended stations
for establishing the communication link between Mahul & Uran with repeater station as Sewree.
The scope of work and supply shall broadly consist of the following:-
A) A Microwave communication system in the range of licensed band of 6 - 9 GHz between

BPCL Refinery, Mahul, Mumbai & Uran with repeater station at Sewree with all
associated items including its integration with the existing optical fibre communication
system, supply & installation of power supply system, Radio Communication Supervisory
System/ NMS, aviation warning lamps & switches, WAN routers etc.
B) Radio survey including determination of Antenna height & design
C) Design, Engineering, Supply & installation/Erection of self supported tower at Mahul,

Sewree & Uran.(Piling & foundation of Tower is by others)
D) All associated services for supply, installation, testing, commissioning & start-up for the
Digital Microwave Radio Communication Systems at BPCL Refinery (Mahul, Mumbai),
Sewree & Uran.
E) Training
F) Spares
G) Documentation
Note: - The items shall be new and unused (not reconditioned) and of recent manufacture
where the date of manufacturing shall not be older than one year from bid due date.
3.2 Detailed scope of work and supply shall include but not be limited to the following
3.2.1 Gather information for complete system design and detailed engineering to meet the
overall system availability objectives. The details of the existing system configuration are
provided with the MR (Refer Annexure-II of this document). However, bidder may visit the
site, with prior permission, to acquaint themselves with the exact requirement and quote as
per their survey and the information provided in the MR.
3.2.2 Design, detailed Engineering (including link budget), supply, installation, testing, trial run,
commissioning, etc. of Digital Microwave Communication System including all subsystems.
3.2.3 Route survey to gather information necessary to design the microwave communication
system including determination of antenna heights at respective places, requirements of
space diversity etc.
Format No. 29
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
3.2.4 Design & detailed Engineering of Microwave tower at Mahul, Sewree & Uran including
supply of all materials for installation and erection of self supporting tower (without using
guyed wires), fixtures, brackets and accessories for the erection of antennas on tower,
earthing (Separate earthing pit shall be considered for each tower), lightning arrestors,
platform, stirrups, antenna mounting assembly, feeder cables, aviation warning lamps
controlled through a photoelectric switch, ladder, resting platform etc. for Mahul-Sewree-
Uran microwave link.
Bidder shall consider height (40 m) for quotation purpose but shall provide the tower height
as recommended by their survey reports & civil & structural inputs.
3.2.5 Supply and installation of antenna, antenna mounting assembly, resting platform (as
required), feeder cable, cable trays (for antennae cables upto nearby control room/telecom
room/porta cabin as applicable) etc. at BPCL Refinery (Mahul, Mumbai), Uran and
Sewree, for Mahul-Sewree-Uran microwave link.
3.2.6 Supply & installation of aviation warning lamps (preferably LED based) controlled through
a photoelectric switch including cable & accessories etc. in accordance with the
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) recommendations. Bidder’s scope shall
include the cabling of Aviation warning lamps from nearest power source/control
room/porta cabin as applicable.
3.2.7 Supply & installation of Portable Cabin for housing the Microwave system, DC system and
Batteries. Portable Cabin should be provided with proper lightning and air
conditioning(refer job spec. (Air Conditioning System) ) facilities. Bidder to refer Job
Specification (Architecture) (Doc. No. - A037-000-16-49-SP-01) & drawing A037-000-16-
49-2001 for detailed specification of the same.
3.2.8 Bidder’s scope shall include the supply, laying & installation of all types of Cables & Cable
trays with other accessories, power cables, Ethernet cables, coaxial cable etc as required
inside Porta cabin at Sewree (from nearest power source) and to various buildings at
Mumbai & Uran through trenches or in ducts, as required, as per actual site requirement.
Bidder to refer document 6-51-51 attached with the MR for Electrical cable specification.
3.2.9 Carrying out the factory acceptance tests of the Microwave equipment as per the approved
specifications and procedures at the respective manufacturer’s works in the presence of
Owner/Engineer’s representatives.
3.2.10 System integration at site during SAT including providing requisite interfaces and
accessories to realize the Integration of the microwave communication system with the
optical fibre communication system.
3.2.11 Bidder to note that civil works pertaining to piling & foundation works of tower and
trench preparation for power cable shall be done by others. Erection, supply, design &
engineering of self supporting towers are in scope of bidder. Bidder shall provide all
design/engineering documents of tower to other contractor for civil works during detailed
engineering.
3.2.12 Bidder to note that prior approval shall be obtained from the Owner for the supply of any
material. After supply, upon verification by concerned engineer-in-charge documents and
challan shall be generated as part of invoice.
3.2.13 Supply of the technical literature, drawings and documentation for the complete system.
3.2.14 Temporary facilities:
Format No. 30
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Bidder to arrange temporary power supply, test instruments, trained manpower, transport
& any other facility required for installation and testing of total system.
Bidder shall arrange their own temporary communication system to co-ordinate activities to
be used during construction stage.
3.2.15 Bidder shall be responsible for
Safety and security of the installed equipment till the end of contract.
Protection and rectification of damage of the installed equipment, cables and

systems from man, heavy equipment, rodents, insects etc.
Cleanliness
Quality assurance, site acceptance testing, trial run & commissioning of the complete
system at site to the complete satisfaction of the Owner.
Bidder shall ensure that working of the system with link as complete is maintained for 24
hours a day and 365 days in a year with a guaranteed uptime of 99.9%.
Bidder’s scope includes obtaining all statutory clearances, frequency licenses, SACFA
clearance from respective statutory Govt. authorities / WPC / organizations and
maintaining liaison as required for implementation of the project. However, Owner shall
provide necessary assistance, as required. License fee shall be borne by Client. License
approval shall be on yearly basis.
Supply of mandatory spares
The bidder shall arrange the commissioning spares of all the equipments that may be
required during commissioning & warranty period separately and shall not be taken from 2
years of operation and maintenance spares.
Bidder to furnish specific Confirmation that, in the event of an order, new unused Radio
equipment/Cards shall be furnished.
4.0 SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES AND GUIDELINES
4.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
The overall system availability for the Microwave Communication system shall be better than
99.95% (excluding logistics and power supply provided by others). System BER shall not exceed
1 * 10-6.
STANDARDS APPLICABLE
The equipment and the system provided shall conform to the latest editions of standards like ITU-
T, ITU-R, ETSI, IEC, ISO, EIA, FCC etc.
In case of any conflict between the above standards and the specifications, the specifications
given in this document shall precede, however in case of further confusion, the matter shall be
referred to Owner/Consultant. Decision of Owner/Consultant shall be final and binding.
Bidder shall proceed with design of the equipment and the system only after obtaining
clarifications from Owner/Consultant in all such cases.
Format No. 31
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
All equipment, test instruments, special tools and tackles, etc. shall be capable of maintaining the
guaranteed performance with operational lifetime of 20 years minimum when operating
continuously under the following environmental conditions:
a) Operating Temperature:
For all supplies except 00 C to +50 C guaranteed and

Test equipment & IT Hardware’s upto +55 C degraded.
STORAGE: -10 C to +70 C
b) Humidity At any relative humidity up to 95% within the temperature

range of 0 C to 40 C
c) Altitude At any altitude up to 600 m above sea level.
d) Sand and Dust With a buildup of dust on Operational surface to a

level such as may occur because of imperfections in
the sea ling of equipment, housing and conditions
prevailing in sub-tropical desert conditions.
e) Tropicalisation Shall be fully tropicalised preferably with cards conformal

coating with lacquer
f) Shock and vibration Shall withstand transportation and handling by air, sea and
road under packed conditions.
g) Salt, fog and mould Shall withstand continuous usage in marine environment.
h) Electromagnetic Compatibility Shall meet the requirements as

per IEC 801.
4.4 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
4.4.1 All equipment (other than computers & printers) at attended stations shall work on 48V DC
(positive grounded) input power supply voltage. Equipment shall be able to tolerate input
power supply variation of 42 to 58 VDC.
Computers & printers shall work on 230V, 50 Hz, single-phase AC input power supply
voltage without any external converter. (AC input power supply may be grounded or may
be floating, in either case, bidder to make necessary provision as required, for better
protection of the telecom equipment/system. Isolation transformer(s), with proper
grounding, etc as required for protection may be provided).
4.4.2 Stations
a) At BPCL Refinery, Mahul & Uran
230V AC UPS ( + 10%, 50 Hz + 3%) single phase is available at BPCL Refinery & Uran.
Necessary AC/DC rectifier & convertor as required shall be procured, supplied and
installed by bidder. Bidder shall provide the same as per specifications provided with the
MR in redundant configuration (1+1).
Format No. 32
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
b) At Sewree :
230V AC Non UPS (+ 10%, 50 Hz + 3%) single phase is available at Sewree. Necessary
battery charger system, power adaptors, convertors, power cables as required shall be
supplied and installed by bidder. Bidder shall refer to the Battery Charger System/Rectifier
Specification attached with the MR. Bidder shall provide the same as per specifications
provided with the MR in redundant configuration (1+1).
The details of the power supply available at various locations shall be as per the details
provided below:
POWER AVAILABILITY
STATION BPCL Refinery, Mahul Uran Sewree
48VDC WATTS (+ve grounded) 250 250
230VAC (UPS) VA ( 10%) 1300 1300
230VAC (NON-UPS) VA ( 10%) 250 250 600
4.4.3 The DC distribution box(s) shall be equipped with requisite number of outlets including
three spare outlets of 5A capacity each for 48 V DC. All the outlets shall be provided with
miniature circuit breakers of required capacity and shall be terminated in three pin sockets.
The AC distribution box(s) shall be equipped with requisite number of outlets including five
spare outlets of 5A capacity each for 230 V AC. All the outlets shall be provided with
miniature circuit breakers of required capacity and shall be terminated in three pin sockets.
4.4.4 All equipment shall be provided with an independent power supply distribution cable.
Conductor dimensions shall be chosen to limit the overall voltage drop from the distribution
box to the equipment terminal to 0.5 volt.
4.4.5 All equipment shall have their own regulated power supplies with fuses, isolators.
4.4.6 All equipment shall be protected with over voltage, under voltage protection. When the input
voltage is no longer in the unacceptable region, the equipment shall restart automatically
without any manual intervention.
4.4.7 All equipment shall be provided with short circuit and reverse power protection. As soon as
the short circuit and polarity is corrected the equipment shall function normally without any
further manual intervention.
4.4.8 UNDER VOLTAGE, OVER VOLTAGE AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION
All equipment shall be protected with over-voltage, under-voltage protection.
All equipment shall be provided with short-circuit and reverse power protection.
All outdoor installations shall be provided with lightning strike arrestors, suitable to divert
the resultant transients/ surges safely to earth thereby protecting the electronic component
and the system itself.
Format No. 33
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
4.5 APPROVAL OF DOCUMENTS
The bidder shall be completely responsible for the successful completion of the job. However, to
ensure a good quality of workmanship, bidder shall prepare and submit the documents (as per
clause 6.1 of section 6) to be approved by the Owner/Engineer.
Bidder shall proceed with the manufacture, procurement, installation of the respective materials
and/or equipments only after obtaining the necessary approval from the Owner/Engineer.
4.6 SYSTEM GUIDELINES
A) GENERAL
a) Bidder shall be totally responsible for the completion of project.
b) Owner/Engineer reserves the right to modify, revise, and alter the specifications of
equipments, system prior to acceptance of any offer. System requirements may be
modified after selection of successful Bidder to meet operational requirements not
envisaged at the time of selection of Bidder.
c) Owner/Engineer reserves the right to modify the system requirements till such time the
system is ready for final acceptance. Bidder shall undertake to meet the revised
requirements without any charges to the Owner, provided no additional equipments are
required.
In case any equipment is required for satisfying the revised requirements, the same shall
be supplied by the bidder with Owner bearing the cost of the equipments.
d) If during the course of execution of the work any discrepancy or inconsistency, error or
omission in any of the provisions of the contract is discovered, the same shall be referred
to the Owner/Engineer who shall give his decision in the matter and issue instruction
directing the manner in which the work is to be carried out. The decision of the
Owner/Engineer shall be final and conclusive and the Bidder shall carry out the work in
accordance therewith.
B) DESIGN GUIDELINES
a) The system design shall be flexible enough to meet future expansion program up to
the maximum capacity of each sub-system without deteriorating the performance of the
system.
b) In general, specifications provided throughout this document shall apply. In case of

conflict, more stringent specifications shall override specifications given anywhere else and
decision of the Owner/Engineer in all such cases shall be final.
c) Equipments shall conform to the similar housing standard. The cabinets shall have the
following dimensions :-
Height: 2100 mm (2000 mm + 100 mm base plate)

Width: 800 mm
Depth: 800 mm
Color: Grey color (RAL 7035) for external and Pale cream (RAL 9001) (Semi Glossy) for
inside of the cabinets. {The color shall be finalized during detailed engineering}.
Format No. 34
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
All cabinets (with handles) shall be with lockable (three point contact at top, middle and
bottom) toughened glass front and perforated rear doors with preferably bottom cable entry
and with gaskets and fittings to keep out moisture, corrosive, salts, dust & gases. As far as
possible, the cabinets shall be manufactured using standard modular design and standard
equipment. All doors, trays and other weight supporting parts shall be fabricated of metal
adequately reinforced to limit vibration and ensure plane surfaces and shall be well-housed
and tidy in appearance. All fasteners including nuts, bolts, flat/lock washers and screws
shall be of nickel plated MS. Document pocket/ wallet shall be provided on the inner side
of the front and rear door of each cabinet.
Preferably all racks shall be of same size, color & make/model. Equipment racks shall be
protected against entry of rodents, insects, lizards etc. Each rack shall arrangement of
natural cooling & venting.
Racks for all the equipment of individual system, sub-system shall be as per international
standards and shall adhere to all the quality norms.
Equipment protection for racks shall be of IP-42 and shall of Make Rittal or equivalent.
d) The microwave system equipments should be able to work continuously in non air
conditioned environment (guaranteed performance) under prevailing environmental
conditions of the sites (as per para 4.3).
e) All venting, cooling shall be natural.
f) All equipments shall have sufficient number of alarms and supervisory indications and
shall be provided with self diagnostic facilities. All alarms and monitoring & diagnostic
facilities shall be built-in & shall be displayed on the front panel of the equipments for ease
of maintenance. It shall be possible to transmit these indications, parameters to the
control stations at Mahul & Uran
g) Test points shall be available on the front panel for system monitoring and easy fault-
location.
h) The healthy condition of the units shall be displayed by green LEDs, unhealthy conditions
by red LEDs.
i) All important switches, controls on the front panel shall be provided with suitable safeguard
to avoid accidental operation by the maintenance personnel.
j) The equipments shall be fully based on solid-state technology. The system hardware shall
be modular to have flexibility to meet any demand for expansion or modification with
minimum changes.
k) All equipments shall be immune to EMI, RFI interference generated by any nearby source
& shall meet the latest international standards in this regard.
l) The equipments shall be capable of functioning with minimum maintenance and shall be
preferred to have no requirement of any preventive maintenance.
m) All PCBs used shall be glass epoxy type and shall not chip owing to repeated
soldering/desoldering. The PCBs shall not warp on any account.
n) All wiring-including field interconnection wirings shall be cabled and clamped to the
chassis. The wiring shall follow standard colour-code. All patch cords shall be provided
with connectors matching to the cable used and shall have identification markings.
Format No. 35
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Where insulated leads pass through holes in the chassis the holes shall be equipped with
smoothly finished grommets and cable glands.
o) All sub-assemblies or modules, switches and controls and the circuit components shall be
so mounted as to permit their replacement without appreciable disturbance to other
components.
p) Power supply cards of all the individual systems at all the stations shall be duplicated
(1+1). There shall not be any sharing of load between the two power supply cards i.e one
standalone power supply card shall be able to run the system for its entire lifetime.
q) The power requirement of the offered system at each station shall be limited to the figures
indicated in 4.4.2. In case power requirement exceeds the figure provided in 4.4.2 the
contractor at its own shall arrange to provide the difference in the power requirement as
per bid specification without any commercial implications to the owner.
r) Racks for all the equipments of individual system, sub-system shall be provided from the
respective manufacturers only and they shall adhere to all the quality norms.
s) Any test instruments, special tools and tackles etc., shall be procured and supplied as a
package with its carrying cases, accessories (interconnecting cables, connectors, lamps,
batteries, fuses etc.) from their respective manufacturer.
t) Termination for all user interfaces shall be provided with 100% spares capacity.
u) All equipment racks, housings shall be provided with antistatic wrist bands.
5.0 SUB SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
5.1 DIGITAL MICROWAVE SYSTEM
5.1.1 DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO EQUIPMENT (For one hop)
A digital microwave link is required between BPCL Refinery, Mahul, Mumbai and Uran with
repeater station at Sewree in between Mahul & Uran. The approx. Distance between Mahul &
Sewree is ~4.2 km and between Sewree & Uran is ~18.5 km. The microwave system shall be
provided in hot standby (1+1) configuration. Bidder shall supply and install the antenna, mounting
assembly, platform (if required), feeder cable etc. at all the three locations to meet the system
availability requirements & place the equipments suitably at each location. Bidder shall ascertain
the requirement of space diversity & determine the antenna location accordingly.
The proposed system shall be integrated with existing Telecommunication system (SDH STM-4
Telecom backbone system, EPABX system, Video Conferencing System and CCTV system)
The digital microwave radio equipment shall be working in the frequency range of 6-9 Ghz
(licensed band) with system capacity of 155.52 Mbps (STM-1) (Actual usage as per present
requirement shall be 32 Mbps).
The equipment shall be provided with One (1) no. of Engineering order wire ((EOW), including
handset and accessories with DTMF decoder and encoder.
A Radio Communication Supervisory System/ Network Management System (NMS) shall be

provided for the microwave link between Mahul and URAN. Microwave NMS shall be provided in
Client-Server architecture at BPCL Uran (Client) and Mahul (Server) to manage the link failure.
Format No. 36
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
The NMS at BPCL Refinery, Mahul, Mumbai shall be PC based & have operator console, Laser
printer (A4 size) for logging events, control signals, data. Measurements of various system test
parameters shall be performed by using the NMS. Radio Communication Supervisory System/
Network Management System (NMS) shall include a sub-system of monitoring the healthiness of
the Microwave network. Existing lease line shall be utilized to manage the Uran radio during
Microwave link failure between Mahul & Uran.
Necessary furniture shall be provided by the bidder.
Alarms shall be displayed on the front panel of individual equipment. Facility shall be provided for
remote parameter monitoring, switchover (both automatic and manual) to stand-by radio units,
looping back, etc. from the radio supervisory system.
5.1.2 SPECIFICATIONS OF MICROWAVE RADIO
General Features:
The Proposed Digital Microwave Radio Communication shall be compact, state of art,
highly reliable and modular in design.
It shall be possible to have mix of Ethernet and TDM traffic on same radio link.
Data handling capacities of the Radio Communication shall be 155.52 Mbps (STM-1/OC3)
and initially it shall be equipped for data handling capacity 32 Mbps as per present system
requirement. The link shall be upgradeable to its full capacity without requirement of any
additional hardware/software in ODU & IDU. ODU shall be data rate independent. IDU
shall be Frequency band independent.
The offered Radio Communication equipment shall have features of Automatic Transmit
Power Control (ATPC).
Alarms to be made available for local and remote presentation of important parameters of
the link.
Some of the following specifications may vary depending upon the actual survey, to be
conducted by the bidder and shall be implemented accordingly.
Transmitter and Receiver Specifications:
Transmitter Power output 23 dBm (Min.)
Frequency Band 6-9 GHz Range (Licensed)
Frequency Stability (+)/- 10 ppm (Min)
Modulation QPSK with Digital modulation (up to 128

QAM/ 64 TCM) as per above
Authorization from WPC. Refer Note-1
Channel coding Multi Level Coding (MLC)/ Multi Level

Coding(MLC) with Reed Solomon (RS)
Channel Bandwidth/ Spacing As per ITU-R Rec. and above

Authorization from WPC. Refer Note-1
Format No. 37
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Tx- Rx Spacing As per ITU-R Rec. and above

authorization from WPC
Channeling Plan As per ITU-R Rec. 595-6
Capacity 155.52 Mbps (STM-1/OC3)
Receiver Threshold level As per OEM’s datasheet
Compliance The radio is to meet all relevant

ITU/ETSI/FCC/IEC regulatory standards
for Safety, Radiation, EMI and Surge
Polarization The proposed radio shall use two spot

frequencies authorized by WPC, DoT,
Government of India with alternate
polarization techniques in the three
hops of the link. The polarization
(Horizontal or Vertical) is to be deployed
considering the hop lengths of the link
and water bodies in between, taking
care of fading factor and ensuring link
availability of above 99.5%.
Tributary Interface: 2 x STM-1 Optical/ Electrical

tributary interfaces (ITU-T
G.957/G.703) (Standard SFP module
for Optical transmission)
4 x Fast/Gigabit Ethernet
(10/100/1000)
E1
Network Management & NMS shall be OSI/SNMP enabled

Maintenance with Read only and Read/Write
capability based on Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP)/IP
Ethernet (RJ-45) Local & Remote
Access
Integrated routing across link and
interconnecting LAN's for Remote
Access
External Alarm Connectivity
Signal Level Indications
Voice Channels Standard handset interface
Humidity IDU: 95% non-condensing; ODU: 100%

all-weather
Operating Temperature IDU: -10°to +55°C; ODU: -35°to +55°C
ODU-IDU Interface/Cable Coaxial N connector/Cable
Radio Configuration 1+1 (no additional switching hardware

required)
Format No. 38
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Radio Protection Radio Side Hitless (errorless) switching

with hot stand-by, frequency and space
diversity
Power Protection Dual inputs with redundant feeding and

power conversion (1+1) configuration
Note-1:- It may be noted that there is no OFC cable connectivity between LFP-1 & LFP-2.
Hence Microwave equipment at Mahul shall transfer the data of Mahul, HPCL & LFP-1 to
Uran through Sewree. Similarly Microwave equipment at Uran shall transfer the data of Uran
& LFP-2 to Mahul through Sewree. Bidder to refer Annexure-II (Existing System Details) of
this document and Network Configuration Drawing (A037-000-16-51-3001) attached with
tender and ascertain actual capacity of the present system. Further bidder may visit the site,
with prior permission, to acquaint themselves with the exact requirement and quote as per the
information provided in the MR. Bidder shall consider Channel Spacing/ Bandwidth of 14 MHz
only as per project requirement.
5.1.3 ANTENNA FOR DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION
Frequency Band 6 - 9 GHz Range (Licensed)
Polarization V or H (depending on the segment it is

deployed)
Diameter 180 cm / External or Integrated to meet

the transmit/receive levels mentioned as
above
Antenna Connector Coaxial N type connector/ Wave guide

output with direct antenna mount
ANTENNA
Reflector type and material Bidder to Specify
Frequency range 6 - 9 Ghz (Licensed)
Polarization Single polarized
Diameter (in meter) To be provided during detailed engineering
Gain (mid band) dbi (better than) To be provided during detailed engineering
VSWR To be provided during detailed engineering
Guaranteed Performance:
a) Mid band Gain at 6-9 GHz range shall be within ±0.5 dB of the values given.
Format No. 39
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
b) Wide-angle lobe and F/B ratio shall be within ±3dB.
c) Actual RPE shall not exceed the values of RPE lobe furnished along with offer by more
than ±3 dB beyond the first side lobe to an angle Q= 420λ/D.
Where λ= Wavelength, D= antenna diameter and 2 dB from ±Q to 180
Where not specified, technical characteristics of antennas shall conform to IEC/ETSI/FCC rules
and regulations.
a.1 Material and Finish:
The antennas shall be fabricated from high strength anodized aluminum alloy tubes without
painting. All fixing accessories shall be in stainless steel.
a.2 Special instructions for mounting of antenna and working platform :
For maximum wind load efficiency, a side-strut should be installed approximately parallel to the
reflector axis. The side-strut shall be held securely from the outer rim of the reflector to one of the
main tower members. Where it is not possible to mount the side strut straight back due to tower
and outrigger conditions, the strut may be positioned within ±5 of the horizontal plane and ±5 of
the vertical plane.
The working platform shall be installed near the respective antenna so that the antenna centre
shall be 1.0 meter above the platform.
Mount:
1 Adjustment
In azimuth ±45 coarse

±5 fine
In elevation ±5 fine
2 Mount shall be suitable for attaching to 4.5" outer dia seamless pipe.
3 Clamps and accessories required for attaching the mount to pipe shall be supplied.
4 If any back-up structures are required these shall be separately indicated and supplied along
with the antennas.
5 All structural members shall be of steel and shall be hot dip galvanized.
5.1.4 ALARMS AND INDICATIONS
All the alarms and indications should be independently available for the main and standby units.
a) A software selectable switch via the NMS is provided used to select the 1st or 2nd receive
stream.
b) LED to indicate that the power supply is in operation.
Format No. 40
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
c) Visual alarms:
1) Transmitter fails
2) AGC failure due to Receiver input power reduction
3) Transmitter/Receiver local oscillator unlocked
4) Receiver carrier signal recovery off.
5) RF signal failure
6) Processing section failure
7) Baseband signal failure
8) Loss of synchronization
09) High (10-3) and low (10-6) bit error rates.
10) Power unit failure
5.1.5 TOWER SPECIFICATIONS
Self supporting tower of required height with platforms, ladder, cable tray, antenna mounting
assembly and other accessories shall be provided by bidder at BPCL Refinery(Mahul), Sewree &
Uran.
The towers/masts to be erected at BPCL Refinery, Sewree & Uran are expected to be of suitable
height to give a reliable line of sight communication taking the system gain and fading margin in
consideration and for the space diversity feature. It should be self supportive and should have
high strength to withstand worst weather conditions including maximum wind speed during
monsoon. Hot dip galvanizing shall protect all the components. The mast should have lightning
protection and aviation light. All structural members shall be hot dip galvanized.
5.1.6 AVIATION WARNING LAMPS
1) General
The MW radio Tower at all the three locations (Mahul, Sewree & Uran) shall be equipped with
requisite medium intensity or low intensity obstacle lights (preferably LED based), or a
combination of such lights in accordance with the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO)
recommendations.
The type and number of these lights to be provided at the respective heights on the tower at
Mahul, Sewree & Uran shall be as per the guidelines of the Airport Authority of India (AAI).
2) Flasher/ Regulator Control Box
The unit shall have a solid state dual output, one for the service and one for standby lamps.
When service lamp is not in service, the standby lamp shall switch on automatically giving a visual
indication on the control panel. The enclosure for the Flasher/Regulator shall be weather proof.
3) Photo-Cell
Format No. 41
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Each system will operate with a photocell allowing the operation of the obstacle lights from dusk to
dawn.
Consumption : About 1 W
Sensitivity : 4 Lux. adjustable.
4) Degree of Protection
The photocell housing, flasher/regulator control box, junction box & lantern(s) shall be compliant to
protection as per IP-65.
5) Factory Tests
System operation check
Measurement of the power consumption
c) Feeder Cable System
1 Feeder Cable To be provided during detailed engineering
2 Connector To be provided during detailed engineering
3 Jumper cable To be provided during detailed engineering
4 Accessories As per sl.no. 5
5 Accessories (to be provided by bidder as a minimum)
Hoisting grip
Earthing-kit
Wall entry glands
Splicing Units
5.1.7 SPECIFICATIONS OF ALL SERVERS/WORK STATIONS/PCS
All Workstations/ servers shall be of the following minimum specifications, unless specified
otherwise:
The server/workstation shall be of the following specifications as a minimum:
1. Processor type Intel core 2 Duo high end Processors

with clock speed- minimum 3.0GHz or
high end processor
2. RAM 8 GB & Expandable
3. Operating systems/software As required shall be provided
4. Monitors LED color monitors
5. Hard disc 500 GB & Expandable upto 1 TB
6. DVD writer With Read & Write functions
7. Mouse Optical
8. PCI express graphics card (x16)
9. LAN Interface 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
10. Serial, Parallel One each
11. USB port at front Dual
Format No. 42
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
12. Monitor Size 21”
5.1.8 WAN ROUTERS
Scope includes supply, installation, configuring & commissioning of 2 nos. of Router (router no. 5
& 6 in Network Configuration Drawing (Doc. No. – A037-000-16-51-3001)) along with necessary
cables, software configuration along with 6 no. of WAN ports and 6 no. of LAN ports per router.
The WAN routers shall be configured to provide communication paths and provide the facility for
adaptive packet and message routing through any available communication link. The WAN routers
shall provide the facility of multiple protocol router and bridge that provides high bandwidth
connections into backbone networks.
The hardware design shall be based on distributed processing architecture with packets
forwarding to be performed on the network interface modules. It shall be based on the modular
design and architecture and shall allow new network interface cards to be added in the racks
without powering down the unit and ensuring no disruption of service to the network users.
The routers shall support both intra-area and inter-area routing for transporting messages
between nodes and shall support the network routing/ bridging services for OSI, TCP/ IP, X.25,
LAT and other industry standard wide area networks/ protocols.
6.0 GENERAL
6.1 TRAINING
Bidder shall train an agreed number of personnel of owner in all aspect of Microwave system.
There shall be at least two training courses:
The first course shall be conducted at manufacturing facilities from where the respective
equipments/subsystems are offered.
The second course shall be conducted at site at a time to be mutually agreed with the successful
Bidder at a later date.
It shall be explicitly understood, however, that Owner’s personnel shall be fully associated during
Engineering, Installation, Testing and commissioning activities and this opportunity shall be taken
by bidder to impart on-the-job training in addition to the two mentioned above. Also Bidder shall
quote for unit rates per man-day of Microwave System training for addition/deletion in the training
if required by owner (which shall be mutually agreed with owner) at Manufacturing Works & at Site
separately.
Bidder’s offer shall exclude costs of transportation, lodging and boarding of the Trainees, which
shall be arranged by the owner.
The first course to be conducted at the manufacturing works for microwave system (2 persons
for 3 days) shall be designed to train the trainees in all aspects of System Engineering, Equipment
operation and functional details, theory of operation of equipment, trouble shooting and
familiarization with the equipment at card and component level. All equipment used for training
shall be identical to those supplied for site installation.
This course shall be conducted prior to equipment shipment to site.
Format No. 43
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
The second course to be conducted at site (1 week for 2 persons), shall be mainly devoted to the
operation of equipment and system including testing of equipment/sub-assembly, preventive
breakdown, Trouble shooting and normal maintenance activities. The training imparted shall cover
all aspects of each equipment incorporated in the system.
Bidder shall specify in his offer the types of courses he intends to impart, including but not limited
to, the ones aforementioned.
Bidder shall provide comprehensive documentation, course material, manuals, literature etc. as
required for proper training of personnel at his own cost. Consolidated and comprehensive
documentation shall be available to each participant. After the completion of course, all such
materials shall become the property of the owner. Bidder shall update the course material of
manuals in case there are any changes owing to revisions/modifications in equipment/system
specifications.
Bidder shall, Forty five (45) days prior to start of training, send complete training program including
details of each course, duration, subject matter, etc. The Owner/Engineer reserves their right to
suggest any additions/deletion in the program, which shall be incorporated by the Bidder at no
additional cost.
6.2 PACKING
All equipment shall be individually packed in suitable containers/crates designed to avoid damage
to the equipment during transit and storage in accordance with best commercial practice and with
the requirements of applicable specifications.
The materials used for packaging, wrapping, sealing, moisture resistant barriers, corrosion
preventers, etc. shall be of recognized brands and shall conform to best standards in the areas in
which the articles are packaged.
The packing shall protect the equipment from impact, vibration, rough handling, rain, dust, damp,
insects, rodents, etc. Each container/crate shall be subjected to impact, vibration and other
mechanical tests. Each container shall be clearly marked with the following information at
prominent places (provided as sample):
OWNER : M/s BPCL
PROJECT : BPCL LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT

(MICROWAVE RADIO SYSTEM)
DESCRIPTION :
SERIAL NO. OF :
EQUIPMENT
ADDRESS :
All equipment shall be tested for damage after their receipt at respective sites by bidder. If any
equipment, part, subsystem, component, accessory is found to be damaged during the transit, the
same shall be replaced by the Bidder, free of all costs to the Owner. The bidder shall replace
such item as shall be found damaged by bidder or as indicated to bidder, within 30 days of receipt
of intimation.
6.3 BIDDER's SITE OFFICE
Format No. 44
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Bidder's site office shall be capable of performing the following function:
Receipt of equipment/goods at site, checking them for correctness and completeness,

storage, transportation of goods/manpower, etc.
Installation of system and its constituents in best Engineering practice and workmanship.
Check out on proper installation
Liaison with Bidder's head office
Pre-commissioning and commissioning activities and on-line debugging of the system.
Conducting of site acceptance testing and Trial run to the satisfaction of Owner/Consultant
6.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
6.4.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM
Bidder shall submit the details of Quality Assurance Program followed by him beginning with raw
materials, active, passive and fabricated components, units, sub-assemblies, assemblies, wiring,
interconnections, structures etc. to finished product. Bidder shall obtain and forward the Quality
Assurance Program for equipment supplied by Sub-vendor, if any.
The Owner/Consultant reserves the right to inspect and test each equipment at all stages of
production and commissioning of the system. The inspection and testing shall include but not be
limited to raw materials, components, sub-assemblies, prototypes, produced units, guaranteed
performance specifications, etc.
For Factory inspection and testing, Bidder shall arrange all that is required e.g., quality assurance
personnel, space, test gear etc. for successful carrying out of the job by the Owner/Consultant, at
Bidder's cost, at the Manufacturer's works.
Owner/Consultant shall have free entry and access to any and all parts of the Manufacturer’s
facilities associated with manufacturing and testing of the system at any given time.
It shall be explicitly understood that under no circumstances shall any approval of the
Owner/Consultant relieve the Bidder of his responsibility for material, design, quality assurance
and the guaranteed performance of the system and its constituents.
Bidder shall invite the Owner/Consultant, at least 40 days in advance, of the date at which system
shall be ready for Inspection and Testing. All relevant documents and manuals approved
Engineering drawings, etc. shall be available with the Owner/Consultant well in advance of the
start of Inspection and Testing.
Owner or his representative shall, after completion of inspection and testing to their satisfaction,
issue factory acceptance certificates to release the equipment for shipment. No equipment shall
be shipped under any circumstances unless a factory acceptance certificate has been issued for
it, unless agreed otherwise by Owner/Consultant.
6.4.2 TEST CATEGORIES, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING
Test categories
Format No. 45
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
The following tests (in the same sequence) shall be conducted for acceptance of the equipment
and the system before final acceptance of the system:
Pre-Factory Acceptance testing

Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT)
Pre-commissioning test (after installation) for total integrated system
Site Acceptance testing (SAT)
Trial Run
These tests shall be carried out on all equipment supplied by Bidder including those supplied by
sub-vendors, if any.
Bidder shall arrange all necessary test instruments, manpower, test-gear, accessories, etc.
All technical personnel assigned by Bidder shall be fully conversant with the system specifications
and requirements. They shall have the specific capability to make the system operative quickly
and efficiently and shall not interfere or be interfered by other concurrent testing, construction and
commissioning activities in progress. They shall also have the capability to incorporate any minor
modifications/suggestions put forward by Owner/Consultant.
Power supply and any temporary commissioning facility including communication system required
for installation/testing/commissioning of the Microwave communication equipment, shall be
arranged by the Bidder.
Test Plan
Bidder shall submit to Owner and Consultant `Test Plans' well in advance of commencement of
actual testing in each of the above mentioned test categories.
The plans shall include:
System, Equipment functional and performance description (in short) and Tests to be
conducted and purpose of test.
Test procedures (including time schedule for the tests) and identification of test inputs
details and desired test results.
Test Report
The observations and test results obtained during various tests conducted shall be
compiled and documented to produce Test Reports by Bidder. The Test Reports shall be
given for each equipment/item and system as a whole. The report shall contain the
following information to a minimum:
Test results
Comparison of test results with anticipated (as per specifications) test result as given in
test plans and reasons for deviations if any.
The data furnished shall prove convincingly that:
The system meets the guaranteed performance objectives.
Mechanical and Electrical limits were not exceeded.
Failure profiles of the equipment during the tests are well within specified limits.
Failure of Components
Format No. 46
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Till the system is accepted by the Owner, a log of each and every failure of components shall be
maintained. It shall give the date and time of failure, description of failed component, circuit,
module, component designation, effect of failure of component on the system/equipment, cause of
failure, date and time of repair, mean time to repair etc. Repair/modification done at any point of
time at one site shall be carried out by bidder at all the sites. Detailed documentation for the same
shall be submitted to Owner for future reference.
If the malfunctions and/or failures of a unit/module/sub-system/ equipment repeat during a test,

the test shall be terminated and Bidder shall replace the necessary component or module to
correct the deficiency. Thereafter, the tests shall commence all over again from the start.
If after the replacement the equipment still fails to meet the specifications, Bidder shall replace the
equipment with a new one and tests shall begin all over again. If a unit/subsystem/module has
failed during the test, the test shall be suspended and restarted all over again only after the Bidder
has placed the Equipment back into acceptable operation. Owner's approval shall be obtained for
any allowable logistics time required to replace the failed component/unit/module/sub-system.
Readjustments
No adjustments shall be made to any equipment during the acceptance tests. If satisfactory test
results cannot be obtained unless readjustments are made, Bidder shall carry out only those
readjustments needed to ready the equipment/system for continuance of tests. A log of all such
adjustments shall be kept giving date and time, equipment, module, circuit, adjustments, reasons,
test result before and after adjustment etc. Fresh acceptance tests shall be conducted after the
readjustments have been completed.
6.4.2.1 Factory Acceptance Testing
Pre factory acceptance testing shall be conducted by the bidder on his own exactly in line with
FAT and test reports for the same shall be forwarded to Owner/Consultant before start of FAT.
Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT)
Factory acceptance tests shall be carried out after review and approval of FAT procedures /
documents as per bid requirements and review of PRE-Factory acceptance results. The factory
acceptance testing shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner/Consultant. The tests shall
be carried out on all equipment/items including those supplied by Sub-vendors and factory
acceptance certificates shall be issued. The factory tests shall include but not be limited to:
Equipment testing:
Mechanical checks to the equipment for dimensions, inner and outer supports, finishing,
welds, hinges, terminal boards, connectors, cables, painting etc.
Electrical checks including internal wiring, external connections to other equipment etc.
Check for assuring compliance with standards mentioned in the specifications.
Individual check on each/module/sub-assembly in accordance with the modes and

diagnostics programs of the bidder.
Check on power consumption and heat dissipation characteristics of various equipment.
Environmental testing.
Functional tests
Format No. 47
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Any other test not included in approved FAT document but relevant to the project as
desired by the Owner/Consultant at the time of factory acceptance testing.
6.4.2.2 Installation and Pre-Commissioning
Installation
After successful completion of Factory Acceptance Testing, equipment shall be sent to site for
installation. Equipment without factory acceptance certificates (EQUIPMENT TESTING AND
SYSTEM INTEGRATION TESTING) shall not be acceptable at site.
Prior to installation, all equipment shall be checked for completeness as per the specifications of
equipment required for a particular station. Installation shall be carried out in accordance with the
installation manuals and approved installation drawings in the best workmanship.
Bidder shall indicate the number of teams and the list of equipment for each team to be deployed
for installation of the total Microwave system in order to complete the work within the stipulated
time frame.
Bidder shall engage installation experts to take up the job of installation of all equipment at
various stations.
Interconnection of various equipment etc including supply of cables, earthing of radio equipment
at all the sites and the antennas, etc, as applicable are all included in Bidder's scope of work.
Bidder shall bring all installation tools, accessories, special tools, test gears, spares parts etc., at
his own cost as required for the successful completion of the job. A list of all such items,
equipment wise shall be submitted to the Owner/Consultant for review.
If during installation and commissioning any repairs are undertaken, the maintenance spares
supplied with the equipment shall not be used for the repair. Bidder shall arrange his own spare
parts for such activities till such time the system has been finally accepted by the Owner. A
detailed report & log of all such repairs shall be made available by the bidder to
Owner/Consultant and shall include cause of faults and repair details, within 2 weeks of fault
occurrence.
A detailed time schedule for these activities shall be submitted by Bidder to Owner/Consultant to
enable their representatives to be associated with the job.
Bidder shall include all installation materials required for proper installation of the equipment.
These shall include but not be limited to, all connectors, inter-bay and inter equipment cables,
power supply cables and connectors, power distribution boxes, anchoring bolts, nuts, screws,
washers, main distribution frames, audio distribution frames, voice frequency cables, junction
boxes etc.
The installation of equipment shall be done as to present neat and clean appearance in
accordance with approved installation document drawings. All inter bay, power supply and other
cables shall be routed through wall mounted cable trays. No cable shall be visible. All through
wall openings, trenches, etc. shall be properly sealed to prevent the entry of rodents, insects and
foreign materials.
Format No. 48
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
Pre-Commissioning
On completion of installation of equipment, the correctness and completeness of the installation

as per Manufacturer's manual and approved installation documents shall be checked by the
bidder on his own.
A list of Pre-commissioning tests (same as approved by the Owner/Consultant for site

acceptance testing) and activities shall be prepared by bidder and the tests shall be carried out by
the bidder on his own. After the tests have been conducted to the Bidder's own satisfaction, the
bidder shall provide the test results for review by Owner/Consultant and then offer the system for
Site Acceptance Testing.
During pre-commissioning, if any fault occurs to any equipment or system, bidder shall identify
the same and provide report/history of all faults to the Owner.
During installation and pre-commissioning of the microwave system, bidder shall ensure enough
number of commissioning spares so that the installation is not held up because of non-availability
of commissioning spares.
6.4.2.3 Site Acceptance Testing (SAT)
On completion of Pre-commissioning, Site Acceptance Testing shall be conducted on the system

as per the approved SAT procedures and its constituents by the bidder under the presence of
Owner/Consultant.
The tests shall include, but not be limited to the following:
Checks for proper installation as per the approved installation drawings for each
equipment/item and system as a whole.
Guaranteed performance specifications of individual equipment/item
Self diagnostics test on individual equipment
Tests on remote alarm transmission and reception.
System tests on per hop basis and END TO END for the system, all complete.
Bidder shall also demonstrate the tests which are relevant to the project but are not
included in approved SAT document but requested by the Owner/Consultant during SAT.
6.4.2.4 Trial Run
As last leg of the site acceptance testing the Bidder shall keep the facilities up for 30 days for
`TRIAL RUN'. During this period Bidder shall provide all specialist Engineers & Technicians
including experts at the NMCs to maintain the total log, incidents, failures & for assisting site
engineer & for total co-ordination. However, the normal operation and maintenance of the system
shall be performed by the personnel of the Owner trained for the purpose.
If during `Trial Run' any defect is noted in the system, the Bidder shall rectify, replace the same to
the satisfaction of Owner/Consultant. The decision to repeat the final test or restart the `Trial'
shall be of Owner/Consultant, depending upon the severity of the defect.
During trial run, if any fault occurs to any equipment or system, bidder shall identify and rectify the
same and provide report, history of all faults to the Owner.
Ideally, during the `Trial Run', no shutdown of the system due to failure of equipment, power
supply etc. should happen. A record of all failures shall be kept for each manned/unmanned
station and the availability of the system on per hop and End-to-End basis shall be calculated,
accordingly and results submitted to Owner/Consultant.
Format No. 49
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
If the system fails to come up to the guaranteed performance, the Bidder, within a period of thirty
(30) days shall take any and all corrective measures and resubmit the system for another `Trial
Run' of trial period. All modifications, changes, corrective measures, labour, etc. shall be at the
cost of the Bidder. In case the date of completion for the second trial run exceeds the time
schedule for the project, he shall be liable to pay liquidated damages. If the system fails to reach
the guaranteed performance even after the second trial run, the Owner shall be free to take any
action as he deems fit against the Bidder and to bring the system to the guaranteed performance
with the help of a third party at the expense of the bidder.
6.4.2.5 Final acceptance of the system
Upon successful completion of the `TRIAL RUN', any shortfalls when compared to the contract
shall be made good by the Bidder. After this, Owner/Consultant shall notify the Bidder in writing
within reasonable time, his pre-warrantee acceptance of the system.
Nothing herein provided above, inclusive of the `Pre-Warrantee Acceptance Certificate; shall
absolve bidder of his full liabilities under the contract inclusive of and relative to the system
performance and material Warranty.
6.5 WARRANTY
The warranty and guarantee clauses shall be as per the commercial section attached
elsewhere.
6.6 SPARES
6.6.1 MANDATORY SPARES:
Mandatory Spares shall be provided for all stations together 10% or minimum 1 no. of module of
each type, whichever is higher, for all types of electronic cards used in their system including
processor card, power supply card, and communication card. These spares shall be supplied by
the bidder along with the respective equipment of microwave system.
Spares shall be provided from the same manufacturing facilities/location from where the
respective equipment, subsystems are offered.
6.6.2 RECOMMENDED SPARES FOR TWO YEARS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE :
A list of manufacturer’s recommended spares for two years of operation and maintenance of the
various system, sub-system, equipment, etc., for two years shall be provided. Unit rates for each
spares required for operation and maintenance shall be provided.
Bidder shall provide the address, contact person, fax, and telephone no. of the manufacturer of
the spare parts. The bidder shall warrant that spare parts for the system would be available for
minimum of 10 years after warranty period.
6.6.3 WARRANTEE SPARES
Bidder shall provide all the warrantee spares as required within the warrantee clauses. It is
Bidder’s responsibility to ensure the adequacy & completeness of the warrantee spares and
supply the spares as required during the warrantee period. It shall be obligatory on the part of
vendor to modify/ upgrade, rectify any hardware problems in the system or replace any hardware
component in the supplied equipments during installation and commissioning and operation &
maintenance of the Microwave system, within the Warrantee period. No separate list of warrantee
spares is required to be provided.
Format No. 50
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
After this period if the bidder discontinues the production of spare parts, then he shall give at least
24 months notice prior to such discontinuation so that Owner may order the requirements of
spares in one lot.
6.8 POST WARRANT MAINTENANACE CONTRACT (PWMC)
The bidder shall include proposal at the time of bid for providing post warranty maintenance for 5
years after completion of warranty period and provide the total i.e. comprehensive maintenance of
the Microwave System and any other system / sub system which is part of this MR.
The proposal shall include supply of maintenance spares, tools and tackle as required; travel,
boarding & lodging of service engineer. The bid shall be made year wise up to 5 years and the
price validity shall be available for the entire period of contract.
In the event of any malfunction of the system hardware/ system software, experienced service
engineer shall be made available at site within 12 hours on the receipt of such information from
owner.
Owner personnel will work on system day to day basis and wherever possible, owner shall inform
the type of failure of hardware/ software to bidder based on diagnostic available with the system.
However bidder shall be fully responsible to attend and rectify the root cause and the failure at the
shortest possible time.
Bidder may utilize the spare modules available with owner if necessary and available with owner
at site, which are part of mandatory spares supplied with system as per this MR. However if bidder
desires, additional spares other than what is available as mandatory spares may be stored at
client premises to meet the schedule of rectification of fault during emergency/ maintenance.
In case any hardware/ software used from owner stock, it shall be replaced by bidder within 7
days with no cost to owner. Bidder shall maintain a record of all faults during post warranty period.
The service under Post Warranty Maintenance Agreement, including supply of spare parts and
services, shall broadly comprise of:
Preventive Maintenance
Periodic Maintenance
Emergency Service
Software Support
Preventive Maintenance:
Once in a year during planning shutdown, client will inform the bidder one month in advance for
shutdown dates. Preventive maintenance shall involve complete overhaul of the system,
inspection of hardware and software, fault prediction, inspection of power supply quality,
environmental operating condition checks, calibration checks, major repairs/ replacements,
replacement of cards and accessories because of expected ageing failure and detailed reporting,
manual cleaning of each card and cabinet filters.
This visit is in addition to visit required for periodic maintenance.
Periodic Maintenance:
Site visits, minimum two (2) times in a year (total days expected 10 in a year), schedule of visits
to be discussed and finalized jointly between bidder and client after placement of order/ delivery.
It shall include inspection of general healthiness of the system, study and advice on daily
Format No. 51
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
maintenance, inspection of H/W & S/W, if any problem is reported, and running of test programs,
on-line servicing and solving reported problems. Checks shall be conducted on running system
i.e. (a) On-line sub-system (b) Power supply checks (c) TFT (d) Printer etc.
Cleaning of cabinet filters, minor modification / addition related to system configuration/ data
base. Bidder shall take backup in 2 copies of last updated software also.
Emergency Service:
In the event of any malfunction of the Microwave System hardware/system software during this
period, Service Engineer must report at site within 6 hours of report of failure, with necessary
spares. The system must be brought back within 6 hours after reporting at site.
Note:
Bidder to note that while carrying out the Post Warranty Maintenance Contract activities, BPCL
engineers shall be associated. On-job training of these associated engineers shall be covered
under this scope.
This shall include all items being supplied by bidder, including any bought out items but not limited
to the following:
Labor and materials, at no additional cost, to repair any system devices including
MICROWAVE SYSTEM equipment, network devices, printers etc.
Labor and materials, at no additional cost, to provide tests and adjustment to system
devices including printers.
Regular checkups to ensure that a correct procedure is established for data base backup
and archiving.
Software Maintenance/ Support:
Bidder shall maintain the existing operating & application software to improve upon performance
of the system. Software modification and up gradation, as & when required, shall also be covered
under this scope at no extra cost.
Format No. 52
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
ANNEXURE-I (UNIT RATES)
Unit rates for addition/deletion of the following items shall be provided by bidder
a. Supply, Installation, Commissioning and integration of Microwave Radio Equipment with the
existing SDH network
b. Supply, Installation & Commissioning of Radio Supervisory System/ NMS along with all
software
c. Training per man-day at Manufacturing works
d. Training per man-day at Site
Format No. 53
Page 391
SYSTEM A037-000-16-51-SP91
ANNEXURE-II (EXISTING SYSTEM DETAILS)
Equipment Make/Model
STM-4 equipment FIBCOM Model: 6335
EPABX (IP based) Alcatel – Lucent, Alcatel Omni PCX Enterprise
Analog Telephones Beetel, P68
lP Telephones Alcatel 4028
IP Video Phone Grandstream 3006
Facsimile Equipment Canon, India
CCTV IP camera (FIXED) Verient Nextiva S2700
CCTV IP camera (PTZ) Verient Nextiva S2800
NVR server Dell
Video conferencing endpoint equipment with Polycom HDX 9000
inbuilt MCU
BPCL Refinery Mahul, Mumbai:-

1. STM-4 Equipment with Network Management Centre (NMC) - 1 Number
2. EPABX System (100 (equipped for 50) with NMC & FXO Gateway
3. Analog Telephones – 11 numbers
4. IP Telephones – 1 Number
5. IP based Video Phones – 2 Numbers
6. Facsimile Equipment
7. Video Conferencing endpoint Equipment (VCE)
8. CCTV IP camera (PTZ) – 4 numbers
9. CCTV NVR
HPCL, Mumbai:-
1. STM-4 Equipment - 1 Number
2. FXS Gateway
Uran:-
2. EPABX System (50 (equipped for 25) with NMC & FXO Gateway
Manifold Area/LFP-1 & LFP-2:-

2. FXS Gateway
5. CCTV IP camera (Fixed) – 2 numbers
Format No. 54
Page 391
Page 55 of 391
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that
they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.
NEW DELHI
REV.
DATE
REVISION
DRAFTED BY
BY
CHK
APPROVED
DRAWING NO.
REV.
Page 56 of 391
Page 57 of 391
Page 58 of 391
Page 59 of 391
Page 60 of 391
Page 61 of 391
Page 62 of 391
Page 63 of 391
Page 64 of 391
Page 65 of 391
Page 66 of 391
Page 67 of 391
Page 68 of 391
Page 69 of 391
Page 70 of 391
Page 71 of 391
Page 72 of 391
Page 73 of 391
Page 74 of 391
Page 75 of 391
Page 76 of 391
Page 77 of 391
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
ENGINEERS HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
aarn 122 51
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undertak.ng)
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
AT CONSTRUCTION SITES Page 1 of 87
1-11-1 ul -f-zffl 'zr{

WkcIT 1141<ui
3T4tT9' irq
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
(HSE) MANAGEMENT
AT CONSTRUCTION SITES
6 26/02/2014
REVISED & UPDATED SM J RKD SC
5 19/12/2012 REVISED & UPDATED SM SM RKD DM
4 13/02/2008 REVISED & UPDATED AS RK SCB VC
3 17/07/2007 REVISED & UPDATED AS MPJ VNP VC
2 11/08/2005 REVISED & UPDATED MPJ MPJ VNP VJN
Standards Standards
Comm ittee Bureau
Rev Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Convenor Chairman
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 78 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Abbreviations:
AERB : Atomic Energy Regulatory Board

ANSI : American National Standards Institute
BARC : Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
BS : British Standard
EIL : Engineers India Limited
ELCB : Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
EPC : Engineering, Procurement and Construction
EPCC : Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning
ESI : Employee State Insurance
GCC : General Conditions of Contract
GM : General Manager
GTAW : Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
HOD : Head of Department
HSE : Health, Safety & Environment
HV : High Voltage
IS : Indian Standard
IE : Indian Electricity
JSA : Job Safety Analysis
LOTO : Lock Out & Tag Out
LPG : Liquefied Petroleum Gas
LSTK : Lump Sum Turn Key
MV : Medium Voltage
PPE : Personal Protective Equipment
RCM : Resident Construction Manager or Site-in-Charge, as applicable
ROW : Right of Way
SCC : Special Conditions of Contract
SLI : Safe Load Indicator
TBM : Tool Box Talks
Construction Standards Committee
Convenor : Sh. RK Das, ED(Construction)
Members : Sh. M.Deshpande, GM (C)

Sh. M. Natarajan, GM (C&P)
Sh Rakesh Nanda, DGM (Piping)
Sh. S Mukherjee, DGM (Construction)
Sh. Janak Kishore, DGM (Projects)
Sh. D. Jana, AGM (Construction)
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved

Page 79 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
CONTENTS
CLAUSE TITLE PAGE NO.
1.0 Scope 5
2.0 References 5
3.0 Requirement of Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management 5
System to be complied by Bidders
3.1 Management Responsibility 5
3.1.1 HSE Policy & Objective 5
3.1.2 Management System 5
3.1.3 Indemnification 6
3.1.4 Deployment & Qualification of Safety 6
Personnel
3.1.5 Implementation, Inspection & Monitoring 7
3.1.6 Behavior Based Safety 8
3.1.7 Awareness 9
3.1.8 Fire prevention & First-Aid 9
3.1.9 Documentation 9
3.1.10 Audit 10
3.1.11 Meetings 10
3.1.12 Intoxicating drinks & drugs and smoking 11
3.1.13 Penalty 11
3.1.14 Accident/Incident investigation 14
3.2 House Keeping 14
3.3 HSE Measures 15
3.3.1 Construction Hazards 15
3.3.2 Accessibility 16
3.3.3 Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) 16
3.3.4 Working at height 17

3.3.5 Scaffoldings 18
3.3.6 Electrical installations 19
3.3.7 Welding/Gas cutting 21
3.3.8 Ergonomics and tools & tackles 22
3.3.9 Occupational Health 22
3.3.10 Hazardous substances 23
3.3.11 Slips, trips & falls 23
3.3.12 Radiation exposure 23
3.3.13 Explosives/Blasting operations 24
3.3.14 Demolition/Dismantling 24
3.3.15 Road Safety 24
3.3.16 Welfare measures 25
3.3.17 Environment Protection 25
3.3.18 Rules & Regulations 26
Contd to page 4 …

Page 80 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
CONTENTS (contd. from page 3)
3.3.19 Weather Protection 26

3.3.20 Communication 26
3.3.21 Confined Space Entry 27
3.3.22 Heavy Lifts 27
3.3.23 Key performance indicators 27
3.3.24 Unsuitable Land Conditions 28
3.3.25 Under Water Inspection 28
3.3.26 Excavation 28
3.4 Tool Box talks 29
3.5 Training & Induction Programme 30
3.6 Additional safety requirements for working Inside a running 31
3.7 Self Assessment and Enhancement 32
3.8 HSE Promotion 32
3.9 LOTO for isolation of energy source 32
4.0 Details of HSE Management System by Contractor
4.1 On Award of Contract 33
4.2 During Job Execution 33
4.3 During short listing of the sub-contractors 34
5.0 Records 35
Appendices
1. Standards/Codes on HSE Appendix-A
2. Details of First AID Box Appendix-B
3. Types of Fire Extinguishers & their Appln. Appendix-C
4. Indicative List of statutory Acts & Rules Appendix-D
5. Construction Hazards and their mitigation Appendix-E
6. Training subjects / topics Appendix-F
7. Construction Power Board ( typ) Appendix-G
8. List of HSE procedures Appendix-H
Attachments (Reporting Formats)
I. Safety Walk through Report HSE-1 Rev.0
II. Accident/Incident Report HSE-2 Rev.0
III. Suppl. Accident/Incident Investigation Report HSE-3 Rev.0
IV. Near Miss Incident Report/Dangerous occurrence HSE-4 Rev.0
V. Monthly HSE Report HSE-5 Rev.0
VI. Permit for Working at height HSE-6 Rev.0
VII. Permit for Working in Confined Space HSE-7 Rev.0
VIII. Permit for Radiation work HSE-8 Rev.0
IX. Permit for Demolishing/ Dismantling HSE-9 Rev.0
X Daily Safety Checklist HSE-10 Rev.0
XI Housekeeping assessment & compliance HSE-11 Rev.0
XII Inspection of temporary electrical booth / installation HSE-12 Rev.0
XIII Inspection for scaffolding HSE-13 Rev.0
XIV Permit for erection / modification & dismantling of HSE-14 Rev.0
scaffolding
XV Permit for heavy lift/critical erection HSE-15 Rev.0
XVI Permit Energy Isolation & De-Isolation HSE-16 Rev 0
XVI Permit for Excavation HSE-17 Rev 0

Page 81 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
1.0 SCOPE
This specification establishes the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management
requirement to be complied by Contractors/Vendors including their sub-contractors/sub vendors
during construction.
This specification is not intended to replace the necessary professional judgment needed to
design & implement an effective HSE system for construction activities and the contractor is
expected to fulfill HSE requirements in this specification as a minimum. It is expected that
contractor shall implement best HSE practices beyond whatever are mentioned in this
specification.
Requirements stipulated in this specification shall supplement the requirements of HSE

Management given in relevant Act(s)/legislations, General Conditions of Contract (GCC),
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and Job (Technical) Specifications. Where different
documents stipulate different requirements, the most stringent shall apply.
2.0 REFERENCES
The document should be read in conjunction with following:
- General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

- Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
- Building and other construction workers Act,
- Indian Factories Act
- Job (Technical) specifications
- Relevant International / National Codes (refer Appendix-A for standards/codes on HSE)
- Relevant State & National Statutory requirements.
- Operating Manuals Recommendation of Manufacturer of various construction Machineries
3.0 REQUIREMENTS OF HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM TO BE COMPLIED BY BIDDERS
3.1 Management Responsibility
3.1.1 HSE Policy & Objectives
The Contractor should have a documented HSE policy duly & objectives to demonstrate
commitment of their organization to ensure health, safety and environment aspects in their line
of operations.
HSE Policy of the contractor shall be made available to Owner / EIL at the place of execution of
specific contract works, as a valid document.
3.1.2 Management System
The HSE management system of the Contractor shall cover the HSE requirements &
commitments to fulfill them, including but not limited to what are specified under clause 1.0
and 2.0 above. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of its site specific HSE Plan from EIL /
Owner prior to commencement of any site works. Corporate as well as Site management of the
Contractor shall ensure compliance of their HSE Plan at work sites in its entirety & in true
spirit.

Page 82 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
3.1.3 Indemnification
Contractor shall indemnify & hold harmless, Owner/EIL & their representatives, free from any
and all liabilities arising out of non-fulfillment of HSE requirements or its consequences.
3.1.4 Deployment & qualifications of Safety personnel
The Contractor shall designate/deploy various categories of HSE personnel at site as indicated
below in sufficient number. In no case, deployment of safety Supervisor / Safety Steward shall
substitute deployment of Safety Officer / Safety Engr what is indicated in relevant statute of
BOCW Act i.e deployment of safety officer/Safety Engineer is compulsory at project site. The
Safety supervisors, Safety stewards etc. would facilitate the HSE tasks at grass root level for
construction sites and shall assist Safety Officer / Engineers.
a) Safety Steward
For every 250 workmen, one safety steward shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall preferably possess School leaving Certificate (of Class XII with
Physics & Chemistry etc.) and trained in fire-fighting as well as in safety/occupational
health related subjects, with minimum two year of practical experience in construction
work environment and preferably have adequate knowledge of the language spoken by
majority of the workers at the construction site.
b) Safety Supervisor
For every 500workmen, one safety Supervisor shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall possess a recognized Degree in Science (with Physics &

Chemistry) or a diploma in Engg. or Tech. with minimum Two years of practical
experience in construction work environment and should possess requisite skills to deal
with construction safety & fire related day-to-day issues.
c) Safety Officer / Safety Engineer
One for every 1000 workers or part thereof shall be deployed.
Safety officer/Engineer Should Possess following Qualification & Experience :
(i) Recognized degree in any branch of Engg. or Tech. or Architecture with practical
experience of working in a building or other construction work in supervisory
capacity for a period of not less than two years, or possessing recognized diploma in
any branch of Engg. or Tech with practical experience of building or other
construction work in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than five years.
(ii) Recognized degree or diploma in Industrial safety with one paper in Construction
Safety
(iii) Preferably have adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the
workers at the construction site.
Alternately
(i) Person possessing Graduation Degree in Science with Physics & Chemistry and
degree or diploma in Industrial Safety (from any Indian institutes recognized by

Page 83 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
AICTE or State Council of Tech. Education of any Indian State) with practical
experience of working in a building, plant or other construction works (as Safety
Officer, in line with Indian Factories Act, 1958) for a period of not less than five
years, may be considered as Safety Officer, in case Owner/Client of the project
agrees for /approves the same.
d) HSE In-Charge
In case there is more than one Safety Officer at any project construction site, one of them,
who is senior most by experience (in HSE discipline), may be designated as HSE In-
Charge. Duties & responsibilities of such person shall be commensurate with that of
relevant statute and primarily to coordinate with top management of Client and contractors.
In case the statutory requirements i.e. State or Central Acts and / or Rules as applicable like
the Building and Other Construction Workers’ Regulation of Employment and Conditions
of Service- Act,1996 or State Rules (wherever notified), the Factories Act, 1948 or Rules
(wherever notified), etc. are more stringent than above clarifications, the same shall be
followed.
Contractors shall ensure physical availability of safety personnel at the place of specific
work location, where Hot Work Permit is required / granted. No work shall be started at
any of the project sites until above safety personnel & concerned Site Engineer of
Contractor are physically deployed at site. The Contractor shall submit a HSE organogram
clearly indicating the lines of responsibility and reporting system and elaborate the
responsibilities of safety personnel in their HSE Plan.
The Contractor shall verify & authenticate credentials of such safety personnel and furnish
Bio-Data/ Resume/ Curriculum Vitae of the safety personnel as above for EIL/Owner’s
approval, at least 1 month before the mobilization. The Contractor, whenever required,
shall arrange submission of original testimonials/certificates of their Safety personnel, to
EIL/Owner (for verification/scrutiny, etc.)
Imposition / Realization of penalty shall not absolve the Contractor from his/her
responsibility of deploying competent safety officer at site.
Adequate planning and deployment of safety personnel shall be ensured by the Contractor
so that field activities do not get affected because of non-deployment of competent &
qualified safety people in appropriate numbers.
3.1.5 Implementation, Inspection/Monitoring
 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for planning, reporting, implementing and
monitoring all HSE requirements and compliance of all laws & statutory requirements.
 The Contractor shall also ensure that the HSE requirements are clearly understood &
implemented conscientiously by their site personnel at all levels at site.
 The Contractor shall ensure physical presence of their field engineers / supervisors, during
the continuation of their contract works / site activities including all material transportation
activities. Physical absence of experienced field engineers / supervisors of Contractor at
critical work spot during the course of work, may invite severe penalization as per the
discretion of EIC, including halting / stoppage of work.
 Contractor shall furnish their annual Inspection Plan, with regard to project issues /subjects,
frequency and performers to EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall regularly review inspection report internally and implement all
practical steps / actions for improving the status continuously.

Page 84 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 The Contractor shall ensure important safety checks right from beginning of works at every
work site locations and to this effect format No: HSE-10 “Daily Safety Check List” shall
be prepared by field engineer & duly checked by safety personnel for conformance.
 The Contractor shall carry out inspection to identify various unsafe conditions of work
sites/machinery/equipments as well as unsafe acts on the part of
workmen/supervisor/engineer while carrying out different project related works.
 Adequate records for all inspections shall be maintained by the Contractor and the same
shall be furnished to EIL/Owner, whenever sought.
 The Contractor shall not carry-out work by engaging single worker anywhere without any
supervisor anytime during day or night.
 To demonstrate involvement/commitment of site management of Contractor, at least one
Safety Walk through in a month shall be carried out by Contractor’s head of site (along
with his area manager/field engineers) and a report shall be furnished to EIL/Owner as per
format No: HSE-1” Safety walk through report” followed by compliance for unsatisfactory
remarks.
 As a general practice lifting tools/tackles, machinery, accessories etc. shall be inspected,
tested and examined by competent people (approved by concerned State authorities) before
being used at site and also at periodical interval (e.g. during replacement,extension,
modification, elongation/reduction of machine/parts, etc.) as per relevant statutes. Hydra,
cranes, lifting machinery, mobile equipments / machinery / vehicles, etc. shall be inspected
regularly by only competent / experienced personnel at site and requisite records for such
inspections shall be maintained by every contractor. Contractor shall also maintain records
of maintenance of all other site machinery (e.g. generators, rectifiers, compressors, cutters,
etc.) & portable tools/equipments being used at project related works (e.g. drills, abrasive
wheels, punches, chisels, spanners, etc.). The Contractor shall not make use of arbitrarily
fabricated ‘derricks’ at project site for lifting / lowering of construction materials.
 Site facilities /temporary. installations, e.g. batching plant, cement godown, DG-room,
temporary electrical panels/distribution boards, shot-blasting booth, fabrication yards, etc.
and site welfare facilities, like labour colonies, canteen/pantry, rest-shelters, motor
cycle/bicycle-shed, site washing facilities, First-aid centers, urinals/toilets, etc. should be
periodically inspected by Contractor (preferably utilizing HR/Admn. personnel to inspect
site welfare facilities) and records to be maintained.
3.1.6 Behaviour Based Safety
 The contractor shall develop a system to implement Behaviour-Based Safety (BBS)

through which work groups can identify, measure and change the behaviours of employees
and workers
 The BBS process shall include the following:
- Identify the behaviours critical to obtaining required safety performance.
- Communicate the behaviours and how they are performed correctly to all
- Observe the work force and record safe/at risk behaviours. Intervene with workers
to give positive reinforcement when safe behaviours are observed. Provide
coaching/correction when at risk behaviours are observed
- Collect and record observation data
- Summarize and analyze observation data
- Communicate observation data and analysis results to all employees
- Provide recognition or celebrate when safe behaviour improvements occur
- Change behaviours to be observed or change activators or change consequences as
appropriate.
- Communicate any changes to workforce
 Contractor through its own HSE committee shall implement the above process.
 The necessary procedures and reporting formats shall be developed by the contractor for
approval by EIL/Owner.

Page 85 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 The HSE committee of contractor shall observe individual’s behavior for safe practices
adapted for utilization/execution of work for following as a minimum:-
- PPE
- Tools & equipment
- Hazard Identification & control
- House keeping
- Confined space entry
- Hot works
- Excavation
- Loading & unloading
- Work At height
- Stacking & storage
- Ergonomics
- Procedures
3.1.7 Awareness and Motivation
 The Contractor shall promote and develop awareness on Health, Safety and Environment
protection among all personnel working for the Contractor.
 Regular awareness programs and fabrication shop / work site meetings at least on monthly
basis shall be arranged on HSE activities to cover hazards/risks involved in various
operations during construction.
 Contractor to motivate & encourage the workmen & supervisory staff by issuing /
awarding them with tokens/ gifts/ mementos/ monetary incentives / certificates, etc.
 Contractor shall assess & recognize the behavioral change of its site engineers / supervisors
periodically and constantly motivate / encourage them to implement HSE practices at
project works
3.1.8 Fire prevention & First-Aid
 The Contractor shall arrange suitable First-aid measures such as First Aid Box (Refer
Appendix-B for details), trained personnel/nurse (male) to administer First Aid, stand-by
Ambulance vehicle and
 The Contractor shall arrange installation of fire protection measures such as adequate
number of steel buckets with sand & water and adequate number of appropriate portable
fire extinguishers (Refer Appendix-C for details) to the satisfaction of EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall deploy trained supervisory personnel / field engineers to cater to any
emergency situation.
 In case the number of workers exceeds 500, the Contractor shall position an Ambulance /
vehicle and nurse on round the clock basis very close to the worksite.
 The Contractor shall arrange FIRE DRILL at each site at least once in three months,
involving site workmen and site supervisory personnel & engineers. The Contractor shall
maintain adequate record of such fire drills at project site
3.1.9 Documentation
The Contractor shall evolve a comprehensive, planned and documented system covering the
following as a minimum for implementation and monitoring of the HSE requirements and the
same shall be submitted for approval by owner/EIL.
- HSE Organogram
- Site specific HSE Plan
- Safety Procedures, forms and Checklist. Indicative list of HSE procedures is attached as
Appendix :H
- Inspections and Test Plan
- Risk Assessment & Job Safety Analysis for critical works.

Page 86 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 The monitoring for implementation shall be done by regular inspections and compliance of
the observations thereof. The Contractor shall get similar HSE requirements implemented
at his sub-contractor(s) work site/office. However, compliance of HSE requirements shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any review/approval by EIL/Owner shall not
absolve contractor of his responsibility/liability in relation to fulfilling all HSE
requirements.
3.1.10 Audit
The Contractor shall submit an Audit Plan to EIL/Owner indicating the type of audits and
covering following as minimum:
 Internal HSE audits regularly at least on quarterly basis by engaging internal qualified
auditors (viz safety officers/Construction personnel having 5 years experience in
construction safety and Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001certification).
 External HSE audits regularly at least on every six months by engaging qualified external
auditors (viz safety officers/Construction personnel having 10 years experience in
construction safety and Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001certification).
All HSE shortfalls/ non-conformances on HSE matters brought out during review/audit, shall be
resolved forthwith ( generally within a week) by Contractor & compliance report shall be
submitted to EIL/Owner.
In addition to above audits by contractor, the contractor’s work shall be subjected to HSE audit
by EIL/Owner at any point of time during the pendency of contract. The CONTRACTOR shall
take all actions required to comply with the findings of the Audit Report and issue regular
Compliance Reports for the same to OWNER/ EIL till all the findings of the Audit Report are
fully complied.
Failure to carry-out HSE Audits & its compliance (internal & external) by Contractor, shall
invite penalization.
3.1.11 Meetings
 The Contractor shall ensure participation of his top most executive at site (viz. Resident
Construction Manager / Resident Engineer / Project Manager / Site-in-Charge) in Safety
Committee / HSE Committee meetings arranged by EIL/Owner usually on monthly basis
or as and when called for. In case Contractor’s top most executive at site is not in a
position to attend such meeting, he shall inform EIL/Owner in writing before the
commencement of such meeting indicating reasons of his absence and nominate his
representative – failure to do so may invite very stringent penalization against the specific
Contractor, as deemed fit in Contract. The obligation of compliance of any observations
during the meeting shall be always time bound. The Contractor shall always assist
EIL/Owner to achieve the targets set by them on HSE management during the project
implementation.
 In addition, the Contractor shall also arrange internal HSE meetings chaired by his top most
executive at site on weekly basis and maintain records. Such internal HSE meetings shall
essentially be attended by field engineers / supervisors (& not by safety personnel only) of
the Contractor and its associates. Records of such internal HSE meetings shall be
maintained by the Contractor for review by EIL/Owner or for any HSE Audits.
 Agenda of internal HSE meeting should broadly cover: -

Page 87 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
a) Confirmation of record notes / minutes of previous meeting

b) Discussion on outstanding subjects of previous points / subjects, if any
c) Incidents / Accidents (of all types) at project site, if any
d) Current topics related to site activities / subjects of discussion
e) House keeping
f) Behavioral Safety
g) Information / views / deliberations of members / site sub Contractors
h) Report from Owner / Client
i) Status of Safety awareness, Induction programs & Training programs
The time frame for such HSE meeting shall be religiously maintained by one and all.
3.1.12 Intoxicating drinks & drugs and Smoking
 The Contractor shall ensure that his staff members & workers (permanent as well casual)
shall not be in a state of intoxication during working hours and shall abide by any law
relating to consumption & possession of intoxicating drinks or drugs in force.
 The Contractor shall not allow any workman to commence any work at any locations of
project activity who is/are influenced / effected with the intake of alcohol, drugs or any
other intoxicating items being consumed prior to start of work or working day.
 Awareness about local laws on this issue shall form part of the Induction Training and
compulsory work-site discipline.
 The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working for him comply with “No-Smoking”
requirements of the Owner as notified from time to time. Cigarettes, lighters, auto ignition
tools or appliances as well as intoxicating drugs, dry tobacco powder, etc. shall not be
allowed inside the project / plant complex.
 Smoking shall be permitted only inside smoking booths exclusively designated &
authorized by the Owner/EIL.
3.1.13 Penalty
The Contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of HSE requirements. In case of non-
compliances and also for repeated failure in implementation of any of the HSE provisions,
EIL/Owner may impose stoppage of work without any cost & time implication to the Owner
and/or impose a suitable penalty.
The amount of penalty to be levied against defaulted Contractor shall be up to a cumulative

limit of
2.0% (Two percent) of the contract value for Item Rate or Composite contracts with an overall
ceiling of 1, 00, 00, 000 (Rupees One crore)
0.5% (Zero decimal five percent) of the contract value for LSTK, OBE, EPC, EPCC or Package
contracts with an overall ceiling of 10, 00.00.000 (Rupees ten crores)
This penalty shall be in addition to all other penalties specified elsewhere in the contract. The
decision of imposing stop-work-instruction and imposition of penalty shall rest with
EIL/Owner. The same shall be binding on the Contractor. Imposition of penalty does not make
the Contractor eligible to continue the work in unsafe manner.
The amount of penalty applicable for the Contractor on different types of HSE violations is
specified below:

Page 88 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Sl.
Violation of HSE norms Penalty Amount
No.
1. For not using personal protective equipment Rs 500/- per day/ Item / Person.
(Helmet, Shoes, Goggles, Gloves, Full body harness,
Face shield, Boiler suit, etc.)
2. Working without Work Permit/Clearance Rs 20000/- per occasion
3 Execution of work without deployment of requisite Rs. 5000/- per violation per day
field engineer / supervisor at work spot
4. Unsafe electrical practices (not installing ELCB, Rs 10000/- per item per day.
using poor joints of cables, using naked wire without
top plug into socket, laying wire/cables on the roads,
electrical jobs by incompetent person, etc.)
5. Working at height without full body harness, using Rs. 10000/- per case per day.
non-standard/ rejected scaffolding and not arranging
fall protection arrangement as required, like hand-
rails, life-lines, Safety Nets etc.
6. Unsafe handling of compressed gas cylinders (No Rs 500/- per item per day.
trolley, jubilee clips double gauge regulator, and not
keeping cylinders vertical during storage/handling,
not using safety cap of cylinder).
7. Use of domestic LPG for cutting purpose / not using Rs. 3000/- per occasion.
flash back arresters on both the hoses/tubes on both
ends.
8. No fencing/barricading of excavated areas / Rs. 3000/- per occasion.
trenches.
9. Not providing shoring/strutting/proper slope and not Rs.5, 000/- per occasion.
keeping the excavated earth at least 1.5M away from
excavated area.
10. Non display of scaffold tags, caution boards, list of Rs.1000/- per occasion per day
hospitals, emergency services available at work
locations.
11. Traffic rules violations like over speeding of Rs. 2000/- per occasion per day
vehicles, rash driving, talking on mobile phones
during vehicle driving, wrong parking, not using seat
belts, vehicles not fitted with reverse horn / warning
alarms / flicker lamps during foggy weather.
12. Absence of Contractor’s RCM/SIC or his Rs10000/- per meeting.
nominated representative (prior approval must be
taken for each meeting for nomination) from site
HSE meetings whenever called by EIL/Owner &
failure to nominate his immediate deputy (in the site-
organogram) for such HSE meetings.
13. Failure to maintain HSE records by Contractor Rs 10000/- per month.
Safety personnel, in line with approved HSE
Plan/Procedures/Contract specifications..
14. Failure to conduct daily site safety inspection (by Rs.10000/- per occasion.
Contractor’s safety engineers/safety officers),
internal HSE meeting, internal HSE
Awareness/Motivation Program, Site HSE Training
and HSE audit at predefined frequencies (as
approved in HSE Plan).

Page 89 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Sl.
Violation of HSE norms Penalty Amount
No.
th
15. Failure to submit the monthly HSE report by 5 of Rs. 10000/- per occasion and Rs.
subsequent month to Project’s Engineer-in-Charge / 1000/- per day of further delay.
Owner
16. Poor House Keeping Rs. 5000/- per occasion per subject
17. Failure to report & follow up accident (including Rs. 20000/- per occasion
Near Miss) reporting system within specific time-
frame.
18. Degradation of environment (not confining toxic Rs10000/- per occasion
spills, spilling oil/lubricants onto ground)
19. Not medically examining the workers before Rs 5000/- per occasion per worker
allowing them to work at height / to work in
confined space / to work in shot-blasting / to work
for painting / to work in bitumen or asphalt works,
not providing ear muffs while allowing them to work
in noise polluted areas, made them to work in air
polluted areas without respiratory protective devices,
etc.
20. Violation of any other safety condition as per job Rs. 5000/- per occasion
HSE plan / work permit and HSE conditions of
contract (e.g. using crowbar on cable trenches,
improper welding booth, not keeping fire
extinguisher ready at hot work site, unsafe rigging
practices, non-availability of First-Aid box at site,
not using hood with respiratory devices by blaster
for shot//grit blasting, etc.)
21. Failure to carry-out Safety audit in time (internal & Rs. 20,000/- per occasion
external), close-out of identified shortfalls of
Observations of Safety Aspects(OSA),etc
22. Carrying out sand blasting instead of grit/shot Rs. 50,000/- per day
blasting
23. Failure to deploy adequately qualified and Rs. 10000/- per day per Officer
competent Safety Officer
24. Utilization of hydra/ back-hoe loader for material Rs 25,000/- per occasion
shifting or any other unauthorized /unsafe lifting
works
25. Any incident / accident at project site has been Rs 10,00,000/-per occasion
caused because of willful negligence or gross
violation of safety measures / provisions on the part
of the Contractor or any of its sub-agencies
26. Any violation not covered above To be decided by EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall make his field engineers/supervisors fully aware of the fact that they
keep track with the site workmen for their behavior and compliance of various HSE
requirements. Safety lapses / defects of project construction site shall be attributable to the
concerned job supervisor / engineer of the Contractor, (who remains directly responsible
for safely executing field works). For repeated HSE violations, concerned job supervisor /
engineer shall be reprimanded or appropriate action, as deemed fit, shall be initiated (with
an information to EIL & Owner) by the concerned Contractor.

Page 90 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Contractor shall initiate verbal warning shall be given to the worker/employee during his first
HSE violation. A written warning shall be issued on second violation and specific training shall
be arranged / provided by the Contractor to enhance HSE awareness/skill including feedback on
the mistakes/ flaws. Any further violation of HSE stipulations by the erring individuals shall
call for his forthright debar from the specific construction site. A record of warnings for each
worker/employee shall be maintained by the Contractor, like by punching their cards / Gate
passes or by displaying their names at the Project entry gate. Warnings, penalizations,
appreciations etc. shall be discussed in HSE Committee meetings by site Head of the
Contractor.
3.1.14 Accident/ Incident investigation
All accidents / incidents shall be informed to EIL/Owner at least telephonically by Contractor

immediately and in writing within 24 hours on Format No. HSE-2 as applicable , by Contractor.
Thereafter, a Supplementary Accident / Incident investigation Report on Format No. HSE-3
shall be submitted to EIL/Owner within 72 hours. Near Miss incident(s),Dangerous
accidents/incident shall also be reported on Format No. HSE-4 within 24 hours. The accident/
incident shall be investigated by a team of Contractor’s senior Site personnel (involving Site-in-
Charge or at least by his deputy) for establishing root-cause and recommending corrective &
preventive actions. Findings shall be documented and suitable actions taken to avoid
recurrences shall be communicated to EIL/Owner. Owner/EIL shall have the liberty to
independently investigate such occurrences and the Contractor shall extend all necessary help
and cooperation in this regard. EIL/Owner shall have the right to share the content of this report
with the outside world.
3.2 House Keeping
The Contractor shall ensure that a high degree of house keeping is maintained and shall ensure
inter alia; the followings:
a) All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to designated
location(s).
b) Unused/surplus cables, steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places within
the working areas are removed to identify location(s).
c) All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials,
shall be removed from work place to identified location(s).
d) Roads shall be kept clear and materials like pipes, steel, sand, boulders, concrete, chips and
bricks etc shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of men &
machineries.
e) Fabricated steel structural, pipes & piping materials shall be stacked properly for erection.
f) Water logging on roads shall not be allowed.
g) No parking of trucks/trolleys, cranes and trailers etc shall be allowed on roads, which may
obstruct the traffic movement.
h) Utmost care shall be taken to ensure over all cleanliness and proper upkeep of the working
areas.
i) Trucks carrying sand, earth and pulverized materials etc. shall be covered while moving
within the plant area/ or these materials shall be transported with top surface wet.
j) The contractor shall ensure that the atmosphere in plant area and on roads is free from
particulate matter like dust, sand, etc. by keeping the top surface wet for ease in breathing.
k) At least two exits for any unit area shall be assured at all times – same arrangement is
preferable for digging pits / trench excavation / elevated work platforms / confined spaces
etc.
l) Welding cables and the power cable must be segregated and properly stored and used .The
same shall be laid away from the area of movement and shall be free from obstruction.
m) Schedule for upkeep/cleaning of site to be firmed up and implemented on regular basis

Page 91 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
The Contractor shall carry-out regular checks (minimum one per fortnight) as per format No:
HSE-11 for maintaining high standard of housekeeping and maintain records for the same.
3.3 HSE Measures
3.3.1 Construction Hazards
The Contractor shall ensure identification of all Occupational Health, Safety & Environmental
hazards in the type of work he is going to undertake and enlist mitigation measures. Contractor
shall carry out Job Safety Analysis (JSA)/Risk Analysis specifically for high risk jobs/crtical
jobs like
a) Working at height (+2.0 Mts height) for cold (incl. colour washing, painting, insulation
etc.) & hot works.
b) Work in confined space,
c) Deep excavations & trench cutting (depth > 2.0 mts.)
d) Operation & Maintenance of Batching Plant.
e) Shuttering / concreting (in single or multiple pour) for columns, parapets & roofs.
f) Erection & maintenance of Tower Crane.
g) Erection of structural steel members / roof-trusses / pipes at height more than 2.0 Mts. with
or without crane.
h) Erection of pipes (full length or fabricated) at height more than 2.0 Mts. height with Crane
of 100T capacity.
i) All lifts using 100T Crane plus mechanical pulling.
j) All lifts using two cranes in unison (Tandem Lifting).
k) Any lift exceeding 80% capacity of the lifting equipments (hydra, crane etc.).
l) Laying of pipes (isolated or fabricated) in deep narrow trenches – manually or
mechanically.
m) Maintenance of crane / extension or reduction of crane-boom on roads or in yards.
n) Erection of any item at >2.0 Mts. height using 100T crane or of higher capacity
o) Hydrostatic test of pipes, vessels & columns and water-flushing.
p) Radiography jobs (in-plant & open field)
q) Work in Live Electrical installations / circuits
r) Handling of explosives & Blasting operations
s) Demolishing / dismantling activities
t) Welding / gas cutting jobs at height (+2.0 Mts.)
u) Lifting / placing roof-girders at height (+2.0 Mts.)
v) Lifting & laying of metallic / non-metallic sheet over roof/structures.
w) Lifting of pipes, gratings, equipments/vessels at heights (+2.0 Mts) with & without using
cranes
x) Calibration of equipment, instruments and functional tests at yards / work-sites.
y) Operability test of Pump, Motors (after coupling) & Compressors.
z) Cold or Hot works inside Confined Space.
aa) Transportation & shifting of ODC consignments into project areas.
bb) Working in “charged/Live” elect. Panels
cc) Stress Relieving works (Electrically or by Gas-burners).
dd) Pneumatic Tests
ee) Card board blasting
ff) Chemical cleaning
and take feedback from EIL/Owner. The necessary HSE measures devised shall be put in to
place, prior to start of an activity & also shall be maintained during the course of works, by the
Contractor. Copies of such JSAs shall be kept available at work sites by the Contractor to enable
all concerned carrying out checks / verification.

Page 92 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
A list of typical construction hazards along with their effects & preventive measures is given in
Appendix-E.
3.3.2 Accessibility
 The Contractor shall provide safe means of access(in sufficient numbers) & efficient exit to
any working place including provisions of suitable and sufficient scaffolding at various
stages during all operations of the work for the safety of his workmen and EIL/Owner.
 The Contractor shall implement use of all measures including use of “life line”, “fall-
arresters”, “retractable fall arresters” , “safety nets” etc. during the course of using all safe
accesses & exits, so that in no case any individual remains at risk of slip & fall during their
travel.
 The access to operating plant / project complex shall be strictly regulated. Any person or
vehicle entering such complex shall undergo identification check, as per the procedures in
force / requirement of EIL/Owner.
 Accessibility to ‘confined space’ shall be governed by specific system / regulation, as
established at project site.
3.3.3 Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs)
 The Contractor shall ensure that all their staff, workers and visitors including their sub-
contractor(s) have been issued (records to be kept) & wear appropriate PPEs like nape strap
type safety helmets preferably with head & sweat band with ¾” cotton chin strap
(made of industrial HDPE), safety shoes with steel toe cap and antiskid sole, full body
harness (CЄ marked and conforming to EN361), protective goggles, gloves, ear muffs,
respiratory protective devices, etc. All these gadgets shall conform to applicable IS
Specifications/CE or other applicable international standards. The Contractor shall
implement a regular regime of inspecting physical conditions of the PPEs being issued /
used by the workmen of their own & also its sub-agencies and the damaged / unserviceable
PPEs shall be replaced forthwith.
 Owner/EIL may issue a comprehensive color scheme for helmets to be used by various
agencies. The Contractor shall follow the scheme issued by the owner/EIL and shall choose
any colour other than white (for Owner) or blue (for EIL) All HSE personnel shall
preferably wear dark green band on their helmet so that workmen can approach them for
guidance during emergencies. HSE personnel shall preferably wear such dresses with
fluorescent stripes, which are noticeable during night, when light falls on them.
 For shot blasting, the usage of protective face shield and helmets, gauntlet and protective
clothing is mandatory. Such protective clothing should conform relevant IS Specification.
 For off-shore jobs/contracts, contractor shall provide PPEs (new) of all types to EIL &
Owner's personnel, at his (contractor's) cost. All personnel shall wear life jacket at all time.
 An indicative list of HSE standards/codes is given under Appendix-A.
 Contractor shall ensure procurement & usage of following safety equipments/ accessories
(conforming to applicable IS mark / CE standard) by their staff, workmen & visitors
including their subcontractors all through the span of project construction / pre-
commissioning/ Commissioning:-‘

Page 93 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
a. PPEs (Helmet, Spectacle, Ear-muff, Face shield, Hand gloves, Safety Shoes, Gum
boot)
b. Barricading tape / warning signs
c. Rechargeable Safety torch (flame-proof)
d. Safety nets (with tie-chords)
e. Fall arresters
f. Portable ladders (varying lengths)
g. Life-lines (steel wire-rope, dia not less than 8.0 mm)
h. Full body harness (double lanyard)
i. Lanyard
j. Karabiner
k. Retractable fall arresters (various length)
l. Portable fire extinguishers (DCP type) – 5 kg capacity
m. Portable Multi Gas detector
n. Sound level meter
o. Digital Lux meter
p. Fire hoses & flow nozzles
q. Fire blankets / Fire retardant cloth (with eyelets)
3.3.4 Working at height
 The Contractor shall issue permit for working (PFW) at height after verifying and
certifying the checkpoints as specified in the attached permit (Format No. HSE-6). He
shall also undertake to ensure compliance to the conditions of the permit during the
currency of the permit including adherence of personal protective equipments. Contractor’s
Safety Officer shall verify compliance status of the items of permit document after
implementation of action is completed by Contractor’s execution / field engineers at work
site. Job Safety Analysis (JSA) for specific works at height duly commented by
EIL/Owner, shall be kept attached with particular Permit for Work (PFW) at site for ready
reference & follow-up.
 Such PFW shall be initially issued for one single shift or expected duration of normal work
and extended further for balance duration, if required. EIL/Owner can devise block-permit
system at any specific area, in consultation with project specific HSE Committee to specify
the time-period of validity of such PFW or its renewal. This permit shall be applicable in
areas where specific clearance from Owner’s operation Deptt. /Safety Deptt. is not
required. EIL / Owner’s field Engineers/Safety Officers/Area Coordinators may verify and
counter sign this permit (as an evidence of verification) during the execution of the job.
 All personnel shall be medically examined & certified by registered doctor, confirming
their ‘medical fitness for working at height. The fitness examination shall be done once in
six months.
 In case work is undertaken without taking sufficient precautions as given in the permit, EIL
/Owner Engineers may exercise their authority to cancel such permit and stop the work till
satisfactory compliance/rectification is arranged made. Contractors are expected to
maintain a register for issuance of permit and extensions thereof including preserving the
used permits for verification during audits etc.
 The Contractor shall arrange (at his cost) and ensure use of Fall Arrester Systems by his
workers. Fall arresters are to be used while climbing/descending tall structures or vessels /
columns etc. These arresters should lock automatically against the anchorage line,
restricting free fall of the user. The device is to be provided with a double security opening
system to ensure safe attachment or release of the user at any point of rope. In order to

Page 94 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
avoid shock, the system should be capable of keeping the person in vertical position in case
of a fall.
 The Contractor shall ensure that Full body harnesses conforming EN361 and having
authorized CЄ marking is used by all personnel while working at height. The lanyards and
life lines should have enough tensile strength to take the load of the worker in case of a fall.
One end of the lanyard shall be firmly tied with the harnesses and the other end with life
line. The harness should be capable of keeping the workman vertical in case of a fall,
enabling him to rescue himself.
 The Contractor shall provide Roof Top Walk Ladders for carrying out activities on sloping
roofs in order to reduce the chances of slippages and falls.
 The Contractor shall ensure that a proper Safety Net System is used wherever the hazard of
fall from height is present. The safety net, preferably a knotted one with mesh ropes
conforming to IS 5175/ ISO 1140 shall have a border rope & tie cord of minimum 12mm
dia. The Safety Net shall be located not more than 6.0 meters below the working surface
extending on either side up to sufficient margin to arrest fall of persons working at different
heights.
 In case of accidental fall of person on such Safety Net, the bottom most portion of Safety
Net should not touch any structure, object or ground.
 The Contractor shall ensure positive isolation while working at different levels like in the
pipe rack areas. The working platforms with toe boards & hand rails shall be sufficiently
strong & shall have sufficient space to hold the workmen and tools & tackles including the
equipments required for executing the job. Such working platforms shall have mid-rails, to
enable people work safely in sitting posture.
3.3.5 Scaffoldings & Barricading
 Suitable scaffoldings shall be provided to workmen for all works that cannot be safely done
from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work that can be safely
done using ladders or certified (by 3rd party competent person) man-basket. When a ladder
is used, an extra workman shall always be engaged for holding the ladder.
 The Contractor shall ensure that the scaffolds used during construction activities shall be
strong enough to take the designed load. Main Contractor shall always furnish duly
approved construction-design details of scaffold & SWL (from competent designers) free
of charge, before they are being installed / constructed at site. Owner/EIL reserves the right
to ask the Contractor to submit certification and or design calculations from his Head office
/ Design/ Engineering expert regarding load carrying capacity of the scaffoldings.
 All scaffolds shall be inspected by a competent Scaffolding Inspector of the Contractor. He

shall paste a GREEN tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector) on each
scaffold found safe and a RED tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector) on
each scaffold found unsafe. Scaffolds with GREEN tag only shall be permitted to be used
and Scaffolds with RED ones shall immediately be made inaccessible. Work being found
continuing on scaffolds with RED tag shall be considered unauthorized work by Contractor
and may invite penalization from EIL/Owner. For every 120-125 m2 /m3 area / volume or
its parts thereof minimum one TAG shall be provided.
 The Contractor shall ensure positive barricading (indicative as well as protective) of the
excavated, radiography, heavy lift, high pressure hydrostatic & pneumatic testing and other
such areas. Sufficient warning signs shall be displayed along the barricading areas.

Page 95 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 Scaffolding shall be constructed using foot seals or base plates only.
3.3.6 Electrical installations
 All electrical installations/ connections shall be carried out as per the provisions of latest
revision of following codes/standards, in addition to the requirements of Statutory
Authorities and IE/applicable international rules & regulations:
- OISD STD 173 : Fire prevention & protection system for electrical installations
- SP 30 (BIS) : National Electric Code
 All electrical installations shall be approved by the concerned statutory authorities.
 All temporary electrical installations / facilities shall be regularly checked by the

licensed/competent electricians of the Contractor and appropriate records shall be
maintained in format no: HSE-12” Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation at
project construction site”. Such inspection records are to be made available to EIL/Owner,
whenever asked for.
3.3.6.1 The Contractor shall meet the following requirements:
a. Shall make Single Line Diagram (SLD) for providing connection to each equipments &
machinery and the same (duly approved by EIL/Owner) shall be pasted on the front face of
DBs (distribution boards) or JBs (Junction boxes) at every site. ( A typical Switch Board
Sketch is attached as Appendix -G )
b. Ensure that electrical systems and equipment including tools & tackles used during
construction phase are properly selected, installed, used and maintained as per provisions
of the latest revision of the Indian Electrical/ applicable international regulations.
c. Shall deploy qualified & licensed electricians for proper & safe installation and for regular
inspection of construction power distribution system/points including their earthing. A
copy of the license shall be submitted to EIL / Owner for records. Availability of at least
one competent (ITI qualified) / licensed electrician (by State Elec. authorities) shall be
ensured at site round the clock to attend to the normal/emergency jobs.
d. All switchboards / welding machines shall be kept in well-ventilated & covered shed/ with
rain shed protection. The shed shall be elevated from the existing ground level to avoid
water logging inside the shed . Installation of electrical switch board must be done taking
care of the prevention of shock and safety of machine.
e. No flammable materials shall be used for constructing the shed. Also flammable materials
shall not be stored in and around electrical equipment / switchboard. Adequate clearances
and operational space shall be provided around the equipment.
f. Fire extinguishers and insulating mats shall be provided in all power distribution centers.
g. Temporary electrical equipment shall not be employed in hazardous area without obtaining
safety permit.
h. Proper housekeeping shall be done around the electrical installations.
i. All temporary installations shall be tested before energizing, to ensure proper earthing,
bonding, suitability of protection system, adequacy of feeders/cables etc.

Page 96 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
j. All welders shall use hand gloves irrespective of holder voltage.
k. Multilingual (Hindi, English and local language) caution boards, shock treatment charts and
instruction plate containing location of isolation point for incoming supply, name &
telephone No. of contact person in emergency shall be provided in substations and near all
distribution boards / local panels.
l. Operation of earth leakage device shall be checked regularly by temporarily connecting

series test lamp (2 bulbs of equal rating connected in series) between phase and earth.
ELCB tester /test meter shall be used for testing ELCBs
m. Regular inspection of all installations at least once in a month. (Ref. Format HSE-12).
3.3.6.2 The following features shall also be ensured for all electrical installations during construction
phase by the contractor:
 Each installation shall have a main switch with a protective device, installed in an
enclosure adjacent to the metering point. The operating height of the main switch shall not
exceed 1.5 M. The main switch shall be connected to the point of supply by means of
armoured cable.
 The outgoing feeders shall be double or triple pole switches with fuses / MCBs. Loads in a
three phase circuit shall be balanced as far as possible and load on neutral should not
exceed 20% of load in the phase.
 The installation shall be adequately protected against overload, short circuit and earth
leakage by the use of suitable protective devices. Fuses wherever used shall be HRC type.
Use of rewirable fuses shall be strictly prohibited. The earth leakage device shall have an
operating current not exceeding 30 mA.
 All connections to the hand tools / welding receptacles shall be taken through proper
switches, sockets and plugs.
 All single phase sockets shall be minimum 3 pin type only. All unused sockets shall be
provided with socket caps.
 Only 3 core (P+N+E) overall sheathed flexible cables with minimum conductor size of 1.5
mm2 copper shall be used for all single phase hand tools.
 Only metallic distribution boxes with double earthing shall be used at site. No wooden
boxes shall be used.
 All power cables shall be terminated with compression type cable glands. Tinned copper
lugs shall be used for multi-strand wires / cables.
 Cables shall be free from any insulation damage.
 Minimum depth of cable trench shall be 750 mm for MV & control cables and 900 mm for
HV cables. These cables shall be laid over a sand layer and covered with sand, brick & soil
for ensuring mechanical protection. Cables shall not be laid in waterlogged area as far as
practicable. Cable route markers shall be provided at every 25 M of buried trench route.
When laid above ground, cables shall be properly cleated or supported on rigid poles of at
least 2.1 M high. Minimum head clearance of 6 meters shall be provided at road crossings.

Page 97 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 Under ground road crossings for cables shall be avoided to the extent feasible. In any case
no under ground power cable shall be allowed to cross the roads without pipe sleeve.
 All cable joints shall be done with proper jointing kit. No taped/ temporary joints shall be
used.
 An independent earthing facility should preferably be established within the temporary

installation premises. All appliances and equipment shall be adequately earthed. In case of
armoured cables, the armour shall be bonded to the earthing system.
 All cables and wire rope used for earth connections shall be terminated through tinned
copper lugs.
 In case of local earthing, earth electrodes shall be buried near the supply point and earth
continuity wire shall be connected to local earth plate for further distribution to various
appliances. All insulated wires for earth connection shall have insulation of green colour.
 Separate core shall be provided for neutral. Earth / Structures shall not be used as a neutral
in any case.
 ON/OFF position of all switches shall be clearly designated / painted for easy isolation in
emergency.
3.3.7 Welding/ Gas cutting
 Contractor shall ensure that flash back arrestors conforming to BS: 6158 or equivalent are
installed on all gas cylinders as well as at the torch end of the gas hose, while in use.
 All cylinders shall be mounted on trolleys and provided with a closing key. Empty &
filled-up gas cylinders shall be stored separately with TAG, protecting them from direct
sun or rain. Minimum 2 nos. of Portable DCP type fire extinguishers (10 kg) shall be
maintained at the gas cylinder stores. Stacking & storing of compressed gas cylinders shall
be arranged away from DG set, hot works, Elect. Panels / Elec. boards, etc
 The burner and the hose placed downstream of pressure reducer shall be equipped with
Flash Back Arrester/Non Return Valve device.
 The hoses for acetylene and oxygen cylinders must be of different colours. Their
connections to cylinders and burners shall be made with a safety collar.
 At end of work, the cylinders in use shall be closed and hoses depressurized.
 Cutting of metals using gases, other than oxygen & acetylene, shall require written
concurrence from Owner.
 All welding machines shall have effective earthing at least at distinctly isolated two points.
 In order to help maintain good housekeeping, and to reduce fire hazard, live electrode bits
shall be contained safely and shall not be thrown directly on the ground.
 The hoses of Acetylene and Oxygen shall be kept free from entanglement & away from
common pathways / walkways and preferably be hanged overhead in such a manner which
can avoid contact with cranes, hydra or other mobile construction machinery.
 Hot spatters shall be contained / restricted appropriately (by making use of effective fire-
retardant cloth/fabric) and their flying-off as well as chance of contact with near-by
flammable materials shall be stopped.
 The Contractor shall arrange adequate systems & practices for accumulation / collection of
metal & other scraps and remnant electrodes and their safe disposal at regular interval so as
to maintain the fabrication and other areas satisfactorily clean & tidy.
 All gas cylinders must have a cylinder cap on at all times when not in use.

Page 98 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
3.3.8 Ergonomics and tools & tackles
 The Contractor shall assign to his workmen, tasks commensurate with their qualification,
experience and state of health.
 All lifting tools, tackles, equipment, accessories including cranes shall be tested
periodically by statutory/competent authority for their condition and load carrying capacity.
Valid test & fitness certificates from the applicable authority shall be submitted to
Owner/EIL for their review/acceptance before the lifting tools, tackles, equipment,
accessories and cranes are used.
 The contractor shall not be allowed to use defective equipment or tools not adhering to
safety norms.
 Contractor shall arrange non-sparking tools for project construction works in operating
plant areas / hydrocarbon prone areas.
 Wherever required the Contractor shall make use of Elevated Work Platforms (EWP) or
Aerial Work Platforms (mobile or stationary) to avoid ergonomical risks and workmen
shall be debarred to board such elevated platform during the course of their shifting /
transportation.
 Contractor shall ensure installation of Safe Load Indicator (SLI) on all cranes (while in use)
to minimize overloading risk. SLI shall have capability to continuously monitor and
display the load on the hook, and automatically compare it with the rated crane capacity at
the operating condition of the crane. The system shall also provide visual and audible
warnings at set capacity levels to alert the operator in case of violations.
 The contractor shall be responsible for safe operations of different equipments mobilized
and used by him at the workplace like transport vehicles, engines, cranes, mobile ladders,
scaffoldings, work tools, etc.
 The Contractor shall arrange periodical training for the operators of hydra, crane,
excavator, mobile machinery, etc. at site by utilizing services from renowned
manufacturers
3.3.9 Occupational Health
 The contractor shall identify all operations that can adversely affect the health of its
workers and issue & implement mitigation measures.
 For surface cleaning operations, sand blasting shall not be permitted even if not explicitly
stated elsewhere in the contract.
 To eliminate radiation hazard, Tungsten electrodes used for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
shall not contain Thorium.
 Appropriate respiratory protective devices(hood with respiratory devices) shall be used to

protect workmen from inhalation of air borne contaminants like silica, asbestos, gases,
fumes, etc.
 Workmen shall be made aware of correct methods for lifting, carrying, pushing & pulling
of heavy loads. Wherever possible, manual handling shall be replaced by mechanical lifting
equipments.
 For jobs like drilling/demolishing/dismantling where noise pollution exceeds the specified
limit of 85 decibels, ear muffs shall be provided to the workers.
 To avoid work related upper limb disorders (WRULD) and backaches, Display Screen
Equipments' workplace stations shall be carefully designed & used with proper sitting
postures. Power driven hand-held tools shall be maintained in good working condition to

Page 99 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
minimize their vibrating effects and personnel using these tools shall be taught how to
operate them safely & how to maintain good blood circulation in hands.
 The Contractor shall arrange health check up (by registered medical practitioner) for all the
workers at the time of induction. Health check may have to be repeated if the nature of duty
assigned to him is changed necessitating health check or doubt arises about his wellness.
EIL/Owner reserves the right to ask the contractor to submit medical test reports. Regular
health check-ups are mandatory for the workers assigned with Welding, Radiography,
Blasting, Painting, Heavy Lift and Height (>2m) jobs. All the health check-ups shall be
conducted by registered Medical practitioner and records are to be maintained by the
Contractor.
 The Contractor shall ensure vaccination of all the workers including their families, during
the course of entire project span.
3.3.10 Hazardous substances
 Hazardous, inflammable and/or toxic materials such as solvent coating, thinners, anti-
termite solutions, water proofing materials shall be stored in appropriate containers
preferably with lids having spillage catchment trays and shall be stored in a good ventilated
area. These containers shall be labeled with the name of the materials highlighting the
hazards associated with its use and necessary precautions to be taken. Respective MSDS
(Material Safety Data Sheet) shall be made available at site & may be referred whenever
problem arises.
 Where contact or exposure of hazardous materials are likely to exceed the specified limit or
otherwise have harmful effects, appropriate personal protective equipments such as gloves,
goggles/face-shields, aprons, chemical resistant clothing, respirator, etc. shall be used.
 The work place shall be checked prior to start of activities to identify the location, type and
condition of any asbestos materials which could be disturbed during the work. In case
asbestos material is detected, usage of appropriate PPEs by all personnel shall be ensured
and the matter shall be reported immediately to EIL/ Owner.
3.3.11 Slips, trips & falls
The contractor shall establish a regular cleaning and basic housekeeping programme that covers
all aspects of the workplace to help minimize the risk of slips, trips & falls. The contractor shall
take positive measures like keeping the work area tidy, storing waste in suitable containers &
harmful items separately, keeping passages, stairways, entrances & exits especially emergency
ones clear, cleaning up spillages immediately and replacing damaged carpet/ floor tiles, mats &
rugs at once to avoid slips, trips & falls.
3.3.12 Radiation exposure
 All personnel exposed to physical agents such as ionizing & non-ionizing radiation,
including ultraviolet rays or similar other physical agents shall be provided with adequate
shielding or protection commensurate with the type of exposure involved.
 For Open Field Radiography works , requirements of Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
(BARC)/ Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) shall be followed.
 The Contractor shall implement an effective system of control (as described in the AERB
regulations) at site for handling radiography-sources & for avoiding its misuse & theft.

Page 100 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 The contractor shall generate the Format No: HSE-8 “Permit for radiation work” before
start of work.
 In case the radiography work has to be carried out at day time, suitable methodology to be
used so that other works, people are not affected.
3.3.13 Explosives/Blasting operations
 Blasting operations shall be carried out as per latest Explosive Rules (Indian / International)
with prior permission. The Contractor shall obtain license from Chief Controller of
Explosives (CCoE) for collection, transportation, storage of explosives as well as for
carrying out blasting operations.
 The Contractor shall prepare exclusive method statement (in cognizance with statutory
requirements) for diffusing unfired explosives, if any, at project site before carrying out
actual task. Nowhere blasting shall be carried out by the Contractor or its agency without
the involvement of competent supervisor and licensed blaster / shot blaster.
3.3.14 Demolition/ Dismantling
 The contractor shall adhere to safe demolishing/ dismantling practices at all stages of work
to guard against unsafe working practices.
 The contractor shall disconnect service lines (power, gas supply, water, etc.)/ make
alternate arrangements prior to start of work and restore them, if required as directed by
EIL/ Owner at no extra cost.
 Before carrying out any demolition/ dismantling work, the contractor shall take prior
approval of EIL/Owner and generate the Format No.HSE-9. For revamp jobs in operating
plants where location of underground utilities is not known with certainty, the contractor
shall depute an experienced engineer for supervision and shall make adequate arrangements
for Fire fighting & First-Aid during the execution of these activities.
 The Contractor shall arrange approved Job Safety Analysis (JSA) / Method Statement for
the specific demolition / dismantling task and corresponding action plan commensurate
with hazards / risks associated therein. In no case any activity related to demolition /
dismantling shall be carried out by the Contractor without engaging own supervision / field
engineer.
3.3.15 Road Safety
 The Contractor shall ensure adequately planned road transport safety management system.
 The vehicles shall be fitted with reverse warning alarms & flashing lights / fog-lights and
usage of seat belts shall be ensured.
 The Contractor shall also ensure a separate pedestrian route for safety of the workers and
comply with all traffic rules & regulations, including maintaining speed limit of 20 kmph
or indicated by owner for all types of vehicles / mobile machinery. The maximum
allowable speed shall be adhered to.
 In case of an alert or emergency, the Contractor must arrange clearance of all the routes,
roads, access. The Contractor shall deploy sufficient number of traffic controllers at project
site routes / roads/ accesses, to alert reversing movement of vehicles & machinery as well
as pedestrians.
 Dumpers, Tippers, etc. shall not be allowed to carry workers within the plant area and also
to & from the labour colony to & from project sites.
 Hydras shall only be allowed for handling the materials at fabrication/ storage yards and in
no case shall be allowed to transport the materials over project / plant roads.

Page 101 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 The Contractor shall not deploy any such mobile machinery / equipments, which do not
have competent operator and / or experienced banks-man / signal-man. Such machinery /
equipments shall have effective limit-switches, reverse-alarm, front & rear-end lights etc.
and shall be maintained in good working order.
 The Contractor shall not carry-out maintenance of vehicles / mobile machinery occupying
space on project / plant roads and shall always arrange close supervision for such works.
 For pipeline jobs, the contractor shall submit a comprehensive plan covering transportation,
loading / unloading of pipes, movement of side booms, movement of vehicles on the ROW,
etc.
 Contractor’s shall arrange /install visible road signs, diversion boards, caution boards, etc
on project roads for safe movement of men and machinery.
3.3.16 Welfare measures
Contractor shall, at the minimum, ensure the following facilities at work sites:
 A crèche at site where 10 or more female workers are having children below the age of 6
years.
 Adequately ventilated / illuminated rooms at labour camps & its hygienic up-keeping.
 Reasonable canteen facilities at site and in labour camps at appropriate location depending
upon site conditions. Contractor shall make use of “industrial” variety of LPG cylinder &
satisfactory illumination at the canteens. Necessary arrangement for efficient disposal of
wastes from canteens & urinals /toilets shall also be made and regular review shall be made
to maintain the ambience satisfactorily hygienic & shall also comply with all applicable
statutory requirements.
 Adequately lighted & ventilated Rest rooms at site (separate for male workers and female
workers).
 Urinals, Toilets, drinking water, washing facilities, adequate lighting at site and labour
camps, commensurate with applicable Laws / Legislation.
3.3.17 Environment Protection
Contractor shall ensure proper storage and utilization methodology of materials that are
detrimental to the environment. Where required, Contractor shall ensure that only the
environment friendly materials are selected and emphasize on recycling of waste materials,
such as metals, plastics, glass, paper, oil & solvents. The waste that cannot be minimized,
reused or recovered shall be stored and disposed of safely. In no way, toxic spills shall be
allowed to percolate into the ground. The contractor shall not use the empty areas for dumping
the wastes.
The contractor shall strive to conserve energy and water wherever feasible.
The contractor shall ensure dust free environment at workplace by sprinkling water on the
ground at frequent intervals. The air quality parameters for dust, poisonous gases, toxic releases,
harmful radiations, etc. shall be checked by the contractor on daily basis and whenever need
arises.
The contractor shall not be allowed to discharge chemicals, oil, silt, sewage, sullage and other
waste materials directly into the controlled waters like surface drains, streams, rivers, ponds. A
discharge plan suggesting the methods of treating the waste before discharging shall be
submitted to EIL/Owner for approval.

Page 102 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
For pipeline jobs, top soil shall be stacked separately while making ROW through fields. This
fertile soil shall be placed back on top after backfilling.
For offshore construction barges, arrangements shall be made for safe disposal of human, food
& other wastes and applicable laws in this regard shall be followed.
3.3.18 Rules & Regulations
All persons deployed at site shall be knowledgeable of and comply with the environmental laws,
rules & regulations relating to the hazardous materials, substances and wastes. Contractor shall
not dump, release or otherwise discharge or disposes off any such materials without the express
authorization of EIL/Owner. An indicative list of Statutory Acts & Rules relating to HSE is
given under Appendix-D.
3.3.19 Weather Protection
Contractor shall take appropriate measures to protect workers from severe storms, rain, solar
radiations, poisonous gases, dust, etc. by ensuring proper usage of PPEs like Sun glasses, Sun
screen lotions, respirators, dust masks, etc. and rearranging/ planning the construction activities
to suit the weather conditions. Effective arrangement (without creating inconvenience to project
facilities & permanent installations) for protecting workmen from hailstorm, drizzle in the form
of temporary shelter shall be made at site.
3.3.20 Communication
All persons deployed at the work site shall have access to effective means of communication so
that any untoward incident can be reported immediately and assistance sought by them.
All health & safety information shall be communicated in a simple & clear language easily
understood by the local workforce.
For information to all, typical subjects that should be communicated are: -
Inside the company (Top to down)
a. Quality Policy
b. HSE Policy contents
c. Environment Policy
d. HSE Objectives
e. Safety Cardinal Rules
f. HSE Target – reached or missed
g. Praises & Warnings to personnel for HSE Management
h. Safety Walk Through Reports and safety defects / shortfalls (by management)
i. HSE Audit results
j. Revised Statutory Health & Safety provisions, if any
k. H & S publicity
l. Suggestions
Inside the Company (Bottom to up)
a. Complaints
b. Compliances on safety defects / shortfalls
c. Suggestions
d. Proposals for changes & improvements
e. HSE Reports (including near-miss reports)

Page 103 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
3.3.21 Confined Space Entry
The contractor shall generate a work permit (Format No. HSE -7) before entering a confined
space. People, who are permitted to enter into confined space, must be medically examined &
certified by registered doctor, confirming their ‘medical fitness for working in confined space’.
All necessary precautions mentioned therein shall be adhered to. An attendant shall be
positioned outside a confined space for extending help during an emergency. All appropriate
PPEs and air quality parameters shall be checked before entering a confined space. It shall be
ensured that the piping of the equipment which has to be opened is pressure- free by checking
that blinds are in place, vents are open and volume is drained. Inside confined space works, only
electrical facilities / installations of 24V shall be permitted. Contactor shall ensure usage of safe
& suitable arrangement of oxygen supply for individual workmen (during the course of work in
confined space), if oxygen concentration is found to be less than 19.5% (v/v) there.
3.3.22 Heavy Lifts
 The contractor shall submit detailed rigging studies plan for EIL/ Owner approval prior to
lifting equipment which cannot be erected with a crane of approx. 100 MT capacity due to
constraints of its dimensions, location of foundation height, approach & weight.
 Contractor shall generate the format no:HSE-15 “Permit for heavy lift/critical erection”
 Prior to actual lifting activities, contractor shall check the validity of the crane inspection
certificate issued by statutory/ competent authority. This requirement shall also apply to all
rigging equipments utilized for the job.
 The contractor shall, at all times, be responsible for all rigging activities.
 The Contractor shall ensure medical fitness of all workmen who are engaged / involved in
erection of equipments, vessels etc. and such fitness checks shall be carried-out every six
months interval with the help of a registered medical practitioner & record shall be
maintained
 Adequate safety measures such as positive barricading, usage of appropriate PPEs, permit
to work, etc. shall be taken during all heavy or critical lifts.
 For lifting any material (irrespective of shape, size or volume), at any height, it is always
advisable to prepare a Plan of Erection (PoE) taking into consideration hazards & risks
associated therein – this can enable people to put their own experiences of various natures
& side-by-side establish a practical method for risk-free erection / lifts. The contractor shall
prepare PoE & shall document the same, when risks are identified as “medium” or “high”
and the same shall be approved by its competent / qualified engineer.
3.3.23 Key Performance Indicators
The contractor shall measure an activity in both leading & trailing indicators for statistical and
performance measurement. The activities pertaining to key performance indicators are covered
in Monthly HSE Report (Format No. HSE-5). The contractor shall try to achieve a statistically
fair record and strive for its continual improvement.
Leading Indicators viz:-:
- Number of Safety Inductions carried-out at site (for workmen & staff members)
- Number of HSE inspections carried out
- Number of “Safety Walk Through” carried-out by site-head.

Page 104 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
- Number of HSE shortfalls / lapses identified per contractor & closed-out in time.
- Number of Safety Meetings conducted (in-house / with contractors)
- Number of HSE Audits made (internal & external) vis-à-vis non conformances raised
- Number of HSE Awareness / Motivational program conducted by contractors
- Number of HSE Trainings conducted at site for supervisors & workmen
- Study of Near miss case reported
- Encouragements / Awards / Recognitions to workmen, job supervisors & field engineers.
- Suggestions for improvement
Trailing Indicators viz:-:
- Calculation of HSE statistics viz frequency rate, severity rate, LTA free manhours,etc
- Analysis of incidents / accidents (nature, severity, types etc.)
- Study of Incident / Accident with respect to :-
 Variety
 Period of the year / project span
 Timings of the incident / accident
 Age profile of victims
 Body parts involved
 Penalty levied for causing incident / accident
3.3.24 Unsuitable Land Conditions
Contractor shall take appropriate measures and necessary work permits/clearances if work is to
be done in or around marshy areas, river crossings, mountains, monuments, etc. The Contractor
shall make right assessment and take all necessary action for developing work areas to make
them safe & suitable for crane operations or other vehicular movement before carrying out any
project related activity / operation. Contractor shall take all necessary actions to make the
surroundings of its site establishments (site office, stores, lay-down area etc.) work-worthy
safe and secure.
3.3.25 Under Water Inspection
Contractor shall ensure that boats and other means used for transportation, surveying &
investigation works shall be certified seaworthy by a recognized classification society. It shall
be equipped with all life saving devices like life jackets, adequate fire protection arrangements
and shall posses communication facilities like cellular phones, wireless, walkie-talkie. All
divers used for seabed surveys, underwater inspections shall have required authorized license,
suitable life saving kit. Number of hours of work by divers shall be limited as per regulations.
EIL/ Owner shall have the right to inspect the boat and scrutinize documents in this regard.
3.3.26 Excavation
The Contractor shall obtain permission from competent authorities prior to excavation wherever
required.
The Contractor shall locate the position of buried utilities (water line, cable route, etc.) by
referring to project / plant drawing / in consultation with EIL/Owner. The Contractor shall start
digging manually to locate the exact position of buried utilities & thereafter use mechanical
means.
The Contractor shall keep soil heaps at least 1.5 M away from edge or a distance equal to depth
of pit (whichever is more)

Page 105 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
The Contractor shall maintain sufficient “angle of repose” during excavation – shall also
provide slope or suitable bench as decided by EIL / Owner.
The Contractor shall arrange “battering” or “benching” wherever required for preventing
collapse of edge of excavations.
The Contractor shall identify & arrange de-watering pump or well-point system to prevent earth
collapse due to heavy rain / influx of underground water.
The Contractor shall arrange protective fencing / barricading with warning signal around
excavated pits, trenches, etc. along with minimum 2 (two) entries, exits / escape ladders.
The Contractor must avoid “underpinning” / under-cutting to prevent collapse of chunk of earth
during excavation
The Contractor shall use “stoppers” to prevent over-run of vehicle wheels at the edge of
excavated pits / trenches.
The Contractor shall arrange strengthening of “shoring” & “strutting” proactively to avoid
collapse of earth / edges due to vehicular movement in close proximity of excavated areas / pits
/ trenches, etc.
3.4 Tool Box Talks (TBT)
Contractor shall conduct daily TBT with workers prior to start of work and shall maintain
proper record of the meeting. A suggested format is given below. The TBT is to be conducted
by the immediate supervisor of the workers
The Contractor shall conduct TBT before start of every morning or evening shift or night shift
activities, for alerting the workers on specific hazards and their appropriate dos & don’ts. The
Contractor shall provide sufficient rests to the site workmen and their foremen to avert fatigue
& thereby endangering their lives during the course of site works.
TOOL BOX TALK RECORDING SHEET

Date & Time
Work Location
Subject (Nature of work)
Presenter
Hazards involved
Precautions to be taken
Worker's Name Signature Section
Remarks, in any
The topics during TBT shall include
- Hazards related to work assigned on that day and precautions to be taken.

- Any forthcoming HSE hazards/events/instruction/orders, etc.
The above record can be kept in local language, which workers can read. These records shall be
made available to EIL/ Owner whenever demanded.

Page 106 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
3.5 Training & Induction Programme
 Initial induction of workers into Construction oriented activities and appraising them about
the methodology of works and how to carry-out safely and the same should not be inter
mixed with Tool Box Talks or HSE Training. In this regard careful action should be made
& maintained for imparting HSE induction to every individual, irrespective of his
task/designation/level of employment, whereas, HSE Training should be imparted to
specific person/group of people who are to carry-out that specific task more than once – for
example, Riggers must be trained for working at heights, welders must be trained for work
in confined space, fitters/carpenters, mesons must be trained for work at heights, etc.
 Contractor shall conduct Safety induction programme on HSE for all his workers and
maintain records. The Gate Pass shall be issued only to those workers who successfully
qualify the Safety induction programme.
 The Contractor shall brief the visitors about the HSE precautions which are required to be
taken before their proceeding to site and make necessary arrangements to issue appropriate
PPEs like Aprons, hard hats, ear-plugs, goggles & safety shoes etc., to his visitors. The
Contractor shall always maintain relevant acknowledgement from visitor on providing him
brief information on HSE actions.
 Contractor shall ensure that all his personnel possess appropriate training to carry out the
assigned job safely. The training should be imparted in a language understood by them and
should specifically be trained about
- Potential hazards to which they may be exposed at their workplace

- Measures available for prevention and elimination of these hazards
The topics during training shall cover, at the minimum: -
- Why safety should be considered during work - explanation

- Education about hazards and precautions required
- Employees’ duties & responsibilities
- Emergency and evacuation plan
- HSE requirements during project activities
- Fire fighting and First-Aid
- Use of PPEs
- Occupational health issues – dos & don’ts
- Local laws on intoxicating drinks, drugs, smoking in force
- Common environmental subjects – lighting, ventilation, vibration, smoke/fumes etc.
 Records of the training shall be kept and submitted to EIL/ Owner.
 The Contractor shall make regular program for conducting Safety Training on various
topics related to various activities & their safe-guarding utilizing experienced persons /
outside agency / faculty. A program for Safety Training (indicative list as per Appendix –F)
shall be furnished by the Contractor in its HSE Plan .
 For offshore and jetty jobs, contractor shall ensure that all personnel deployed have
undergone a structured sea survival training including use of lifeboats, basket landing, use
of radio communication etc. from an agency acceptable to Owner/EIL.

Page 107 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
3.6 ADDITIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR WORKING INSIDE A RUNNING

PLANT
As a minimum, the contractor shall ensure adherence to following safety requirements while
working in or in the close vicinity of an operating plant:
a) Contractor shall obtain permits for Hot work, Cold work, Excavation and Confined Space
from Owner in the prescribed format.
b) The contractor shall monitor record and compile list of his workers entering the operational
plant/unit each day and ensure & record their return after completing the job.
c) Contractor’s workers and staff members shall use designated entrances and proceed by
designated routes to work areas only assigned to them. The workers shall not be allowed to
enter units' area, tanks area, pump rooms, etc. without work authorization permit.
d) Work activities shall be planned in such a way so as to minimize the disruption of other
activities being carried out in an operational plant/unit and activities of other contractors.
e) The contractor shall submit a list of all chemicals/toxic substances that are intended to be
used at site and shall take prior approval of the Owner.
f) Specific training on working in a hydrocarbon plant shall be imparted to the work force and
mock drills shall be carried out for Rescue operations/First-Aid measures.
g) Proper barricading/cordoning of the operational units/plants shall be done before starting

the construction activities. No unauthorized person shall be allowed to trespass. The height
and overall design of the barricading structure shall be finalized in consultation with the
Owner and shall be got approved from the Owner.
h) Care shall be taken to prevent hitting underground facilities such as electrical cables,
hydrocarbon piping during execution of work.
i) Barricading with water curtain shall be arranged in specific/critical areas where

hydrocarbon vapors are likely to be present such as near horton spheres or tanks.
Positioning of fire tenders (from owner) shall also be ensured during execution of critical
activities.
j) Emergency evacuation plan shall be worked out and all workmen shall be apprised about
evacuation routes. Mock drill operations may also be conducted.
k) Flammable gas test shall be conducted prior to any hot work using appropriate measuring
instruments. Sewers, drains, vents or any other gas escaping points shall be covered with
flame retardant tarpaulin.
l) Respiratory devices shall be kept handy while working in confined zones where there is a
danger of inhalation of poisonous gases. Constant monitoring of presence of Gas/
Hydrocarbon shall be done.
m) Clearance shall be obtained from all parties before starting hot tapping, patchwork on live
lines and work on corroded tank roof.
n) Positive isolation of line/equipment by blinding for welding/cutting/grinding shall be done.

Closing of valve will not be considered sufficient for isolation.

Page 108 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
o) Welding spatters shall be contained properly and in no case shall be allowed to fall on the
ground containing oil. Similar care shall be taken during cutting operations.
p) The vehicles, cranes, engines, etc. shall be fitted with spark arresters on the exhaust pipe
and got it approved from Safety Department of the Owner.
q) Plant air should not be used to clean any part of the body or clothing or use to blow off dirt
on the floor.
r) Gas detectors should be installed in gas leakage prone areas as per requirement of Owner's
plant operation personnel.
s) Experienced full time safety personnel shall be exclusively deployed to monitor safety
aspects in running plants.
3.7 Self Assessment And Enhancement
The contractor shall develop a method of check & balance through self assessment &
enhancement techniques and shall explore the opportunities for continual improvement in the
HSE system.
3.8 HSE Promotion
The contractor shall encourage his workforce to promote HSE efforts at workplace by way of
organizing workshops/seminars/training programmes, celebrating HSE awareness weeks &
National Safety Day, conducting quizzes & essay competitions, distributing pamphlets, posters
& material on HSE, providing incentives for maintaining good HSE practices and granting
incentives / bonus for completing the job without any lost time accident.
3.9 Lock Out and Tag Out (LOTO) for isolation of energy source
 Contractor shall follow the LOTO/Isolation procedure of owner for all energy source
isolations installed/under purview by /of owner ie. “Brown field”
 For all the other energy source (not under purview of client/owner) i.e “Green field”
Contractor shall develop a system to ensure the isolation of equipments, pipelines, Vessel,
electrical panels from the energy source covering following as minimum:-
- Identification of all energy source viz electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic,

chemical, thermal, gravitational, radiation and other forms of stored or kinetic
energy.
- Establishing the energy isolation devices viz: manually operated electrical circuit
breakers, disconnection switches, blind flanges, etc
- Installation of Lock Out devices for preventing the inadvertent release of stored
energy and Tag Out devices ( “Danger”, “Do Not operate” or Do not Remove” tags)
to indicate that testing, maintenance or servicing is underway and the device cannot
be operated until the tag out device is removed.
- Lock Out and Tag out log book
- Permit for isolation and de-isolation of energy source as per format NO: HSE-16
- Availability of competent persons like experienced operators at substations, pump
house, units, etc, ; supervisors,etc.
 Contractor shall ensure that all the sources are locked out and tagged properly before giving
clearance to start the job.
 After the completion of job, contractor shall ensure all tools and tackles are removed
and nobody is present in the working area and signing on LOTO log book.

Page 109 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 Only on confirmation of above the contractor will remove their lock and tag from the
isolation points and give instructions for energizing the same. Only the person carrying out
the task shall himself carry the key for the lock in /Lock out.
4.0 DETAILS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR
4.1 On Award Of Contract
The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environment Plan or
programme for approval by EIL/Owner prior to start of work. The Contractor shall participate in
the pre-start meeting with EIL/Owner to finalize HSE Plans which shall including the
following:
- HSE policy & Objectives

- Job procedure to be followed by the Contractor for construction activities including
handling of equipments, scaffolding, electric installations, etc. describing the risks
involved, actions to be taken and methodology for monitoring each activity. Indicative list
of procedures is enclosed as Annexure-H
- EIL/Owner review/audit requirement.
- Organization structure along with responsibility and authority, on HSE activities.
- Administrative & disciplinary steps involving implementation of HSE requirements
- Emergency evacuation plan/ procedures for site and labour camps
- Job Safety Analysis for high risk jobs
- Procedures for reporting & investigation of accidents and near misses.
- HSE Inspection
- HSE Training programmes at project site
- HSE Awareness programmes, at project site
- Reference to Rules, Regulations and statutory requirements.
- HSE documentation viz reporting, analysis & record keeping.
4.2 During Job Execution
Contractor shall implement approved Health, Safety and Environment management programme
including but not limited to as brought out under para 3.0. Contractor shall also ensure:
 to arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party
liability insurance, registration under BOCW Act, etc, as applicable.
 to arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable), like permits for hot
work, working at heights (Refer Format No. HSE-6), confined space (Refer Format No.
HSE-7), Radiation Work Permit (Refer Format No. HSE-8), Demolishing/ Dismantling
Work Permit (Refer Format No. HSE-9),Permit for erection/modification & dismantling of
scaffolding(Refer Format No:HSE-14), Permit for heavy lift/critical erection (Refer Format
No:HSE-15) ,Permit for energy Isolation & De-isolation” (HSE-16) ,storage of chemical /
explosive materials & its use and implement all precautions mentioned therein. In this
regard, requirements of Oil industry Safety Directorate Standard No. Std -105 "Work
Permit Systems” shall be complied with while working in existing Oil or Gas processing
plants. List of the persons involved shall be maintained as annexure to the work permit
issued for a particular activity.
 to submit, timely, the completed checklist on HSE activities in Format No.HSE-1, Monthly
HSE report in Format No.HSE-5 (use of web based package (www.eil.co.in/conthse) is
compulsory wherever the facility is available else a hard copy is to be submitted), accident/
incident reports, investigation reports etc. as per EIL/Owner requirements. Compliance of
instructions on HSE shall be done by Contractor and informed urgently to EIL/Owner.

Page 110 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
 that his top most executive at site attends all the Safety Committee/HSE meetings arranged
by EIL/Owner and carries out safety walk through regularly. Only in case of his absence
from site that a second senior most person shall be nominated by him, in advance, and
communicated to EIL/Owner for performing the above tasks.
 display at site office and at prominent locations HSE Policy, caution boards, list of
hospitals, emergency services available, safety signs like Men at work, Speed Limits,
Hazardous Area, various do’s & don’ts, etc.
 provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness.
 identify, assess, analyze & mitigate the construction hazards & incorporate relevant control
measures before actually executing site works. (HIRAC = Hazard Identification, Risk
Analysis and Control).
 arrange testing, examination, inspection of own as well as borrowed construction

equipments / machinery (stationary & mobile) before being used at site and also at
periodical interval, through own resources and also by 3rd party competent agencies (as
deemed fit in statutes). Records of such test, examination etc. shall be maintained & shall
be submitted to EIL/Owner as & when asked for.
 carryout audits/inspection (internal & external) at his works as well as sub contractor works
as per approved HSE plan/procedure/programme & submit the compliance reports of
identified shortfalls for EIL/Owner review.
 arranging HSE training for site workmen (of his own & sub contractors) through internal or
external faculty at periodical intervals.
 assistance & cooperate during HSE audits by EIL/Owner or any other 3rd party and submit
compliance report.
 generate & submit of HSE records/report as per this specification.
 apprise EIL/Owner on HSE activities at site regularly.
 carry-out all dismantling activities safely, with prior approval of EIL/Owner representative.
 The Contractor shall ensure that “Hot works” and painting works do not continue at the
same place / location at project site for which chance or probability of “fire” incident
exists.
4.3 During Short Listing Of The Sub-Contractors
The contractor shall review the HSE management system of the sub-contractors in line with the
requirements given in this specification. The contractor shall be held responsible for the
shortcomings observed in the HSE management system of the sub-contractor(s) during
execution of the job.

Page 111 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
5.0 RECORDS
At the minimum, the contractor shall maintain/ submit HSE records in the following reporting
formats/:
Safety Walk Through Report HSE-1

Accident/ Incident Report HSE-2
Supplementary Accident/ Incident Investigation report HSE-3
Near Miss Incident Report HSE-4
Monthly HSE Report HSE-5
Permit for working at height HSE-5
Permit for working in confined space HSE-7
Permit for radiation work HSE-8
Permit for demolishing/ dismantling HSE-9
Daily Safety checklist HSE-10
House keeping Assessment & compliance HSE-11
Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation HSE-12
Inspection for scaffolding HSE-13
Permit for erection/modification &dismantling of scaffolding HSE-14
Permit for heavy lift/critical erection. HSE-15
Permit for Energy isolation and de-isolation. HSE-16
Permit for Excavation HSE-17
Inspection reports of Equipment/tools/tackles *
Report of Toolbox talks As indicated in
specification
PPE issue report/register *
Site inspection reports *
Training records *
(*) The formats shall be developed in consultation with EIL/Owner

Page 112 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 1 of 2)
A. IS CODES ON HSE
SP: 53 Safety code for the use, Care and protection of hand operated tools.
IS: 838 Code of practice for safety & health requirements in electric and gas welding
and cutting operations
IS: 1179 Eye & Face precautions during welding, equipment etc.
IS: 1860 Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels.
IS: 1989 (Pt -II) Leather safety boots and shoes
IS: 2925 Industrial Safety Helmets
IS: 3016 Code of practice for fire safety precautions in welding & cutting operation.
IS: 3043 Code of practice for earthing
IS: 3764 Code of safety for excavation work
IS: 3786 Methods for computation of frequency and severity rates for industrial injuries
and classification of industrial accidents
IS: 3696 Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders
IS: 4083 Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and
components at site
IS: 4770 Rubber gloves for electrical purposes
IS: 5121 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
IS: 5216 (Pt-I) Recommendations on Safety procedures and practices in electrical works
IS: 5557 Industrial and Safety rubber lined boots
IS: 5983 Eye protectors
IS: 6519 Selection, care and repair of Safety footwear
IS: 6994 (Pt-I) Industrial Safety Gloves (Leather & Cotton Gloves)
IS: 7293 Safety Code for working with construction Machinery
IS: 8519 Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for body protection
IS: 9167 Ear protectors
IS: 11006 Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
IS: 11016 General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation
IS: 11057 Specification for Industrial safety nets
IS: 11226 Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole
IS: 11972 Code of practice for safety precaution to be taken when entering a sewerage
system
IS: 13367 Code of practice-safe use of cranes
IS: 13416 Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place

Page 113 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 2 of 2)
B. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ON HSE
Safety Glasses : ANSI Z 87.1, ANSI ZZ 87.1, AS 1337, BS 2092,

BS 1542, BS 679, DIN 4646/ 58311
Safety Shoes : ANSI Z 41.1, AS 2210, EN 345
Hand Gloves : BS 1651
Ear Muffs : BS 6344, ANSI S 31.9
Hard Hat : ANSI Z 89.1/89.2, AS 1808 , BS 5240, DIN 4840
Goggles : ANSI Z 87.1
Face Shield : ANSI Z 89.1
Breathing Apparatus : BS 4667, NIOSH
Welding & Cutting : ANSI Z 49.1
Safe handling of compressed: P-1 (Compressed Gas Association Gases in cylinders 1235
Jefferson Davis Highway,
Arlington VA 22202 - USA)
Full body harness : EN-361
Lanyard : EN-354
Karabiner : EN-362 and EN-12275

Page 114 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-B
DETAILS OF FIRST AID BOX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SL. DESCRIPTION QUANTITY
NO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Small size Roller Bandages, 1 Inch Wide (Finger Dressing small) 6 Pcs.
2. Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 Inches Wide (Hand & Foot Dressing) 6 Pcs.
3. Large size Roller Bandages, 4 Inches Wide (Body Dressing Large) 6 Pcs.
4. Large size Burn Dressing (Burn Dressing Large) 4 Pkts.
5. Cotton Wool (20 gms packing) 4 Pkts.
6. Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon 1 Bottle
7. Mercurochrome Solution (100 ml.) 2% in water 1 Bottle
8. Ammonia Solution (20 ml.) 1 Bottle
9. A Pair of Scissors 1 Piece
10. Adhesive Plaster (1.25 cm X 5 m) 1 Spool
11. Eye pads in Separate Sealed Pkt. 4 pcs.
12. Tourniqut 1 No.
13. Safety Pins 1 Dozen
14. Tinc. Iodine/ Betadin (100 ml.) 1 Bottle
15. Polythene Wash cup for washing eyes 1 No.
16. Potassium Permanganate (20 gms.) 1 Pkt.
17. Tinc. Benzoine (100 ml.) 1 Bottle
18. Triangular Bandages 2 Nos.
19. Band Aid Dressing 5 Pcs.
20. Iodex/Moov (25 gms.) 1 Bottle
21. Tongue Depressor 1 No.
22. Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.) 2 Pkt.
23. Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.) 1 Pkt.
24. Dressing Powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.) 1 Bottle
25. Medicinal Glass 1 No.
26. Duster 1 No.
27. Booklet (English & Local Language) 1 No. each
28. Soap 1 No.
29. Toothache Solution 1 No.
30. Vicks (22 gms.) 1 Bottle
31. Forceps 1 No.
32. Note Book 1 No.
33. Splints 4 Nos.
34. Lock 1 Piece
35. Life Saving/Emergency/Over-the counter Drugs As decided at site
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Box size: 14" x 12" x 4"
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note : The medicines prescribed above are only indicative. Equivalent medicines can also be used.
A prescription, in this regard, shall be required from a qualified Physician.

Page 115 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-C
TYPE OF FIRES VIS-À-VIS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Fire
Extinguisher
Multi purpose
Fire Water Foam CO2 Dry Powder
(ABC)
Originated from can control can control

  minor surface 
paper, clothes, wood minor surface
fires fires
Inflammable liquids
like alcohol, diesel,     
petrol, edible oils,
bitumen
Originated from
gases like LPG,     
CNG, H2
Electrical fires     
LEGEND :  : CAN BE USED
 : NOT TO BE USED
Note: Fire extinguishing equipment must be checked at least once a year and after every use by an
authorized person. The equipment must have an inspection label on which the next inspection date is
given. Type of extinguisher shall clearly be marked on it.

Page 116 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-D
List of Statutory Acts & Rules Relating to HSE
- The Indian Explosives Act and Rules

- The Motor Vehicle Act and Central Motor Vehicle Rules
- The Factories Act and concerned Factory Rules
- The Petroleum Act and Petroleum Rules
- The Workmen Compensation Act
- The Gas Cylinder Rules and the Static & Mobile Pressure Vessels Rules
- The Indian Electricity Act and Rules
- The Indian Boiler Act and Regulations
- The Water (Prevention & Control & Pollution) Act
- The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess Act
- The Mines & Minerals (Regulation & Development) Act
- The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act
- The Atomic Energy Act
- The Radiation Protection Rules
- The Indian Fisheries Act
- The Indian Forest Act
- The Wild Life (Protection) Act
- The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules
- The Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules
- The Manufacturing, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules
- The Public Liability Act
- The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of service)
Act
- Other statutory acts Like EPF, ESIS, Minimum Wage Act.

Page 117 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-E (Sheet 1 of 12)
CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
ACTIVITY PREVENTIVE MEASURES
HAZARD HAZARD
(A) Falling into pit Personal injury Provide guard rails/ barricade with warning
EXCAVATION signal
Provide at least two entries/ exits.
Pit Excavation Provide escape ladders.
upto 3.0m Earth Collapse Suffocation/ Provide suitable size of shoring and strutting, if
Breathlessness required.
Buried Keep soil heaps away from the edge equivalent to
1.5m or depth of pit whichever is more.
Don't allow vehicles to operate too close to
excavated areas. Maintain at least 2m distance
from edge of cut.
Maintain sufficient angle of repose. Provide
slope not less than 1:1 and suitable bench of 0.5m
width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all
soils except hard rock.
Battering/benching the sides.
Contact with Electrocution Obtain permission from competent authorities,
buried electric Explosion prior to excavation, if required.
cables Locate the position of buried utilities by referring
Gas/ Oil to plant drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the exact
Pipelines position of buried utilities and thereafter use
mechanical means.
Pit Excavation Same as above Can cause Prevent ingress of water
beyond 3.0m plus drowning situation Provide ring buoys
Flooding due to Identify and provide suitable size dewatering
excessive rain/ pump or well point system
underground
water
Digging in the Building/Structure Obtain prior approval of excavation method from
vicinity of may collapse local authorities.
existing Building/ Loss of health & Use under-pining method
Structure wealth Construct retaining wall side by side.
Movement of May cause cave-in Barricade the excavated area with proper lighting
vehicles/ or slides. arrangements
equipments close Persons may get Maintain at least 2m distance from edge of cut
to the edge of cut. buried. and use stop blocks to prevent over-run
Strengthen shoring and strutting

Page 118 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-E: (Sheet 2 of 12)
CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES (…Contd.)
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Narrow deep Same as above May cause severe Battering/benching of sides
excavations for plus injuries or prove Provide escape ladders
pipelines, etc. Frequent cave-in fatal
or slides
Flooding due to May arise drowning Same as above plus
Hydro- static situation Bail out accumulated water
testing Maintain adequate ventilation.
Rock by Improper May prove fatal Ensure proper storage, handling & carrying of
excavation handling of explosives by trained personnel.
blasting explosives Comply with the applicable explosive acts &
rules.
Uncontrolled May cause severe Allow only authorized persons to perform
explosion injuries or prove blasting operations.
fatal Smoking and open flames are to be strictly
prohibited
Scattering of Can hurt people Use PPE like goggles, face mask, helmets etc.
stone pieces in
atmosphere
Rock excavation Entrapping of May cause severe Barricade the area with red flags and blow siren
by blasting persons/ animals. injuries or prove before blasting.
(Contd) fatal
Misfire May explode Do not return to site for at least 20 minutes or
suddenly unless announced safe by designated person.
Piling Work Failure of pile- Can hurt people Inspect Piling rigs and pulley blocks before the
driving beginning of each shift.
equipment
Noise pollution Can cause deafness Use personal protective equipments like ear
and psychological plugs, muffs, etc.
imbalance.
Extruding Can hurt people Barricade the area and install sign boards
rods/casing Provide first-aid
Working in the Can cause Keep sufficient distance from Live-Electricity as
vicinity of 'Live- electrocution/ per IS code.
Electricity' Asphyxiation Shut off the supply, if possible
Provide artificial/rescue breathing to the injured
(B) Air pollution by May affect Wear respirators or cover mouth and nose with
CONCRETING cement Respiratory System wet cloth.
Handling of Hands may get Use gloves & other PPE.
ingredients injured
Protruding Feet may get Use Provide platform above reinforcement for
reinforcement injured movement of workers.
rods.

Page 119 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-E : (Sheet 3 of 12)
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Earthing of Can cause Ensure earthing of equipments and proper
electrical electrocution/ functioning of electrical circuit before
mixers, asphyxiation commencement of work.
vibrators, etc.
not done.
Falling of Persons may get Use hard hats
materials from injured Remove surplus material immediately from work
height place.
Ensure lighting arrangements during night hours
Continuous Cause tiredness of Insist on shift pattern
pouring by same workers and may Provide adequate rest to workers between
gang lead to accident. subsequent pours.
Revolving of Parts of body or Allow only mixers with hopper
concrete mixer/ clothes may get Provide safety cages around moving motors
vibrators entrapped. Ensure proper mechanical locking of vibrator
Super-structure Same as above Shuttering/props Avoid excessive stacking on shuttering material
plus may collapse and Check the design and strength of shuttering
Deflection in prove fatal material before commencement of work
props or Rectify immediately the deflection noted during
shuttering concreting.
material
Passage to work Improperly tied and Ensure the stability and strength of passage
place designed before commencement of work.
props/planks may Do not overload and stand under the passage.
collapse
(C) Curtailment and Persons may get Use PPE like gloves, shoes, helmets, etc.
REINFOR- binding of rods injured Avoid usage of shift tools
CEMENT Carrying of rods Workers may get Provide suitable pads on shoulders and use safety
for short injured their hands gloves.
distances/at and shoulders. Tie up rods in easily liftable bundles
heights Ensure proper staging.
Checking of Rods may cut or Use measuring devices like tape, measuring rods,
clear distance/ injure the fingers etc.
cover with hands
Hitting projected Persons may get Use safety shoes and avoid standing
rods and injured and fell unnecessarily on cantilever rods
standing on down Avoid wearing of loose clothes
cantilever rods.

Page 120 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Falling of material May prove fatal Use helmets
from height Provide safety nets
Transportation of Protruded rods may Use red flags/lights at the ends

rods by trucks/ hit the persons Do not protrude the rods in front of or by the side
trailers of driver's cabin.
Do not extend the rods 1/3rd of deck length or
1.5m whichever is less
(D)WELDING Welding radiates Radiation can Use specified shielding devices and other PPE of
AND GAS invisible damage eyes and correct specifications.
CUTTING ultraviolet and skin. Avoid thoriated tungsten electrodes for GTAW
infra-red rays
Improper Explosion may occur Move out any leaking cylinder
placement of Keep cylinders in vertical position
oxygen and Use trolley for transportation of cylinders and
acetylene cylinders chain them
Use flashback arrestors
Leakage/ cuts in May cause fire Purge regulators immediately and then turn off
hoses Never use grease or oil on oxygen line
connections and copper fittings on acetylene lines
Inspect regularly gas carrying hoses
Always use red hose for acetylene & other
fuel gases and black for oxygen
Opening-up of Cylinder may burst Always stand back from the regulator while
cylinder opening the cylinder
Turn valve slowly to avoid bursting
Cover the lug terminals to prevent short
circuiting
Welding of tanks, Explosion may occur Empty & purge them before welding
container or pipes Never attach the ground cable to tanks, container
storing flammable or pipe storing flammable liquids
liquids Never use LPG for gas cutting

Page 121 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES …(Contd.)
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
(E) Ionizing Radiations may react Ensure Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB
RADIOGRAPHY radiation with the skin and can before commencement of job.
cause cancer, skin Cordon off the area and install Radiation warning
irritation, dermatitis, symbols
etc. Restrict the entry of unauthorized persons
Wear appropriate PPE and film badges issued by
BARC/AERB
Transpor-tation Same as above Never touch or handle radiography source with
and Storage of hands
Radiog-raphy Store radiography source inside a pit in an
source exclusive isolated storage room with lock and
key arrangement. The pit should be approved by
BARC/AERB.
Radiography source should never be carried
either in passenger bus or in a passenger
compartment of trains.
BARC/AERB has to be informed before source
movement.
Permission from Director General of Civil
Aviation is required for booking radio isotopes
with airlines.
Loss of Radio Same as above Try to locate with the help of Survey Meter.
isotope Inform BARC/AERB (*)
(F) ELECTRICAL Short circuiting Can cause Use rubberized hand gloves and other PPE
INSTALLATION Electrocution or Fire Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways.
AND USAGE Allow only licensed electricians to perform on
electrical facilities
Use one socket for one appliance
Ensure usage of only fully insulated wires or
cables
Don't place bare wire ends in a socket
Ensure earthing of machineries and equipments
Do not use damaged cords and avoid temporary
connections
Use spark-proof/flame proof type field
distribution boxes.
(*) Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB),

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)
Anushaktinagar, Mumbai – 400 094

Page 122 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
ACTIVITY
HAZARD HAZARD
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Protect electrical cables/equipment's from water
and naked flames
Check all connections before energizing
Overloading of Bursting of system Display voltage and current ratings prominently
Electrical can occur which with 'Danger' signs.
System leads to fire Ensure approved cable size, voltage grade and
type
Switch off the electrical utilities when not in use
Do not allow unauthorized connections.
Ensure proper grid wise distribution of Power
Improper laying Can cause Do not lay unarmoured cable directly on ground,
of overhead and electrocution and wall, roof of trees
underground prove fatal Maintain at least 3m distance from HT cables
transmission All temporary cables should be laid at least 750
lines/cables mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand
overlying by brick soling
Provide proper sleeves at crossings/ inter-
sections
Provide cable route markers indicating the type
and depth of cables at intervals not exceeding
30m and at the diversions/termination
(G) FIRE Small fires can Cause burn injuries In case a fire breaks out, press fire alarm system
PREVENTION become big ones and may prove fatal and shout "Fire, Fire"
AND and may spread Keep buckets full of sand & water/ fire
PROTECTION to the extinguishing equipment near hazardous
surrounding locations
areas Confine smoking to 'Smoking Zones' only.
Train people for using specific type of fire
fighting equipments under different classes of fire
Keep fire doors/shutters, passages and exit doors
unobstructed
Maintain good housekeeping and first-aid boxes
(for details refer Appendix-B)
Don't obstruct assess to Fire extinguishers.
Do not use elevators for evacuation during fire.
Maintain lightening arrestors for elevated
structures
Stop all electrical motors with internal
combustion

Page 123 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Move the vehicles from dangerous locations
Remove the load hanging from the crane booms
Remain out of the danger areas.
Improper It may not Ensure usage of correct fire extinguisher meant
selection of Fire extinguish the fire for the specified fire (for details refer Appendix-
extinguisher C).
Do not attempt to extinguish Oil and electric
fires with water. Use foam cylinders/CO2/sand
or earth.
Improper storage Same as above Maintain safe distance of flammable substances
of highly from source of ignition
inflammable Restrict the distribution of flammable materials
substances to only min. necessary amount
Construct specifically designed fuel storage
facilities
Keep chemicals in cool and dry place away from
heat. Ensure adequate ventilation
Before welding operation, remove or shield the
flammable material properly
Store flammable materials in stable racks,
correctly labeled preferably with catchment
trays.
Wipe off the spills immediately
Short circuiting Same as above Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways
of electrical Can cause Use one socket for one appliance.
system Electrocution Use only fully insulated wires or cables
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Ensure earthing of machineries and equipments
(H) Crossing the Personal injury Obey speed limits and traffic rules strictly
VEHICULAR Speed Limits Always expect the unexpected and be a
MOVEMENT (Rash driving) defensive driver
Use seat belts/helmets
Blow horn at intersections and during
overtaking operations.
Maintain the vehicle in good condition
Do not overtake on curves, bridges and slopes
Adverse weather Same as Above Read the road ahead and ride to the left
condition Keep the wind screen and lights clean
Do not turn at speed.
Recognize the hazard, understand the defense
and act correctly in time.

Page 124 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Consuming Same as above Alcohol and driving do not mix well. Either
alcohol before choose alcohol or driving.
and during the If you have a choice between hitting a fixed
driving object or an on-coming vehicle, hit the fixed
operation object
Quit the steering at once and become a passenger.
Otherwise take sufficient rest and then drive.
Do not force the driver to drive fast and round the
clock.
Do not day dream while driving
Falling objects/ May prove fatal Ensure effective braking system, adequate
Mechanical visibility for the drives, reverse warning alarm..
failure Proper maintenance of the vehicle as per
manufacturer instructions
(I) PROOF Bursting of May cause injury Prepare test procedure & obtain EIL/owner's
TESTING piping and prove fatal approval
(HYDROSTATI Collapse of Provide separate gauge for pressurizing pump
C /PNEUMATIC tanks and piping/equipment
TESTING) Tanks flying off Check the calibration status of all pressure
gauges, dead weight testers and temperature
recorders
Take dial readings at suitable defined intervals
and ensure most of them fall between 40-60% of
the gauge scale range
Provide safety relief valve (set at pressure
slightly higher than test pressure) while testing
with air/ nitrogen
Ensure necessary precautions, stepwise increase
in pressure, tightening of bolts/nuts, grouting, etc.
before and during testing
Keep the vents open before opening any valve
while draining out of water used for hydro-testing
of tanks.
Pneumatic testing involves the hazard of released
energy stored in compressed gas. Specific care
must therefore be taken to minimize the chance
of brittle failure during a pneumatic leak test.
Test temperature is important in this regard and
must be considered when the designer chooses
the material of construction.

Page 125 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
A pressure relief device shall be provided, having
a set pressure not higher than the test pressure
plus the lesser of 345 KPa (50 psi) or 10% of the
test pressure.
The gas used as test fluid, if not air, shall be
nonflammable and nontoxic.
(J) Person can fall May sustain severe Provide guard rails/barricade at the work place
WORKING AT down injuries or prove Use PPE like full body harness, life line, helmets,
HEIGHTS fatal safety shoes, etc.
Obtain a permit before starting the work at height
above 3 meters
Fall arrest and safety nets, etc. must be installed
Provide adequate working space (min. 0.6 m)
Tie/weld working platform with fixed support
Use roof top walk ladder while working on a
slopping roofs
Avoid movement on beams
May hit the Keep the work place neat and clean
scrap/material Remove the scrap immediately
stacked at the
ground or in
between
Material can fall May hit the workers Same as above plus
down working at lower Do not throw or drop materials or equipment
levels and prove from height. I.e. do not bomb materials
fatal All tools to be carried in a tool-kit
Bag or on working uniform
Remove scrap from the planks
Ensure wearing of helmet by the workers
working at lower levels
(K) CONFINED Suffocation/ Unconsciousness, Use respiratory devices, if reqd.
SPACES drowning death Avoid over crowding inside a confined space
Provide Exhaust fans for ventilation
Do not wear loose clothes, neck ties, etc
Fulfill conditions of the permit

Page 126 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Check for presence of hydrocarbons, O2 level
Obtain work permit before entering a confined
space
Ensure that the connected piping of the
equipment which is to be opened is pressure
free, fluid has been drained, vents are open and
piping is positively isolated by a blind flange
Presence of Inhalation can pose Same as above plus

foul smell and threat to life Check for hydrocarbon and Aromatic compounds
toxic before entering a confined space
substances Depute one person outside the confined space for
continuous monitoring and for extending help in
case of an emergency
Ignition/ flame Person may sustain Keep fire extinguishers at a hand distance
can cause fire burn injuries or Remove surplus material and scrap immediately
explosion may occur Do not smoke inside a confined space
Do not allow gas cylinders inside a confined
space
Use low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting
Use tools with air motors or electric tools with
max. voltage of 24V
Remove all equipments at the end of the day
(L) Failure of load Can cause accident Avoid standing under the lifted load and within
HANDLING lifting and and prove fatal the operating radius of cranes
AND moving Check periodically oil, brakes, gears, horns and
LIFTING equipments tyre pressure of all moving machinery
EQUIPMENTS Check quality, size and condition of all chain
pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, D-shackles, wire
ropes, etc.
Allow crane to move only on hard, firm and
leveled ground.
Allow lifting slings as short as possible and
check gunny packings at the friction points
Do not allow crane to tilt its boom while moving
Install Safe Load Indicator
Ensure certification by applicable authority

Page 127 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
Overloading of Same as above Safe lifting capacity of derricks and winches
lifting written on them shall be got verified
equipments The max. safe working load shall be marked on
all lifting equipments
Check the weight of columns and other heavy
items painted on them and accordingly decide
about the crane capacity, boom and angle of
erection
Allow only trained operators and riggers during
crane operation.
Overhead Can cause Do not allow boom or other parts of crane to
electrical wires electrocution and come within 3m reach of overhead HT cables
fire Hook and load being lifted shall preferably
remain in full visibility of crane operators.
(M) Person can fall Person May sustain Provide guard rails for working at height
SCAFFOLDI down severe injuries and Face ladder while climbing and use both hands.
NG, prove fatal Ladders shall extend about 1m above landing for
FORMWOR easy access and tying up purpose
K Do not place ladders against movable objects and
AND maintain base at 1/4 unit of the working length of
LADDERS the ladder.
Suspended scaffolds shall not be less than 500
mm wide and tied properly with ropes
No loose planks shall be allowed
Use PPE, like helmets, safety shoes,etc
Failure of Same as above Inspect visually all scaffolding materials for
scaffolding stability and anchoring with permanent
material structures.
Design scaffolding for max. load carrying
capacity.
Scaffolding planks shall not be less than 50X250
mm full thickness lumber or equivalent. These
shall be cleated or secured and must extend over
the end supports by at least 150mm and not more
than 300mm
Don't overload the scaffolds
Do not splice short ladders to make a longer one.
Vertical ladders shall not exceed 6m.
Material can Persons working at Remove excess material and scrap immediately
fall down lower level gets Carry the tools in a tool-kit bag only
injured Provide safety nets

Page 128 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
TYPE OF EFFECT OF
HAZARD HAZARD
(N) Personal Can cause injury or Do not take rest inside rooms built for welding
STRUCTUR negligence and casualty machines or electrical distribution system.
AL WORKS danger of fall Avoid walking on beams at height
Wear helmet with chin strap and full body
harness while working at height.
Use hand gloves and goggles during grinding
operations
Cover or mark the sharp and projected edges
Do not stand within the operating radius of
cranes
Lifting/ slipping Same as above Do not stand under the lifted load
of material Stack properly all the materials. Avoid slippage
during handling
Control longer pieces lifted up by cranes from
both ends
Remove loose materials from height
Ensure tightening of all nuts & bolts
(O) Erection/ Can cause injury Do not stand under the lifted load
PIPELINE lowering failure Do not allow any person to come within the
WORKS radii of the side boom handling pipes
Check the load carrying capacity of the lifting
tools & tackles
Use safe Load Indicators
Use appropriate PPEs
Other Same as above Wear gum boots in marshy areas
Allow only one person to perform signaling
operations while lowering of pipes
Provide night caps on pipes
Provide end covers on pipes for stoppage of pigs
while testing/ cleaning operations
(P) Pollution in Can cause personal Ensure the blasting is done in enclosed shed.
GRIT neighboring injury Keep safe distance while blasting operations.
BLASTING area, hit by grits Wear positive pressure blast hood or helmet
and high with view –window, ear-muff/plug, gloves,
pressure air overall or leather coat /apron, rubber shoes.

Page 129 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-F
TRAINING SUBJECTS / TOPICS

(For contractors’ personnel)
1. The Law & Safety – Statutory Requirement / Applicable statutes / Duties of employer / employee
2. Policy & Administration – Why HSE? / Duties & Responsibilities of Safety Personnel at project
site / Effect of incentive on accident prevention
3. HSE & Supervision – Duties of Supervisor / HSE integrated supervision / Who should be held
responsible for site accidents?
4. Safety Budget / Cost of Accidents – Direct costs / Indirect costs
5. Hazard Identification / Type of hazards / HIRAC
6. Behavioural Safety & Motivation
7. Housekeeping – Storage / Stacking / Handling of materials / Hydra handling
8. Occupational Health in Construction sector
9. Personal Protective Equipments – Respiratory & Non- respiratory
10. Electricity & Safety – ELCB / Fuse / Powered tools / Project illumination
11. Handling of Compressed Gas – Transportation / Storage / FBAs / Fire prevention
12. Machine Safety – Machine guarding / Maintenance
13. Transportation – Hazards & risks in transp. of materials / ODC consignments
14. Cranes & Other Lifting machinery – Legal requirements vis-à-vis essential safety requirements.
15. Communication – HSE Induction / TBTs / Safety Committee / Safety meeting / Safety
propaganda / Publicity.
16. Excavation – Risks & Dangers / Safety measures
17. Working at Heights – Use of ladder / Work on roofs / Scaffolds / Double harness lanyards / Life-
line / Fall arrester / Safety Nets / Floor openings
18. Hazards in Welding & important safety precautions
19. Gas Cutting – Hazards & safety measures
20. Fire prevention & fire protection

Page 130 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX - G
CONSTRUCTION POWER BOARD( typ)

Page 131 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
APPENDIX-H
LIST OF PROCEDURES (MINIMUM) TO BE FORMING PART OF HSE PLAN:-
A. HSE Management Procedures:
 HSE Risk Management (including JSA/HIRA)

 HSE Legal Compliance and Other Requirements
 HSE Objectives & Performance
 HSE Training and Competence (including Induction)
 HSE Motivation & Award Scheme
 HSE Audits
 HSE Meetings
 HSE Sub Contractor Management
 HSE Emergency Management
 HSE Incidents Reporting and Management
 HSE Reports
 HSE Management System Review
 HSE Change Management
 HSE procedure for Behaviour based Safety
 First Aid & Management
 Roles, Responsibility, accountabilities and Authorities
B. Job procedures/Safe Operating procedures
 Setting Up Site & Signage’s

 Handling of Electrical Appliances
 Working at Height
 Confined Space Entry
 Permit to Work (including hot works)
 Housekeeping
 Lifting Operations
 Transportation of materials including Manual Handling
 Compressed Air Tools and Units
 Earthmoving Operations & excavation
 Scaffolding
 Fire Prevention/Protection
 Hazardous Substance handling & Storage
 Radiation Hazard
 Personal Protective Equipment

Page 132 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
FORMAT NO. : HSE-1 REV 0

(Sheet 1 of 6)
SAFETY WALK-THROUGH REPORT
(Name & signature of walk through performer to be inserted at the bottom of each page)
Project : _____________ Report no. : ___________
Date : _____________ Contractor : ___________
Inspection by :_____________ Owner : ___________
Frequency : Monthly Job no. : ___________
Note : Write ‘NA’ wherever the item is not applicable

Non
SL. Satisafctory
ITEM satisfactory/ Remarks Action
NO. / Yes
No
1. HOUSEKEEPING
a) Waste containers provided and used
b) Sanitary facilities adequate and Clean
c) Passageways and Walkways Clear
d) General neatness of working areas
e) Other
2. PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
a) Goggles; Shields
b) Face protection
Hearing protection
Foot protection
e) Hand protection
f) Respiratory Masks etc.
g) Full body harness conforming to CЄ, EN 361
h) Hard hat (HDPE)
i) Other
3. EXCAVATIONS/OPENINGS
a) Openings properly covered or barricaded

b) Excavations shored
c) Excavations barricaded
d) Overnight lighting provided
e) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)……………………………………………..

Page 133 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 2 of 6)
Non
SL. Satisafctory
ITEM satisfactory/ Remarks Action
NO. / Yes
No
4. WELDING & GAS CUTTING
a) Gas cylinders chained upright
b) Cables and hoses not obstructing
c) Screens or shields used
d) Flammable materials protected
e) Live electrode bits contained properly
f) Fire extinguisher (s) accessible
g) Other
5. SCAFFOLDING & BARRICADING
a) Fully decked platforms
b) Guard and intermediate rails in place
c) Toe boards in place
d) Adequate shoring
e) Adequate access
f) Positive barricading for critical activities
g) Installation of warning signs
h) Other
6. LADDERS
a) Extension side rails 1 m above
b) Top of landing
c) Properly secured
d) Angle + 700 from horizontal
e) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)……………………………………………..

Page 134 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 3 of 6)
Non
SL. Satisafctory
ITEM satisfactory Remarks Action
NO. / Yes
/No
7. HOISTS, CRANES AND DERRICKS
a) Condition of cables and sheaves OK
b) Condition of slings, chains, hooks and eyes

O.K.
c) Inspection and maintenance log-books
maintained
d) Outriggers used
e) Reverse horn installed / active / coupled with

gear
f) Signs/barricades provided
g) Signals observed and understood
h) Qualified operators
i) Other
8. MACHINERY, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
a) Proper instruction
b) Safety devices
c) Proper cords
d) Inspection and maintenance
e) Other
9. VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC
a) Rules and regulations observed
b) Inspection and maintenance
c) Licensed drivers
d) Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)………………………………………

Page 135 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 4 of 6)
Non
SL. Satisafctory
NO. / Yes
/No
10. TEMPORARY FACILITIES
a) Emergency instructions posted
b) Fire extinguishers provided
c) Fire-aid equipment available
d) Secured against storm damage
e) General neatness
f) In accordance with electrical requirements
g) Other
11. FIRE PREVENTION
a) Personnel trained & instructed to make use

of facility
b) Fire extinguishers checked periodically &
record maintained
c) No smoking in Prohibited areas.
d) Fire Hydrants not obstructed Clear
e) Other Regular fire drill conducted
12. ELECTRICAL
a) Use of 3-core armored cables everywhere
b) Usage of 'All insulated' or 'double-insulated'

electrical tools
c) All electrical connection are routed through
ELCB
d) Natural Earthing at the source of power
(Main DB)
e) Continuity and tightness of earth conductor
f) Effective covering of junction boxes, panels

and other energized wiring places
g) Ground fault circuit interrupters provided
h) Prevention of tripping hazards maintained
f) DCP extinguishers arranged & licensed

electrician engaged at site
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)…………………………………………

Page 136 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 5 of 6)
Non
SL. Satisafctory
NO. / Yes
/No
14. HANDLING AND STORAGE OF
MATERIALS
a) Safely stored or stacked
b) Passageways clear / free from obstructions
c) Fire fighting facility in place
15. FLAMMABLE GASES AND LIQUIDS
a) Containers clearly identified / protected from
fire
b) Safe storage & transportation arrangement
made
c) Fire extinguishers positioned nearby
d) Facilities kept away from electric spark, hot
spatters & ignition source.
16. WORKING AT HEIGHT
a) Approved Erection plan and work permit in
place
b) Safe access, Safe work platform & Safety
nets provided
c) Life lines, Fall arrester, Full body harness
and with double lanyards used;
d) Health Check record available for workers
going up?
e) Protective handrails arranged around floor
openings
17. CONFINED SPACE
a) Work Permit obtained from requisite
authority
b) Test for toxic gas and sufficient availability
of oxygen conducted & status
c) Supervisor present at site & at least one
person outside the confined space for
monitoring deputed
d) Availability of safe means of entry, exit and
ventilation (register for entry & exit
maintained)
e) Fire extinguisher and first-aid facility
ensured
f) Lighting provision made by using 24V Lamp
g) Proper usage of PPEs ensured
18. RADIOGRAPHY
a) Proper storage and handling of source as per
BARC/ AERB guidelines (authorized
radiographer available)
b) Work permit obtained

Page 137 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 6 of 6)
Non
SL. Satisafctory
NO. / Yes
/No
c) Cordoning of the area done
d) Use of appropriate PPE's ensured
e) HSE training to workers/supervisors
imparted during the fortnight (indicate topic)
f) Minimum occupancy of workplace ensured
19. HEALTH CHECKS
a) All Workers medically examined and found

be fit for working at heights (slinging,
rigging, painting etc.)
in confined space
in excavation / trenching
in shot blasting
b) Availability of First Aid box with contents
c) Proper sanitation at site, office and labour
camps
d) Arrangement of medical facilities.
e) Measures for dealing with illness at site &
labour camps.
f) Availability of Potable drinking water for
workmen & staff.
g) Provision of crèches for children.
h) Stand by vehicle / ambulance available for

evacuation of injured
20. ENVIRONMENT
a) Chemical and Other Effluents properly
disposed
b) Cleaning liquid of pipes disposed off
properly
c) Seawater used for hydro-testing disposed off
as per agreed procedure
d) Lubricant Waste/Engine oils properly
disposed
e) Waste from Canteen, offices, sanitation etc
disposed properly
f) Disposal of surplus earth, stripping materials,
Oily rags and combustible materials done
properly
g) Green belt protection

Page 138 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 1 of 3)
ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT
(To be submitted by Contractor after every Incident / Accident within 24 hours to EIL/ Owner)
Report No.: ____________________________ Date: ______________________

Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________
Contractor’s name: ________________ Contractor’s Job Engineer (name) ________
Non-disabling injury (Non- Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs
LTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA) Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Fatal (LTA): Death / Expiry
First Aid case (non LTA) Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractor’s Name: ……………………………………………………………………………….
Gate Pass No.:……….. Age: _____Yrs. Victim’s medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________

Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender Carpenter Meson
Fitter Helper Gas cutter
Grinder Welder Electrician
Driver Rigger M/c.operator
Engineer Manager Other/specify
Qualification
No formal education Non-Matriculate Matriculate
Graduate Post- grad Other/specify
Job Experience
NIL Less than 2 yrs 2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs 11-15 yrs 15 years and above
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 139 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 2 of 3)
Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: -

Excavation Demolition Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring Transportation of materials Transportation of
(manually) materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water Work at height (+2.0 mts) Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling Piling works Welding
Grinding Gas-cutting Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications Machine works Hydro-testing works
Electrical works Erection activities Other/specify
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion Abrasion (superficial wound) Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration Puncture or Open wound Burn
Inhalation of toxic or Absorption Amputation
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head Face Eyes
Throat Arm (above wrist) Hand (including wrist)
Fingers Truck (Abdomen / Back / Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle) Foot (incl. ankle) Toes
Multiple Other/specify
Accident type:
Struck against Struck by Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level caught in caught under
caught in between Rubbed or abraded Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with (Temp./ Contact with chemicals or Vehicle accident

extremes) oils
Other/specify

Page 140 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Medical Aid provided: - (indicate specific aids / treatment etc.)-

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Actions taken to prevent recurrence of similar incident / accident: ………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
_____________________________________________________________________________
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ………………………………………………………………………………………..
Safety Officer Site Head / Resident Construction Manager

(Signature and Name) (Signature and Name)
Stamp of Contractor
To : Owner
: RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)
Divisional Head (Constn) through RCM

Project Manager, EIL, through RCM

Page 141 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 1 of 5)
SUPPLEMENTARY INCIDENT / ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

TICK THE APPROPRIATE ONE AS APPLICABLE (furnish within 72 hours)
Supplementary to Incident / Accident Report No: ______ (Copy enclosed)
Report No.: ____________________________ Date: ______________________
Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________
Contractor’s name: ________________ Contractor’s Job Engineer (name) ________
Non-disabling injury (Non- Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs
LTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA) Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Fatal (LTA): Death / Expiry
First Aid case (non LTA) Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractor’s Name: ……………………………………………………………………………….
Gate Pass No.:……….. Age: _____Yrs. Victim’s medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________

Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender Carpenter Meson
Fitter Helper Gas cutter
Grinder Welder Electrician
Driver Rigger M/c.operator
Engineer Manager Other/specify
Qualification
No formal education Non-Matriculate Matriculate
Graduate Post- grad Other/specify
Job Experience
NIL Less than 2 yrs 2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs 11-15 yrs 15 years and above
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 142 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 2 of 5)
Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: -
Excavation Demolition Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring Transportation of materials Transportation of
(manually) materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water Work at height (+2.0 mts) Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling Piling works Welding
Grinding Gas-cutting Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications Machine works Hydro-testing works
Electrical works Erection activities Other/specify
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Particular of tools & tackles being used and condition of the same after incident/accident:
…………………………………………………………………………….........................................
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Description of Incident/Accident (How the incident was caused):
……………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion Abrasion (superficial wound) Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration Puncture or Open wound Burn
Inhalation of toxic or Absorption Amputation
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head Face Eyes
Throat Arm (above wrist) Hand (including wrist)
Fingers Truck (Abdomen / Back / Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle) Foot (incl. ankle) Toes
Multiple Other/specify

Page 143 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 3 of 5)
Accident type:
Struck against Struck by Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level caught in caught under
caught in between Rubbed or abraded Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with (Temp./ Contact with chemicals or Vehicle accident

extremes) oils
Other/specify
Name & Designation of person who provided First-Aid to the victim: ---------------------------------------
Name & Telephone number of Hospital where the victim was treated_________________________
Mode of transport used for transporting victim – Ambulance / Private car / Tempo / Truck / Others
How much time taken to shift the injured person to Hospital________________________________
In case of FATAL incident, indicate clearly the BOCW Registration No. of the victim
/Company……………………………………………………………………………………………
Comments of Medical Practitioner, who treated / attended the victim/injured (attached / described
here)_____________________________________________________________________
What actions are taken for investigation of the incident, please indicate clearly – (Video film /
Photography / Measurements taken etc……………………………………………………………..)
Immediate cause (Please tick the right applicable) –

Hazardous methods or Poor housekeeping Inadequate or improper
procedures inadequately PPE
guarded
Environmental hazards improper Working on dangerous
(excess noise/ space illumination/Moving on oval equipment
constraint/ inadequate surface
ventilation

Page 144 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 4 of 5)
Failure to secure Horse-play Failure to use PPE
Inattention to surroundings Improper use of hands & By-passing safety devices

body-parts
Unsafe mixing or placement Bypassing standard Failure in communication
of tools & tackles procedures
Operating without authority Improper use of equipment drug or alcoholic
or tools & tackles influence
excessive haste Others(specify)
Basic cause
Over confidence Impulsiveness over-exertion

Faulty judgement or poor Failing to keep attention Nervousness & Fear
understanding constantly
Fatigue Defective vision Ill health or sickness
Slow reaction Others(specify)
Root cause
Inadequate Engg Improper Design Inadequate Planning &

organization
Inadequate knowledge Inadequate skill Inadequate training
Inadequate supervision Improper work procedure Inadequate compliance
with standard
Substandard performance Inadequate maintenance Improper inspection
Others(specify)
Loss of man days and impact on site works, (if any) –
Remarks from Contractor’s Safety Officer / Engineer –
Was the victim performing relevant tasks for which he was engaged /employed? Yes / No
Was the Supervisor present on work-site during the incident? Yes / No
Have the causes of incident rightly identified? Yes / No
Cause of Accident was_____________________________________________________________

Page 145 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 5 of 5)
Remedial measures recommended by Safety Officer of Contractor for avoiding similar incident in
future
: ………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ………………………………………………………………………………………..
_____________________________________________________________________________
Safety Officer Site Head / Resident Construction Manager

Stamp of Contractor
To : Owner
: RCM// Site-in-charge of EIL (3 copies)
Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 146 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
NEAR MISS INCIDENT/ DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE SUGGESTED PROFORMA

(to be submitted within 24 hours)
 Near Miss : Human injury escaped & no damage to property, equipment

or interruption to work.
 Dangerous Occurrence: Damage to property, equipment or interruption of work, but not
resulting in personal injury/illness, e.g. Fire incident, collapse of structure, crane failure,
etc
Report No.: _________________
Name of Site: _________________________ Date: ______________________
Name of work: __________________________ Contractor: __________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Incident reported by :
Date & Time of Incident :
Location :
__________________________________________________________________________________
Brief description of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Probable cause of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Suggested corrective action
__________________________________________________________________________________
Steps taken to avoid recurrence Yes No
To : Owner
: RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)

Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 147 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

MONTHLY HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) REPORT
(To be submitted by each Contractor)
Actual work start Date: _______________ For the Month of: __________________
Project: ____________________________ Report No: ________________________
Name of the Contractor: ______________ Status as on : ______________________
Name of Work : _____________________ Job No : __________________________
(Contractor in consultation with EIL shall generate the reports through web based
package(www.eil.co.in/conthse) only.
UPTO
THIS
ITEM PREVIOUS CUMULATIVE
MONTH
MONTH
1) Average number of Staff & Workmen
(average daily headcount, not man days)
2) Man-hours worked
3) Number of Induction programmes conducted
4) Number of HSE meetings organized at site
5) Number of HSE awareness programmes conducted at site
6) Number of Tool Box Talks conducted
7) Number of Lost Time Accidents (LTA) Fatal
Other LTA
8) Number of Loss Time Injuries (LTI) Fatalities
Other LTI
9) Number of Non-Loss Time Accidents
10) Number of First Aid Cases
11) Number of Near Miss Incidents
12) No. of unsafe acts/ practices detected
13) No. of disciplinary actions taken against staff/ workmen
14) Man-days lost due to accidents

15) LTA Free man-hours i.e. LTA free man-hours counted from the
Last LTA (enter date: ……….)
16) Frequency Rate (No. of LTA per 2 lacs man-hours worked)
17) Severity Rate (No. of man days lost per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
18) Loss Time Injury Frequency (No. of LTI per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
19) No. of activities for which Job Safety Analysis (JSA) completed
20) No. of incentives/ awards given
21) No. of occasions on which penalty imposed by EIL/ Owner
22) No. of Audits conducted
23) No. of pending NCs in above Audits

24) Compensation cases raised with Insurance
25) Compensation cases resolved and paid to workmen
26) Whether workmen compensation policy taken Yes No
27) Whether workmen compensation policy is valid Yes No
28) Whether workmen registered under ESI Act, as applicable Yes No
Remarks, if any
Date:
Prepared by Safety Officer Approved by Site Head / Resident Construction Manager
To : - OWNER
- RCM EIL (2 copies)

Page 148 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

PERMIT FOR WORKING AT HEIGHTS (ABOVE 2.0 METER)
(In duplicate to be issued daily for site and for office)
Permit No…………….. Name of Main Contractor……………………
Name of work executing agency / sub agency / vendor:…………………………………………………...
Date……………… Exact Location of work……………………………………
Nature of work ……………………………………..Duration of work (from) ………… (to) ……….......
Number of workers covered within this permit……………………………………………………………
(List enclosed with name & gate pass numbers.)
Sl. Status of compliance

Items / Subjects
No. (Yes / No)
1 Work areas / Equipments inspected
2 Work area cordoned off
3 Adequate lighting is provided
4 Precautions against public traffic taken
5 Concerned persons in & around have been alerted & cautioned
Hazards / risks involved in routine / non-routine task assessed and control
6
measures have been implemented at specific task
7 ELCB provided for electrical connection & found working
8 Ladder safely attached / fixed
9 Scaffoldings are checked and TAGs are found used correctly
10 Working platforms are provided and are found sound /safe for use
Safe access & egress arrangements (e.g. ladders, fall arresters, life-lines etc.)
11
are satisfactorily incorporated
a. Openings on platform / floors are effectively cordoned / covered
12
b. Safety Nets are provided wherever required
Use of following safety gadgets by people working at area under this permit, is
checked and found satisfactory -
Safety helmet
13 Safety harness (full body) with double lanyard
Safety Shoes
Safety gloves
Safety goggles
14 Housekeeping of work area found satisfactorily tidy / clean & clear
Adequate measures have been taken for works being continued at the ground
15
level, when simultaneous works are permitted overhead at that very location.
16 Materials are not thrown from heights on to ground
17 Medical examination of workers are made & found satisfactory
Responsible job engineer / supervisor found physically present at work spot for
18
overall administration of work as well as safety of people.
Above items have been checked & compliance has been found in place. Hence work is permitted to
start / continue at the above-mentioned location. Work shall not start till identified lapses are rectified.
Additional Precautions, if any …………………………………………………………….

……………………………………………………………………………………………..
Work Permit issued by Verification By

Contractor Engineer/RCM Contractor Safety Officer
AT THE END OF THE DAY/WORK:

All works at height are completed & workmen have returned safely from work location at
(time)………….. (date)……………
(Sig. Contractor Engineer)

Page 149 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Project site ___________________________ Sr.No. _________________________
Name of the work ______________________ Date ___________________________
Name of Contractor ____________________ Nature of work ___________________
Exact location of work _____________
Safety Requirements POSITIVE ISOLATION OF THE VESSEL IS MANDATORY

(A) Has the equipment been ?
Y NR Y NR Y NR
  Isolated from   water flushed &/or   radiation sources
power/steam/air steamed removed
  isolated from liquid or   Man ways open &   proper lighting
gases ventilated provided
  depressurized &/or   cont. inert gas flow  
drained arranged
  blanked/ blinded/   adequately cooled  
disconnected
(B) Expected Residual Hazards
  lack of O2   combustible gas/ liquid   H2S / toxic gases
  corrosive chemicals   pyrophoric iron / scales   electricity / static
  heat/ steam / frost   high humidity   ionizing radiation
     
(C) Protection Measures
  gloves   ear plug / muff   goggles / face shield
  protective clothing   dust / gas / air line mask   personal gas alarm
  grounded air duct/blower   attendant with SCBA/air   rescue
/AC mask equipment/team
  Fire fighting arrangements   safety harness & lifeline   communication
equipment
     
Authorization / Renewal (It is safe to enter the confined space)
Signature Time Signature
No. of Contractor's Contractor's From To Workman
persons Name of persons allowed Supervisor Safety Officer
allowed
Permit Closure :
(A) Entry  was closed  stopped  will continue on ...
(B)  Site left in a safe condition  Housekeeping done
(C) Multilock  removed  key transferred

 Ensured all men have come out  Man-ways barricaded
Remarks, if any:

Page 150 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
RADIATION WORK PERMIT
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of the work : Date :
Name of site contractor : Job No. :
Location of work :
Source strength :
Cordoned distance (m) :
Name of Radiography agency : Approved by Owner/EIL
No. of workers engaged :

The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S. No. Item description Done

Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB ensured while source in use/in transit & during
storage
Area cordoned off / safe working platform provided
Lighting arrangements for working during nights ensured
Warning signs/ flash lights installed
Cold work permit taken (if applicable)
PPEs like film badges, dosimeters used
Additional precautions, if any ______________________________________________________
(Radiography Agency’s BARC/AERB authorized Supervisor)
Permission is granted.
Permit is valid from ___________ AM/PM ____________ Date to ___________ AM/PM _________
Date
(Signature of permit issuing authority of site contractor)
Name :Designation: Date:

Permit renewal:
Sign of issuing authority with
Permit extended up to Additional precautions required, if any
date (of site contractor)
Date Time
Work completed/ stopped/ area cleared at ________ Hrs of Date ______________

(Sign. of permit issuing authority)
Name & Signature of site contractor:

Page 151 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

DEMOLISHING/DISMANTLING WORK PERMIT
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of contractor : Job No. :
Name of sub-contractor : No. of workers to be engaged:

Line No./ Equipment No./ Structure to be dismantled :

Location details of dismantling/ demolition with sketch : (clearly indicate the area)
The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S. Item description Done Not

No. Applicable
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. disconnected
Dismantling/ Demolishing method reviewed & approved
Usage of appropriate PPEs ensured
Precautions taken for neighbouring structures
First-Aid arrangements made
Fire fighting arrangements ensured
Precautions taken for blasting
(Contractor’s Supervisor) (Contractor’s Safety Officer)
Permission is granted.
(Permit issuing authority)
Name :
Date :
Completion report :
Dismantling/ Demolishing is completed on _____________ Date at ____________ Hrs.
Materials/ debris transported to identified location Tagging completed (as applicable)
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. restored
(Permit issuing authority)
CONTRACTOR’s NAME

Page 152 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
DAILY SAFETY CHECKLIST

(To make use of before start of day’s work)
Project : Sr.No. :
Description of Job decided to perform : -
 Use of PPE / Safety Gadgets
Sl. Compliance Sl. Compliance (Yes

PPEs PPEs
No (Yes / No) No / No)
1 Safety Helmets 6 Face Shield
2 Safety Shoes 7 Full body harness
3 Hand Gloves 8 Fall Arrest System
4 Dust Musk 9 Safety net
Horizontal life-line made
5 Safety Goggles 10 of steel wire, (dia not
less than 8.0 mm.)
(Serial No. 1 & 2 are compulsory for everyone. Specify & ensure use of other safety gadgets as required for the job)
 Identify following important unsafe conditions: -
Sl. No Conditions Yes / No

1 Access to work site / emergency escape clear
2 Soil / Loose earth kept away from excavated pit / slope / ladder provided
Electrical wire / welding lead lying entangled on ground / welding m/c. booth
3
accessible
4 Elevated work platform / open ends are protected
Ground area cordoned off before lifting works or erection at height / ground
5
area checked & cordoned-off before start of height works
Structural members / erected pipes / wooden boards/pieces etc. are safely
6 anchored at heights and are not likely to fall down on people when working
beneath
Rope ladders tied-up on tall steel structures, long before are removed to get
7
rid of their use
8 Any Other
 Indicate actions taken, if status of any of the above items is found “No”
………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
 Specific Safety guidelines / precautions, if any (communicated thro’ TBT)

……………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
 Above conditions and PPE compliances are checked by undersigned and correct status are indicated after
verification
Inspected by Verification By
Contractor Engineer Contractor Safety Officer

Page 153 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 1 of 2)
HOUSEKEEPING ASSESSMENT & COMPLIANCE
Project : Sr.No. :
Name of contractor : Fortnightly
Sl Satisafctory/ Non
No.
Subjects of Review Remarks Action
Yes satisfactory/No
1. Cleanliness at the Main entry / access of site
2. Ground condition / floor areas free from water-
logging / oil spillage
3. Ground & elevated floors free from rubbish /
wastes / accumulated debris / scraps.
4. Manholes / openings are covered / fenced
5. Trenches are barricaded / walkways are in place
6. Drains are cleaned / not choked / not occupied
by dumped materials
7. Sufficient CAUTION boards / instructions
displayed
8. Construction machinery are maintained &
parked in orderly manner.
9. Movement of site people are not obstructed
because of dumping / storing of construction
materials
10. Access / egress to Electrical Distribution Boards
/ Panels clear from wires / cables / earth-strips
etc.
11. Electrical panel rooms / sheds / MCC / Control
rooms / Substations etc. are clean & tidy and not
used for storing dress / clothes, tiffin-box or
bicycles.
12. Passage behind Elec. panels are free for access
13. Fire extinguishers / fire-buckets are accessible
without any difficulty.
14. Stair-steps, platforms & landings are clear & tidy
15. Sheds / rooms & work areas have got sufficient
illumination as well as ventilation
16. Cables / Wires / welding leads are routed /
hanged appropriately & are not creating unsafe
condition.
17. Stacking / storing of insulation materials or their
packing.
18. Removal or cleanliness of left-over sand,
concrete, brick-bats, insulation-materials, excess
earth, wastes etc.
19. Storing / stacking of sand, metal chips, re-bars,
steel pipes, valves, fittings etc.
20. One escape route at ground & minimum two
escape routes at elevation available,

Page 154 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Sl Satisafctory/ Non
No.
Subjects of Review Remarks Action
Yes satisfactory/No
21. Captions / Posters / Slogans on various safety
instructions are displayed legibly in local
language
22. Cable trenches are water-free or regular
arrangement for taking out accumulated water
exists.
23. Windows of rooms / offices are regularly
cleaned
24. Facilities for cycle sheds, drinking water,
washing, rest-rooms etc. are maintained in tidy
manner.
25. Toilet, Urinals, Canteen / kitchen / pantry etc.
are maintained & free from obnoxious smell.
26. Construction tools / tackles are stored
systematically - the items are tagged / tested /
certified by competent third party.
27. Sufficient numbers of Dust-bins / Waste-bins
found at site and are regularly emptied.
Additional remarks, if any -

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………

Page 155 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
INSPECTION OF TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL BOOTH / INSTALLATION

Project : Sr.No. :
Sub Station No:/Booth No Location:
SL
SUBJECTS OBSERVATION (YES /NO) ACTION TAKEN
NO
Switchboards installed properly are in order and
1
protected from rain & water-logging.
Adequate illumination provided for switchboard
2 operation during night hours & the lamps are protected
from direct human contact.
Voltage ratings, DANGER signs, Shock-Treatment-
3
Chart displayed in the installation / booth
Fire extinguisher (DCP or CO2) & Sand Bucket kept in
4
close vicinity of Switchboards
Valid License & Competent Electrician / Wireman
5 available & name/ license no. displayed at booth /
installation.
General housekeeping in & around booth / installation
6
found in order.
7 Cable-route-markers for U/G cables provided.
Monthly inspection report of Electrical hand tools
8
available in booth / installation.
9 Insulated Mat provided in front of Elec. Panels.
10 Rubber hand gloves available/ used by Electricians
Availability of CAUTION boards for shutdown & / or
11
repairing works.
All incoming & outgoing feeders have proper MCCB /
12
HRC fuses / Switches.
Switchboards “earthed” at two distinctly isolated
13
locations.
Switchboards have adequate operating space at the front
14
face & at the rear face too.
15 All connections provided through 30mA ELCB.
16 Testing records of all ELCBs available at site
17 Only industrial type plugs & sockets are used.
Temporary connections are 3-core double insulated &
18 free from cuts & joints and 3rd core is earthed at both
ends
Socket boards are properly mounted on stand &
19
protected from water ingress.
Electrical equipments operating above 250V have two
20
earthing / double earthing.
All incoming / outgoing cables are properly glanded &
21
terminated with “lugs”.
22 Switch-boards are of industrial variety / type.
Sketch for installation / connection (SLD) made &
23
pasted & other safety labels/display boards
24 Labeling of incoming / outgoing feeders made.
25 All hand lamps are protected from direct contact.
26 All electrical cable / joints are in safe condition

Page 156 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(Sheet 1 of 2)
INSPECTION FOR SCAFFOLDING
Project : Sr.No. :
Sl. Actions
Description Yes No N.A
No taken
1 Whether work permit is obtained to take up work at height above 1.5 Mts?
Whether atmospheric condition is “stormy” or “raining” and works at
2
heights have been permitted?
3 Whether steel pipes scaffoldings are used for units /off-site areas?
Whether scaffolding has been erected on rigid/firm/leveled surfaces /
4 ground? Whether “foot-seals” or “base-plates” are used beneath the up-
rights (vertical steel pipes)
Whether scaffold construction is as per IS specification with toe-board and
5
hand-rails (top-rail as well as mid-rail)?
Whether distance between two successive up-rights are less than 2.5 Mts
6 (height of scaffold & load carrying capacity governs the distance between
two uprights)
Whether all uprights are extended at least 900 mm above the top most
7
working platform (to enable fitting of handrails)?
Whether vertical distance of two successive ledgers is satisfactory?
8
(varying between 1.3 Mts. To 2.1 Mts)
Whether the peripheral areas of working at height are cordoned-off? (for
9
avoiding accident to people arising out of dropped / deflected materials)
10 Whether platform is provided? Is it safely approachable?
Whether end of scaffold platform / board are extended beyond transoms?
11
(125mm to 150 mm)
Whether CE / IS approved quality and worthy conditioned full-body safety
12 harness (with double lanyard & karabiners) are used while working at
heights?
Whether life-line of safety harness is anchored to an independent secured
13
support capable of withstanding load of a falling person?
Whether the area around the scaffold is cordoned off to prohibit the entry of
14
unauthorized person / vehicle?
Whether clamps used are of good condition, of adequate strength and free
15
from defects?
16 Whether ladder is placed at secured and leveled surface?
17 Whether water-pass and oil-spills are avoided around the scaffold structure?
18 Whether ladder is extended 1.5mts. above the landing point at height?
19 Whether more than one access/egress provided to the scaffold?
Whether ladder used are of adequate length and overlapping of short
20
ladders avoided?
Whether metallic ladders are placed much away from near-by electrical
21
transmission line?
22 Whether rungs of ladder are inspected and found in good order?
23 Whether fall-arresters provided on both the access/egress routes?
Whether diagonal (cross) bracings are provided at regular interval on the
24
scaffold?
Whether working platform on the scaffold has been made free from “jolt”
25
or “gap”?
Whether tools or materials are removed after completion of the day’s job at
26
heights?
Whether a valid Permit for Work (PFW) is obtained before taking up work
27
over asbestos or fragile roof?
28 Whether sufficient precaution is taken while working on fragile roof?

Page 157 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Sl. Actions
Description Yes No N. A
No taken
Whether provision is made to arrange duck ladder, crawling board for
29
working on fragile roof?
Whether scaffold has been inspected by qualified civil engineers prior to
30
their use?
Whether the scaffolding has been designed for the load to be borne by the
31
same?
Whether the erection and dismantling of the scaffolding is being done by
32
trained persons and under adequate supervision?
Whether safety net with proper working arrangement and life-line has
33
been provided?
Whether TAGS (Green for acceptable and Red for incomplete/unsafe
34
scaffolds) are used on scaffolds?
Whether sufficient illumination is provided in and around the scaffold
35
and access?
Whether emergency rescue / response arrangements are made in place
36

Page 158 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(sheet 1 of 2)
PERMIT FOR ERECTION / MODIFICATION & DISMANTLING OF SCAFFOLDING
Project : Sr.No. :
Nature of activities : Duration: From………To…………
SL. NOT
SUBJECTS / ITEMS DONE REMARKS
No. DONE
Specific task of Erection / Modification / Dismantling of scaffolds,
1 identified & TAGGED accordingly (before as well as after carrying-
out jobs).
People engaged in doing the job are identified & are certified by Job Names to be
2
Engineer of Main Contractor as experienced / trained. noted
Concerned persons are alerted by the Job Engineer of Main Contractor
3 in connection with possible hazards & what the workmen MUST do /
MUST not do.
Verification by Job Engineer of Main Contractor made for confirming
that all persons permitted to carry-out the jobs are making use of
4
Helmet, Safety Shoes, Goggles, Gloves & Double lanyard safety
harness and other relevant PPEs.
5 Area of work is effectively cordoned-off / barricaded / illuminated.
For taking-up / lowering down Scaffolding members / clamps /
couplings etc. appropriate ropes / pulleys/ chains etc. have been
6
arranged for use (not to throw any item) & the same have been
verified as “fit for purpose”.
Items / members of scaffold, being lowered are removed from the area
7
& stacked correctly.
Ropes, chains, pulley blocks etc. being used for lifting or lowering
scaffold items, are inspected by the Job Engineer & their certifications
8
as well as physical conditions have been found O.K, before signing
this PERMIT.
Safety Net / Life-line / Fall Arresters etc. are arranged in position and
9 Job Engineer has found working conditions favourable for activities to
start.
Scaffold erection or dismantling tasks are being supervised by
10
Experienced Engineer / Competent person.
Only competent & experienced people have been selected / engaged in
11
Scaffolding erection, modification or dismantling tasks.
Adequate & effective actions for traffic and movement of people
12
around the cordoned-off area taken to avoid inadvertent incident
13 Working platforms are protected with handrails & toe-boards.
14 Access & Exit (for reach & escape) are safe for use by people.
Tools, tackles to be used for above jobs are verified by job Engineers
15 of Main contractor as genuinely good and tied-up at height (to prevent
their fall).
16 Site important Telephone Nos. are made known to everyone
SOP (Safe Operating Procedure) for the specific task is made &
17
followed too.
18 Emergency vehicle has been arranged at work locations.
 This permit for work shall be available at specific work location all the time.
 After completion of work, permit shall be returned to safety cell of main contractor, without fail.
 This Permit shall be issued maximum upto (Monday to Sunday).
 Additional Precautions, if any
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
 ACCORD OF PERMISSION (to be ticked) - YES ( ) / NO ( )
Contractor Engineer Contractor Safety Officer]

Page 159 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6

(sheet 2of 2)
Everyday Site working conditions & performance of workmen shall be assessed / checked by Contractor
Site Engr. and Safety Officer shall verify the same .
Name / Sign. MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY SATURDAY SUNDAY

Site
Engr.
Safety
Off.

Page 160 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
PERMIT FOR HEAVY LIFT/CRITCAL ERECTION
Project : Sr.No. :
Nature of activities : Duration: From………To…………
Location of work : Name /Type of crane :
Equipment/Structure to be erected: Wt. of equipment/ structure to be erected :
SL. COMPLIANCE STATUS
Description of Item
NO. Remarks
Yes No Not applicable
1) Is the crane type suitable for lift or as per erection
procedure?
2) Is the crane have the correct number of counterweights
fitted?
3) Availability of Load Certification of crane from
authorized agency.
4) Is the load chart of crane available in carne cabin/or with
Crane operator?
5) Is the device to check the Wind speed in crane is working?
Is the safety features in crane are working?
6) Availability of Load certification of slings and other
accessories from authorized agency
7) Availability of Licensee/certificate for crane operator from
authorized agency.
8) Availability of approved JSA for the subject activities.
9) Availability of approved erection/rigging procedures.
10) Availability of temporary gratings/ platforms for critical
lifting(as applicable)
11) Tool Box conducted before erection?
12) Has the area been cordoned off?
13) Are the authorized persons during erection are identified?
14) Does each person identified for erection understand their
roles and responsibilities?
15) Is the ground on which crane will rest or outrigger support
are correct?
16) Is hard stand requirement (if any) complied?
17) Is the communication system (viz walkie talkies,etc are
working properly?
18) If more than one crane is lifting the load, is an
Intermediate rigger will supervise the lift?
19) If there is other obstruction within the operating radius of
the crane, have correct precautions been taken to prevent
collision?
20)
All the persons are wearing the requisite PPE?
Inspected & Issued by Verification By

Contractor Engineer/RCM Contractor Safety Officer

Page 161 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
PERMIT FOR ENERGY ISOLATION & DE-ISOLATION
Project : Sr.No. :
ENERGY ISOLATION PERMIT
 Clearance required from:…..Hrs ………Date To …. ..Hrs ….Date
 Name of equipment/ energy source etc ………………………………………………………………….
 Nature of job to be done: ……………………………………………………………………………….
 Area………………………….Location:…………………………………………………………………..
PERMIT VALIDATION PERFORMING AUTHORITY

I hereby authorize the …………..personnel(performer) The work and precautions will be carried out under my
to isolate the above equipment/energy source from all overall responsibility.(Testing/execution engineer)
sources of power and handover the equipment/energy
source for maintenance/repair.
Signature: Date:
Issuing authority Name:
Area –Incharge/RCM
Signature: Date:
Name:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR CLEARANCE NORMALISING AFTER CLEARANCE

1. Notify workers of intent to de- energize 1. Notify workers of intent to re- energize
2. Obtain lock,tag or locking/tagging devices 2. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that the
3. Shut down ,de energize, dissipate any danger zone is clear of workers
residual energies. 3. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that tools
4. Apply lock ,tag and locking and/or tagging ,equipments danger zone is clear of workers
devices 4. Reposition the safety devices(interlocks,
5. *Any other job specific precautions valves, guards, covers ,sensors, as applicable, etc)
6. Verify effectiveness of lockout by 5. *Any other job specific normalizing details
attempting to restart. 6. Remove lock, tag and locking and/or tagging
7. Proper PPE is ensured devices.
7. Re energize.
I certify that the energy source mentioned above is 8. Confirm system is operating properly& safely
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work. I certify that the energy source mentioned above is
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work.
Tag No:…… Lock No:………….
Tag No:…… Lock No:………….
Issuing authority Issuing authority
Area –Incharge/RCM Area –Incharge/RCM
Signature: Date: Signature: Date:
Name: Name:
(*to be included by contractor in consultation with (*to be included by contractor in consultation with
EIL/owner) EIL/owner)
ENERGY DE-ISOLATION PERMIT
PERMIT VALIDATION PERFORMING AUTHORITY
I hereby authorize the …………..personnel(performer) I herby certify that the equipment/energy source
to de- isolate the above equipment/energy source from mentioned above has been de-isolated and is ready for
all sources of power and handover the equipment/energy normal operation.(Testing/execution engineer)
source for normal operation..
Issuing authority Signature: Date:

Area –Incharge/RCM Name:
Signature: Date:
Name: Countersigned by Issuing authority

Page 162 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
PERMIT FOR EXCAVATION (depth 2m and above)

(Sheet 1of 2)
Project : Sr.No. :
Job Description : Location:
Size of excavation :
SL. COMPLIANCE STATUS Remarks

Description of Item
NO. Yes No Not
applicable
1) Suitable and sufficient risk assessments and method statements
has been carried to ensure that the work shall be undertaken in
accordance with specification and standard.
2) Are plans/details of underground services available and the
same has been reviewed?
3) Has survey done to locate the services/obstacles, etc.
4) Has the live services (electrical, water line, air line, telephone
line,etc) has been disabled for carrying out the job.
5) Is adequate barriers/fences to protect the excavation are in
place?
6) Is Adequate warning signs are in place?
7) Is Assessment of ground conditions done and remedial action (if
any) taken?
8) Safe access / egress (e.g. ramp / steps / ladders etc.) provided for
site workmen & supervisors.
9) Is the excavation work being undertaken in proximity of
structure, etc ? If Yes, it’s effect is considered?
10) Availability of competent person for supervising the excavation
work?
11) Adequate safe arrangement to prevent collapse of edges (e.g.
shoring / strutting / benching / sloping etc.) made at site.
12) Hard barricades (at least 1.0M away from edge & for excavation
near site access roads) with warning signs/caution boards are
provided
13) Accumulation / passage-ways of water at periphery of
excavation / trench stopped/ restricted.
14) Is the equipment being used for excavation has been checked for
adequacy and is in good working condition having all the safety
features?
15) Age & fitness of workmen ensured by medical test before
engagement in job ?
16) Arrangement of Monitoring of possible oxygen deficiency or
obnoxious gases done & action taken?
PERMIT GRANTED - Yes / No
Name & Signature of Site Engr Name & Signature of Safety Officer
Contractor (Initiator) Contractor (Issuing authority)

Page 163 of 391
HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
PERMIT FOR EXCAVATION

(Sheet 2of 2)
NOTES: -
1. Slopes or benches for excavation beyond 2.0M depth shall be designed & approved by Contractor’s site
head.
2. Excavated earth to be kept at least 1.5M away from edges
3. Safety helmets, Safety shoes or gum-boots, gloves, goggles, Face shield, Safety Harness shall be essential
PPEs.
4. Permit shall be made in duplicate and original shall be available at site of work.
5. Permit shall be issued for maximum one week only (Monday to Sunday)
6. After completion of works, permit shall be closed & preserved for record purpose
GRANT OF PERMIT AND EXTENSIONS
Issuing authority
Initiator (site Review by EIL /
Sl. Validity period Working Time (Safety Officer
Engr. of Main Owner (Remarks
No. From ____To ____ From _____To _____ of Main
Contractor) with date
Contractor)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Additional safety instructions if any: -

1.
2.
3.

Page 164 of 391
Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
BPCL LPG URAN A037-000-16-49-SP-01
PIPELINE PROJECT Rev. No. B
Page 1 of 9
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR
PORTA CABIN
DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO

(ARCHITECTURE)
Client: BPCL
B 05.03.2015 REVISED & RE-ISSUED FOR BIDS S.G. J.S. J.K.B.
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED FOR BIDS S.G. J.S. J.K.B.
Prepared Checked Approved

Rev. No. Date Purpose
by by by
Template No. 5-0000-0001-T2

Page 165 of 391 Rev. 1 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 2 of 9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 General
2.0 Scope of Supply & Service
3.0 General Technical Requirements
4.0 Design & Construction
5.0 Schedule of Finishes

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 3 of 9
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 INTRODUCTION
This document specifies technical and functional requirements for Design, Engineering,
Manufacturing, Assembly, Factory Inspection, and Transportation to Site, Supervision of
Site installations, Testing, Commissioning and Documentation of Porta-cabin and
Spares. The scope of vendor supply shall be supply of Porta cabin as per the technical
requirements specified in Technical Specification. The vendor is responsible for
calculations, design, manufacture, assembly, inspection and testing, in accordance with
this document and referred standards and specifications. The vendor is responsible for
the packing and shipping of Porta cabin and assembly.
2.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICE

2.1 BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
This Specification covers the minimum technical requirements for the design,
engineering, manufacture, factory testing, transportation, and supply, supervision in
erection, installation and commissioning of pre-fabricated, enclosed Porta Cabin.
2.2 WORK INCLUDED

The Porta cabin shall be supplied complete and operable with all necessary component
parts as detailed in this specification, including lifting eyes to form a complete building
system and all parts shall be new and free from defects in material and workmanship. All
drawings and document attached to the inquiry shall be considered a part of this
specification.
Vendor shall furnish all materials, connections, Junction/Termination boxes, splices,
links, special tools, and information required to completely reassemble the Porta cabin in
the field to facilitate ease of installation. Vendor shall provide all drawings,
documentation and information as detailed later in this specification; shall furnish a
complete set of drawings showing structural, architectural, mechanical and electrical
details including lifting devices, and accessory installation details to clearly indicate the
proper assembly of all Porta cabin loose parts or accessories. If specified, the Porta
Cabin Vendor shall furnish a design certification which meets the requirements of the
buyer and is in accordance with accepted engineering practices.
2.3 WORK EXCLUDED
Civil Works at site for Porta-cabin

All the other materials than listed above shall be vendor scope of supply.

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 4 of 9
3.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 DEFINITION
Porta cabin shall be enclosed self-contained modular enclosure for housing all
equipments as per tender requirements.
3.2 MANUFACTURING
The vendor shall furnish all material, labour, equipment, testing, plant facilities,
transportation, consumable supplies, and tools required for, and incidental to, the
design, fabrication, testing, transportation, supervision in site installation and
commissioning of the Porta cabin complete.
3.3 SEISMIC CLASSIFICATION

The Porta cabin shall be designed as per IS 1893 and relevant project standards. The
design must consider the rigors of transport including the possible use of internal
bracing.
3.4 WIND LOAD

Wind loads shall be considered as per IS: 875, as applicable.
4.0 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION

4.1 GENERAL
Porta Cabin shall be designed to deliver rated performance at weather condition at site.
Porta Cabin design shall be of metal construction and shall be self-supporting and free
standing. All metal work shall be free from burrs and sharp edges. Elements may be
connected by bolts, thread forming screws, or welds.
Porta Cabin shall be designed to withstand loading induced by land or marine
transportation, installation and operation. Lift analysis and design shall be in accordance
with latest revision of NBC. Building modules shall be designed for lifting and
transportation.
The Porta cabin base shall be constructed for structural members sized by design
structural calculations and reinforced to meet or exceed specified static and dynamic
loads. Structural members shall be located to coordinate with the enclosed equipment so
as to properly support it and allow maximum access to equipment floor openings for
cable penetration.
Roof load, wind load, imposed load and floor load used for design shall be as per IS 875
and relevant project standards. The Porta cabin shall be leak proof, dust proof and
corrosion resistant. Drip tests shall be performed on Porta Cabin to ascertain leak proof

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 5 of 9
property at site. The Porta cabin shall be equipped with fire detection, and alarm system
designed to comply with the NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) area
classification(s) as required.
Vendor shall be responsible to supply and complete all the cabling and termination
inside the Porta cabin and terminate in a terminal boxes mounted outside the Porta
cabin to readily and purchasers cable. Adequate clearances shall be maintained
between power and instrumentation /control / alarm / voice / data cables as per relevant
codes.
4.2 LAYOUT
The internal floor plan shall provide sufficient working space for Installation of all
equipment. Sufficient space shall be provided to maintain the equipment with the door(s)
open and associated equipments like normal & emergency light fixtures, convenience
receptacles, cooling and heating equipment, fire and gas detection system components,
external /internal cable support system within enclosure and other equipment required to
effectively operate the facility.
4.3 STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS

The Porta cabin frame shall be constructed as a rigid, self-supporting steel structure.
Structural steel design and fabrication shall be in accordance with IS 800: and
relevant project standards. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1.
The Porta cabin frame and skid shall be structurally adequate to sustain specified
loadings, including marine transportation and lifting, without depending on the wall skin.
The roof framing and the Porta cabin columns shall be designed to support any
additional dead load suspended from the roof such as air conditioning, false ceiling,
cable trays, and light fixtures. Openings for Porta cabin ducting, conduit, windows,
doors, and other purposes shall have structural frames. Frames shall be provided for
such openings in both the walls and roof. Unused wall / floor / ceiling openings / holes
/ cut-outs shall be sealed with weatherproof and fireproof sealing compound.
The Porta cabin floor framing (skid) shall be fabricated from steel members to form a
rigid rectangular frame. The frame shall be braced with cross members as required to
support the equipments installed in the Porta cabin.
The Porta cabin shall be analyzed to resist both dead and live loads expected during
construction, transportation, installation, and operation. The Porta cabin shall be
designed for the maximum in-place structural loading consisting of the structure,
equipment dead weigh tall operating loads, and the maximum environmental loads.

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 6 of 9
4.4 FLOORS
Thickness of steel floor plate shall be 3/8-inch (9.525 milli meters) minimum.
The skid frame shall be constructed from steel members, Porta cabin base shall be
provided with base frame required for mounting the unit control panels/ other equipment.
Exposed floor plate seams and edges shall be continuously welded to ensure a seal
between floor and skid. The floor plate shall be covered with cement fibre board (18 mm
thick) with top finishes as specified in finishing schedule.
Pipe sleeves shall be provided for cable entry through bottom of the Porta Cabin with
proper gland plate & sealing.
4.5 ROOF
The ceiling and roof structure shall consist of two layers of formed interlocked panels, 24
gauges profiled galvanized steel roof and an inner ceiling panel of 24 gauge plain
galvanized steel with 50 mm thick polyurethane foam insulation of k value 0.023 W/mk
and finishing as specified. The minimum roof slope shall be 1/8-inch per foot (1: 96
slopes). Roof edges / slope shall be provided with gutters / drain arrangement for water
draining.
4.6 WALLS
Structure walls shall consist at a minimum of a formed, interlocked, self-framing outer
wall of 24 gauge profiled galvanized steel and an inner wall of 24 gauge plain
galvanized steel with 50 mm thick polyurethane foam insulation of k value 0.023 W/mk
and finishing as specified.
The exterior walls and frames around doors, windows, and other openings shall be
structurally adequate to sustain all applicable loads. All through-wall penetrations shall
have exterior drip shields installed. At door / window openings, sun / rain shade shall
be extended up to 1’ externally.
Vendor shall explore the option of providing removable side panels (Walls) for
installation of Unit control Panels.
4.7 PROTECTIVE COATING PROCEDURE

FINISH OF WALLS, CEILING, AND ROOF
All steel structure members shall be cleaned prior to finishing. Coating process shall be
an electro statically applied polyester powder with a final baked on average thickness
of 20 microns over minimum 5 micron primer. Standard interior and exterior finish shall
be white. Finish shall have a minimum pencil hardness of 2H as tested per ASTM
D3363. Finish shall pass the ASTM B117 salt spray test for a minimum of 1000 hours.

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 7 of 9
FINISH OF STRUCTURAL BASE ASSEMBLY

Base assembly shall be grit blasted prior to finishing. Grit blast process shall comply
with Commercial Blast Standard SSPC-6 (minimum SA 21/2) as published by AISC.
Solvent cleaning is unacceptable. An undercoat shall be applied to the entire base
using an industrial grade, high solid, and high build epoxy. This undercoat shall be a
minimum of 5 microns. All structural elements including channels and angles shall be
caulked to seal gaps and spaces. An additional 5 micron undercoat shall be applied to
the bottom of the base assembly. The sides of the base assembly shall be finished
using polyurethane paint to a minimum thickness of 5 microns.
4.8 DOORS
All exterior doors shall be of weather-proof construction with four sided frames and shall
be of the same material and construction as exterior wall. All exterior hardware shall be
stainless steel, including, but not limited to hinges. Doors shall be fabricated from
aluminum with SS panic hardware. Doors shall be lockable with one key for each door.
Doors shall be well fitted, and sealed in closed condition. Each door shall be provided /
fitted with a window of at least 0.2 square meters. The window material shall be shatter
proof glass, with 6.4 mm thick laminated with 1.5 mm interlayer. All exterior doors shall
be set to the steel frames with closed-cell neoprene-gasketing and shall have silicon
seal applied for additional weather protection.
Fabricated steel steps shall be provided at all doors of appropriate riser and tread depth.
4.8 WINDOWS
All windows shall be of aluminium extruded sections with 5.5 mm toughened glass and
grill. The windows shall be horizontal sliding. Stainless steel fly-proof mesh in suitable
frame work shall also be provided in the windows. All external windows shall have
protection grills.
4.9 ELECTRICAL
INTERIOR LIGHTING, FIRE ALARM AND LIGHTNING PROTECTION
The Porta cabin shall be furnished complete with the following :
a) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of all equipment/ material for lighting
system for Porta cabin including lighting system equipment/ material (lighting fixtures
complete with lamps, lighting and power panels, switches, sockets, wiring (for
switches/sockets/receptacles etc.).
b) Interior area lighting shall be switched at each entry door.

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 8 of 9
c) Supply & installation of concealed conduit for lighting system and fire alarm system
in the Porta Cabin.
d) Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of complete lightning protection.
e) Fire alarm system shall be as part of respective fire protection system vendor as
defined in General Civil scope.
4.9 INSTRUMENTATION
a) Telecom room shall have air-conditioning.
b) Pipe Sleeves to be provided in the Telecom Room.
5.0 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES

5.1 GENERAL
All the building elements i.e. floor, wall, ceiling, roof, doors & windows etc. shall be
provided with Architectural finishes as shown in the clauses 5.2 to 5.6.
Note:
1. All the Architectural finishes shall be as per attached Specifications, Standards &
Approved list of vendors.
2. Color Scheme for all Architectural items shall be approved by the Owner in
consultation with EIL Architect.
5.2 FLOOR FINISHES
Sl.
Building Room/Area Finish
No.
1. Telecom Room, Verandah Vitrified Tiles flooring/ skirting over cement
Fiber board.
2. Battery Room Epoxy Floor and Wall Coating (Upto 1.5m)
3. Electric Panel Room Heavy-duty cement concrete floor finish.
Skirting shall be provided in all areas. Cement plaster skirting shall be provided in areas
having cement concrete granolithic/ heavy duty cement concrete flooring. For other
areas, skirting shall be of same material as that of flooring.
Panel dividers shall be provided in cement concrete granolithic/ heavy duty flooring.
5.3 WALL FINISHES (Painting)
Sl. No. Surface Finish
ALL BUILDINGS: Internal finish
1. Telecom Room, Verandah, Battery Room, Electro-statically applied polyester

Electric Panel Room of Porta Cabin powder coating.

Document No.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
Page 9 of 9
ALL BUILDINGS: External finish

5.4 INTERNAL CEILING FINISHES
Sl. No. Surface Finish

5.5 DOORS, WINDOWS & VENTILATORS

Sl. No. Building Room/ Area Finish
ALL BUILDINGS: Doors
1. Telecom Room, Verandah, Battery Room, Same material and construction as

Electric Panel Room of Porta Cabin exterior wall
ALL BUILDINGS: Windows/ Ventilators
1. Telecom Room, Verandah, Battery Room, Glazed powder coated Aluminium

Electric Panel Room of Porta Cabin window/ vetilator with 5mm thk.
Toughened glass.
5.6 SANITARY FITTINGS/ FIXTURES
Sl. No. Building Fitting/ Fixture
2. Battery Room Eye Wash

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
REF. DWG. NO. REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
A
N
C C
600
D D
300
3500
1600
E E
900
100.450
F.F.L
100.00
450
F F.R.L. F
G G
H 600 H
I I
300
300
600
J J
2500
600
K K
5000
300
L L
2500
100.450
M M
F.F.L.
300
DATE REVISIONS BY CHKD APPD
N 100.00
F.R.L.
4000 3000 (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
7000 fyfeVsM
Page 174 of 391

O
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORP. LTD.
. . . MICROWAVE SYSTEM
LPG URAN
PIPELINE PROJECT
P
,
SCALE JOB NO. UNIT DIVN. DEPT. DWG. NO. REV.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
3-1641-0502 REV.1 A2-594x420

JOB SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT No.
FOR AIR CONDITIONING A037-000-16-44-SP-2472
SYSTEM Rev.A
(PACKAGED EQUIPMENT) FOR
Page 1 of 2
LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT
JOB SPECIFICATION
FOR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
(PACKAGED EQUIPMENT)
Client: BPCL
A 05.03.2015 Issued with MR AA SC SM

Rev. Prepared Checked Approved
Date Purpose
No. by by by
Page 175 of 391
FOR AIR CONDITIONING A037-000-16-44-SP-2472
SYSTEM Rev.A
FOR LPG URAN PIPELINE Page 2 of 2
PROJECT
1.0 GENERAL
The intent of this specification is to outline the purchaser's requirements for Air
Conditioning System for Telecom room of Portable Cabin for digital microwave radio
communication system for LPG Uran Pipeline Project of M/s BPCL.
2.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY AND SERVICES:
Split air-conditioning system for Telecom room of Portable Cabin (Refer attached
Architectural drawing of Porta Cabin elsewhere in the MR)
(Each system consisting of but not limited to the following)
S. No. Quantity Description

1 Refer Supply, installation and commissioning of single phase air-
Table-1 cooled Split air conditioners complete with all accessories and
fittings. Split unit shall have wall/ floor mounted indoor unit and
remotely located air cooled condenser (outdoor unit) with
insulated refrigerant piping, Controls and line accessories, Initial
charge of refrigerant, oil and lubricants, Electrical and civil works
(e.g. civil work related to concealing of refrigerant piping, drain
piping, cabling in AC space and outside upto the outdoor unit) as
required including the structural steel framework, pedestal to
mount the indoor/outdoor units, supports for indoor/outdoor
units, supports & clamps for refrigerant piping/cables, stabilizer,
hold down nuts & bolts.
Split AC shall be of minimum 5 Star (latest BEE rating) and

refrigerant shall be CFC free (eg R134a/ R407c/ R410a)
2 Lot Spares for commissioning and start up. Price of commissioning

and start-up spares shall be included by bidder in the lump sum
cost of equipment.
3 - Filled in data sheet and technical catalogue for Split AC
Table -1
S. No. Building/Area Room Selected AC Equipment

2 Nos. (1 Working+1Standby) Split
1 Portable Cabin Telecom room ACs each of 1.5 TR capacity
Page 176 of 391
DATA SHEET FOR DOCUMENT NO.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A037-000-16-44-DS-2472
(PACKAGED EQUIPMENT) FOR Rev.A
LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT Page 1 of 2
DATA SHEET
FOR AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Client: BPCL
A 05.03.2015 Issued with MR AA SC SM

Date Purpose
No. by by by
Page 177 of 391
DATA SHEET FOR DOCUMENT NO.
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A037-000-16-44-DS-2472
(PACKAGED EQUIPMENT) FOR Rev.A
LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT Page 2 of 2
DATA SHEET FOR SPLIT UNIT
1.0 Make:
2.0 Model:
3.0 Capacity:
4.0 Refrigerant:
5.0 Refrigerant charge: KG
TECHNICAL DATA
A. OUTDOOR UNIT
1.0 COMPRESSOR
1.1 Type
1.2 Qty. of compressors per unit NOS.
1.3 Make
1.4 Model
1.5 Shaft speed RPM
1.6 Enclosure Open / Semi hermetic / Hermetic
1.7 Nominal capacity TR
2.0 CONDENSER
2.1 Type Air Cooled
2.2 Heat rejection TR
2.3 Qty. of condensers per unit NOS.
2.4 Fan motor rating HP/
2.5 CFM M3 /hr
B. INDOOR UNIT
1.0 BLOWER
1.1 Type
1.2 No. of blower per unit NOS.
1.3 Type of blades Forward / Backward / Radial
1.4 Air flow rate CFM
1.5 Blower shaft speed RPM
1.6 Brake shaft power HP
1.7 Motor rating HP / RPM
1.8 LCD Panel with remote Provided / Not Provided
C. CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
1.0 OUTDOOR UNIT
1.1 Size
Length MM
Depth MM
Height MM
1.2 Operating weight KGS
1.3 Clearances required around unit MM
2.0 INDOOR UNIT
2.1 Size
Length MM
Depth MM
Height MM
2.2 Operating weight KGS
2.3 Clearances required around unit MM
Page 178 of 391
STRUTURAL DATA FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SPECIFICATION NO.
LPG URAN PIPELINE PROJECT A037-000-16-48-SP-2472 Rev. A
Page 1 of 3
STRUCTURAL DATA
FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO
LPG URAN PIPELINE

PROJECT, BPCL
A 05.03.2015 ISSUED FOR BIDS AN RK VKG

Date Purpose
No by by by
Page 179 of 391
STRUTURAL DATA FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO
Page 2 of 3
1. Wind Loads
Wind loads shall generally be as per IS: 875.
The basic wind speed of the site is taken as 44 m/s.
Values of coefficients k1, k3 shall be as:

k1 = 1 for permanent structures
k3 = 1
Value of coefficient k2, as in IS: 875, shall be suitably taken for relevant class of structure with
Category 2 terrain.
The mean probable design life of all structures (units & offsite) shall be taken as 50 years.
To account for surface area of piping, platforms and other attachments fixed to the equipment the
surface area of the equipment (vessel/column) exposed to wind shall be increased by 20%.
2. Seismic Loads
Seismic forces shall be based on Site Specific Spectra and IS:1893(Part 1 & 4), however in
absence of site specific spectra, spectra as defined in IS:1893 shall be followed.Seismic zone
shall be Zone-III.
3. Anchor Bolt Design
‰ Grade of concrete is M30 for foundations and superstructure conforming to IS:456:2000.

‰ Permissible bearing Stress in concrete is 12 N/mm2 for M30.
‰ Maximum Permissible stresses in mild steel bolts of property class 4.6 (IS:1367-1967)
shall be:
• Axial Tension 120 N/mm2
• Shear 80 N/mm2
• Bearing 250 N/mm2
4. Structural Steel Materials:
Hot Rolled Structural Steel Sections shall conform to the following BIS Codes of practice:
IS: 808— Indian Standard on dimensions of Hot Rolled Steel Beams, Columns, Channel and
Angles
IS: 12778—Indian Standard on Hot Rolled Parallel Flanged Steel Sections for Beams,
Columns and Bearing Piles
IS:1161— Steel tubes for Structural Purpose
IS:4923—Hollow steel sections for structural use
IS: 2062—Indian Standard on Steel for General Structure purposes Specifications
Page 180 of 391

STRUTURAL DATA FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO
Page 3 of 3
5. GALVANISATION
Structural steel members including bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot dip galvanized as
per IS:2629. The Zinc coating on tower members shall not be less than 900 g/sqm of the surface
area
6. GRATINGS
Grating shall Electro-forged hot-dipped galvanized MS Gratings shall be as per EIL Standard No.
7-68-0697
7. HANDRAILS
Hand rails shall be as per EIL standard 7-68-0552 (page 7 of 7) with top rail as 32 NB (M) pipe.
8. LADDERS
Ladders shall be as per EIL standards 7-68-0507 & 7-68-0509.
9. LOADING
Live loading on service Platform shall be - 3.0 kN/m2
10. STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS TO BE REVIEWED

Following drawings shall be got reviewed by Owner/Owner’s representative:
i. General Arrangement of skids
ii. General Arrangement of platforms
iii. Foundation Loading Plan
Page 181 of 391

CIRCULAR PLATFORM STANDARD No.
‘3-1(bit
1 ENGINEERS
ti faw5 INDIA LIMITED FOR 7-68-0552 Rev. 7
IA Govt of India Undertaktegy
HOT VESSELS
SHT. 1 of 8
FOR R+L FOR R+L= 4.0M. FOR R+L= 8.0M.

LESS THAN 4.00M. TO LESS THAN 8.00M. TO 10.00M.
1 1.., L i oox i ooxs L i oox100X8 L i oox, ooxs
L E2 L 75X75X8 L 90X90X8 L i oox ioox8
INSULATION THICKNESS 'e' D

STD. 7-68 0507 SHT.1 OF 3
400
ir (REFER SHT. 6 OF 8)
SEE DETAIL'L' SEE DETAIL 'A' FOR NOTCH IN GRATING

HANDRAIL IN SHT. 8 OF 8 IN SHT. 8 OF 8
(REF. SHT. 8 OF 8)
INTERMEDIATE PLATFORMS
(FOR e 10Orrirn)
ALL CONNECTIONS ARE BOLTED AS SHOWN

NOTES:-
1. FOR c<1 AND o<2REFER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
2. DIMENSION X1 SHALL BE e+35 BUT NOT LESS THAN 85 IN THE PLATFORM WHERE BRACKET
TYPE- LB7/RB7 OR LB8/RB8ARE NOT USED
3. DIMENSION X1 SHALL BE e+45 BUT NOT LESS THAN 145 IN THE PLATFORM WHERE
BRACKET TYPE—LB7/RB7 OR LB8/RB8 ARE USED.
4. FOR FURTHER DETAILS REFER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS.
5. FOR BRACKET DETAILS REFER STD.NO. 7-68-0553 AND FOR CLIP DETAILS REFER
STD. NO. 7-68-0557
6. SPLICING OF TOE ANGLE SHALL BE DONE ONLY IF IT IS ESSENTIAL.
7. ELECTROFORGED GRATING TYPE—I SHALL BE AS PER EIL STD. NO. 7-68-0697.
8. FOR OTHER NOTES REFER SHT. 2 OF 8.
7 21.01.14 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS AJS P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
6 28.01.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS P. K. MITTAL VINAY KUMAR V.CHATtIRVEDI
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM Stds. Bureau

Date Purpose Convenor Chairman
No. by by
Approved by
Page 182 of 391
Enrrnat Nn e-nn-nnn1-F4 Rev n Cnnvrinht Fil - All rinhts rpsprupd
CIRCULAR PLATFORM STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS FOR
INDIA LIMITED 7-68-0552 Rev. 7
IA Govt ot Intlta Undertakng) HOT VESSELS
SHT. 2 of 8
INSULATION THICKNESS 'e' FOR R+ L= FOR R+L= 4.0M. FOR R+L= 8.0M.
D LESS THAN 4.00M. TO LESS THAN 8.00M. TO 10.00M.
STD. 7-68 0507 SHT.1 OF 3
400 Ls, L 100X100X8 L i oox i oox8 L i oox100X8
fr L 75X75X8 L 90X90X8 L i oox100X8
(REFER SHT. 6 OF 8)
SEE DETAIL'L' SEE DETAIL (FOR NOTCH IN GRATING

HANDRAIL IN SHT. 8 OF 8 IN SHEET 8 OF 8)
(REF. SHEET 8 OF 8)
INTERMEDIATE PLATFORMS
(FOR e >100mm)
ALL CONNECTIONS ARE BOLTED AS SHOWN
NOTES:—
CONTD. FROM SHT. 1 of 8
9. IN CASE OF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THIS STD. & GENERAL ARRGT. DRG.,
THE LATER SHALL GOVERN.
10. FOR SECTIONS 1-1 TO 5-5 REFER SHT. 4 of 8 TO SHT. 7 of 8.
11. LB INDICATES LEFT BRACKET, RB INDICATES RIGHT BRACKET, LB OR RB TO SUIT
THE LOCAL CONDITIONS & TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER FIXTURES.
12. ALL CLIPS ARE IN THE SCOPE OF VESSEL FABRICATOR.
13. FOR VESSELS HAVING TEMPERATURE ABOVE +230'c, SPECIAL BOLTS CONFORMING
TO ASTM A193 Gr.B7 AND NUTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE VESSEL FOR TEMP. BELOW 230'C,
CARBON STEEL BOLTS CONFORMING TO IS:1363 SHALL BE USED.
14. THESE PLATFORMS ARE DESIGNED FOR AN IMPOSED LOAD OF 3.OKN/SQ.M
AND THE BRACKETS FOR THE SPECIFIC CONDITION INDICATED. NO PIPE
SHALL BE ANCHORED OR GUIDED ON THE PLATF RM.
\kvps
‘ /
7 21.01.14 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD AJS P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
6 28.01.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS R.SOOD H. MATHUR G.R. RAJAGOPALAN

No. by by
Approved by
Page 183 of 391 Cnnvrinht Fll - A II hnhts rpsprvpri
Förmat Nn R-00-0001-F4 Rev 0
STANDARD No.
k_71 ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
g2e5 Chl.rwcn.)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt ot Intha UAdettaktn9) HOT VESSELS
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 3 of 8
FOR X FOR X= 2.0M. FOR X= 5.0M.

LESS THAN 2.00M. TO LESS THAN 5.00M. TO 7.00M.
L L i 00X100X8 Liooxiooxs Liooxiooxs
L 75X75X8 L 90X90X8 Lioox iooxs

fr
SHELL OUTER RADIUS
INSULATION THICKNESS
HEAD PLATFORMS
FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 AND 2 OF 8
.Sk4j7 W)N-
6 28.01.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS P. K. MITTAL VINAY KUMAR V.CHATURVEDI

No. by by
Approved by
Page 184 of 391 Cnnvriaht Fil - All rinhts rpsprvpri
Fnrmat Nn 8-no-nn01 -F4 RPV
STANDARD No.
goi ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
$;fg-ar 92e5 INDIA LIMITED 7-68-0552 Rev. 7
1~ ~12 MIJ,
47.1) IA Govt of Jneha Undertak.g) HOT VESSELS
SHT. 4 of 8
SEE DETAIL (§) WITH 'G'

SEE DETAIL O WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
TYPE BOLT
6 THK. STIFF. PL. (TYP)
75
10 THK. PL.(TYP)
EL. T.T.L.
OF VESSEL
150
SECTION 1-1 RBi (LB11 OPP. HAND)

DIMENSIONS X,Y,& L SHALL BE AS PER SECTION 6-6
GEN. ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
L=1400(MAX.)
200 800(MAX.) 10
10
(MIN.) SEE DETAIL Q WITH 'G'
SEE DETAIL O WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
A,80 80 .... 1
TYPE BOLT 4-200 HOLES
FOR M18 BOLTS
'-0,,' ,L)
\s,
_n u) 11,
II- REF EL
r- -- 0 - `-lir (T.O.S.)
INSULATION i
(e) ■ IL
,IL_ '-' _
__.__>. JL
MC150 6 THK. STIFF. PL. (TYP)
75
10 THK. PL.(TYP) 125 80

/ / /
EMI
300(MIN.)
EL. T.T.L.
OF VESSEL
150
SECTION 2-2 RB12 (LE312 OPP. HAND)

SECTION 7-7
DIMENSIONS X,Y,&L SHALL BE AS PER
NOTE: —
FOR DETAIL , ®& BOLT TYPE 'G' REF. SHT. 8 OF 8 AND
FOR OTHER NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8
\ k`:/" AeLe¥,_
7 21.01.14 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA

No. by by
Page 185 of 391 Approved by
Format Nn R-00-nnn1-F4 Rev n Cnnvrinht Fll - All rinhtg rnsnryncl
STANDARD No.
k_31
(m..) ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
02-eg INDIA LIMITED iA Govt of incha UndertaK,R9) HOT VESSELS
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 5 of 8
L=2800(MAX.)
180 HOLES FOR M16 BOLTS

IN CLIP AND SLOTTED HOLES 10
IN MC150 SEE DET. 'S1' SEE DETAIL (1§) WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
SEE DETAIL O WITH 'G'

TYPE BOLT IN SHT.8 OF 8 L4.
REF EL
(T.0.5.)
INSULATION
(e)
/ /
/ /
10 THK. PL.(TYP) 1 1 8 THK. PL. (TYP)

1 1
✓ / ✓ MC125 FOR LENGTH ..<2000
/
✓ / MC150 FOR 2000< LENGTH ‘3500
1 1
/
/
/
(TYP)
,:zp• EL. T.T.L.
o
o
OF M16 BOLTS
P.
300(MIN.) 20
SLOTTED HOLE O.R.

REFER DETAIL
OF VESSEL
DETAIL 'S1'
SLOTTED HOLE
(FOR DET. 'S1')
SECTION 3-3 RB13 (LB13 OPP. HAND)
DIMENSIONS X,Y,8c L SHALL BE AS PER
10 THK. PL.
75 (AT TOP OF CLIPS)
10 THK. PL.
150
SECTION 8-8 SECTION 9-9
FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8
6 28.01.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS P. K. MITTAL VINAY KUMAR V.CHATURVCDI
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM

No. by by
Approved by
Page 186 of 391
Format Nn a-00-0001-F4 Rev 0 ennvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsFwvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
Og-affarZ5 INDIA LIMITED 7-68-0552 Rev. 7
(affen efrcowaildflsoff) IA Govt of Indla Undertaking) HOT VESSELS
SHT. 6 of 8
L=1400(MAX.)
10 200 10
(MIN.) SEE DETAIL (§) WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
SEE DETAIL C) WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT IN SHT.8 OF 8 )25 25
o
REF. EL
(T.O.S.)
Ir W.P.I
MC150 6 THK. STIFF. PL. (TYP)
8 THK. PL.
10 10
/ /
EL. T.T.L.
10
l0
18 9/ HOLES FOR
M16 BOLTS
Iffifflims
SECTION 4-4 RB14 (LE31 4 OPP. HAND)

DIMENSIONS L,X AND Z SHALL BE AS PER
GEN. ARRANGEMENT DRAWING 11 .10
SECTION 10-10
!
'
10 THK. PL.
*SECTION 15-15 VIEW 16-16

FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8
*WHEREVER HANDRAIL ON ANGLE'A' IS DISCONTINUED FOR ENTRY TO THE PLATFORM

FROM LADDER/STAIR/ADJACENT PLATFORM THE UPSTAND LEG OF ANGLE'A' SHALL BE CUT AND
L 1 00X1 00X8 VVELDED AS PER SEC. 15-15 FOR THE LENGTH HANDRAIL IS DISC NTINUED.

No. by by
Approved by
Fnrmat Nn Page 187 of Rpv
R-nn-0001-F4 391 n nönvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsprvpd
STANDARD No.
)1 ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
,411 faffieg
I~r ri,tcDW C151.545nA)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of Incha Undeltaking) HOT VESSELS
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 7 of 8
L=2800(MAX.)
EQ EQ
IN CLIP AND SLO1TED HOLES
IN MC150 SEE DET. 'S1' SEE DETAIL 'Q' WITH 'G'
(SHT. 5 OF 8) MC125 SHALL BE PROVIDED lYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
WHEN > 1400
SEE DETAIL 0 WITH 'G' J00 100
1YPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8 TYVTYP/
REF EL
(T.O.S.)
INSULATION
(e)
— 6 THK. STIFF. PL. (TYP)
10 THK. PL(TYP)
MC125 TO BE PROVIDED (AS SHOWN)

WHEN 'P' IS MORE THAN 800
P
EL. T.T.L. 75
14
OF VESSEL
Lr4
10 THK. PL. 150
300(MIN.) 7
Z=0.R.+ e+ 1 20
SECTION 11-11
SECTION 5-5 RB15 (LE31 5 OPP. HAND)
DIMENSIONS X,Y,Z & L SHALL BE AS PER
200 HOLE
FOR M18 BOLTS SECTION: 12-12
90 90
/
o u)
rn N
O
crt In
N
12 THK. PL
200
8 THK. PL.
SECTION 13-13 SECTION 14-14 VIEW-F

(BASE PLATE) (CLIP)

No. by by
Approved by
Page 188 of 391
Fnnnat Nn 8-nn-nnni-F4 RAV n ennvrinht Fll - AII rinhts rpp.prvpri
STANDARD No.
k.71 (4.
44li
fd l!") ENGINEERS CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR
mar 02-dg■WINDIA LIMITED
wkmpwaswam~ IA Govt of india UndenakIng) HOT VESSELS
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 8 of 8
10 Tlf PL. 10 THK. PL.

32 NB(M) PIPE 0 FOR L 100X100X8
FOR L 90X90X8
50X6 FLAT
M12 BOLTS M12 BOLTS
32 NB(M) PIPE
FOR ANGLE SIZES 90X90X8/ FOR ANGLE SIZE
100X100X8 75X75X8
o • DETAIL—'L'
(SPLICE)
X
0
CO
X
R=12
O
In
50X6 FLAT
O
50X6 FLAT
o DETAIL OF SLOTTED BOLT TYPE 'G'

(REFER DET. P & Q)
HOLE IN TOE ANGLE
REF. EL, ~Mi
(T.O.G.) 1 . (REFER DET. P & Q)
HANDRAIL HALF HANDRAIL
BRACKET OUTER TOE

INNER TOE
ANGLE LA
ANGLE LB
u-,
10
/ //
OF 020 HOLE ON BKT AND

OF SLOTTED HOLE ON TOE ANGLE
(SEE DETAIL)
OF 020 HOLE ON BKT

DETAIL—'A' WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
_JEM
/111/~11/e
• ffi ~1~
MEIMMIIM
DETAIL—'P' DETAIL—'Q'
M~~1 (THE BOLT SHALL BE HAND TIGHTENED )
ffi~~
NOTCH IN GRATING
«5 Arn-v
7 21.01.14 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD VPS AJt-\ P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 189 of 391
Fnrmat Nn R-00-n001-F4 RPV n ennvrinht Fll - AII rinhts rpsprvpd
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS STEEL LADDER JOINT DETAILS 7.68-0509 Rev. 6
NDIA LIMMD
REFERENCEELEVATION
40 0 30
18 0 HOLES FOR
M16 BOLTS
o
OF LADDER
200(MIN.)
550(MAX.)
LADDER ATTACHMENT SECTION 12-12 SECTION 13-13

TO VESSELS
75
L-75x75x6 470
e = INSULATION THICKNESS
1mm CLEARANC
'D'
GUIDE 12x12x50 1mm CLEARANCE
WELDED
REFER
X1 r ~ffi EL. X2
=:= kEW
X2 r 12z1
MC 100
111 12 6 6
18 0 HOLES STRUCTURE
1~1
38.5 43.5 FOR M16 BOLTS SUPPLY
DETAIL 'X2' 113 CIVIL WORK SUPPLY
325(MIN.)
675(MAX.)
DETAIL t X2' LADDER ATTACHMENT TO
SECTION 11-11 (FOR LADDER POST FLAT 75x10)
CONCRETE
LADDER HEAD AT
LADDER HEAD SIDE PL. 50x6
AT FRONT
SAFETY
CLOSURE
0
O lc)
0
=====7==
SAFETY CHAIN
SAFETY CAGE HOOP DETAILS O
LOCATION OF RUNG FOR LADDER

FLAT 50x6
20 0 BAR WELDED
o
FLAT 35x 6
10j,„ 6
(FOR FLAT 75x1OT (FOR MC100)
LOWER AND INTERMEDIATE CAGE ATTACHMENT OF BAR
6 28.11.13 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD vPs AJS P.K.tAITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
5 03.11.08 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD S.P.JOSHI P.K.MITTAL VINAY KUMAR V. CHATURVEDI

No. by by
Approved by
FnrmAt NnPage 190 of RPV
s-nn-00ni-F4 391 n r.or F II - All rinhts rpsp:,/pr1
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS STEEL LADDER JOINT DETAILS 7.68-0509 Rev. 6
111111‘ VININW•11491010
PDIA UMITED
Govt. of Indlo Undertoking)
(A
Page 2 of 4
740 30
r
/
16 0 32 0 (NB) MEDIUM DUTY
TUBULAR HANDRAIL
12 0
o 8
àa —\
kri•
0,
-r
o 160
o 20
o w)
-99
14 0 HOLES FOR
M12 BOLTS SECTION 5-5
800
11111111111111111 111111111111111111
SECTION 6-6 111111111111111111 111111111111111111 5z1
AUTOMATIC BARRIER
30
t-4
STOPPER
L-75x50x6
CUT FROM 90*
L-75x75x6
SECTION 8-8
SECTION 1 0-1 0
14 0 HOLES FOR
M12 BOLTS
SECTION 9-9
10
NEOPRENE OR 6
SIMILAR PAD MC 100 50 50
I1M 1mm CLEARANCE
102
SECTION 7-7 DETAIL `X2'

(FOR LADDER POST MC 100)

No. by by
Approved by
Page 191 of 391
Fnrmat Nn A-nn-noni -F4 Rev fl r.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS STEEL LADDER JOINT DETAILS 7-68-0509 Rev. 6
INDIA UMR133
1111111[4.111~ (A Govt. of Indio Undertoking)
Page 3 of
LADDER POST
TUBE DIA 33.7mm THICKNESS 3.25

_415_
SAFETY BAR INSTALLATION ON LADDER POSTS
POSTS PLATE 75x10

POST MC 100
TUBE SQUARE CROSS SECTION

45x45x5 [1]
420LADDER
16 0 HOLES FOR M14 BOLTS

735
0 95 SECTION 5-5
80
800 M14 BOLT mm CLEARANCE
SECTION 1 -1
SECTION 4-4
85'
50
TUBE DIA 33.7mm THICKNESS 3.25

L-50x50x6
0
SAFETY BAR INSTALLATION ON HANDRAIL POSTS
800
PLATING OUTSIDE 755
/15 HANDRA
LIMITS 120 POST RING
3 2
11 21 /17 0
1111111
6 THK. PLATE
HANDRAIL POST BUTT WELD
SAFETY CAGE HOOP
ATTACHMENT TO
1119 \-- 16 0 HOLES FOR M14 BOLTS
HANDRAIL POST
SAFETY CAGE HOOP
SECTION 25-- 3
SECTION 2-2 nn
6 28.11.13 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD P.K.MRTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
5 03.11.08 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD S.P.JOSHI P.K.M1TTAL VINAY KUMAR V. CHATURVEDI
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM Stds. Bureau

Rev.
No. by by
Approved by
Frwmat NnPage 192 of 391
R-no-000i-F4 RPV 0 nnnvrinht F rinhts rpsprvArl
STANDARD No.
ENGNEERS STEEL LADDER JOINT DETAILS 7.68-0509 Rev. 6
ND1A
ILAIMONIIIMAIPM (A Govt. of Indlo Undortoking)
Page 4 of 4
• F REF. EL. OF T. RUNG)

cs,
REF. EL.
• F REF. EL. (T.O.S)
(SLIDING SUPPORT S2 )
q_ OF 18 0 HOLE IN LADDER POST dc
SLOTTED HOLE IN 10 THK. FLAT SEE DETAIL
C1 OR Al (LADDER ATTACHMENT) AS PER

EIL STD. 7-68-0507 SHT. 3 OF 3
REF. EL. (T.O.S)
SLIDING CONN. DET. OF LADDER

(WITH TOE ANGLE OF PLATFORM ON THE
HEAD OF VESSEL) OFtLADDER POST
R=9 35
LADDER
OF M16 BOLT
EL.
X2
10 THK. FLAT
DETAIL OF SLOTTED HOLE

EL.
X2 (FOR SLIDING SUPPORT S2)
REF. EL.
EL. (LADDER EXPN. JOINT)
X1
ADDITIONAL
EL.
X2
VESSEL
DET. OF LADDER EXPANSION JOINT

(WHEN DISTANCE BETWEEN TOP AND BOT.
MOST SUPPORT 9000)
(-7,73itr
6 28.11.13 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD AJ P.K. nTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Fnrmat NnPage 193 of 391
R-On C201-'=4 4s.v n Cnnvrinht Fll - AII rinh.s GoSiorVPli
STANDARD No.
ENCJNEFRS DETAILS OF STEEL LADDER 7-68-0507 Rev. 7
INDIA IJMITED
IAIRII VIONAVIII104KI (A Govt. ot Indlo Undertoking)
Page 1 of 3
O è' INSULATION THICKNESS (50 mm UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)

1.‘ T" REFER SEC. 11-11 OF 7-68-0509 (SHT. 1 OF 3)
RUNG
I:24:2 \ DtLIS
INNNN
EL. TOP
SUPPORT RUNG
X1
MENSION BETWEEN SUPPORTS
O
O
O
LJ
1—
0
z
0
0
O
o
o OF RUNGS
EL.
re)
SUPPORT
X2 x
z
NOS.
N=
o
0
1,4)
EL.
SU P o
SAFETY CAGE O
LADDER HEAD O
AT SIDE
EL. --L—
SUPPORT o
X2 o
o
eouom
RUNG
(REFER SHT. 3 OF 3)
O
o LOWER OR
INTERNED
HOOPS
LADDER FOR SIDE ENTRY LADDER FOR SIDE ENTRY
*
VESSEL DIA (mm) DISTANCE `D' (mm) MC100 SHALL BE ADOPED FOR DISTANCE
MORE THAN 1350 UPTO 2000
UPTO 800 200 + e
> 800 < 3200 260 + e
> 3200 4 8000 275 + e
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD SIttiV

7 28.11.13 VPS A
AJmj P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
6 06.11.08 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD S.P.JOSH1 P.K.MITTAL VINAY KUMAR V. CHATURVEDI

Date Purpose Conver.ir Chairman
No. by by
Approved by
F -r:nAt Un Page 194 of rvrni
a-on-0001-F4 391 Corwrinht Fll - All rinhts resprvgri
STANDARD No.
ENGNEERS DETAILS OF STEEL LADDER 7-68-0507 Rev. 7
0111111~011111~111100 (A Govt. of Indlo UndertokIng)
Page 2 of 3
800 800
FLAT
75x10
0
0 TOP OF
14, GRATING/
CHEQ. PL.
EL. ON
SUPPORT
SECTION
MAX. HEIGHTWITHOUT SAFETY CAGE = 4500

NOS. OF RUNGS
NOS. OFRUNGS
O
O
o o
O O
re) re,
EL. ON x II
SUPPORT ZZ
SECTION3_
400/
TOE ANGLE/EDGE OF
PLATF RM MEMBER
0 LADDER FOR FRONT ENTRY
CD
CD REF. EL. REF. EL.
L()
TOP OF PEDESTAL/ " BOTTOM
CHEQ. PL /GRATING RUNG
AONL
TYPE OF ATTACHMENT DEPENDING
ON FLOORING TYPE. LADDER FOR FRONT ENTRY
(REF. SHT. 3 OF 3)
LADDER FOR SIDE ENTRY
NOTES :-
1. LADDER POSTS SHALL BE OF FLAT (75x10) UPTO 3.60m (MAX.) BETWEEN SUPPORTS AND ISMC 100 UPTO
7.0m (MAX.) BETWEEN SUPPORTS.
2. RUNGS SHALL BE 20 0.
3. SUPPORT TYPE X1' CORRESPONDS TO FIXED SUPPORT AND X2' CORRESPONDS TO SLIDING SUPPORT.
4. SUPPORT ELEVATION X1, X2 CORRESPOND TO CL OF BOLT HOLES.
5. SUPPORTS 'X1' IS CAPABLE TO SUSTAIN A LOAD FOR 9000 mm LONG LADDER ONLY.
6. LADDER SHALL BE GIVEN A SUITABLE SLOPE (MAX.6*),IF NECESSARY, TO AVIOD FOULING WITH ANCHOR CHAIRS.
7 28.11.13 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD vikft

VPS AJS P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA

Date Purpose Convenor Cnairman
No. by by
Approved by
Fnrrnat Nn Page 195 ofRr.v
s-nn-nnni-F4 391 Cnnvrinht Fii - All rinhts rpsprvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGNEB5 DETAILS OF STEEL LADDER 7-68-0507 Rev. 7
NDIA UMITID
(A Govt. of Indlo UndortokIng)
Page 3 of 3
TYPE OF ATTACHMENT NATURE OF SUPPORT SECTION REMARKS

A1, A2 SITE WITHOUT PAVING
B1, B2 CONCRETE FLOOR A1, B1, C1, D1 : FIXED TYPE
C1, C2, D1, D2 CHEQUERED PLATE / GRATING FLOORING A2, B2, C2, D2 : SLIDING TYPE
REFERENCE
ELEVATION
(TYP)
M.S. GRATING
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - Al TYPE - B1 TYPE - C1
WITHOUT
NUT
— Ll 00x1 00x8
(TYP)
BOTTOM _ff
NTGO M REFERENCE
ELEVATION
WITHOUT (TYP)
/ NUT 8 WITHOUT
GRATING
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - A2 TYPE - B2 TYPE - C2
1
EL. X1
OR X2
CHEQ.
PLATE
11111 ,;;r
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - D1 TYPE - D2
O
TYPE - E
NOTE (FREE)
100 IN CASE OF TOWERS BOTTOM RUNG SHALL
280 I, 280 BE 300 mm FROM FGL /HPP.
560 24 0 HOLES FOR
M20 BOLTS TYPE OF ATTACHMENT AT BASE
LADDER BOTTOM DETAILS


Date Purpose Convenor Chairmai
No. by by
Approved by
Page 196 of 391
Förrnal• Nn R-00-01101-F4 RAV 0 rnnv-inht Fll - All rk-.nts rPsArvPrI
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS ELECTROFORGED GRATING
5fgaffatZ, w INDIA LIMITED
(aire7T 0100,10 EAT,A4m.)
TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
(A Govt of India Undertaking)
SHT.1 of 8
NOTES :-
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.

2. THE TYPE OF GRATING TO BE USED SHALL BE CALLED OUT ON THE DESIGN DRAWING.
3. MATERIAL FOR THE GRATING (TWISTED BARS/M.S. FLATS) SHALL BE OF GRADE E250 SUB QUALITY—A/BR/BO
CONFORMING TO IS:2062. BEARING FLATS AND END FLAT SHALL BE AS PER IS:1730. FLAT FOR CLAMPS
SHALL BE AS PER IS:513.
4. ALL GRATINGS SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTROFORGING PROCESS.
5. GRATINGS SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IS:2629 AND TESTED AS PER
IS:2633 AND IS:6745. QUANTITY OF ZINC COATING SHALL BE MINIMUM 900 gm/m2 OF SURFACE
AREA (0.12mm UNIFORM THICKNESS)
6. THE PANEL WIDTH SHOWN ON THE SUBSEQUENT SHEETS IS INDICATIVE. IT MAY BE INCREASED OR
DECREASED AS REQUIRED TO SUIT THE GEOMETRY OF THE PLATFORM & CONVENIENCE OF HANDLING.
7. GRATINGS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SUPPORTING THE PIPES DIRECTLY. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS
(MINIMUM MC125) SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE GRATING FOR SUPPORTING THE PIPE HAVING
A MAXIMUM LOAD OF 500 Kg. THIS MEMBER SHALL SPAN IN SAME DIRECTION AS GRATING.
8. GALVANISED GRATING PANEL SHALL BE FIXED TO THE SUPPORTING MEMBERS BY CLAMPS OR
ALTERNATIVELY BY WELDING. REMOVABLE GALVANISED GRATING PANEL AS SHOWN IN DWGS SHALL BE
FIXED BY CLAMPS ONLY.
9. FOR GRATING PANELS WITH CUTOUTS / OPENINGS; STRENGTHENING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT
AS PER THE DETAILS GIVEN ON SHEET 6. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS WHEREVER SHOWN SHALL BE PROVIDED
IN THE STRUCTURE.
10. THE FABRICATED GRATING SHALL FULFILL THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
(I) THE UNFUSED JOINTS ARE NOT IN EXCESS OF 5% OF THE TOTAL JOINTS AND ARE WELDED
BY SMAW/GMAW PROCESS
(II) THE JOINTS ARE ABLE TO SUSTAIN A MINIMUM PULL OUT LOAD OF 1.2 TIMES THE ALLOWABLE
SHEAR CAPACITY OF THE CROSS MEMBER.
11. EVERY FIFTH MAIN MEMBER SHALL NECESSARILY BE WELDED TO THE END FLAT FROM (ONE SIDE)
HOWEVER, THE END MAIN MEMBER SHALL ALWAYS BE WELDED TO THE END FLATS.
12. OPENINGS UP TO 200mm DIA ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING THE SAME SHALL BE MADE AT SITE
DURING ERECTION OF PIPING.
13. REPAIR TO THE DAMAGED AREA OF GALVANIZED COATING DUE TO WELDING AFTER ERECTION SHALL BE
CARRIED OUT AS PER RECOMMENDED PRACTICE OF IS:11759 USING COLD GALVANIZING SPRAY PROCESS.
ORGANIC PAINT SYSTEM IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
14. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SINGLE CONTINUOUSLY SUPPORTED GRATING SHALL BE FIXED ON THE BASIS OF
HANDLING. HOWEVER PREFERABLY LENGTH OF GRATING SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO 4.2M.
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD R. .CHAUHAN VIKRAM GUPTA SAL S. CHANDA
1 18.09.13 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD V. P. SINGH PJ SINGH PK MITTAL D. MALHOTRA
Rev. Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
No. by by
Approved by
Page 197 ofRev.0
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 391 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
$ifgar laWg w INDIA LIMITED TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
13410 rtr0P1 M1,10.1) (A Gov( of Who Undertaking)
S HT .2 of 8
TABLE-1
USE OF GRATING TYPE AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS &

NET SAFE WORKING LOADS FOR GRATING TYPE-I & II
/ 500 TO 800 900 1000 1100 1250 1400

TYPE APPLICATION
2
EITHER OF w(UDL IN KN/m ) OR P(LINEAR LOAD IN KN/M)
1. EQUIPMENT PLATFORM
2. WALKWAY FOR CABLE w 19.60 14.80 10.80 8.10 5.30 3.40
TRAY IN PIPE RACK
3. OPERATING PLATFORM FROM
GRADE/SUPER STRUCTURE
4. APPROACHES P 8.00 6.60 5.40 4.00 2.70
1. STAIRS
2. FLOOR GRATING FOR W 19.60 17.60 13.20 8.70 5.50
a) COMPRESSOR HOUSE
II b) TECHNOLOGICAL STRUCTURE
c) PIPE RACK WITH
VALVE / PIPE SUPPORTS P 14.60 13.00 10.70 8.80 6.30 4.40
d) MAINTENANCE PLATFORM
NOTE:— THE NET SAFE WORKING LOADS GIVEN ON TABLE-1 ARE BASED ON LIMITING VERTICAL
DEFLECTION OF SPAN/200 OR 6mm, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
SYMBOLS :-
= EFFECTIVE SPAN IN mm
b = BEARING WIDTH IN mm
w = UDL IN KN/m2
p = LINEAR LOAD IN KN/m AT MID SPAN ALONG PANEL WIDTH.
= GRATING SPAN DIRECTION
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD VIII

KRAN GUPTA PK urrTAL S. CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 198 ofRev.0
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 391 Copyright E IL - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
INDIA LIMITED TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
144rem trettrtre as13icfn.0 IA Govt of India Undertaking)
SHT. 3 of 8
À' 36 NOS. FLAT 25x3

0 30 c/c (MAIN MEMBER)
100 100 100

171.
MAIN
MEMBER
rr
CROSS
17 3' MEMBER
(REFER NOTE-11)
30 c/c
c/c
1053 OVERALL WIDTH
DETAIL — 'A'
35SPACING 030
0
'Jr ce
CD
O
100 100 100
In E A' ,T
'B'
2
-I 1
TI w
ce
co
w
a La
m
' FLAT 25x3
I
0
co
SECTION 1 —1
E O
n
E3
to
CROSS MEMBER
MAIN MEMBER
CLEAR SPAN = /—b
PLAN DETAIL — 'B'

* (REFER VIEW 4-4 IN SHEET 5 OF 8)
TABLE-2
WT. OF GRATING IN kg/m 2 PROPERTIES REMARKS

(INDICATIVE ONLY, NOT FOR PAYMENT) WIDTH = 1053mm
6mm SQUARE lxx Zxx MR
25x6 25x3 TWISTED TOTAL
BAR cm4 cm3 kg m
2.36 20.13 2.54 25.03 14.84 11.87 195.94
GRATING TYPE — I
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD VIKRAAI GUPTA PK MITTAL S. CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 199 ofRev.0
STANDARD No.
1ga taf56 ere,r ei,anc•
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of Ind. Undertaking)
SHT.4 of 8
E :c ' 31 NOS. FLAT 25x6

E
0 35 c/c (MAIN MEMBER)
\
O.. 75 75 75
MAIN
IX
MEMBER
Li
0
z
3
(REFER NOTE-11)
U
OVERALLWIDTH
MI
1,
1
DETAIL - 'C'
0 -de
30SPACING
iD
It, 75 75 75
0
)1' )(` ,
r
I IAA D
1 Li FLAT 25x6
SECTION 2-2
E
I fo
E
l
E CROSS MEMBER
MAIN MEMBER
CLEAR SPAN = j—b

1
PLAN
DETAIL - `D'
* (REFER VIEW 4-4 IN SHEET 5 OF 8)
TABLE-3
WT. OF GRATING IN kg/m2 PROPERTIES

REMARKS
(INDICATIVE ONLY, NOT FOR PAYMENT) WIDTH = 1056mm
8mm SQUARE lxx Zxx MR

25x6 TOTAL
TWISTED BAR cm4 cm3 kgm
36.92 6.14 43.06 24.2 19.4 319.69
GRATING TYPE - II
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD R. .CHAUHAN

e VIKRAM GUPTA PK MITTAL S. CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 200 ofRev.0
STANDARD No.
ei ENGINEERS ELECTROFORGED GRATING
lartinr
laiiteg
eiertkeandno«»
INDIA LIMITED TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
IA Govt of India Undertaking)
SHT.5 of 8
CLAMP 25x3 THK. M.S. FLAT,

WITH 8 0 HOLES (AS/IS:513) CLAMP TWISTED BAR
5rnm 7.03. 8mm/6mm
=tii1111•Mil
1
••
25x6 THK. M.S.

FLAT WITH 8 0
HOLES, TACK
WELDED TO STRL.
MEMBER
VIEW 3-3 VIEW 4-4

GRATING FIXED WITH CLAMP GRATING FIXED WITH CLAMP
(REFER NOTE-8) (REFER NOTE-8)
25 (min.)/ FULL FLANGE WIDTH

FOR ONE SIDE SUPPORT
TWISTED BAR
31r
O 0/7
N
L GRATING
18 (min.)
VIEW 4-4
GRATING FIXED WITH WELDING
(REFER NOTE-13)
ft
WELD/CLAMP (TYP) 9 E
19
—1
O
O O
(0
O 3 E 9
L (SPAN)
FIXING DETAIL FOR GALVANISED GRATING PANELS
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD .S.CHAUHAN VIKRAM GUPTA PK MRTAL S. CHANDA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 201 ofRev.0
STANDARD No.
ei ENGINEERS ELECTROFORGED GRATING
1+00-
taf5teg INDIA LIMITED TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
el 47dsr7a11..sucn.) (A GON of India Undertaking)
SHT.6 of 8
immillkommomik.
II=■■■■■■MMI ■■11111111•11011•1111=1111=■
..MMIMMINI•111=■■■=lr GALVANISED
—7■■■■■■■•• — ■■■■■■■ GALVANISED
■ OINII■■■■■■ FLAT 25x6 ALROUND 1■1■■•1•0m11•■■■ 411
■■1■■■■IIMMI=R & WELDED TO 1111•1•MIIMP",,, - gM■W FLAT 25x6
1■■ I■A
1■■
HMI GRATING FLAT ■■/
MINN■W
MMPIMM
1/.■■
BENT TO SHAPE
1.111 & WELDED TO
1■I•M I--
IMO ■■■ GRATING FLAT
■■•1111■■■■=0 OMI■ 1■■
■
•
3 ALIMINNIN
JMIMIMINHREM■■■■ 3 -d■h■
■7■■••11111MINIIMMMINf" WELDING SHALL BE ■7 ■■•11ENNINI• ■•130"
■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■INIMINIIM
DONE ON ALL THE ■■■■■■1=11•11M 3
•••■■■■■IIMII■ ■■■■■■■■ WELDING SHALL BE
MMI■■■1111•11=111=M■
MEMMEMMEmommimmmommomommm
FLATS AND BARS
warimmorm DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS
RECTANGULAR CIRCULAR
(SIZE OF OPENING >200 & UP TO 400 mm)

(FOR OPENING UP TO 200 MM REFER NOTE-12)
r GALVANISED GALVANISED
FLAT 25x6 ALROUND FLAT 25x6 BENT TO SHAPE
& WELDED TO GRATING FLAT & WELDED TO GRATING FLAT
Mili--.
messa.MMEM■sa.
—i —
mimmilm■mormem....
■■■■■4 ■■■
=====1= = ==tex xie
lW
MINI MI
III II=
■ RI 1
■ al e=
■ DI a∎ SUPPORTING MEMBER AS SUPPORTING MEMBER AS
■ DI MEM
NM SI allE AS PER DESIGN DWG OR AS PER DESIGN DWG OR
■ MI A=
oxr-asar—cas:-.s. L-75x75x6 MINIMUM L-75x75x6 MINIMUM
■7■=7
...7■■■■■IMIIMMI'' BELOW GRATING BELOW GRATING
■■■■■■■■•■■
■ MIN■■=1•■■•■■•
■ •■■■■■■■■1
■■■■■■■■I 3
■■■■■■■■■ 3 31/ WELDING SHALL BE
WELDING SHALL BE
DONE ON ALL THE DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS FLATS AND BARS
RECTANGULAR CIRCULAR
SIZE OF OPENING GREATER THAN 400 mm

TYPICAL DETAIL OF GRATING STRENGTHENING AT OPENINGS
(REFER NOTE-9)
VA..LA 3
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD R. .CHAUHAN VIKRAM GUPTA PKaMITTAL S. CHANDA
No. by by
Approved by
Page 202 ofRev.O
STANDARD No.
OW.Jei ENGINEERS ELECTROFORGED GRATING
taws
(iire-rt eletnnt
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Ind. Undertaking)
SHT.7 of 8
DET. OF 25 THK. GRATING STAIRCASE

TREAD FOR 750 & 1000 WIDE STAIR
E
STRINGER E
co
8mm SQ. TWISTED CROSS BAR ❑
25x6 THK. FLATS MAIN BAR

CROSS MEMBER
LEADING EDGE OF TREAD MAIN MEMBER
6 THK. PLATE
14 0 HOLE
40x14 FOR M12 BOLTS
SLOTTED HOLE
FOR M12 BOLTS
DETAIL- 'E'
VIEW 6-6
GALVANISED
END PL. 65x6
SECTION 5-5
*ALL THE FLATS TO BE WELDED TO THE END FLATS
CHEQUERED PL.
NOSING 5 mm THK.
FULL WELDING AT
ALL FOUR CORNERS
4:4A4:414■4.
tt#14'14414.*.t41410.4:
0
cs,
E17-‹
FULL WELDING TO BE DONE
AT EVERY BEARING
MEMBER FROM ONE SIDE
8mm SQ. TWISTED
CROSS BAR
— 6—NOS. 25X6 THK. FLAT z3
MAIN MEMBER
70 8 SPACINGS 0 75 c/c = 600 70 FOR 750 WIDE STAIRS
45 12 SPACINGS 0 75 c/c = 900 45 FOR 1000 WIDE STAIRS
746 FOR 750 WIDE STAIRS

996 FOR 1000 WIDE STAIRS
PLAN
TYP. DETAIL OF GRATING TO BE USED AS TREAD FOR 750/1000 WIDE STAIRS
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD R. .CHAUHAN VIKRAM GUPTA PK MITTAL S. CHANDA
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau

Rev.
No. by by
Approved by
Page 203 ofRev.O
STANDARD No.
eiENGINEERS ELECTROFORGED GRATING
IfgaifaReg INDIA LIMITED TYPE-I & TYPE-II 7-68-0697 Rev. 2
1.4re-Tf eiramt ,F1,10..1) (A Govt of India Uedenak.g)
SHT.8 of 8
10
9 L._ ._. 94
r
10
cr \
OR OR
5J70L1=r1
SECTION 9-9 SECTION 1 0-1 0
(TB=TRANSVERSE BOW) (LB=LONGITUDINAL BOW)
TABLE-4 (PERMISSIBLE AND MANUFACTURER TOLERANCES)
PERMISSIBLE TOLERANCES
LOCATION TOLERANCE (MM)
LENGTH OF GRATING PANEL OR INDIVIDUAL BEARING BAR +0 / —5
WIDTH OF GRATING +0 / —5
DEPTH OF BEARING BAR:

FOR 25MM +1 / —0.5
THICKNESS OF BEARING BAR: ±0.4
BINDING:
TOP OF BINDING BAR ABOVE BEARING BAR +0.5 / —0.5
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES
LOCATION TOLERANCE (MM)
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE LENGTH OF DIAGONALS ±5 (OUT OF SQUARENESS OF

GRATING PANEL)
TRANSVERSE BARS IN EITHER DIRECTION FROM 1:100

PERPENDICULAR ALIGNMENT WITH BEARING BARS
TRANSVERSE BAR SPACING ±5 PER 1500 LENGTH OF

BEARING BARS
BEARING BAR LEAN 1:10
TRANSVERSE BOW OF PANEL BEFORE FASTENING TO SUPPORTS 1:100
LONGITUDINAL BOW OF PANEL BEFORE FASTENING TO SUPPORTS 1:200
2 16.02.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD R.S. HAUHAN VIKRAM GUPTA PK MRTAL S. CHANDA
1 18.09.13 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD V. P. SINGH PJ SINGH PK MITTAL D. MALNOTRA

No. by by
Approved by
Page 204 ofRev.O
LIST OF ATTACHMENT (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
PROJECT : MICROWAVE RADIO A037-000-16-50-LL-10
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM MR Rev. A
(TECHNICAL) Page 1 of 4
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
(ELECTRICAL)
PROJECT : LPG PIPELINE FROM BPCR & HPCR

AT MAHUL TO URAN BOTTLING PLANT
OWNER : M/S BPCL

CONSULTANT : ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
JOB NO. : A037
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED WITH TENDER SK RS MKS

Date Purpose
No by by by
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1 0900020081ea5c91_A4.doc Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 205 of 391
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
Contractor shall carry out all works strictly in accordance with the
drawings/documents/specifications indicated in subsequent paragraphs.
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK & JOB SPECIFICATIONS
Sl
Specification No. Rev. Title
No.
1. A037-000-16-50-SP-10 A Scope of Work (Electrical)
2. A037-000-16-50-SP-11 A Job Specification (Electrical)
Job Specification for Battery & battery
3. A037-000-16-50-SP-12 A
charger
2.0 DATA SHEETS
Sl
No.
1. A037-000-16-50-DS-10 A Data sheet – HV and MV Cables
2. A037-000-16-50-DS-11 A Datasheet – MV Switchboard
Datasheet – Battery & battery charger (DC
3. A037-000-16-50-DS-12 A
System)
4. A037-000-16-50-DS-13 A Data sheet - Lighting fixture schedule
3.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATION
Sl
No.
1. 6-51-0019 4 Specification for battery & charger
2. 6-51-0046 2 Specification for stationary lead and batteries
Specification for Medium and High Voltage Cables
3. 6-51-0051 6
& Accessories
4. 6-51-0082 4 Specification for cable installation
5. 6-51-0083 4 Specification for lighting installation
6. 6-51-0084 4 Specification for earthing installation
Specification for field inspection, testing and
7. 6-51-0087 3
commissioning of electrical installations
8. 6-51-0099 6 Design philosophy for electrical facilities
Specification for documentation requirements from
9. 6-78-0002 0
contractors
Specification for documentation requirements from
10. 6-78-0003 0
suppliers
Page 206 of 391
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
4.0 INSPECTION & TEST PLANS
Sl
No.
1. 6-81-1019 3 Inspection & test plan for battery chargers
Inspection & test plan for stationary lead acid
2. 6-81-1046 2
battery
Inspection & test plan for MV & HV cables &
3. 6-81-1051 3
accessories
5.0 INSTALLATION STANDARDS
Sl
Standard No. Rev. Title
No.
1. 7-51-0101 4 Typ. earth electrode for earthing system
2. 7-51-0102 5 Typ. earth electrode in test pit
3. 7-51-0103 5 Typ. earth plate fixing details
4. 7-51-0107 4 Typ. earth connection for street lighting pole
5. 7-51-0115 4 Fence and Gate Earthing (Transformer Yard)
6. 7-51-0116 6 Equipment earthing schedule
7. 7-51-0117 4 Typ. details of directly buried earth electrode
8. 7-51-0201 4 Typ. installation of lighting fixture at ground level
9. 7-51-0202 4 Typ. installation of lighting fixture on platform
10. 7-51-0208 5 Typical marshalling box details for lighting poles

Typ. installation of fluorescent fixture mounting in
11. 7-51-0212 4
exposed wiring system
12. 7-51-0224 4 Typical installation of weather proof light fixture
13. 7-51-0301 4 Marking of trenches for electric cables

14. 7-51-0302 4 Typical section of cable trench in unpaved areas
Safety measures for electrical installations during
15. 7-51-0332 2
construction
6.0 DRAWINGS
Sl
No.
1. A037-000-16-50-3010 A Single Line diagram
Lighting, Fire Alarm and Lightning
2. A037-000-16-50-1205 A
protection layout of Porta cabin
Page 207 of 391
SCOPE OF WORK (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
MICROWAVE RADIO A037-000-16-50-SP-10
BHARAT PETROLEUM COMPANY LIMITED
LPG PIPELINE FROM BPCR & HPCR

ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK

FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM MR
A 09.03.2015 ISSUED WITH MR SK RS SG
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No
Page 208 of 391
SCOPE OF WORK (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK (ELECTRICAL)
1.1 Electrical Works at Sewree station
1.1.1 Supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of wall mounted type
switchboard (240 V, 50HZ) inside porta cabin as per the MR specifications, EIL spec.
6-51-0083, 6-51-46, single line diagram enclosed with MR.
1.1.2 Supply, installation, connection, testing and commissioning of single phase dual
redundant battery charger (12Amp.(min.)), battery (2 numbers, 55AH (min.)), (-)48V
wall mounted type DCDB (32Amp. (min.)) & accessories for battery set in line with
MR specifications, EIL spec. 6-51-0019, 6-51-46, single line diagram enclosed with
MR.
1.1.3 CABLING SYSTEM

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of complete cabling system, including
supply of all power, control, transducer, lighting cables and all cabling accessories for
cabling system for electrical works. All cables shall be with copper/Aluminium
conductor. The cabling system shall comply to MR specifications. Broadly scope of
cabling system shall be as follows:-
1.1.3.1 Incoming 1.1kV grade, PVC insulated Al conductor cable from Owner’s switchboard
to 240V switchboard in porta cabin. Distance may be considered as approx. 500meter.
1.1.3.2 All outgoing cables from 240V switchboard as per feeders shown in SLDs and any
other outgoing feeders as required as per Vendor’s design/requirement.
1.1.3.3 All incoming and outgoing cables for (-)48V DC system, including cables between
Battery charger, batteries & DCDB.
1.1.3.4 All incoming and outgoing cables for indoor lighting panel and outdoor lighting
system.
1.1.3.5 Other cabling between all the equipment supplied/installed by the vendor and their
interfacing requirements.
1.1.3.6 Cables shall be laid in concrete lined trench (paved area), buried cable trench
(unpaved area), pipes, road crossings, etc. All this work of cable trench preparation is
not included in this MR scope.
1.1.3.7 Supply and installation of prefabricated hot dip galvanized steel cable trays,
fabricated out of hot rolled sheet steel in rigid welded construction ladder type with
rung and cable tray fittings, including all labour and materials, including required
bends, cross joints, T joints. Supply, drilling in RCC and fixing of metallic anchor
fasteners for supporting of cable trays.
1.1.3.8 Supply and installation of cable markers, for underground cable runs with 14 SWG
enameled steel plate with white lettering on jade green background inclusive of
providing and fixing supports.
1.1.4 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of complete lighting system (including
indoor lighting & outdoor lighting (2 nos. 4.5 meter lighting poles)) of the porta cabin &
outdoor facilities including all lighting system equipment/material (cables, JBs, DBs,
lights & lighting fixtures etc. along with all associated civil work etc.).
1.1.5 Earthing system and lightning protection

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of complete earthing system and
lightning protection including supply of all earthing materials and earthing accessories
for earthing system of all equipment supplied/installed by the vendor. The earthing
system shall comply to MR specifications. Broad scope of earthing system and
lightning protection system shall be as follows:-
Page 209 of 391
SCOPE OF WORK (ELECTRICAL) SPECIFICATION No.
1.1.5.1 Supply, installation of all earthing and lightning protection system material, testing
and commissioning of complete earthing and lightning protection system of the porta
cabin and outdoor facilities complete with earthing pits, earth electrodes, markers for
earth electrodes, earthing strips, grounding conductor of various sizes, earth plates
etc.
1.1.5.2 Supply and installation of earth pit markers for directly buried GI pipe electrodes with
14 SWG enamelled steel plate engraved with white letters inscribed ‘BURIED,
EARTH ELECTRODE’ on JADE green background complete with support and
foundation.
1.1.6 Vendor to note that all cable glands and lugs shall be supplied along with equipment
to be supplied by vendor. Further vendor to note that weatherproof double
compression nickel plated brass cable glands shall be provided for equipment located
in safe area, whereas for flameproof equipment flameproof and weatherproof double
compression nickel plated brass cable glands shall be provided.
1.1.7 Supply, fabrication and installation of MS base frames and brackets for miscellaneous
electrical equipment, cable of rolled MS sections, pipes, plates etc. including bolting,
riveting, supply of necessary anchor bolts, grouting etc., supply of paint and applying
one coat of anti-rust primer and two finished coats of approved synthetic enamel
paint, breaking walls, floors etc. for structures as required and supply of all GI
hardware materials, as required.
1.1.8 All the associated accessories, special tools/tackles and commissioning spares and
services for the equipments covered in above clauses shall be included in the scope
of the vendor.
1.1.9 Work shall be carried out with best workmanship in conformity to the MR
specifications, approved drawings and instructions, from time to time, of owner or its
authorized representative/Engineer-in-charge.
1.1.10 Other items as required for the completeness and satisfactory operation of complete
electrical system/facilities within the specified battery limits of the vendor’s scope.
2.0 SCOPE OF DESIGN & ENGINEERING
Basic & detailed engineering including sizing and selection of cables/lighting/earthing

and other materials required within the battery limit of each station and terminals shall
be performed by the vendor. These shall include, but not limited to the following:
2.1 Preparation of specification for procurement of electrical equipment in vendor's scope

of supply, submission of electrical equipment drawing to the Engineer-in-charge for
their review, preparation of site engineering drawings and details for installation work
wherever applicable or required by the Engineer-in-charge, and submit to the
Engineer-in-charge for approval and comments.
2.2 Correction, updating and submission of SLD after modifying to as-built status.
2.3 Vendor shall prepare cabling, earthing, lightning protection, equipment layout drawings
for porta cabin. Vendor shall prepare panel schedules, conduit layout drawings for
concealed wiring work etc. including other associated documents such as cable
schedule, lighting/power panel schedule, cable interconnection diagrams.
Page 210 of 391
2.4 Correction, updating and submission of porta cabin lighting layout drawings.
3.0 OTHER MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
3.1 The job includes repairing of all civil works damaged during installation of electrical
facilities.
3.2 The scope of work under this MR shall be inclusive of breaking of walls and floors,
and chipping of concrete foundations necessary for the installation of equipment,
materials, and making good of the same.
3.3 Sealing of openings/chippings etc. made in the walls / floors for cable trays, cables,
conduits etc. suitably using acceptable practice and standards.
3.4 Supply and installation of all other accessories not specifically mentioned herein, but
nevertheless necessary for completion of the job.
4.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
The submission of application on behalf of the owner to Electrical Inspector along

with copies of required certificate complete in all respects shall be done by the vendor
well ahead of time so that the actual commissioning of equipment are not delayed for
want of approval by the Inspector/CEA. The Vendor shall arrange for final inspection
of the electrical installation at all stations by the Electrical Inspector and necessary
coordination and liaison work in this respect shall be the responsibility of the Vendor.
However, any fee paid to the electrical inspectorate, etc. in this regard shall be
reimbursed by the Owner on submission of bills along with documentary evidence.
The Inspection and acceptance of the work as above shall not absolve the Vendor
from any of his responsibilities under this MR. Obtaining clearance for energizing the
complete electrical facilities covered under this MR, and approval of installation and
drawings from the Chief Electrical Inspectorate/CEA/SEB/Power Supply Company
shall be the responsibility of the vendor. The statutory approval also includes
equipments installed or commissioned by others within the battery limit. This is for the
purpose of obtaining a comprehensive approval in one go.
5.0 OWNER’S SCOPE OF SUPPLY

1. Owner shall provide 240V SPN power supply feeder at depot end.
6.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
6.1 Vendor shall submit all datasheets/ drawings and documents to the owner/ engineer-
in-charge.
6.2 A complete set of reproducible drawings for vendor-supplied equipment shall be

furnished to the owner for records. As-built layouts, cable schedules and
interconnections shall be submitted by the vendor on the hard copies as well as in
soft copy usable on a WINDOWS PC.
6.3 Drawings and data of cables, lighting fixtures, shall be submitted for review by owner/
EIL.
6.4 For the purpose of preparation of as-built drawings, Vendor shall update the "Issued
for Construction" drawings and update all drawings/other engineering documents
generated by the vendor himself. It shall be the Vendor's responsibility to convert the
drawings issued by the Owner in hard copy into CAD drawings including scanning,
Page 211 of 391
digitizing and converting the drawings in to a suitable format compatible with the
AutoCAD. As-built drawings shall be prepared only on AutoCAD.
6.5 Vendor catalogues and literature shall be supplied for all equipment included in the
scope of Vendor.
6.6 Storage and maintenance instructions along with necessary handling precautions
shall be furnished by the vendor for equipment supplied in this MR.
6.7 Minimum 6 sets of drawings/ documents of the vendor-supplied equipment shall be

submitted within 4 weeks of order placement. Final set shall be submitted in folders
and shall be stamped as final drawing along with the copy of the necessary test/
inspection certificates. Before submitting the drawings, vendor shall ensure that job
number, title, drawing number, equipment number and revision number are marked
on each drawing.
6.8 In addition, the above documents shall also be submitted in electronic media i.e. CD
ROM diskettes. Software used for the presentation of these documents shall be as
follows:
Type of document Software
a) Reports/ schedules MS Office (Word / Excel)

b) Drawings AutoCAD
7.0 LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
7.1 For List of attachment, refer document no. A037-000-16-50-LL-10 attached elsewhere
in this MR document.
8.0 Make List: Refer Elsewhere
a. Make of other equipment/components not mentioned above shall be subject to prior

approval of EIL/Owner.
b. Vendor may procure material from any of Owner/EIL approved vendor/sub-vendors.
However current validity and range of approval as per EIL enlistment letter, workload,
stability and solvency need to be verified by the vendor before placement of order.
c. Vendor can offer component of makes other than specified in the MR, during order
execution. The alternate make of components will be evaluated post order, based on
the satisfactory track record and test certificates to be furnished by the vendor. In
case alternate makes are not found acceptable, components shall be strictly as per
above vendor list.
NOTES:
1. Vendor to note that the exact cable routing shall be decided at site based on
actual site conditions. Exact cable quantities/sizes shall be based on actual
measured route lengths at site/load by Vendor in coordination with Engineer-in-
Charge/Client. Vendor shall ensure that there is no surplus or shortage of cables
at site and procure cables accordingly. Vendor shall note that payment for
supply of cables shall be made as per actual laid cables at site.
Page 212 of 391
(ELECTRICAL) MICROWAVE A037-000-16-50-SP-11
RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Rev. A
MR (TECHNICAL) Page 1 of 10

ELECTRICAL JOB SPECIFICATION

FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM MR
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED WITH MR SK RS SG
Rev.
Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
No
Page 213 of 391
Page 214 of 391
JOB SPECIFICATION (ELECTRICAL) DOCUMENT No.
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION A037-000-16-50-SP-11
SYSTEM MR (TECHNICAL) Rev. A
Page 3 of 10
CONTENTS
1. GENERAL
2. AREA CLASSIFICATION
3. REQUIREMENTS OF CATHODIC PROTECTION AND ELECTRICAL WORKS
4. INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
5. STATUTORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
6. MAKES OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
7. ENGINEERING DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND

INSTALLATION STANDARDS
ANNEXURE-1: MAKE OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/COMPONENTS
Page 215 of 391

Page 4 of 10
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Introduction
1.1.1 The intent of this specification is to define the requirements for design, engineering,
supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the electrical works, viz. power supply
system, lighting, cabling, earthing, lightning protection system etc. at Sewree station
associated with Microwave radio communication System MR.
1.1.2 The electrical portion for MR as covered in this specification includes design, supply,
installation, testing and commissioning of the power system as per the single line
diagram (SLD) and description given in this document and other associated
documents enclosed with this MR, taking statutory approvals and energizing the
system. Vendor shall also prepare electrical cable schedule, interconnection diagrams,
etc. for Sewree station.
1.1.3 In case of conflict between various documents, following shall be order of priority:-
- Scope document
- Job Specifications
- Single Line Diagrams
- Data sheets
- EIL standard specifications/standard drawings
- Codes and standards
1.1.4 The work shall be carried out to the best workmanship like manner, in conformity with
these specifications, approved drawings/ construction drawings and the instructions of
the owner or Engineer-in-Charge from time to time.
1.2 Standards
1.2.1 The work shall be performed in conformity with these specifications and code of
practices of the Bureau of Indian Standards. In case of any conflict, the stipulations
under these specifications shall govern.
1.2.2 In addition, the work shall also conform to the requirements of the following:
(a) The Indian Electricity Act and rules framed there under.
(b) The Fire Insurance Regulations.
(c) The regulations laid down by Electrical Inspectorate (CEA).
(d) The regulations laid down by the Factory Inspector.
(e) The regulations laid down by the Chief Controller of Explosives.
(f) The regulations laid down by Oil Industries Safety Directorate (OISD).
Any other regulations laid down by the Central, State or Local Authorities from time to
time during the execution of this MR.
Page 216 of 391

Page 5 of 10
1.3 Guarantee
The Vendor shall guarantee the installation for satisfactory operation against any
defects of workmanship and materials (supplied by the vendor) for a period as
specified elsewhere. Any damage or defect connected with the erection of materials,
equipments or fittings supplied by Vendor that may be discovered at the time of issue
of the completion certificate, or arise or come to light thereafter, shall be rectified or
replaced by vendor at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per the
instruction of owner or Engineer-in-Charge within the time limit specified by the owner
or Engineer-in-Charge.
1.4 Site Condition
The equipment offered and the installation shall be suitable for continuous operation
under the site conditions mentioned in MR elsewhere.
2.0 AREA CLASSIFICATION
Porta cabin shall be located in safe area.
3.0 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
3.1 Electrical Works
3.1 Power feeder at 240V SPN, 50 Hz shall be provided by owner. Vendor shall provide
cabling between this power supply feeder and Switchboard (in vendor’s scope) at
electrical equipment room within porta cabin at the station. This switchboard shall feed
the indoor & outdoor lighting of the terminal as well as other loads. Further,
Switchboard shall feed power to one number (-) 48V battery charger which shall feed
Microwave system, Aviation obstruction lighting loads as well as critical lighting for
porta cabin etc. For details refer SLD no. A037-000-16-50-3012.
3.2 At all earth test pits, earth strip shall be bolted with electrode using minimum two bolts
as per the requirements of OISD. Earthing of porta cabin, main gate, fence etc. (as
applicable) shall also be in the scope of vendor.
3.3 System Earthing : As recommended by vendor. This shall be separate from Electrical
earth.
3.4 Safety Earth (Instrumentation cabinet earth): The same shall be connected to electrical
safety earth.
3.5 Vendor shall install earth strips and terminate the earth cables to the respective
equipment cabinet (both system & safety) & cables coming from field for
instrumentation/Telecom.
4.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
4.1 All the equipment shall be tested and commissioned as per MR requirements.
4.2 Any work not conforming to the execution drawings, specifications, or codes shall be
rejected forthwith and the vendor shall carry out modifications at his own cost.
Page 217 of 391

Page 6 of 10
4.3 All tests shall be conducted in the presence of the owner/engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative unless he waives this requirement in writing. Vendor shall
arrange all testing equipment necessary to carry out the tests. The tests shall be
recorded on approved Performa and certified records of the tests shall be submitted to
the owner/ engineer-in-charge.
4.4 All test certificates and Vendor shall submit field test reports after completion of work
in bound volumes (6 sets).
5.0 STATUTORY APPROVAL OF WORKS
5.1 The submission of application on behalf of the owner to Electrical Inspector along with
copies of required certificate complete in all respects shall be done by the vendor well
ahead of time so that the actual commissioning of equipment are not delayed for want
of approval by the Inspector/CEA. Vendor shall arrange for final inspection of the
electrical installation by the Electrical Inspector and necessary coordination and liaison
work in this respect shall be the responsibility of the vendor. However, any fee paid to
the electrical inspectorate, etc. in this regard shall be reimbursed by the Owner on
submission of bills along with documentary evidence.
5.2 The Inspection and acceptance of the work as above shall not absolve the vendor from
any of his responsibilities under this MR. Obtaining clearance for energizing the
complete electrical facilities covered under this MR, and approval of installation and
drawings from the Chief Electrical Inspectorate/CEA/SEB/Power Supply Company
shall be the responsibility of the vendor. The statutory approval also includes
equipments installed or commissioned by others within the battery limit. This is for the
purpose of obtaining a comprehensive approval in one go.
6.0 MAKES OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS
6.1 All makes of materials and components shall be as per approved vendor list attached
in Annexure-1. Makes of items not covered in this list shall be subject to approval by
EIL/BPCL. For items for which an MOU exists between vendor and EIL, the
requirement and acceptability as per MOU shall be ensured.
6.2 Vendor may procure material from any of the EIL/owner approved vendors. However,
current validity and range of approval as per EIL enlistment, workload, stability and
solvency need to be verified by the vendor before placement of order. In any case,
vendor shall inform EIL before placement of any order for vendor supplied equipment
and materials.
6.3 All the offered equipments shall be brand new with state-of-the-art technology and field
proven. No prototype equipment shall be offered. Vendor shall ensure spare and
maintenance support services for the offered equipment for at least 15 years from the
date of supply. Vendor shall give a notice of at least one year to the end user and EIL
before phasing out the product/ spares to enable the end user for placement of order
for spares and services.
7.0 ENGINEERING DRAWINGS, STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION

STANDARDS
Page 218 of 391

Page 7 of 10
7.1 Refer List of attachments (Electrical) document no. A037-000-16-50-LL-10 enclosed

elsewhere in this MR document for the list of standard specifications, installation
standards and engineering drawings forming a part of MR document.
7.2 The equipments/materials to be supplied by vendor shall conform to the requirements

of the applicable standard specifications. Also the installation of various
material/equipment shall also conform to the installation standards.
7.3 The single line diagram accompanying the MR document depicts the electrical system.
These are indicative of the nature of work and issued for estimation purposes only.
Purpose of these drawings is to enable the vendor to make an offer in line with the
requirements of the Owner. Construction shall be as per drawings/specifications
issued/ approved by the Engineer-in-Charge during the course of execution of work.
7.4 Vendor shall submit all datasheets/ drawings and documents to the owner/ engineer-in-
charge. After the job completion, vendor shall prepare 'AS-BUILT' drawings for all
drawings/layouts/documents (such as cable schedule, interconnection, single line
diagram, various layouts etc., as applicable) prepared by EIL, final certified as built
drawings shall be submitted by Vendor to owner in bound volume with one set of
reproducible original sepia plus five sets of prints. As-built layouts, cable schedules
and interconnections shall be submitted by the vendor on the hard copies as well as in
soft copy usable on a WINDOWS PC.
7.5 In addition, the above documents shall also be submitted in electronic media i.e. CD
ROM diskettes. Software used for the presentation of these documents shall be as
follows:
Type of document Software
a) Reports/ schedules MS Office (Word / Excel)

b) Drawings AutoCAD
7.6 For the purpose of preparation of as-built drawings, vendor shall update the "Issued for
Construction" drawings issued by the EIL and update all drawings/other engineering
documents generated by the vendor himself. It shall be the vendor’s responsibility to
convert the drawings issued by the Owner in hard copy into CAD drawings including
scanning, digitizing and converting the drawings in to a suitable format compatible with
the AutoCAD. As-built drawings shall be prepared only on AutoCAD.
7.7 Drawings and data of batteries, 48V Battery Charger, switchboard, , cables, lighting
fixtures, shall be submitted for review by owner/ EIL.
7.8 Vendor catalogues and literature shall be supplied for all equipment included in the
scope of vendor.
7.9 Storage and maintenance instructions along with necessary handling precautions shall
be furnished by the Vendor for equipment supplied in this MR.
7.10 Minimum 6 sets of drawings/ documents of the vendor-supplied equipment shall be

submitted within 4 weeks of order placement. Final set shall be submitted in folders
and shall be stamped as final drawing along with the copy of the necessary test/
inspection certificates. Before submitting the drawings, vendor shall ensure that job
Page 219 of 391

Page 8 of 10
number, title, drawing number, equipment number and revision number are marked on
each drawing.
ANNEXURE-1
1.1 Following is the list of approved makes for electrical equipment:-
MV Switchboards
ABB Ltd., C&S Electric, Havells India, Novateur
(wall mounted type)
Electrical & Digital Systems
(Item Code- 14LC)
Associated Flexibles & Wires, Cords Cable Industries
Cables-Medium Voltage-Power Ltd, Finolex Cables Ltd, Gemscab Industries Ltd, Havells
India Ltd, Kei Industries Limited, Kec International Ltd,
-PVC (Item Code-13OC) Polycab Wires Pvt Ltd, Rallison Electricals Pvt. Ltd,
Torrent Cables Ltd, Universal Cables Ltd,
Associated Cables Pvt Ltd, Associated Flexibles & Wires
[P] Ltd, Cmi Limited, Cords Cable Industries Ltd, Delton
Cables Limited, Elkay Telelinks Ltd, Ecko Cables Pvt
Ltd, Finolex Cables Ltd, Gemscab Industries Ltd, Havells
Cables-Control-PVC India Ltd, Kei Industries Limited, Kec International Ltd,
(Item Code-13OD) North Eastern Cables Pvt Ltd, Polycab Wires Pvt Ltd,
Rallison Electricals Pvt. Ltd, Sriram Cables Pvt Ltd, Scot
Innovation Wires & Cables Pvt Ltd, Suyog Electricals
Ltd, Torrent Cables Ltd, Thermo Cables Ltd, Universal
Cables Ltd.
Amara Raja Power Systems (P) Ltd, Chhabi Electricals
Pvt Limited, Chloride Power Systems & Solutions Ltd,
Battery Charger (13 HB) Dubas Engineering Pvt Ltd, HBL Power Systems Ltd,
Kerala State Elect Dev Corp Ltd, Mass-Tech Controls
Pvt Ltd, Universal Instrument Mfg Co Pvt Ltd
Lead Acid batteries EXIDE INDUSTRIES LTD../HBL Power systems Ltd./
(Item code-13HA) KIRLOSKAR BATTERIES P.L
Ametek Solid State Controls,/ DB Power/Emerson
Network Power (India) Pvt.Ltd./ Hitachi Hi-Rel Power
DC-DC Converter Electronics P. Ltd/ Kerala State Elect.Dev.Corp.Ltd./
Chloride Ind.Systems/Fuji Electric Co./ Gutor
Electronics/ MGE Asia PTE Ltd.//Toshiba Corporation
1.2 Following is the list of approved makes for electrical components:-
Protection relays ABB (Baroda) /Easun Reyrolle/ Alstom T & D India Ltd
(Electromechanical type) /Siemens ltd./Schneider Elect. Pvt.ltd./ Schweitzer
(Item Code-14PA) Engineering Laboratories/ GE India Industrial Pvt Ltd.
Auxiliary Relays
ABB Ltd, Alstom T&D India Ltd, Jyoti Ltd
(Item Code-14AB)
Alstom, Hotline Switchgear & Controls, Kaycee
Control switches/Selector
Industries Ltd, L&T Ahmednagar, Reliable Electronic
Switches (Item Code-14CF)
Components Pvt Ltd., Siemens Ltd, Switron Devices
Page 220 of 391

Page 9 of 10
ABB Ltd, C&S Electric limited, Havell’s India, Indiana

current control Ltd,,Legrand India Pvt Ltd, Novateur
MCBs (Item Code-14MA) Electrical & Digital Systems, Siemens Ltd, Standard
Electricals Ltd,
MCCBs (Item Code-14MB) GE India Ind.(P) Ltd., L&T Ltd-Powai, Siemens Ltd.
Cooper Bussman Pvt Ltd, GE India Industrial Pvt. Ltd.,
Fuses (Item Code-14FA) L&T Ltd- Ahmednagar, Novateur Electrical & Digital
Systems, Siemens Ltd
BCH Electric Ltd, Electronic Automation Pvt Ltd, L&T
Timers (Item Code-14TA)
Ltd- Ahmednagar, Siemens Ltd
Automatic Electric Ltd, MECO Instruments Pvt Ltd,
Meters (Item Code-14MC) Nippen Electrical Instruments Co., Rishab Instruments
Pvt Ltd, Secure Meters Ltd.
BCH Electric Ltd, C&S Electric Ltd, Essen Deinki,
Push Buttons/Indicating lamps Hotline Switchgear & Controls,L&T-Powai, Precifine
(Item Code-14PB) Products Pvt Ltd, Shri Tulsi switchgear Pvt Ltd.Siemens
Ltd, Teknic Electric,
ABB, BCH Electric, C&S Electrics, GE India, L&T,
Contactors (Item Code-14CD)
Siemens Limited.
ABB Ltd Bangalore, BCH Electricals, C&S Electric Ltd,
Bimetal Relays
GE India Industrial Pvt Ltd.L&T Ltd- Ahmednagar,
(Item Code-14BA)
Siemens Ltd
CT/PT-MV (Item Code-14IA) Gilbert &Maxwell/ Pragati Electricals/ Precise Electricals/

SilkaansElectricals/Narayan Power Tech. Pvt. Ltd./
Kalpa Electrikal Pvt. Ltd.
ABB Ltd, C&S Electric Ltd, GE India Industrial Pvt Ltd,
Fuse switch combination Havell’s India Ltd, L&T Ltd- Ahmednagar, Novateur
(Item Code-14SA) Electrical & Digital Systems, Siemens Ltd, Standard
Electricals Ltd.
Heavy Duty switches C&S Electric Ltd, L&T Ltd-Ahmednagar, Novateur
(Item Code-14HA) Electrical & Digital Systems, Siemens Ltd.
Earth leakage circuit breaker ABB, GE India industrial private Ltd., Havell’s, Legrand
(ELCB)(Item Code-14EA) India, Novateur, Siemens Ltd,
Notes:-
1.0 Make of other equipment/components not mentioned above shall be subject to prior
approval of EIL/Owner.
2.0 Vendor may procure material from any of Owner/EIL approved vendor/sub-vendors.
However current validity and range of approval as per EIL enlistment letter,
workload, stability and solvency need to be verified by vendor before placement of
order.
3.0 Vendor can offer component of makes other than specified in the MR, during order
execution. The alternate make of components will be evaluated post order, based
on the satisfactory track record and test certificates to be furnished by vendor. In
Page 221 of 391

Page 10 of 10
case alternate makes are not found acceptable, components shall be strictly as per
above vendor list.
Page 222 of 391

(BATTERY, BATTERY CHARGER) A037-000-16-50-SP-12
FOR MICROWAVE RADIO Rev. A
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM MR Page 1 of 3

JOB SPECIFICATION (BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER)

FOR
MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED WITH MR SK RS MKS

Reviewed Approved
Rev Date Purpose Prepared by
by by
Template No. 6116-3--0000-0015- Rev. 0 Copyright EIL – All rights reserved
Page 223 of 391

JOB SPECIFICATION
(A) PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION FOR BATTERY AND CHARGER FOR SEWREE

STATION:
48V DC system shall in general be in line with spec.no.6-51-0019 & 6-51-0046,

however following specific technical requirements shall be applicable:-
1.0 48V DC battery charger panel shall consist of uncontrolled rectifier followed by DC-
DC conversion (i.e. switched mode power supply (SMPS type). For details refer
enclosed SLD
2.0 Charger-1 & 2 are single phase chargers suitable for feeding DC load and
simultaneously float/trickle charging the batteries OR boost charging the batteries.
These chargers shall meet the operating philosophy of EIL spec. 6-51-0019. Chargers
1 & 2 shall be housed in same panel.
3.0 (-) 48V DCDB shall be non compartmentalised with DC MCBs suitable for DC duty.
4.0 10mm LED alarms shall be provided instead of conventional annunciation to

economise on DC power. All protective relays used in the DC system shall be of
proven design with high reliability.
5.0 Contactors in battery circuit shall be provided such that when batteries are being
boost (Offline) charged; these batteries do not feed the DC loads of the system.
6.0 Earth fault relay shall not be applicable for (-) 48V DC systems.
7.0 Harmonics on input side shall be limited to IEEE-519 limits and min p.f. to be
maintained on incoming side under all conditions shall be 0.9.
8.0 All cable glands & lugs shall be supplied along with the equipment.
9.0 Surge suppressor devices shall be provided in each outgoing feeder of DCDB.
10.0 Suitable arrangement for power supply cut-off to outgoing feeder shall be provided at
38V in each DCDB.
11.0 DC-DC stablizers to be provided in the common output (i.e.in incomer of DCDB) for
maintaining constant DC output of 48V±1% under all conditions.
12.0 Provision for monitoring individual cell healthiness on local annunciation of battery
chargers shall be provided.
13.0 DESIGN AND FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS
(a) The battery chargers panels shall be fabricated with 1.6/2mm CRCA thick sheet steel
and structural steel. Frames shall be enclosed by using 2mm thick sheet steel and
doors and covers shall be made of 1.6mm sheet steel. Wherever required, suitable
stiffeners shall be provided. The cabinet can be designed in two vertical portions. One
portion can house 19" plug in type sub racks, one for each battery charger module
mounted side by side. The front facia of charger module can be flushed with the front
of panel, so that LEDs and operating knobs/ potentiometer can be directly accessed.
The bottom additional vertical portion shall accommodate DC distribution/DCDB,
alarm, indication devices as required for the overall unit. The charger panels shall be
suitable for wall mounting. Plug in connectors and terminals shall be arranged, so that
Page 224 of 391
maintenance required can be attended from front only. Hinged doors shall be
provided at the front (and back where required). Suitable louvres shall be fitted for
ventilation. Degree of protection for the panel shall be IP41 (minimum).
(b) All instruments shall be switchboard type and back connected. 660V PVC insulated
wires with stranded copper conductor of size 2.5 mm2 shall be used for control wiring.
All fuses shall be provided inside the panel and shall be of link type.
(c) All live parts shall be properly shrouded. This shall ensure complete safety to
personnel intending routine maintenance by opening the panel doors.
(d) All non-current carrying metallic parts shall be earthed with copper wire. The main
earth connection shall be brought out to two terminals for connection to station
earthing system.
(e) Cable termination shall be with lugs and cable glands. Cable glands shall be single
compression nickel plated.
(f) All components and devices shall be provided with screwed nameplates. Nameplates
shall be 3 ply (white/black/white) two colour laminated plastic.

Page 225 of 391
DATA SHEET DATASHEET NO.
HV/MV CABLES
A037-000-16-50-DS-11 Rev.A
Page 1 of 1
PURCHASER'S DATA
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: Refer MR documents
°C 4 Relative humidity : Highly humid
2 Minimum ambient temperature: Refer MR documents
°C 5 Altitude : < 1000 m
3 Design Ambient : 45 °C 6 Environment : Humid & corrosive
B Technical particulars
1 System voltage (Refer Note-1) 3 Conductor material
Nominal Highest Voltage grade HV Power cable Aluminium
240 V 300 V 650/1100V MV Power cable Copper & Aluminium
415 V 500 V 650/1100V Copper
3.3kV(E) 3.6 kV 1.9/3.3kV (Refer Note-3)
3.3kV(UE) 3.6 kV 3.3/3.3kV MV control cable Copper
6.6kV(E) 7.2 kV 3.8/6.6kV 4 Single line to ground 25kA for 0.2 sec.
Copper
6.6kV(UE) 7.2 kV 6.6/6.6kV fault current / duration: Cu-screen
Copperof 11kV cable
11kV(E) 12 kV 6.35/11kV 5 Installation under DGMS No
11kV(UE) 12 kV 11/11kV jurisdiction (Refer note-2) Yes
22kV(E) 24 kV 12.7/22kV 6 Cable to be FRLS Yes
33kV(E) 36 kV 19/33kV 7 Applicable specification 6-51-0051
2 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3% 6-51-0051 Rev 5
± 5%
60 MANUFACTURER'S DATA
1 Name of manufacturer 9 Inner sheath
2 Item no. Type of compound
3 Cable type/ code Thickness mm
4 Conductor material 10 Nominal dia under armour mm
5 Conductor semiconducting screen (HV cables) 11 Calculated dia under armour mm
Material 12 Armour
Thickness mm Material
6 Insulation Type
Type of compound Size
Thickness mm 13 Nominal dia under outersheath mm
7 Insulation semiconducting screen (HV cables) 14 Calculated dia under outersheath mm
Material 15 Outersheath
Thickness mm Type of compound
8 Copper tape Thickness mm
Thickness mm 16 Nominal outer dia of cable mm
17 Tolerance on outer diameter %
18 Weight of cable per km kg
19 Maximum drum length mtr.
Notes
1 E - Earthed system
UE - Unearthed system
2 In case the installation falls under the jurisdiction of Directorate General of Mines Safety, only those cable
manufacturers may quote, who have valid DGMS approval. Copy of DGMS approval certificates to be
furnished along with the offer.
3 Copper up to 16 mm2 and Aluminium for 25 mm2 and above.
4 Refer clause 3.8 of EIL specification for Medium and High voltage cables and accessories; 6-51-0051 and note that
MV power and control cables shall be PVC insulated.
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED FOR BIDS SK RS MKS

Rev. No. Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Page 226 of 391

Format No: EIL 1650-3002 Rev.2 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Conductor material
Copper
Aluminium
Copper & Aluminium
Armouring
Yes
No
Frequency
60
50
Tolerance
± 5%
± 3%
Format No: EIL 1650-3002

Page Rev.2
227 of 391 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
Datasheet No.
XXXX-YYY-16-50-DS-ZZZZ
ANNEXURE-1
Rev : X
A. Cables for application in the Oilfields/Oil mines shall comply with the requirements indicated
below :
1 Conductor material : Copper(For Zone-1 & Zone-2 hazardous area)
2 DGMS approval : Required (See note-1)
3 Armouring resistance/conductance(See note-2)
i) for PVC insulated cables : Resistance ≤33% of the conductor
ii) for XLPE insulated cables : Conductance ≥75% of the largest conductor
4 Embossing : Embossed 'MINING' on outer sheath

throughout the length of cable
B Cables for application in the Open cast mines or belowground Metalliferrous shall comply
with the requirements indicated below :
1 Conductor material : Aluminium
2 DGMS approval : Not Required
3 Armouring resistance/conductance (See note-2)
i) for PVC insulated cables : Resistance ≤33% of the conductor
ii) for XLPE insulated cables : Conductance ≥75% of the largest conductor
4 Embossing : Embossed 'MINING' on outer sheath

throughout the length of cable
Notes
1 Only DGMS approved cables shall be procured and used in the areas under Oil fields/Oil Mines.
2 Armouring with tinned Copper wires/strips is permitted in place of steel wires/strip to meet
resistance/conductance requirements where necessary

Page 228Rev.2 of 391 Copyrights EIL - All rights reserved
DATASHEET DATASHEET NO.
WALL MOUNTED FIXED TYPE MV
SWITCHBOARD A037-000-16-50-DS-11 Rev.A
Page 1 of 2
PURCHASER'S DATA
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: Refer MR documents 4 Relative humidity: HIGHLY HUMID
2 Minimum ambient temperature: Refer MR documents 5 Altitude above MSL: < 1000 m
3 Design ambient temperature: 45°C 6 Environment: <Dry,dust
1000 mstorms in summer, heavy
B Operating Conditions rain fall during
Humid monsoon
& corrosive
1 Voltage 240 V ± 10% SPN 6 Auxiliary supply
2 Frequency 50 HZV ± 10% TPN
415 AC 240 V ± 10% SPN
3 No of phases OneV ± 10% TPN
415 DC Not
415 required
V ± 10% TPN
4 System fault level 9KA 7 Power supply for 110 V ± 10% V AC/
DC DC
spring charging motor NA
5 System earthing Solidly earthed
C Electrical Data
1 Short circuit withstand 9KA 7 Incoming power entry Bottom
capacity for 1 sec. 8 Cable entry (I/C & O/G) Required
2 Busbar current rating inside As per SLD 9 Bus duct entry Required
Not required
panel at specified ambient 10 Cable gland/lugs Required
Included
3 Busbars Heat shrunk PVC sleeved 11 Colour shade Exterior RAL 7032
4 System breaking capacity 9KA 12 Feeder arrangement Single front
13 Minimum motor starter 240mm/Vendor standard
5 System making capacity As per IS module size
6 Circuit breaker NA 14 Minimum switchfuse 200mm/Vendor standard
Type ACB module size
Duty cycle SF6min-co-3 min-co
0-3 15 Floor fixing Integral base frame & tack
Rating Refer
0-3 SLD min-co
min-co-3 welding to the floor channel
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Switchboards
1 Tag no. 16 Largest shipping section:
2 Make Max. overall weight kg
3 Type designation Length*Depth*Height mm
4 Degree of protection 17 Recommended clearances for SWBD
5 CB panel Front*Rear*Above mm
Overall weight 18 Max. size/no. of cables that
Incomer kg can be terminated
Outgoing kg with rear extension
Overall dimensions without rear extension
Length*Depth*Height mm 19 Size of rear extension panel
6 Overall dimensions of MCC/ 20 Clearance in air
contactor controlled feeder panel: Phase to Phase mm
Length*Depth*Height mm Phase to Earth mm
7 Overall dimensions of each PCC 21 Main horizontal bus bar
Length*Depth*Height mm Bus bar current rating at A
8 Overall dimensions of each PMCC design ambient temp.
Length*Depth*Height mm Main bus bar size
9 Overall dimensions of each MCC Main bus bar material Al / Cu
Length*Depth*Height mm Main bus bar location Top/ Bottom
10 Overall dimensions of each ASB 22 Vertical bus bars
Length*Depth*Height mm Bus bar current rating at
11 Overall dimensions of each LDB design ambient temp. A
Length*Depth*Height mm Bus bar size
12 Shock loading on foundation Bus bar material
13 Insulating material Bus bar location
14 Earth bus bar size mm² 23 Short circuit
Material Al / Cu 1 second kA
15 1min power freq voltage kV Peak dynamic
24 Whether adaptor panel required Yes/No
A 04.03.2015 ISSUED FOR BIDS MS RS MKS

Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Page 229 of 391

NO.
1 Rev.A
ummer, heavy
soon
sive
standard
standard
ame & tack

oor channel
Top/ Bottom
MKS
Approved by
Page 230 of 391

DATASHEET DATASHEET NO.
FIXED TYPE MV SWITCHBOARD A037-000-16-50-DS-11 Rev.A
Page 2 of 2
B Circuit breaker N.A.
1 Type designation 15 Power requirement
2 Make Opening W/VA
3 Mounting Closing W/VA
4 No. of poles/phases Spring charge motor W/VA
5 Current rating (in air) A at °C 16 Time for spring charging
6 Current rating (inside panel A 17 Breaker is trip free Yes
at design temperature) 18 Closing mechanism
7 Short time rating (1 sec) 19 Provision of manual spring Yes
8 Sym breaking capacity kA charging
% DC component 20 Tripping mechanism
9 Peak making capacity kA (peak) 21 Mechanical trip PB provided Yes
10 Power frequency withstand 22 Mechanical ON/OFF indicator Yes
11 Impulse withstand voltage provided
12 Duty cycle 23 Operation counter provided Yes/ No
13 Total opening time m sec 24 Time taken for spring charging sec
14 Total closing time m sec 25 No. of auxiliary contacts NO + NC
26 Derating required for capacitor %
switching
C CONTACTOR
1 Type designation 9 Life
2 Make Electrical
3 Rated Voltage Mechanical
4 Rated current 10 Coil consumption - Pick up
AC-3 Duty 11 Coil consumption - Pick up
AC-4 Duty 12 Coil consumption - Hold on
5 Thermal rating 13 Closing time
6 Making capacity 14 Opening time

7 Breaking capacity 15 No of aux. contacts NO + NC
8 Switching frequency 16 Maximum permitted back up fuse rating
D SWITCH
1 Rated voltage 6 Rated short circuit withstand
2 Rated current current with max. permissible
3 AC 23 rating rated fuses
4 Rated making capacity 7 Mechanical life
5 Rated breaking capacity 8 Maximum permitted back
up fuse rating
E THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAY
1 Make 5 Type of operation Direct / CT operated
2 Type 6 Maximum permitted back
3 Setting range up fuse rating
4 Single phasing preventor Intergral / Separate
F FUSES
1 Make 3 Current rating :
2 Type
Notes:
1 Vendor shall furnish dimensions of various switchboards, CB panels and dummy/adaptor panels separately.
2 Vendor shall furnish technical particulars of various switchboards separately.
3 Switchboard offered shall be of proven design and shall have been successfully type tested. Type test certificates for an
exactly identical design of offered switchboard shall be furnished by contractor. These test reports shall be not more than 5
years old, from the date of LOA to contractor. In case these type tests have not been conducted during the last 5 years,
contractor shall conduct these type tests on the offered design of switchboard before despatch without any extra cost and
delivery impact.
Page 231 of 391

ET NO.
DS-11 Rev.A
of 2
+ NC
/ CT operated
ates for an
t more than 5
st 5 years,
tra cost and
Page 232 of 391

AC Auxiliary voltage Altitude Painting & colour
415 V ± 10% TPN < 1000 m Epoxy & shade 631
240 V ± 10% SPN > 1000 m
Circuit breaker type
DC Auxiliary voltage Environment SF6
110 V ± 10% DC Humid & corrosive Vacuum
220 V ± 10% DC MOCB
Accessories requirement
Applicable standards Required Duty cycle
EIL std. 6-51-41 Not required 0-3 min-co-3 min-co
Type of relays
Electromechanical
Static
Numerical

Page Rev.2
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET A037-000-16-50-DS-12
BATTERY AND CHARGER Rev: A
Page 1 of 3
PURCHASER'S DATA
Project : MUPL Location
Client : M/s M/s BPCL Unit
A Site conditions
1 Maximum ambient temperature: 45 °C 4 Relative humidity: %
2 Min. amb temp for battery sizing 10 °C 5 Altitude above MSL: < 1000 m
3 Design ambient temperature: 45 °C 6 Environment: < 1000 &mcorrosive
Humid
B Technical particulars Humid & corrosive
1 Battery
a Type Lead acid d Boost charging time 10 hours
b Plate construction Lead acid
Tubular positive
c Discharge duty requirements Tubular positive e Electrolyte liquid in containers 10
Required
hours
Item no. Nominal Duty cycle No. of cells End cell voltage
Required
as per DC First 1 Next 28 Next 90 Last 1
MR Lead acid VRLA Ni-cd Lead acid VRLA Ni-Cd
voltage min. min. min. min.
(-)48V 1.85 V 1.75 V 1.16 V
f Battery stand formation h Cable details between

g Accessories (Per battery set) battery & charger
iHydrometer (syringe type) * 3 nos. Item no. Cable size
iiThermometer * 3 nos.
iiiCell testing voltmeter (3V-0-3V) 1 no.
iv Rubber gloves 4 pairs
v Spanner 1 no.
vi Acid resistant jugs & funnels * 2 nos. each
viiWall mounting teakwood holder * 1 no.
2 Battery charger
a System voltage 240 V±10% AC, SPN m Incoming cable details for
b System frequency 415Hz
50 V±10%
± 5% AC, TPN battery charger
c System neutral earthing 50 Hz ±earthed
Solidly 5% Item no. Cable size
d System fault level 9 kA earthed
Solidly
e Charger voltage range 50 kA
Float charging voltage range/cell Lead acid-2.05-2.3 V
Boost charging voltage range/cell Lead acid-2.25-2.7
acid-2.05-2.3 V
f Cable entry Lead acid-2.25-2.7 V
Bottom
g Mounting Free
BottomStanding,
Floor Mounted
h Access Front
i Earth Bus 25X6 mm2 Cu (Min)
Separate bolted removable Required(Gland Plate

j
undrilled gland plate for cable entry shall be drilled at site)
k Cable glands and lugs

l Painting Required
3 DC distribution board Shade 631 of IS-5
a Type Non-compartmentalized
b Feeder requirements Compartmentalized
Refer elsewhere
Item no. as Rating of DC contactor for
per MR/PR
Feeder type Feeder rating No. of feeders Max. cable size
lighting
incomer
Outgoing fdr


Page Rev.3
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET A037-000-16-50-DS-12
Page 2 of 3
4 ECS Interface
a Indication-Charger failure Required c Indication-Battery discharged Required
b Indication-Inverter failure Required d Indication-Battery isolated Required
Notes Required Required
1 NO (Normally Open) potential free contacts shall be wired upto terminal strip for connection to ECS interface by
owner, for the following conditions.
2 End cell voltage shall confirm to the values specified.
3 * Asterisk marked items are not applicable for Ni-Cd and VRLA batteries.
4 Cable details shall be furnished during post order document review.
MANUFACTURER'S DATA
A Battery B Battery charger
1 Item no. As per MR/PR 1 Item no. As per MR/PR
2 Tag. No. 2 Tag. No.
3 Manufacturer's name 3 Manufacturer's name
4 Type & Catalogue no. of cell 4 Rating
5 Ampere hour capacity Charger rating
6 No. of cells Output voltage
7 Nominal cell voltage Output current
8 Cell voltage at the end of full 5 Nominal voltage
discharge at 10 hrs/ 5 hrs rate Float charging
9 Specific gravity of electrolyte at the Quck charging
end of full charging at °C 6 Float chrging voltage range
10 Specific gravity of electrolyte at the 7 Quick charging voltage range
end of full discharge at 10 hrs/ 8 Min. efficiency of charger
5 hrs rate at °C at light load (40%)
11 Quantity of electrolyte per cell at rated load
12 Weight of cell with electrolyte 9 Power factor at rated voltage
13 Quick charging current & load
Max. safe quick charging rate 10 Max. RMS ripple voltage at
Permissible ripple content rated load
14 Suggested quick charging rate with battery connected
15 Quick charging voltage without battery
Max. quick charging voltage/cell 11 Method of volatege control
Quick charging voltage/cell for Float charging mode
constant voltage finish charging QuIck charging mode
16 Float charging voltage/cell 12 Method of current control
17 Float charging current Float charging mode
Float charging current range QuIck charging mode
Permissible ripple content 13 Safety factor for component
18 AH efficiency at 10 hrs/5 hrs rate selection
19 Short ckt current of battery bank 14 Charger dimensions
20 Short circuit withstand time Width
21 Max. allowable termp.of electrolyte Depth
the cells can withstand without Height
injurious effects 15 Max. heat loss in watts
Continuously 16 Degree of protection
Short period

Page Rev.3
Datasheet No.
DATA SHEET A037-000-16-50-DS-12
Page 3 of 3
22 Type of positive plate C DCDB
23 Type of negative plate 1 Item no. As per MR/PR
24 No. of positive plates/cell 2 Tag. No.
25 No. of negative plates/cell 3 Manufacturer's name
26 Material & thickness of separators 4 DCDB dimensions
27 Ampere hour capacity at min. amb. Width
10 hrs rate to end cell voltage Depth
specified at s.no. 8 above Height
5 hrs rate to end cell voltage 5 Degree of protection
specified at s.no. 8 above D Cell booster
2 hrs rate to end cell voltage 1 Item no. As per MR/PR
specified at s.no. 8 above 2 Tag. No.
1 hr rate to end cell voltage 3 Manufacturer's name
specified at s.no. 8 above 4 Current rating
30 min. rate to end cell voltage 5 Voltage range
specified at s.no. 8 above 6 Dimensions
28 Dimensions of each battery rack Width
Width Depth
Depth Height
Height
29 No. of battery racks

Page Rev.3
System voltage Altitude Painting
415 V±10% AC, TPN < 1000 m Shade 631 of IS-5
> 1000 m
System frequency DCDB
50 Hz ± 5% Environment Compartmentalized
Humid & corrosive Non-compartmentalized
Fault level
50 kA Float charge voltage Cable entry
Lead acid-2.05-2.3 V Bottom
System earthing Ni-Cd- 1.3-1.45 V Top
Solidly earthed VRLA-2.05-2.25 V
Electrolyte liquid
Battery type Boost charge voltage Required
Lead acid Lead acid-2.25-2.7 V Not required
VRLA Ni-Cd- 1.42-1.7 V
Ni-Cd VRLA-2.25-2.4 V
Plate construction Boost charging time

Tubular positive
Plante positive 8 Hours
Pocket plate 10 hours
Sintered plate 90%AH in 24 hrs

Page Rev.3
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 1 of 8
Type of Fixture Description Watt Remarks
Philips-TMC 501/136
Mounting rail type fixture suitable for 1 x 36 W
Crompton-IGP13 14HSB
IND1 fluorescent lamp made of stove enamel finish MS 1x36 W
Bajaj-BJIR-136, 140 or equivalent
sheet steel housing.
Mounting rail type fixture suitable for 1 x 28 W

IND1T fluorescent T5 lamp made of stove enamel finish MS 1x28 W Philips-TMS 122/128HF or equivalent
sheet steel housing.
Philips-TMC 501/236
Similar to IND1 but suitable for 2x36W fluorescent Crompton-IGP13-24HSB
IND2 2x36 W
lamps. Bajaj-BJIR-236 or equivalent
Industrial type fixture suitable for 1x36W fluorescent Philips-TKC 203/136

IND3 lamp made of stove enamel finish MS sheet steel 1x36 W Crompton-IGE-1314/ RSE14
housing and vitreous enamelled white reflector. Bajaj-BJIV-136 or equivalent
Industrial type fixture suitable for 1x28W fluorescent

T5 lamp made of stove enamel finish MS sheet steel
IND3T 1x28 W Bajaj BTIPR128RS or equivalent
housing and vitreous enamelled white reflector.
Philips-TKC-203/236,
Similar to IND3 but suitable for 2x36W fluorescent
IND4 2x36 W Crompton-IGE1324/ RSE24
lamps.
Bajaj BJIV-236 or equivalent
Industrial type fixture suitable for 2x28W fluorescent

IND4T T5 lamp made of stove enamel finish MS sheet steel 2x28 W Philips-TMS 122/228R or equivalent
housing and vitreous enameled white reflector.
Philips-TKC-203/136
Similar to IND3 but with white epoxy powder coated
IND5 1x36 W Crompton-IGP-1314 /RPC14
from inside and outside with reflector.
Bajaj BJIE-136 or equivalent
Philips-TKC-203/236
IND6
Similar to IND5 but suitable for 2x36W fluorescent Crompton-IGP 1324 /RPC24
2x36 W
lamps. Bajaj BJIE-236 or equivalent
Pendent mounting decorative fixture suitable for Philips TCS-19/136

SFD3 1x36 W
1x36W fluorescent lamp with opal acrylic cover Crompton-CPA 1114 HSB or equivalent
Ceiling/pendant mounting fixture suitable for 2x36 W Philips-TCS-19/236

SFD4 fluorescent lamps with opal acrylic translucent diffuser 2x36 W Crompton-CPA 1124 HSB
and high import black polystyrene end plates. Bajaj BJP-236 or equivalent
Ceiling/pendent mounting decorative fixture suitable Philips TCX-398 / 236

SFD5 for 2x36W fluorescent lamps with serrated Al. cross 2x36 W Bajaj BJSM-02/236
louvres. Crompton CMLM 24H/TW or equivalent
Wide spread decorative ceiling/pendent mounting

fixture made of white stove enamelled sheet steel Philips TCS-306/236
SFD6 housing and aluminum mirror optic system to achieve 2x36 W Bajaj-BJPMS-236,
wide light distribution and having a serrated Al. cross Crompton CSBW 1124 HSB or equivalent
louvres suitable for 2x36 W fluorescent lamps.

Rev. No Date Purpose Prepared by Checked by Approved by
Page 238 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 2 of 8
Wide spread decorative ceiling/pendent mounting

fixture made of white stove enameled sheet steel
SFD6 T housing and aluminum mirror optic system to achieve 2x28 W Philips-TPS 814/228HF or equivalent
wide light distribution and having a serrated Al. cross
louvers suitable for 2x28 W fluorescent T5 lamps.
Ceiling mounting decorative fixture suitable for 4x18 Crompton CSP 42H/TW
SFD9 4x18 W
W fluorescent lamps with dished opal acrylic cover. Bajaj BJMP-420 or equivalent
Crompton CRL 42H/TW/P

SFD10 Similar to SFD9 but with prismatic louvre. 4x18 W
Bajaj BJML-420 or equivalent
1x60 W/ Crompton IBH-1110BC
Ceiling/wall mounting fixture with prismatic glass
SFD12 1x100 W PHILIPS FXC101
cover.
Bajaj BJDB-100 or equivalent
Wide spread mirror optics with decorative finish on

Philips TCS 31/236 White
ends. Ceiling/ pendant luminaries fitted with aluminum
SFD13 2x36 W Bajaj BJSM 236
reflector and having serrated cross louvers suitable for
Crompton CSBW 11 24HSB or equivalent
2x36 W fluorescent lamps.
Widespread mirror optics decorative recess/surface

Philips TCS 306/236
mounting luminaries fitted with aluminum reflector and
SFD14 2x36 W Bajaj BJCM 236
having serrated Al. cross louvers suitable for 2x36 W
Crompton CRFG 24HSB or equivalent
fluorescent lamps.
Widespread mirror optics ceiling mounted luminaries

Bajaj BLSM 236 CFLP2
with high purity aluminum reflector and serrated Al.
SFD15 2x36 W Crompton CRDI 236 or equivalent
cross louvers suitable for 2x36 W compact fluorescent
lamps.
Widespread mirror optics decorative ceiling/pendent Philips TCS 498/136

SFD16 1x36 W
luminaries suitable for 1x36 W fluorescent lamps. Bajaj BJPMS 136 or equivalent
Wide spread, mirror optics decorative recess mounting

fixture for use in areas with strip false ceiling having a Philips TBS-185/136
RSD1 reflector made of high purity aluminum sheet and fitted 1x36 W Bajaj BJMM-136
with serrated Al. cross louvres, suitable for 1x36 W Crompton CRFA-14HSB or equivalent
fluorescent lamp.
Wide spread mirror optics decorative recess mounting

fixture having a reflector made of high purity aluminum Philips TBS-90
RSD2 sheet and fitted with serrated Al. cross louvres across 2x36 W Bajaj BJLM-236
the mirror system for minimizing glare, suitable for Crompton CRFD-24HSB or equivalent
2x36 W fluorescent lamp.
Recess mounting luminaries with mirror system Philips TBS 285/236(DL)

housing and dispersive anodised aluminum reflector Darklite
RSD6 2x36 W
for use in areas with strip false ceiling type suitable for Crompton CRFD 24HSB
2x36W fluorescent lamp. Bajaj BJDL 236 or equivalent
Philips TBS 300/418M1

RSD7 Same as above but with 4x18 W fluorescent lamp. 4X18W Crompton CRFL 42HSB
Bajaj BJDL 418 or equivalent
Philips TBC-305/418(0)
Recess mounting decorative fixture suitable for 4x18
RSD9 4x18 W Crompton CRP 42H/TW
W fluorescent lamp with dished opal acrylic cover.
Bajaj BJMP 420 or equivalent
1x60 W/ Philips DN 622

Recess mounting down-lighter fixture with 60/100W
RSD10 1x100 W Crompton DDLV 10BC
incandescent lamp.
Bajaj BJDR 100 or equivalent
Bajaj BJDL 136

RSD12 Same as RSD6 but for single 36 W fluorescent lamp. 1x36 W Philips TBS 185/136 (DL)
Crompton CRFD 14 HSB or equivalent
Page 239 of 391

Philips TBS-305/418
Similar to RSD1 but suitable for 4x18W fluorescent
RSD13 4x18 W Crompton CRFD 42HSB
lamps.
Bajaj BJMM 420 or equivalent
Page 240 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 3 of 8
Low bay sheet steel fixture, with wide distribution Philips SGK-27
LB1 mirror system, bracket mounting suitable for 70 W 1x70W Bajaj BJRLB-70SV
sodium vapour lamp. Crompton LSA 7IH or equivalent
Philips SGK-27
LB2 Same as LB1 but with wire guard. 1x70W Crompton LSA 7IH
Bajaj BJRLB 70SV/WG or equivalent
Medium bay fixture made of sheet steel finished with

stove enamel light grey. The housing is closed with Bajaj BJRLB
LB3 clear toughened glass fitted with a robust MS frame 1x125W Crompton LMA 11121H/BC
with anodised aluminum reflector and complete with Philips HGK 27 or equivalent
integral control gear, suitable for 125 W HPMV lamp.
Industrial high bay fixture with anodised aluminum Philips HDK-225HPL250

HB1 reflector, suitable for 250 W HPMV lamp complete 1x250 W Crompton IMB1325IH
with integral ballast, capacitor etc. Bajaj BJHBI-250 or equivalent
Philips HDK-225HPL400
HB2 Similar to HB1 but with 400 W HPMV lamp. 1x400 W Crompton IMB1340IH/P
Bajaj BJHBI-400 or equivalent
Philips HPK-225/HPL250
HB3 Similar to HB1 but with a gasketed front glass cover. 1x250 W Crompton IMB-1325IH/P
Bajaj BJEHB-250MV or equivalent
Philips HPK 225/HPL 400

HB4 Similar to HB2 but with a gasketed front glass cover. 1x400 W Bajaj BGEHB-400MV/TE
Crompton IMB-1340IH/P or equivalent
Philips HPK-225 50N150

HB5 Similar to HB1 but with 150W SON lamp. 1x150 W Bajaj BGEHB-150 SV
Crompton SHB-1315 IH/P or equivalent
Philips HPK-225 50N 250
Bajaj BGEHB-250 SV
HB6 Similar to HB1 but with 250W SON lamp. 1x250 W
Crompton SHB-1325IH/P or equivalent
Philips HPK 225 50N 400
Bajaj BGEHB 400 SV
HB7 Similar to HB1 but with 400 W SON lamp. 1x400 W
Crompton SHB-1240IH or equivalent
Philips TMX-95/236
Chemical resistance fixture suitable for 2x36 W
CM2 2x36 W Crompton IFV-1124HSB
fluorescent lamp.
Bajaj BJI-236 VP or equivalent
Similar to CM2 but suitable for 2x18W fluorescent

Philips TDC-10/218
lamps with reeded light stabilized clear acrylic cover
CM3 2x18 W Bajaj BJI-218FG or equivalent
(for use in indoor areas with high humidity and
corrosive vapours).
Philips TDC-10/236
Crompton IPFC-24HSB
CM4 Similar to CM3 but with 2x36W fluorescent lamps. 2x36 W
Bajaj BJI-236FG or equivalent
Ceiling/pendent mounting drip proof and dust tight Philips TPW-11/236

fixture suitable for 2x36 W fluorescent lamps with Crompton IDJ-1124HSB
CM5 2x36 W
aluminum housing, stove enamelled grey outside and Bajaj BJI-236 or equivalent
white inside with gasketed clear acrylic cover.
Crompton IPFC 14HSB

Bajaj BJI-136FG or equivalent
CM6 1x40W
Page 241 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 4 of 8
COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMP (CFL)
Crompton TLN 91L
Wall/ceiling mounting fixture suitable for 9W CFL with Philips FWN 012 (OPAL)
CFL1 1x9 W
opal acrylic diffuser. Bajaj BJEXL 19 or equivalent
Philips FBS-185
Recess mounted luminaries, fitted with anodised Crompton DDLV9
CFL2 1x9 W
aluminum reflector suitable for 9W CFL. Bajaj BMR 109 or equivalent
Crompton TLE 211

Ceiling mounted decorative luminaries, with mirror
CFL3 2x11 W Philips FCS-518/211
louvers suitable for 2x11 W CFL. Bajaj BJMS 211 or equivalent
Crompton TLD 211
Recess mounted decorative luminaries, with mirror
CFL4 2x11 W Philips FBS-518/211
louvers suitable for 2x11W CFL. Bajaj BJMR 211 or equivalent
Decorative wall/ceiling mounted luminaire with opal Crompton TLK 29 Bajaj BJDS 29 or
CFL5 2x9 W equivalent
acrylic cover suitable for 2x9W CFL.
Similar to CFL5 but in horizontal version for 2x9W
CFL6 2x9 W Crompton DDLH29 or equivalent
CFL.
CFL7 Similar to CFL6 but in round shaped 2x9 W Crompton TJL29 Bajaj BJDR 29 or equivalent
Philips FBS 300/236 P5HF

CFL8 Similar to CFL4 but suitable for 2xPL-L 36W CFL lamp 2x36 W
Bajaj BMMR 236 CFL or equivalent.
CFL12 Light Column 1x70W Philips CPP75 1 X CDM-T 70W or equivalent
Philips DBP 701 / 2 x PLC 18W 2 PIN or

CFL13 Step Light 2x18W
equivalent
CFL14 Up-down light 1x70W Philips DCP 731 / CDM-T 70W or equivalent
CFL15 Bollards 1x18W Philips HCS370 1XPL-L18W GR or equivalent
Street Light Bajaj BJSFL 236CFL WEB2 or equivalent

CFL16 2x36W
OUTDOOR TYPE FIXTURES
Street lighting fixture suitable for 2x36W fluorescent Philips TRC-33/236

ST1 lamps made of stove enamelled grey aluminum 2x36 W Crompton SFE
canopy and acrylic transparent cover. Bajaj BJSLA-236/240 or equivalent
Similar to ST1 but suitable for 2x18W fluorescent

ST2 2x18 W Philips TRC-33/218 or equivalent
lamp.
Street lighting fixture suitable for 125W HPMV lamp

with cast aluminum housing stove enamelled grey
Crompton MSC-1125 IH
outside and white inside, a pair of anodised aluminum
ST3 1x125 W Bajaj BJMSD-125MV
reflectors and highly transparent clear acrylic sheet
Philips HRP-48 or equivalent
cover with hinge and toggle fastening, neoprene
gaskets and integrated prewired ballasts etc.
Crompton MSS-1525IH
ST4 Similar to ST3 but suitable for 250W HPMV lamp. 1x250 W
Bajaj BJMIP-250MV or equivalent
Similar to ST3 but suitable for 35 W SOX low pressure Philips SRP-48 Crompton SSC-1107 IH/WI
ST7 1x35 W
sodium vapour lamp. Bajaj BJLS-35 or equivalent
Philips SRP-48
ST8 Similar to ST3 but suitable for 70W HPSV lamp. 1x70 W Crompton SSC-1207 IH/WI
Bajaj BJMSC-70SV or equivalent
Crompton SSC-1207 IH/WI

Similar to ST10 but suitable for 70W HPSV tubular
ST9 1x70 W Bajaj BJMSC-70SV
lamp.
Philips SRY 066/70 or equivalent
Page 242 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 5 of 8
Single piece die-cast aluminum body street light fixture Philips SRP 501
ST10 with bowl type Al. reflector and with clear acrylic cover 1x150 W Bajaj BGEST 150
suitable for 150 W SON tubular lamp. Crompton SSG 1315 IH or equivalent
Post top lantern suitable for 80W HPMV lamp with Crompton MPT-118IL
PT1 necessary control gear and housing attachment. 1x80 W Bajaj BJPTI-80MV
(Integral type). Philips HPC-201/80 or equivalent
Crompton MPT-112IL
Similar to PT1 but suitable for 125W HPMV lamp.
PT2 1x125 W Bajaj BJPTI-125
(Integral type).
Philips HPC 102/125 or equivalent
Crompton SPT-1107IL
Similar to PT1 but suitable for 70W HPSV lamp.
PT3 1x70 W Bajaj BJPTI-70
(Integral type).
Philips SPC-101/70 or equivalent
Decorative luminaire made of coloured FRP with clear

Philips NGC100
PT4 acrylic cover suitable for asthetic and decorative 1x60 W
Bajaj BJB 100 or equivalent
lighting of lawns and parks etc. with 1xGLS60W lamp.
Philips FGC-100
PT5 Similar to PT4 but suitable for 9W CFL. 1x9 W Crompton CFBL-9
Bajaj BRBOL 111 or equivalent
Bulk head fitting with cast aluminum alloy body having

stove enamelled finish (silver grey outside, white Crompton IBH-1110BC
BK1 inside) and complete with prismatic front glass, wire 1x100 W Bajaj BJDB-100
guard, tropicalised gasket and BC lamp holder Philips FXC 101 or equivalent
suitable for 100W GLS lamp.
Similar to BK1 but with pressed aluminum body,

finished stove enamelled grey outside white inside with Philips-FXC-101
BK2 1x100 W
frosted front glass fitted with tropicalised gasket and Crompton IBH-1110BC or equivalent
without wire guard.
Industrial well glass fixture with cast aluminum alloy

mounting piece and a sheet aluminum canopy stove Philips NDC-203
BK3 enamelled white inside and grey outside with heat 1x100 W Crompton IWV-1120BC/ES
resistant glass and wire guard suitable for upto 200W Bajaj BJVW 200 or equivalent
GLS/160 W MLL.
Philips NDC-203
Similar to BK3 but suitable for 125 W HPMV lamp with Crompton
BK4 1x125 W
necessary control gear and housing attachment. IWV-1210BC/ES/VE
Bajaj VWI 125 MV or equivalent
Philips NDC-203
Similar to BK3 but with additional vitreous enamelled
BK5 1x100 W Crompton IWV 20BL/Y
reflector.
Bajaj VWI 125/VE or equivalent
Flood lighting fixture suitable for 250W HPMV lamp

comprising of anodised aluminum housing and Bajaj BJEF-18(S)
FD1 reflector with adjustable lamp holder, heat resistant 1x250 W Philips MNF 14/250
front glass cover fixed to reflector by aluminum ring Crompton FMD 1525 or equivalent
and rubber gasket. (IP-54 enclosure).
Philips MNF 14/400

FD2 Similar to FD1 but suitable for 400W HPMV lamp. 1x400 W Bajaj BJEF-18 (S)
Crompton FMD 1525 or equivalent
Page 243 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 6 of 8
Flood lighting fixture suitable for 2x400W HPMV

lamps made of cast aluminum with cooling fins,
FD4 Philips MNT-001
anodised reflector gasketed heat resisting glass front
2x400 W Crompton FHD-1224
cover, easy relamping facility (without disturbing the
Bajaj BJEF-22CA/BGENF 22 or equivalent
beam direction) protector scale for quick day light
adjustment.
Flood light fixture of cast aluminum housing and spun

Philips MNF-14/25
aluminum reflector heat resistant glass cover and
FD6 1x250 W Crompton-FMD 1525
adjusting facility suitable for 1x250W HPSV lamp. (IP-
Bajaj BJEF 18 (S) or equivalent
54 enclosure).
Philips SNT-001/250
Bajaj BJEF-22 CA/
FD7 Similar to FD6 but with 2x250W HPSV lamp. 2x250 W
BGENF 22
Crompton FHD-1524 or equivalent
Philips MNF-14/400
FD8 Similar to FD6 but with 1x400W HPSV lamp. 1x400 W Crompton FBD-14
Bajaj BJEF 215 or equivalent
Philips SNT-001 / 400

Bajaj BJEF-22CA/
FD9 Similar to FD6 but with 2x400W SON tubular lamp. 2x400 W
BGENF 22
Philips SNF-14/250
Similar to FD6 but suitable for 1x250W SON tubular Bajaj BJEF-14CAT
FD10 1x250 W
lamp. Crompton FAD-1314 or equivalent

Similar to FD6 but suitable for 2x250W SON tubular Bajaj BJEF-22CA/
FD11 2x250 W
lamp. BGENF 22 or equivalent
Crompton FHD-1524
Philips SNF-14/400
Similar to FD6 but suitable for 1x400W SON tubular
FD12 1x400 W Bajaj BJEF-14CAT
lamp.
Crompton FAD-1314 or equivalent

Bajaj BJEF-22CA/
FD13 Similar to FD6 but suitable for 2x250W HPMV lamp. 2x250 W
BGENF 22
Integrated flood lighting fixture of die-cast aluminum

housing with ALGLAS reflector, heat resistant Bajaj BGEMF 1505 V or equivalent
FD14 1x150 W
toughened clear glass cover suitable for 150 W HPSV Crompton FAMH 1215 IH or equivalent
lamp.
Philips NHG010 1Xnr95-150w-FR or

FD15 Underwater (Metal Halide light) 1x150 W equivalent
Philips MWF231 1XMHN-TD150W S or

FD16 Flood Light (Metal Halide) 1x150 W equivalent
Neon aviation obstruction lighting fixture complete with Bajaj BJAOL-1 or equivalent
AV1 neon lamp, designed to give omni directional steady 1x100 W
‘ON’ red colour light.
Weatherproof LED cluster based aviation obstruction Medium

AV2
light complete with LEDs (Twin type) Intensity
FLAMEPROOF/INCREASED SAFETY TYPE

LIGHTING FIXTURE (ZONE-1 AND 2)
Flameproof and weatherproof well glass lighting fixture 1x100

FLP-1 for use in zone-1 classified areas with 100/200W W/
incandescent lamp. 1x200W
Page 244 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 7 of 8
Flameproof and weatherproof well glass lighting fixture

FLP-1a for use in zone-1 classified areas with 2x26W CFL 2x26 W
lamp.
FLP-2 Same as FLP-1 but with 160W ML blended lamp. 1x160 W
Same as FLP-1 but with 80W HPMV lamp and

FLP-3 1x80 W
separate control gear.
FLP-3a Same as FLP-3 but with integral control gear. 1x80 W
Same as FLP-1 but with 125W HPMV lamp and

FLP-4 1x125 W
FLP-4a Same as FLP-4 but with integral control gear. 1x125 W
Same as FLP-1 with 250W HPMV lamp and separate

FLP-5 1x250 W
control gear
FLP-5a Same as FLP5 but with integral control gear. 1x250 W
Flameproof & WP Well glass lighting fixture with 400

FLP-5b 1x400 W
W HPMV lamp.
Flameproof and weatherproof flood lighting fixture with

FLP-6 1x500 W
500W incandescent lamp.
FLP-7 Same as FLP-6 but with 250W HPMV lamp. 1x250 W
Flameproof bulk head lighting fixture with 100W

FLP-8 1x100 W
incandescent lamp.
FLP-9 Same as FLP6 but with 400 W HPMV lamp. 1x400 W
Flameproof and weatherproof fluorescent lamp fixture

2x36/40
FLP-10 suitable 2x36/40W fluorescent lamps with integrated
W
choke box housing mounting clamps etc.
FLP-11 Same as FLP-10 but for 2x20W fluorescent lamps. 2x20 W
Flameproof and weatherproof LED cluster based

Medium
FLP-12 aviation obstruction light complete with LEDs (Twin
Intensity
type)
Flameproof and weatherproof fixture suitable for 3

FLP-13 3x18W
Nos. 18W CFL Lamp

FLP-14 3x26 W
Nos. 26W CFL Lamp
FLP-15 3x32 W
Nos. 32W CFL Lamp

FLP-IIC-13 3x18 W
Nos. 18W CFL Lamp suitable for IIC area

FLP-IIC-14 3x26 W

FLP-IIC-15 3x32 W
Weatherproof well glass increased safety lighting

Exe-1 fixture for use in zone-2 classified areas with 1x100 W
100/200W incandescent lamp.
Exe-2 Same as Exe-1 but with 160W blended lamp. 1x160 W
Page 245 of 391

A037-000-16-50-DS-13 Rev. A
Page 8 of 8
Same as Exe-1 but with 80W HPMV lamp and
Exe-3 1x80 W
Exe-3a Same as Exe-3 but with integral control gear. 1x80 W
Same as Exe-1 but with 125 W HPMV lamp and

Exe-4 1x125 W

Same as Exe-1 but with 250W HPMV lamp and
Exe-5 1x250 W
Increased safety & WP Well glass lighting fixture for
Exe-6 use in zone-2 classified areas with 400 W HPMV 1x400 W
lamp.
Increased safety & WP lighting fixture suitable for use

Exe-13 3X26W
in zone-2 classified areas with 3x26W CFL lamp.
Flameproof & WP Well glass lighting fixture with

FLP IIC-1 200W incandescent lamp for use in IIC classified 1x200 W
areas.
Flameproof & WP Well glass lighting fixture with 80 W

FLP IIC-2 1x80 W
HPMV lamp for use in IIC classified areas .
Flameproof & WP Well glass lighting fixture with 125

FLP IIC-3 1x125W
W HPMV lamp for use in IIC classified areas.
Flameproof & WP Well glass lighting fixture with

FLP IIC-4 1x250 W
250W HPMV lamp for use in IIC classified areas.
Page 246 of 391

SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
15ffitlet e%r ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
elgez fifileg ler INDIA LIMITED BATTERY CHARGER
INKRIelexiW =ammo (A Gout. of India Undertalmg) Page 1 of 15
*at bide
fuR feitu
SPECIFICATION
FOR
BATTERY CHARGER
REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD 14'4

r1-- UAP ‘713,-/2,‘,4
4 11/04/11 SPECIFICATION RS DM
3 10/09/08 REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD RS NS JMS VC
SPECIFICATION
2 25/03/02 REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD VCB VPS GRR
SPECIFICATION JMS
1 30/08/96 REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD RKM VPS SG
SPECIFICATION AS
0 04/12/87 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION RKM SG GNT
RECOMPOSED IN NOV'95
Standards Standards
Rev. Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
No Date Purpose by by Convenor Chairman
Approved by
FormatPage
No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
247 of 391 Copyright EIL — All rights
101 ei ENGINEERS
51g-ar klf5leg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
Men mien an Jow) IA Govt of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 2 of 15
Abbreviations:
AC Alternating Current
Ah Ampere-hour
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BS British Standard
CEA Central Electricity Authority
CFL Compact Fluorescent Camp
CRCA Cold Rolled Cold Annealed
DC Direct Current
DCDB Direct Current Distribution Board
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IP Ingress Protection
IS Indian Standard
LED Light Emitting Diode
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
MR Material Requisition
MSL Mean Sea Level
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
Ni-Cd Nickel Cadmium
PO Purchase Order
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
RFI Radio Frequency Interference
RMS Root Mean Square
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
V Volt
VDE Verband Der Elecktrotechniker, Elektronik and Information stechnik
VRLA Valve Regulated Lead Acid
Electrical Standards Committee

Convenor: Mr. UA Patro
Members: Mr. AK Tickoo

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar
Page 248 of 391

R SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
401 (74 FOR
5itg-91 0151-eu INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
IA Govt of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 3 of 15
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS 4
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS 4
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 5
6.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 12
7.0 PACKING & DESPATCH 13
Page 249 of 391

ENGINEERS
irEr:„•
FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
5Ifg7 laRrg, INDIA LIMITED
IA GoN of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 4 of 15
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing at manufacturer's works, packing
and supply to site of Battery Chargers and Distribution Boards.
2.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of latest revision of the following
standards issued by BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) :
IS 5 Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels.
IS 1248 Direct acting indicating analogue electrical measuring instruments and
accessories.
IS 3700 Essential rating and characteristics of semi-conductor devices.
IS 3715 Letter symbols for semi-conductor devices.
IS 4411 Code of designation of semi-conductor devices.
IS 5001 Guide for preparation of drawings for semi-conductor devices and
integrated circuits.
IS 5469 Code of practice for the use of semi-conductor junction devices.
IS 6619 Safety code for semiconductor rectifier equipment.
IS 7204 Stabilised power supplies DC output.
IS 12021 Control transformers for switchgear and controlgear for voltages not
exceeding 1000VAC.
IS 13703 Low voltage fuses for voltages not exceeding 1000VAC or 1500VDC.
IS/ IEC 60947 Low voltage switchgear and control gear.
IEC 60146 Semiconductor converters.
2.2 In case of imported equipment, the standards of the country of origin shall be applicable, if
these standards are equivalent or more stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of CEA regulations and other statutory
regulations currently in force in the country.
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by IEC/ BS/
VDE/ IEEE/ NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.5 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for
the project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However, Owner's decision in this regard
will be final and binding.
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of the art technology and a proven field
track record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
3.2 Vendor shall ensure availability of spare parts and maintenance support services for the
offered equipment for at least 10 years from the date of supply.
3.3 Vendor shall give a notice of at least one year to the end user of equipment and EIL before
phasing out the product/spares to enable the end user to place order for spares and services.
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS

The Battery Chargers shall be suitable for installation and satisfactory operation in a
pressurised or non-pressurised substation with restricted natural air ventilation in a tropical,
humid and corrosive atmosphere. The Battery Chargers shall be designed to operate under
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL—All rights reserved
Page 250 of 391

401 1_.1 ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
Itgar fageg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4

1011wr eletwoRagorsil IA Govt of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 5 of 15
site conditions as specified in the data sheet. If not specifically mentioned therein, design
ambient temperature of 40°C and altitude not exceeding 1000 m above MSL shall be
considered for all equipment.
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Input Power Supply
5.1.1 The Battery Chargers shall be suitable for input power supply as defined in the data sheet. If
not specified therein, they shall be suitable for the following input power supply:
Voltage : 415V + 10%
Frequency : 50 Hz + 3%
In addition to the above variations, the input voltage may be subject to transient variations
comprising of voltage dips up to 20% of normal voltage during motor start-up, voltage
interruptions during short circuits as well as frequency variations due to large motor start-up.
The Battery Chargers shall operate satisfactorily with a total harmonic distortion of up to 5%
in the input power supply.
The Battery Chargers shall also be designed to operate satisfactorily while drawing input
power from an emergency diesel generator set.
5.1.2 The incoming power supply to the Battery Charger system shall be provided by 2
independent feeders. One feeder shall supply power to each rectifier.
5.2 Battery Charger
5.2.1 Design Basis
5.2.1.1 The Battery Charger system shall have two chargers (Charger-1 & Charger-2). Both chargers
shall be of identical design and rating. The battery to be connected to the chargers shall be of
Nickel Cadmium/ flooded electrolyte Lead Acid/ VRLA type as indicated in the data sheet.
Battery Chargers for flooded Lead Acid and Nickel Cadmium batteries shall be sized to
provide quick charging of the battery within a duration of 10 hours. Battery Chargers for
VRLA battery shall be sized to provide quick charging of the battery up to 90% of rated
Amperehours within a duration of 24 hours and to 100% within 4 days. Each charger shall be
sized for the most stringent of the following duty conditions, whichever is higher:
Offline quick charging of the battery assembly. The charger shall be sized as under:
Charger rating in Amps. = 0.14 Ah(C 10) of battery (for Lead Acid battery)
= 0.2 Ah(C io) of battery (for VRLA battery)
0.2 Ah(C5) of battery (for Nickel Cadmium battery).
Online float charging of the battery assembly while feeding the complete DC load.
The charger shall be sized as under:
Charger rating in Amps. = 1.15 x Average DC load + float charging current

(Average DC load = Area under the battery duty cycle/ battery duty cycle duration).
5.2.1.2 Each charger shall have a 3 phase full wave, controlled rectifier bridge with protective
devices.
5.2.1.3 Independent current limits shall be provided for charger load current and battery charging
current. Subsequent to a discharge cycle and completion of quick charging, when battery is
connected to charger under float mode, the battery current shall be monitored, controlled and
limited to set value automatically irrespective of the value of load current. Fast acting semi-
conductor fuses shall be provided for protection against internal short circuits. In case of
external short circuits, the chargers shall be protected by rapid shutdown of the semi-
conducting power devices. The high speed semi-conductor fuses used for rectifier protection
shall be complete with trip indication.
Page 251 of 391

ENGINEERS
k3I FOR
Of5Idg INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
(mien eszOWOM3O9sai) la Goo. of India Undertakno BATTERY CHARGER Page 6 of 15
5.2.1.4 Filter circuits consisting of smoothing choke and condenser, complete with protection to
limit the ripple content at the output, shall be provided.
5.2.1.5 Silicon blocking diodes shall be provided in the charger output circuit to prevent back-feed
from battery into the charger and filters.
5.2.1.6 Protection against reverse battery connection and DC earth fault relay for earth leakage
detection shall be provided.
5.2.1.7 Silicon blocking diodes (min. 4 nos.) connected to 80% tap of the battery bank shall be
provided to maintain continuity in the DC supply to the load.
5.2.1.8 Internal cooling of the charger unit shall preferably be by natural ventilation. If forced air
cooling is necessary, a redundant air cooling fan shall be provided. The charger components
shall be capable of delivering their rated output with one forced air cooling fan out of
service. Under this condition, maximum continuous temperature of components shall not
exceed the permissible limits. In case of chargers with forced cooling, loss of ventilation
alarm/ trip with override facilities shall be provided.
5.2.1.9 Selection, sizing and suitability of all components used for various applications shall be
vendor's responsibility and the rating of components shall be increased, if required, to suit
associated components during execution of the order without any claim for extra price or
time.
5.2.1.10 The DC system shall be unearthed. However, a high impedance earth fault relay shall be
provided for the protection of the battery.
5.2.1.11 Each charger shall be galvanically isolated from the input power supply by providing a
double wound transformer at its input. The transformer shall be natural air cooled, dry type
suitable for location inside a panel.
5.2.1.12 An RFI filter shall be provided to suppress the radio frequency interference to permissible
limits. The production of radio frequency interference voltages shall not exceed the value of
suppression grade N' as defined in VDE-0875.
5.2.1.13 Transient/ surge protection devices shall be provided in the input circuit of chargers to
protect them against surges & voltage spikes.
5.2.1.14 The Chargers shall be designed to draw power from mains supply at a minimum power factor
of 0.85 lag while sharing the rated load in normal operating configuration.
5.2.1.15 The chargers shall be designed to ensure that the harmonic component in the input currents
are limited so as not to cause undue harmful effects on other sensitive equipment operating
on the same supply bus. Suitable filters/ harmonic traps shall be provided, as required, for
this purpose.
5.2.1.16 All breakers shall be adequately rated for the required continuous rating and breaking
capacity as applicable. Paralleling of breaker/ switch/ contactor poles to achieve the required
current rating is not acceptable. All output isolating devices shall be double pole type. The
DC contactors shall be operated with a DC control supply using ON/ OFF selector switches
and not push buttons.
5.2.1.17 All the thyristors, diodes and other power electronic devices shall be protected with high
speed semiconductor fuses. Pt co-ordination between fuse and semi-conducting power
devices shall be ensured.
5.2.1.18 The Battery Chargers shall be specifically designed to limit float and quick charging voltages
to the battery to limits recommended by the battery manufacturer. Output voltage shall be
limited to maximum +10% of nominal system voltage when the battery is float charged
while feeding the load. Vendor shall specifically ensure that the charger output voltage does
not exceed the recommended limits of operation under any conditions of internal/ external
fault or operation, including:
- Filter capacitor fuse failure of either charger
Page 252 of 391

ei ENGINEERS
Igar E12-es INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
ORR MOM aRawrau IA Go. of haw undenoong) BATTERY CHARGER Page 7 of 15
- DC output switch OFF of either charger

- DC output fuse blown of either charger.
Other specific current/ voltage limits during normal charging/ operation of the chargers shall
also be incorporated in the design of the chargers.
5.2.2 Operation and Performance
5.2.2.1 Operation (Option — I)
The DC system shall comprise of 2 Nos. Float cum quick Chargers (each rated for 100%
capacity) with 1 set of battery (Refer typical scheme block diagram option — I).
Normal operation requires that the battery assembly shall be float charged
simultaneously by both Chargers-1 & 2 while feeding the DC load, the chargers thus
operating in parallel and equally sharing the total load.
However in case of failure of either of the chargers, the other charger shall float
charge the battery while feeding the complete DC load. Faulty charger shall
automatically get disconnected from the healthy system.
In case of AC mains failure, the battery shall continue to supply the load.
The process of changeover from float to quick charging and reverting from quick to
float charging shall be selectable in Automatic or Manual mode by means of an Auto/
Manual selector switch. In Automatic mode, the changeover from float to quick
charging shall be initiated through a current sensor, set at a preset value. Similarly, the
changeover from quick to float charging shall also be automatic based on current
sensing. In Manual mode, both change over from float to quick charging and from
quick to float charging shall be performed manually using push buttons. When quick
charging mode is selected, the battery charger shall initially charge the battery under
constant current mode followed by constant voltage (finishing charging) mode or as
per the battery manufacturer's recommendation. Changeover from constant current to
constant voltage (finishing charging) mode shall be fully automatic. A backup
synchronous or digital timer shall also be provided for initiating the changeover to
float mode by default after a preset time period. The timer range shall be 0 to 24 hours
or the nearest available as per manufacturer's standard range.
In the event of failure of the charger feeding the load, when battery is being quick
charged by the other charger, continuity in DC supply shall be maintained from the
battery to the load through 80% tap of the battery bank followed by full battery
supplying the load through contactor C-2 (refer block diagram Option — I).
Interlock shall be provided to ensure that when either of the chargers is selected in
quick charging mode, it will be disconnected from both the DC load and the other
charger operating under float charging mode.
The chargers shall have facility for manual mode of operation in the event of failure of
controller under closed loop control. The selection shall be done through Auto/
Manual selector switch.
Energisation of contactor for DC critical lighting shall be initiated by means of an AC
mains failure relay complete with Auto/ Manual selector switch, On/ Off push
buttons etc.
5.2.2.2 Operation (Option — II)

The DC system shall comprise of 2 nos. Float cum quick Chargers (each rated for
100% capacity) and 2 sets of Batteries (each of the battery sets rated for 50% All
capacity). (For typical scheme, refer block diagram Option - II).
Normal operation requires that Battery-1 shall be float charged by Charger-1 while
Battery-2 shall be float charged by Charger-2. In this case both the chargers 1 and 2
shall feed the DC load by operating in parallel and equally sharing the total load.
Page 253 of 391

T) ENGINEERS
irrr, FOR
Igar Eledg
I NW, eteetre Jeare)
INDIA LIMITED
IA Gov. of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER
6-51-0019 Rev. 4
Page 8 of 15
Selection of Float / quick mode shall be Automatic or Manual based on the position of
selector switch for Auto / Manual selection.
In case of failure of either of chargers, the other charger shall float charge both the
batteries while feeding the complete DC load. Faulty charger shall automatically get
disconnected from the healthy system.
e) In case of AC mains failure, both the batteries shall continue to supply the load.
0 After restoration of power supply, one of the Charger (say Charger-1) shall float
charge Battery-1 and also feed the complete DC load while the other Charger-2 shall
quick charge Battery-2. Upon completion of quick charge of Battery-2, Charger-2
shall switchover to float mode and shall float charge Battery-2 and also feed the
complete DC load while the other Charger-1 shall switchover to quick mode and shall
quick charge Battery-1.
The process of changeover from float to quick charging and reverting from quick to
float charging mode shall be selectable in Automatic or Manual mode by means of
Auto / Manual selector switch.
In automatic mode, the changeover from float to quick charging shall be initiated
through a current sensor set at a preset value. Similarly, the changeover from quick to
float charging shall also be automatic based upon current sensing and through timer.
i) In manual mode, both the changeovers i.e. from float to quick charging and from
quick to float charging shall be performed manually using push buttons. When quick
charging mode is selected, one of the battery charger (say Charger-1) shall initially
charge the battery under constant current mode followed by constant voltage
(finishing charging) mode or as per the battery manufacturer's recommendation.
Changeover from constant current to constant voltage (finishing charging) mode shall
be fully automatic. A back-up synchronous or digital timer shall also be provided for
initiating the changeover to float mode by default after a preset time period. The timer
range shall be 0 to 24 hours or the nearest available as per manufacturer's standard
range.
In the event of failure of charger feeding the load (say Charger-1), when Battery-2 is
being quick charged by the other Charger-2, Charger-2 shall changeover to float mode
and continuity of 100% DC supply to the load shall be maintained from the Charger-2
while float charging both Battery-1 as well as Battery-2 after providing suitable time
delay.
k) In an event of AC mains failure, when one of the Charger (say Charger-1) is float
charging the Battery-1 and supplying the 100% DC load while the other Charger-2
was quick charging Battery-2, continuity of 100% DC supply to the load shall be
maintained from Battery-1 (through 100% tap). Further, Battery-2 (which was being
quick charged) shall also be made available, after providing suitable time delay, to
feed the DC load by operating in parallel with Battery-1 and sharing the total load.
1) Interlock shall be provided to ensure that when either of the chargers (say Charger-1)
is selected in quick charging mode, it will be disconnected from both the DC load as
well as the other Charger-2 operating under float charging mode.
The chargers shall have facility for manual mode of operation in the event of failure of
controller under closed loop control. The selection shall be done through Auto/Manual
selector switch.
Energisation of contactor for DC critical lighting shall be initiated by means of an AC
mains failure relay complete with Auto/Manual selector switch, On/Off push buttons
etc.
Page 254 of 391

lot ti ENGINEES
R
$Igar Raft INDIA UMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4

ORR 21121,TP Mt 3RVA) IA Govt of Inclia Undertaken) BATTERY CHARGER Page 9 of 15
5.2.2.3 Performance
Both chargers shall be of solid state design, constant voltage and current limit type.
The output voltage shall be stabilised to within +1% of set value in float charging
mode for mains steady state voltage and frequency variation of +10% and +3%
respectively, and load variation of 10 to 100% at any temperature up to the design
ambient temperature specified in the data sheet. However, the variation in output
voltage can be up to +2% for chargers with rated output voltage up to 24V.
Under constant current quick charging condition, the DC output current shall be
maintained within +2% of set value.
The output voltage dynamic response of the charger unit with battery disconnected
shall not vary more than +10% of nominal output voltage in the event of step load of
up to 50% of the rated output. The output voltage shall be restored to a value within
the steady state limits within 250 msec.
The maximum allowable RMS ripple voltage, with battery disconnected, shall be
equal to or less than 2% of the nominal output voltage.
The maximum noise level from the chargers measured at 1 metre distance in any
position, at any load between 0- 100% with all normal cooling fans running shall not
exceed 75 dB(A).
5.2.2.4 Controls
The minimum controls shall include but not be limited to those shown in the block diagrams
(OPTION-I or OPTION-II as applicable):
5.2.2.5 Panel Metering and Indication
These shall include but are not limited to those shown in the block diagrams (OPTION-I or
OPTION-II as applicable):
LEDs provided for indication shall be cluster type with adequate brightness and minimum 2
Nos. LEDs chips per light. LEDs shall be connected in parallel and each LED chip having
diameter not less than 3mm.
5.2.2.6 Annunciation
Static type audio-visual annunciator with annunciation windows, acknowledge, test and reset
push buttons and hooter shall be provided on each charger for the following annunciations.
Any additional relays/ components, including DC undervoltage relay and current sensors,
required for this purpose shall be provided in the chargers. Facility for bypassing the audio
alarm on each charger shall also be provided.
DC under voltage
DC overvoltage
DC earth leakage
AC incoming power supply failure
AC input fuse blown-off
Thyristor/ diode failure
DC output fuse blown-off
DC battery fuse blown-off
Filter Capacitor fuse blown-off
Load on Battery (using current direction sensing with time delay)
Battery undervoltage/ Disconnected during discharge (using zero current sensing)
Cubicle fan failure/ cubicle temperature high (for chargers with forced cooling).
One summary alarm potential-free contact each for Battery, Charger-1 and Charger-2 shall
be wired to terminal block for remote annunciation.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 255 of 391
ENGINEERS
$1g-ar faileg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
(•• M 21E0AE013,11511) IA Gout. of India undertakng) BATTERY CHARGER Page 10 of 15
5.2.2.7 Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs)

PCBs used in the chargers shall be made of glass epoxy material. The PCBs shall be firmly
clamped in position so that vibration or continued usage do not result in loose contacts. All
PCBs shall be fitted in a manner to avoid replacement of a PCB by a wrong spare card. The
PCBs shall be provided with visual light emitting diode (LED) status indications, monitoring
points/ test connections and setting potentiometers in a readily accessible location which is
visible without removing the PCBs.
5.2.2.8 Vendor shall provide adequate protection to the system.
5.3 Construction of Chargers/ Distribution Board
5.3.1 Each Battery Charger and DC distribution board shall be housed in a separate free standing
cubicle with minimum IP-31 degree of protebtion. All panels shall be of the same height so
as to form a panel line up which shall have good aesthetic appearance. Chargers-1 & 2 shall
be installed side by side whereas DCDB may be located separately and interconnected to the
charger through cables. The DCDB shall accommodate outgoing feeders as desired. Each
panel shall be provided with an 11W CFL light with a door operated switch and a
thermostatically controlled MCB protected space heater.
The DCDB shall be compartmentalised with each outgoing feeder housed in a separate
compartment. Cable alley of minimum 200mm width with suitable supports shall be
provided for the termination of cables for each vertical arrangement of outgoing feeders in
DCDB.
5.3.2 The Chargers, DCDB and Cell Booster enclosures shall be fabricated from structural/ CRCA
sheet steel. The frames shall be fabricated by using minimum 2 mm thick CRCA sheet steel
while the doors and covers shall be made from minimum 1.6 mm thick CRCA sheet steel.
Wherever required, suitable stiffeners shall be provided. The panels shall be provided with
suitable louvers for ventilation backed by wire mesh. They must be suitable for use in a
tropical climate. Hinged doors shall be provided at the front and back as required. Inter panel
sheet steel barriers shall be provided.
5.3.3 Bus bars shall be colour coded and live parts shall be shrouded to ensure complete safety to
personnel intending routine inspection by opening the panel doors. All the equipment inside
the panel and on the doors shall have suitable nameplates and device tag numbers as per the
schematic diagram. All wires shall be ferruled and terminals shall be numbered.
5.3.4 The DCDB incomer and main bus bars shall be rated based on the maximum load current
considering an additional 10% design margin for contingencies. The rating shall be selected
from standard available ratings and shall be adequate for the expected short circuit current.
The bus bar voltage shall be higher than the recommended quick charging voltage for the
system. The insulation for all equipment where provided shall be heat resistant, moisture
proof and tropicalised.
5.3.5 All power and control switches shall be rotary/ cam operated type. All power switches shall
be air insulated load break type. Vendor shall ensure that all equipment/ components such as
incomer switches, outgoing DC switches, MCCBs, push buttons, indicating lamps, charger
mode selector switches, voltage control switches, annunciator windows etc. are suitably
located on the charger and distribution board door such that they can be operated without
opening the front door. Power switches shall be provided with a door interlock. In case of
difficulty in installation on the charger front panel door, the AC incoming power switches,
DC outgoing switches and MCCBs may be installed within the panel provided that they are
operable after opening the front panel door. However, all other selector/ control switches,
push buttons, indicating lamps, annunciators, meters etc. shall necessarily be installed on the
front panel door as specified above.
5.3.6 All instruments shall be switchboard type, back connected and 72 x 72 mm square size.
Accuracy class of all meters shall be 1%. Digital meters capable of displaying different
parameters can be considered subject to Owner's/ EIL's approval. Analogue instrument
scales shall have a red mark indicating maximum permissible operating rating.
Page 256 of 391
•
-

1.5tRzieg trr) ENGINEERS FOR
ligar INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
Govt or India Undertaking)
MOT eiWIRU JW1.1) IA BATTERY CHARGER Page 11 of 15
5.3.7 All fuses shall be link type and shall be located inside the panel. Diazed fuses shall not be
accepted.
5.3.8 All power and control wiring connections within the panels shall be carried out with 660V
grade, PVC insulated, BIS marked wires having stranded copper conductors. However,
copper strip connections shall preferably be used for currents exceeding 100A. Control
wiring for electronic circuits/ components shall be through flat ribbon cable or copper wire
of minimum 0.5mm diameter. Ferruling of wires shall be as per relevant IS.
5.3.9 For all cabling external to panels, power cables shall be with aluminium/ copper conductors
and control cables shall be with copper conductors. All cable connections shall be from the
bottom of the panel. Removable bolted undrilled gland plates shall be provided along with
single compression type nickel plated brass cable glands for all external cable connections.
Separate test terminals shall be provided for measuring and testing the equipment to check
performance. All panels shall be supplied complete with tinned copper cable termination
lugs.
5.3.10 A suitably sized earth bus shall be provided at the bottom of the panels running through the
panel line up with provision for earth connections at both ends to owner's main earth grid.
All potential free metallic parts of equipment shall be suitably earthed to ensure safety.
5.3.11 The maximum height of the operating handles/ switches shall not exceed 1800 mm and the
minimum height shall not be below 300 mm.
5.3.12 All components/ devices/ feeders shall be provided with screwed nameplates and lettering
shall be of minimum 6 mm height.
5.3.13 Panels shall undergo manufacturer's standard cleaning and painting cycle. After preparation
of the under surface, the panel shall be painted with two coats of epoxy based final paint.
Colour shade of final paint shall be 631 of IS 5/ RAL 7032. All unpainted steel parts shall be
suitably treated to prevent rust formation. If these parts are moving elements, then they shall
be greased.
5.4 Cell Booster
Cell booster shall be suitable for charging one to six cells within the time duration specified
at C1.5.2.1.1. It shall be suitable for charging not only new cells before being introduced to
the battery bank but also for any treatment to be given to individual weak cells. Cell booster
shall be suitable for 240 V + 10%, 50 Hz + 3% SPN input power supply. Cell booster output
voltage shall be in the range of 0-18V and 0-12V for Lead Acid and Nickel Cadmium
batteries respectively. Cell booster shall be sized as under:
For Lead Acid battery 0.14 x Ah(C io) of cell

For VRLA battery 0.2 x Ah(C io) of cell
For NiCd battery 0.2 x Ah(C5) of cell.
Cell booster shall have a heavy duty switch fuse or MCCB on both AC incomer and DC
output sides, along with AC voltmeter, DC ammeter, DC voltmeter and indicating lamps for
AC/ DC power ON. The output voltage and current of cell booster shall be manually
controlled using a suitably rated variac or a full wave controlled rectifier bridge. Suitable
interlock shall be provided so as to ensure that the variac/ controlled rectifier is at its
minimum position while switching on the cell booster. Cell booster shall be portable type
with wheels. Each cell booster shall be supplied with 5 m long flexible copper conductor,
PVC insulated braided cables for both AC incoming power supply and DC output connection
to the battery. An industrial type 3 pin 15A plug shall be provided on AC incoming cable
end and lugs shall be provided on DC outgoing cable end.
5.5 Reliability
All necessary care shall be taken in selection, design, manufacture, testing and
commissioning of the equipment for ensuring high system reliability. The following design
considerations shall be taken into account to ensure maximum availability of the system:
Page 257 of 391

ENGINEERS
5.tgar 215ieg w INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
laiRrr ereeee aa..719.0 IA Govt of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 12 of 15
5.5.1 There shall be no common device between the two units, the failure of which could cause
shutdown of more than one charger.
5.5.2 It shall be possible to attend to any individual power circuit for maintenance without
affecting the total DC supply.
5.5.3 Series-parallel combination of smaller devices to achieve specified rating shall not be
acceptable.
6.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
6.1 During fabrication, the equipment shall be subjected to inspection by EIL / Owner or by an
agency authorised by the Owner. Manufacturer shall furnish all necessary information
concerning the supply to EIL's/ Owner's inspector. Tests shall be carried out at
manufacturer's works under his care and expense.
6.2 Each Battery Charger/ DCDB/ Cell Booster shall be tested in accordance with applicable
standards. The following acceptance tests shall be performed on each Battery Charger and
DCDB as a minimum. Detailed test schedule and procedures shall be formulated by the
vendor and submitted for EIL's/ Owner's approval. Vendor shall indicate the maximum
allowable tolerance against each test parameter in line with applicable standards. All tests
shall be witnessed by owner or his authorised representative and 4 weeks prior notice shall
be given before the date of commencement of tests. In case the equipment fails to meet any
requirements of the specifications, necessary modifications/ corrections shall be made by the
vendor to ensure compliance to the specifications, and the equipment shall be retested before
acceptance. Test certificates indicating the test results shall be submitted to owner.
6.2.1 Insulation Tests
Insulation tests shall be performed as per IEC 60146-1-1.
The insulation tests shall be carried out using an AC power frequency voltage or a DC
voltage at the choice of the manufacturer. In the case of AC power frequency voltage test,
the test voltage at the frequency available in the test facility or at the rated frequency, but not
exceeding 100 Hz, shall be increased to the full value shown in the following table in not
less than 10 seconds continuously or in maximum steps of 0.05 p.u. of the full value starting
at a maximum of 0.5 p.u. The unit on test shall withstand the specified voltage for 1 minute.
In case DC voltage is used for the test, the value of DC voltage shall be equal to the crest
value of the test voltage specified in the table.
V p / /2 (Vp is the highest crest voltage to be Test Voltage (AC RMS value)
expected between any pair of terminals)
# 60 V 500 V
# 125 V 1000 V
# 250 V 1500 V
# 500 V 2000 V
6.2.2 Printed Circuit Boards
PCBs and other electronic circuits shall undergo a burn-in test for 96 hours at 50°C at a
voltage varied between the maximum and minimum supply voltage. In case of failure of any
component during testing, the tests shall be repeated after replacement of the faulty
component. Supplier's test certificates are also acceptable for the test.
6.2.3 Heat Run Test
Prior to execution of functional tests, each of the two chargers of each Battery Charger set
shall be subjected to a Heat Run test performed at rated load and voltage for a period not less
than 8 hours. The other charger of the set shall be energized under zero load current
condition throughout the test period. The temperature of electronic power devices shall be
measured and the device junction temperature shall be calculated. The calculated value shall
Page 258 of 391
Plaaeg a ENGINEERS
iatategligie INDIA MITED
LI FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
(A Gov( ol Indb undetlakingi
BATTERY CHARGER Page 13 of 15
be at least 10-20°C lesser than the maximum rated junction temperature of the device with
proper ambient temperature correction applied.
6.2.4 Functional Tests
Functional tests shall be performed on each charger. If during execution of functional tests,
an electronic component of the charger is required to be replaced, e.g. due to charger
malfunction or failure of the unit to fulfil the performance requirements of the specification,
then the heat run test shall be repeated at rated current following which functional tests shall
be carried out.
6.2.4.1 Charger Testing at Constant Output Voltage
Measurements shall be carried out in the float charging mode and in the quick charging
mode. In each mode, measurements shall be carried out at nominal AC input voltage and at
zero, 50% and 100% of rated output current. Measurements at 100% rated load current shall
be repeated at 90% and 110% of nominal AC supply voltage. Measurements shall include
input AC phase voltage, frequency, current and power and DC output voltage, current and
output voltage ripple.
6.2.4.2 Charger Testing at Constant Output Current Limit
Measurements shall be carried out both in the float charging and quick charging mode. In
each mode, measurements shall be carried out when the charger is operating under DC
current limiting conditions with DC output voltage between zero and set value
corresponding to constant voltage operation. Measurements shall include DC output voltage
and current.
6.2.4.3 Auxiliary Equipment and Control Circuit Tests
The correct functioning of all measuring instruments, alarms, indications, protections and
controls mentioned in the specification shall be verified.
6.2.4.4 Parallel Operation
Parallel operation of both chargers, sharing of the load and automatic isolation of faulty
charger shall be checked.
6.2.4.5 Charger Efficiency
This shall be determined by measurement of the active power input and output at 50%, 75%
and 100% load.
6.2.4.6 Audible Noise Test
Audible noise shall be measured around each charger at 1 meter distance in at least 4 to 5
positions.
6.3 Site Acceptance Test
The Battery Chargers, DCDB and Cell Boosters shall be tested at site along with the battery.
Vendor shall perform all tests at site as per the approved SAT procedure.
7.0 PACKING & DESPATCH
All the equipment shall be divided into several sections for protection and ease of handling
during transportation. The equipment shall be properly packed for transportation by ship/ rail
or trailer. It shall be wrapped in polythene sheets before being placed in crates/ cases to
prevent damage to finish. The rates/ cases shall have skid bottoms for handling. Special
notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up', 'Center of gravity', 'Weight', 'Owner's
particulars', 'PO Nos.' Etc., shall be clearly and indelibly marked on the packages together
with other details as per purchase order.
The equipment may be stored outdoors for long periods before installation. The packing
shall be completely suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains and high ambient
temperature
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL —All rights reserved
Page 259 of 391
loilfaeJel ENGINEERS
51?-ar Elf5i-eu INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4

MIETVWRMJ.19,M (A Govt. of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 14 of 15
OPTION-1
FROM 415V,TPN BUS FROM 415V,TPN BUS
CHARGER -1 P CHARGER-
0
AC POWER 'ON'
AC POWER 'ON'
o■ 0
■ ON/OFF
SEL. SWITCH 0 ON/OFF
SEL. SWITCH
•
CONT. Cl • CONT. C •
(:2)
(1-1) CHARGER
FAULT O 11:11 CHARGER
MDDE P.B.
FLOAT QUICK FLOAT QUICK
FLOAT CH. QUICK CH. CH. 'ON' CH. 'ON' FLOAT CH. QUICK CH.
CH. 'ON' CH. 'ON'
CHARGER-1 MODE P.B.
FLOAT CHARGER _ 2 MODE P.B. MODE P.B.
FLOAT
CH. ADJ CH. ADJ
QUICK QUICK
CH. ADJ 0-24HR. A/M SEL. CH. ADJ 0 -24HR. A/M SELI
SWITCH SWITCH1
PB TEST PB ACK PB TEST PB ACK
PB RESET PB RESET
TRIP
11
TRIP, L
• T
• CONT,2A \IL/ \Iv CDNT.2B
• 0 •
• • •k
• l< TRIP TRIP
0
CONT.1A CDNT.IB
) SEE NOTE:-2
-
EU Y
ci1D-1171-
II vs-0
L J
50% 80%
41:14:1 elle
CONT.
C2
r CRITICAL TEST P.B.

LTG. 'ON' CRIT. LTG.
6 DCDB1
O 000
"'
CONT. C3 LOAD D C. BUS
( .';AA/M SEL
SWITCH
•
1
ON OFF
PB PB
CRITICAL DC FEEDER
_ LTG. (TYP) (TYP)
NOTES: —
1. a) THE DC CONTACTORS SHALL HAVE A TESTED/ PUBLISHED DC RATING EQUAL TO OR EXCEEDING THE MOST
STRINGENT CURRENT CARRYING AND BREAKING REQUIREMENTS CONSIDERING ADEQUATE DESIGN MARGINS.
PUSH BUTTONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE IN PLACE OF SELECTOR SWITCHES FOR THE ON/OFF SWITCHING
OPERATIONS OF THE CONTACTORS.
THE DC CONTACTORS SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A DC CONTROL SUPPLY.
2. SUITABLY RATED DC MCCB CAN BE ACCEPTED IN PLACE OF SWITCH FUSE UNIT AT BATTERY OUTPUT.

Page 260 of 391
ENGINEERS
I ar tlf5ltu
g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0019 Rev. 4
(411ZPI MIR2,1,13cRRA) IA Govt of India Undertaking) BATTERY CHARGER Page 15 of 15
OPTION-II
FROM 415V,TPN BUS FROM 415V,TPN BUS
AC POWER 'ON'
0 n
CHARGER-T1
0
AC POWER 'ON'
CHARGER-
0 ON/OFF
SEL. SWITCH 0 ON/OFF
SEL. SWITCH
: .0
CONT. CI CONT. CI• I
(12)
CHARGER CHARGER
(2) ; FAULT (I) FAULT
FLOAT QUICK FLOAT QUICK FLOAT CH. QUICK CH.
CH. 'ON' FLOAT CH. QUICK CH. CH. 'ON'
HARGER,MODE P.B. MODE P.D.
o••
MODE P.B. FLOAT HARGER_,MODE
FLOAT
CH. ADJ CH, ADJ
QUICK IM • • • 49
11.
QUICK A/M SEL.,
CH. ADJ 0-24HR. A/M SEL. CH. ADJ 0-24HR.
SWITCH SWITCH
PB TESTIPBI ACK
PB RESET
PB TEST PB ACK
PB RESET
Oro
co CD
a4 TRIP
7
CD
E-3 (111 TRIPI . 11
r
CONT.2A W 1;/ CONT.213
0 0 0 -0
0 00
TRIP k TRIP
CONT.1A CDNT.IB
27 NOTE-2 SEE NOTE-2
BrIEB1-1.16-14=11 B LER Y..72.16-1411}
—4-11111 VS H6-14111— VS0

L_ J
50X 80% 50% 80%
(1) 41) 0ICONT. mm 0 ICONT.
o C2 o C2
CRITICAL TEST P.B.

LTG. 'ON' CRIT. LTG.
DCDIT
000 I
CONT. C3 --- LOAD D.C. BUS

(?)A/M SEL
100 0 0
SWITCH
I
ON OFF
PB PB
1
CRITICAL DC FEEDER
LTG. (PIP) (PIP)
_J
THE DC CONTACTORS SHALL HAVE A TESTED/ PUBLISHED DC RATING EQUAL TO OR EXCEEDING THE MOST
STRINGENT CURRENT CARRYING AND BREAKING REQUIREMENTS CONSIDERING ADEQUATE DESIGN MARGINS.
PUSH BUTTONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE IN PLACE OF SELECTOR SWITCHES FOR THE ON/OFF SWITCHING
OPERATIONS OF THE CONTACTORS.
c) THE DC CONTACTORS SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A DC CONTROL SUPPLY.
2. SUITABLY RATED, DC MCCB CAN BE ACCEPTED IN PLACE OF SWITCH FUSE UNIT AT BATTERY OUTPUT.
Page 261 of 391

g
4ol ei ENGINEERS FOR
O ez taiRez INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0046 Rev.2
(41,211E.KRIA7213101i1R1) IA Govt. India Undertaking)
STATIONARY LEAD ACID
BATTERIES Page 1 of 7
*ir78 Ag. q'ti eil

fffg fofikr
SPECIFICATION
FOR
STATIONARY LEAD ACID BATTERIES
2 11.04.2011 REVISED & RE-ISSUED AS STANDARD CS PG UAP DM

SPECIFICATION
1 27.08.2007 REVISED & RE-ISSUED AS STANDARD AP
SPECIFICATION NS JMS VC
0 28.03.2002 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION SSM MN VPS
Standards Standards
Rev. Prepared Checked Committee Bureau
No Date Purpose by by Convenor Chairman
Approved by
FormatPage
No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved
262 of 391
401 ei ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0046 Rev. 2
51fgar 2151ft
WWImew =mem)
INDIA LIMITED
IN Goo. of India Undertaking) STATIONARY LEAD ACID
Abbreviations:
AC Alternating current
Ah Amperehour
BS British Standard
DC Direct current
EIL Engineers India Limited
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers
IS Indian Standard
MSL Mean Sea Level
PO Purchase Order
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
VDE Verband der Elektrotechnik,Elektronik and Information stechnik
V Volt

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar
Page 263 of 391

k3ila2Jegalk ENGINEERS FOR
Ogem Elfatumv INDIA LIMITED
WWI elE41117141.30.0 IA Govt of India Undertaking) STATIONARY LEAD ACID
6-51-0046 Rev. 2
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS 4
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 5
6.0 PERFORMANCE 6
7.0 INSPECTION , TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE 6
8.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH 7

Page 264 of 391
ENGINEERS FOR
5 alaiReu
1411,27101ROR J971.1)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt. of India uneertaiangi STATIONARY LEAD ACID
6-51-0046 Rev. 2
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, testing and supply requirements of
stationary Lead Acid cell/batteries for DC power system /AC UPS application.
2.1 The equipment shall comply with the requirements of the latest revision of the following
standards issued by BIS.
IS-1651 : Stationary Cells and Batteries, Lead Acid type (with tubular positive plates).
IS-1652 : Stationary Cells and Batteries, Lead Acid type (with plante positive plates).
IS-6304 : Stationary Batteries, Lead Acid type with Pasted Positive Plates.
IS-8320 : General Requirement and method of test for Lead Acid Storage Batteries.
2.2 In case of imported equipment, standards of the country of origin shall be applicable if these
standards are equivalent or more stringent than the applicable Indian standards.
2.3 The equipment shall also conform to the provisions of CEA regulations and other statutory
regulations currently in force in the country.
2.4 In case Indian standards are not available for any equipment, standards issued by IEC/BS/
VDE/IEEE/NEMA or equivalent agency shall be applicable.
2.5 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for
the project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However Owner's decision in this regard
will be final and binding.
3.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 The offered equipment shall be brand new with state of the art technology and proven field
track record. No prototype equipment shall be offered.
3.2 Vendor shall ensure availability of spare parts and maintenance support services for the
offered equipment for at least 10 years from the date of supply.
3.3 Vendor shall give a notice of at least one year to the end user of equipment and EIL before
phasing out the product/ spares to enable the end user to place order for spares and services.
4.0 SITE CONDITIONS
Stationary Lead Acid cell/battery shall be suitable for operating satisfactorily in humid and
corrosive atmosphere found in refineries, petrochemical and gas processing plants,
metallurgical plants and other industrial plants. Service conditions shall be as specified in
the data sheets/job specification. If not specifically mentioned therein, a design ambient
temperature of 40°C and an altitude not exceeding 1000m above MSL shall be considered,
with a minimum temperature of 10°C for battery sizing.

Page 265 of 391
ENGINEERS FOR
oges LEI&g INDIA LIMITED
lailPil eli4INE t01341.0 (A Govt of intie undettaiong) STATIONARY LEAD ACID
6-61-0046 Rev. 2
5.0 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
5.1 Stationary Lead Acid cell/battery shall be suitable for float duty operation with a constant
voltage permanently applied to its terminals which is sufficient to maintain it in a state close
to full charge and shall be designed to supply load in the event of normal power supply
failure. Type of plate construction for batteries shall be as per the data sheet.
5.2 The standard rated ampere hour capacity of the cell/ battery shall be at a reference
temperature of 27°C, constant current discharge at 10 hours rate (C 10) and an end cell
voltage of 1.85 V/cell.
5.3 Ampere hour of the battery shall be selected based on the following:
Minimum site ambient temperature of 10°C

Discharge duty cycle
End cell voltage
Ageing factor of 0.8
e. Capacity rating factor
5.4 Number of cells and end cell voltage shall be decided by the vendor on the basis of
maximum permissible voltage to the load when batteries are float charged while feeding the
load and minimum DC system voltage. However the number of cells and end cell voltage
shall be as per the data sheet.
5.5 The battery shall be suitable for being quick charged to fully charged condition from fully
discharged condition within 10 hours.
5.6 Battery assembly shall be supplied empty, dry and uncharged. Packed unused liquid
electrolyte with 10% extra shall be delivered with the battery in suitable non returnable
sealed containers.
5.7 Each cell/battery shall have a separate container of 2.0V (nominal voltage). The cell
container shall be of restricted breathing type and shall be made from acid resistant material
and designed to withstand mechanical stresses, shocks and vibrations. Transparent containers
shall have minimum and maximum levels markings on the container wall whereas
cell/battery with non transparent containers shall be provided with mechanical indicator for
electrolyte level.
5.8 The terminal posts shall be casted of lead alloy and suitable for short circuit current and
maximum discharge current without damage to the cell as a result of terminal heating.
5.9 Stationary Lead Acid cells/battery shall be designed to withstand the mechanical stresses
encountered during normal transportation and handling.
5.10 Flame arrestor shall be mounted on the cell so that all the vented gases diffuse through the
arrestor to the outside environment. The construction of the arrestor shall be such that
hydrogen burning on the external surface of the arrestor shall not propagate back into the
cell to cause explosion.
5.11 The following information shall be permanently marked on the cell.

Nominal voltage
- Name of manufacturer/model reference
Rated capacity in ampere hours (Ah) with End Cell Voltage
Voltage for float operation at 27°C with tolerance of ± 1 %
Page 266 of 391
larEZEqM ENGI NEERS FOR
51ge.fl faitegMW INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0046 Rev. 2
INIE71e1ROIEttn.390514) Gout. of India UndeftakIng) STATIONARY LEAD ACID
Month and year of manufacture

Polarity marking
5.12 Each set of battery shall be supplied with all the necessary accessories, including, but not
limited to the following:
Battery stand in formation as per data sheet. Mild steel stand pretreated and epoxy
painted / epoxy powder coated / PVC coated.
Inter cell, inter row and inter bank connectors and end take offs. These shall be of
lead plated copper/flexible insulated copper cable/completely insulated solid copper
connectors.
Cell insulator.
Stand insulator.
Cell number plates/permanent stickers, Lugs for cable termination, as required.
Other accessories and their quantity as per data sheet.
6.0 PERFORMANCE
Lead Acid batteries shall have been type tested to meet the performance requirements for
each design and Ah rating of cells as per the relevant Indian standard referred in clause 2.1
above.
Batteries shall be subject to inspection by EIL/owner or by an agency authorized by the

owner, to assess the progress of work. The manufacturer shall furnish all the necessary
information concerning the supply to EIL/owner's representative. EIL/owner's
representative shall be given free access in the works from time to time for stage wise
inspection and progress reporting. Four weeks advance notice shall be given to witness the
final routine test and other tests as agreed upon.
Following tests shall be carried out as a minimum for cells/battery. Routine tests shall be
conducted on each cell/battery. Acceptance tests & Type tests shall be conducted on few
cells/battery as per relevant Indian standard.
A) Routine test
Physical examination test.
Polarity and absence of short circuit.
Dimension, mass and layout.
Marking and packing.
B) Acceptance test
Marking and packing.
Verification of dimensions.
Test for Ah capacity.
Test for voltage during discharge.
v) Internal resistance test.
C) Type test
Verification of constructional requirement.
Test for voltage during discharge.
Test for Ah capacity.
Test for charge retention/loss of capacity.
Air pressure test.
Ampere hour and Watt-hour efficiency test.

Page 267 of 391
larara filA ENGINEERS FOR
og es fiiiituww INDIA LIMITED
Govt of incha undertakm) STATIONARY LEAD ACID
6-51-0046 Rev. 2
Battery load test shall also be performed at site after installation as part of commissioning.
8.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH
All the equipment shall be divided into several sections for protection and ease of handling
during transportation. The equipment shall be properly packed for transportation by ship/
rail or trailer. The equipment shall be wrapped in polythene sheets before being placed in
crates/cases to prevent damage to finish. Crates/cases shall have skid bottom for handling.
Special notations such as 'Fragile', 'This side up', 'Centre of gravity', 'Weight', 'Owner's
particulars', 'P0 nos.' etc., shall be clearly marked on the package together with other
details as per purchase order.
The equipment may be stored outdoors for long periods before installation. The packing
shall be completely suitable for outdoor storage in areas with heavy rains/high ambient
temperature.

Page 268 of 391
lafsizeigh ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
ezialiteuvr INDIA LIMITED
(WM eliMAECISIWI) (A Govt of InOu Undeftalong)
MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
CABLES AND ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 10
Wig "CO ZW 41cit4A

c;sici Yd an'rgrkv
Iffq 141-44T
SPECIFICATION
FOR
MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
CABLES & ACCESSORIES
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD 42i4A411

6 11.04.11 S AMPS UAP )d. 4CAN DM
SPECIFICATION
5 20.04.09 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD PB
SPECIFICATION UAP JMS ND
4 15/03/04 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RKM
SPECIFICATION MN VPS SKG
3 30/07/98 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RKM
SPECIFICATION SKG VPS AS
2 08/12/92 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
SPECIFICATION RKM SG GNT
1 04/06/84 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD RCD
SPECIFICATION SG GNT
StandardsCommitteeC Standards
Rev Bureau
Date Purpose Prepared Checked onvenor
by by Chairman
No
Approved by

Page 269 of 391
49.41
-ag,INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0051 Rev. 6

(A Govt of India Undertakmg) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
Abbreviations:
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

BS British Standard
DGMS Director General of Mines and Safety
EPR Ethylene Propylene Rubber
FR Flame Retardant
HR PVC Heat Resistant Polyvinyl Chloride
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEC International Electro technical Commission
IS Indian Standards
UV Ultra Violet
XLPE Cross linked Polyethylene

Mr. MP Jain
Mr. BR Bhogal
Mr. Arun Kumar
Mr. KK Gera
Mr. Saeed Akhtar
Page 270 of 391

EiT lei ENGINEERS FOR
eiges 0151eg NW INDIA IJMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
(A Govt of India Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
2.0 STANDARDS 4
3.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 5
4.0 CABLE ACCESSORIES 7
5.0 INSPECTION, TESTING AND ACCEPANCE 8
6.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH 9
Page 271 of 391

d01 eJ MA ENGINEERS FOR
Ogem faVegNiie INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
1.11,E71 (A Govt of Ind Undertalong) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
1.0 SCOPE
This specification along with data sheets covers requirements for design, manufacture, testing
at works and supply of Flame Retardant Medium & High Voltage cables and cable jointing /
terminating accessories for medium and high voltage systems.
2.0 STANDARDS
2.1 The cables and cables jointing & terminating accessories shall comply with the latest edition
of the following standards as applicable:
IS: 209 Specification for zinc.

IS: 1554 • PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables.
IS: 3961(Pt-2) : Recommended current ratings for cables: Part - 2 PVC Insulated and
PVC sheathed heavy-duty cables.
IS: 3975 Mild steel wires, strips and tapes for armouring of cables.
IS: 5831 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS: 6380 Specification for elastomeric insulation and sheath of electric cables.
IS: 7098 Cross-linked polyethylene insulated PVC sheathed cables.
IS: 8130 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords.
IS: 10418 Drums for electric cables.
IS: 10462 (Pt-1): Fictitious calculation method for determination of dimensions of
protective coverings of cables: Part - I Electrometric and thermo-
plastic insulated cables.
IS: 10810 Methods of test for cables:
Part 41: Mass of zinc coating on steel armour
Part 58: Oxygen index test
Part-61: Flame retardant test
Part-62:Fire resistance test for bunched cables.
IS: 13573 Joints and terminations for polymeric cables for working voltages
from 6.6kV up to and including 33kV.
IEC: 60331-21: Tests for electric cables under fire conditions circuit integrity —
Procedures and requirements — Cables of rated voltage up and
including 0.6/1.0kV.
IEC: 60332-3 : Tests on electric cables under fire conditions.
NEMA-WC70 : Standard for non shielded power cables rated 2000V or less for
the distribution of electrical energy.
NEMA-WC53 : Standard test methods for extruded dielectric power, control,
instrumentation and portable cables for test.
DIN-53387 Artificial weathering and ageing of plastics and elastomers by
exposure to filtered xenon arc radiation.
ASTM-G-154 : Standard practice for operating fluorescent light apparatus for UV
exposure of non metallic materials.
BS: 7846 Electric cables- 600/1000V armoured fire resistant cables having
thermosetting insulation and low emission of smoke and corrosive
gases when affected by fire.
2.2 The cables and accessories shall also conform to the provisions of CEA Regulations and other
statutory regulations, as applicable.
2.3 In case of any conflict between requirements specified in various applicable documents for the
project, the most stringent one shall prevail. However, Owner's decision in this regard will be
final and binding.
Page 272 of 391

Ofgtadital ENGINEERS FOR
Igar laPlegvair INDIALIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
IMIPM 010=713113,1071) IA Govt of !Ma Undertalong) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.0 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
3.1 The cables shall be suitable for laying in trays, trenches, ducts, and conduits and for
underground-buried installation with uncontrolled backfill and possibility of flooding by water
and chemicals.
3.2 Outer sheath of all cables shall be black in colour and the minimum value of oxygen index
shall be 29 at 27 + 2 ° C. In addition suitable chemicals shall be added into the PVC compound
of the outer sheath to protect the cable against rodent and termite attack.
3.3 All cables covered in this specification shall be flame retardant (FR). The outer sheath of
cables shall possess flame propagation properties meeting requirements as per IS-10810 (Part-
62) category AF.
3.4 Sequential marking of the length of the cable in metres shall be provided on the outer sheath at
every one metre. The embossing/engraving shall be legible and indelible.
3.5 The overall diameter of the cables shall be strictly as per the values declared by the
manufacturer in the technical information subject to a maximum tolerance of ±2 mm up to
overall diameter of 60mm and ±3mm for beyond 60mm.
3.6 PVC/ Rubber end caps shall be supplied free of cost for each drum with a minimum of eight
per thousand metre length. In addition, ends of the cables shall be properly sealed with caps to
avoid ingress of water during transportation and storage.
3.7 The cables meant to be used in mining area under the jurisdiction of DGMS shall comply with
the requirements as specified in the Job specification/ Datasheet.
3.8 Medium Voltage Cables
3.8.1 All power/control cables for use on medium voltage systems shall be heavy-duty type,
650/1100V grade with aluminium/ copper conductor, PVC insulated, inner-sheathed,
armoured/ unarmoured and overall PVC sheathed.
3.8.2 The conductors shall be solid for conductor of nominal area up to and including 6mm 2 and
stranded beyond 6mm2. Conductors of nominal area less than 16 mm 2 shall be circular only.
Conductors of nominal area 16 mm 2 and above may be circular or shaped as per IS 8130.
Cables with reduced neutral conductor shall have sizes as per Table 1 of IS 1554 (Part-1).
3.8.3 The core insulation shall be with PVC compound applied over the conductor by extrusion and
shall conform to the requirements of type 'A' compound as per IS: 5831. The thickness of
insulation and the tolerance on thickness of insulation shall be as per Table 2 of IS: 1554 (Part-
1). Control cables having 6 cores and above shall be identified with prominent and indelible
Arabic numerals on the outer surface of the insulation. Colour of the numbers shall contrast
with the colour of insulation with a spacing of maximum 50 mm between two consecutive
numbers. Colour coding for cables up to 5 cores shall be as per Indian standard.
3.8.4 The inner sheath shall be applied over the laid-up cores by extrusion and shall be of PVC
conforming to the requirements of Type ST-1 PVC compound as per IS: 5831. The minimum
thickness of inner sheath shall be as per IS: 1554 (Part-1). Single core cables shall have no
inner sheath.
Page 273 of 391

SPECIFICATION
laraelefah ENGINEERS FOR
STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
$gui laPleg INV INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6

,
taiRTI ekR617,413 10570 IA Govt of India undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.8.5 All cables shall be provided with armour except those specifically specified as unarmoured.
For multicore cables, the armour shall be by single round galvanised steel wires where the
calculated diameter below armouring does not exceed 13 mm and by galvanised steel strips
where this dimension is greater than 13 mm. Requirement and methods of tests for armour
material and uniformity of galvanisation shall be as per IS - 3975 and IS -10810 (Part 41). The
dimensions of armour shall be as per method (b) of IS - 1554 (Part -1). For single core cables,
the armour shall be with H4 grade hard drawn aluminium round wire of 2.5 mm diameter.
For mining cables, the size and type of armour shall be such that the combined conductance of
armour shall be equivalent to 75 percent of the conductance of the largest conductor of the
cable.
3.8.6 The outer sheath for the cables shall be applied by extrusion and shall be of PVC compound
conforming to the requirements of type ST-1 compound as per IS: 5831. The minimum and
average thickness of outer sheath for unarmoured cables and minimum thickness of outer
sheath for armoured cables shall be as per IS: 1554 (Part -1).
3.8.7 Where specified, 1100V grade power cables shall also be XLPE insulated and shall meet the
requirement specified in IS-7098 (Part-1).
3.8.8 If heat resisting PVC cables are specified in the data sheet, the following shall be the
requirements:
It shall be possible to continuously operate the cable at a maximum conductor temperature of
85° C. PVC compounds used for HR PVC cables shall be as follows:
Conductor insulation -Type C

Inner sheath -Type ST 2
c. Outer sheath -Type ST 2
3.8.9 The fire survival cables shall meet the following additional requirements :
The insulation shall be of EPR or equivalent material with glass mica tape below or
above insulation.
The cables shall meet requirement of circuit integrity test for a minimum period of 3
hours at max. Temperature of 9500 C.
3.9 High Voltage Cables
3.9.1 Power cables for 3.3kV up to and including 33kV systems shall be Aluminium/ Copper
conductor, XLPE insulated, sheathed, armoured/ unarmoured and overall PVC sheathed.
3.9.2 The conductors shall be stranded and compacted circular for all cables.
3.9.3 All cables rated 3.8/ 6.6kV and above shall be provided with both conductor screening and
insulation screening. The conductors shall be provided with non-metallic extruded semi
conducting screen.
3.9.4 The core insulation shall be with cross linked polyethylene insulating compound dry cured,
applied by extrusion. It shall be free from voids and shall withstand all mechanical and
thermal stresses under steady state and transient operating conditions. It shall conform to the
properties given in Table-1 of IS: 7098 (Part -2).

Page 274 of 391
st=4-zeigh ENGINEERS FOR
Ogeir figeg Tar INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0051 Rev. 6
MIETT (A Govt of India undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
3.9.5 The insulation screen shall consist of non-metallic extruded semi-conducting compound in
combination with a non-magnetic metallic copper screen. The copper screen for all the three
cores together shall be capable of carrying the single line to ground fault current value and the
duration specified in the data sheet.
3.9.6 The conductor screen, XLPE insulation and insulation screen shall all be extruded in one
operation by 'Triple Extrusion' process to ensure perfect bonding between the layers. The core
identification shall be by coloured strips or by printed numerals.
3.9.7 The inner sheath shall be applied over the laid up cores by extrusion and shall conform to the
requirements of type ST 2 compound of IS: 5831. The extruded inner sheath shall be of
uniform thickness. In case of single core cables, there shall be extruded inner sheath between
insulation metallic screen and armouring.
3.9.8 All cables shall be provided with armour except those specifically specified as unarmoured.
For multicore cables, the armour shall be by galvanised steel strips. Requirement and methods
of tests for armour material and uniformity of galvanisation shall be as per IS - 3975 and IS -
10810 (Part 41). The dimensions of armour shall be as per method (b) of IS - 7098 (Part -2).
For single core cables, the armour shall be with H4 grade hard drawn aluminium round wire of
2.5 mm diameter.
3.9.9 The outer sheath of the cables shall be applied by extrusion over the armouring and shall be of
PVC compound conforming to the requirements of Type ST 2 compound of IS: 5831. The
minimum and average thickness of outer sheath for unarmoured cables and minimum
thickness of outer sheath for armoured cables shall be as per IS: 7098 (Part-2).
3.9.10 The thickness of the insulation, inner sheath shall be governed by values given in IS: 7098
(Part -2).
4.0 CABLE ACCESSORIES
4.1 The termination and straight through jointing kits for use on the systems shall be suitable for
the type of cables offered as per this specification and shall meet requirements of IS 13573.
4.2 The accessories shall be supplied in kit form. Each component of the kit shall carry the
manufacturer's mark of origin.
4.3 The kit shall include all stress grading, insulating and sealing materials apart from conductor
fittings and consumable items. An installation instruction sheet shall also be included in each
kit.
4.4 The contents of the accessories kit including all consumable shall be suitable for storage
without deterioration at a temperature of 45° C, with shelf life extending to more than 5 years.
4.5 Terminating Kits
The terminating kits shall be suitable for termination of the cables to an indoor switchgear or
to a weatherproof cable box of an outdoor mounted transformer/ motor. For outdoor
terminations, weather shields/ sealing ends and any other accessories required shall also form
part of the kit. The terminating kits shall be from one of the makes/ types mentioned in the
data sheet.
Page 275 of 391

15iFEZRT M., ENGINEERS FOR
Ogea tatateumr INDIA LIMITED
INKRIOREINE,613411.0 IA Govt of inda Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
4.6 Jointing Kits
The straight through jointing kits shall be suitable for installation on overhead trays, concrete
lined trenches, and ducts and for underground burial with uncontrolled backfill and possibility
of flooding by water and chemicals. These shall have protection against any mechanical
damage and suitably designed to be protected against rodent and termite attack. The inner
sheath similar to that provided for cables shall be provided as part of straight through joint.
The jointing kits shall be from one of the makes/ types mentioned in the data sheet.
The cables shall be tested and inspected at the manufacturer's works. Manufacturer shall
furnish all necessary information concerning the raw material supply to EIL/ Owner's
inspectors. The inspector shall have free access to the manufacturer's works for the purpose of
inspecting the process of manufacture in all its stages and he will have the power to reject any
material, which appears to him to be of unsuitable description or of unsatisfactory quality. For
HV cables, the vendor shall give at least 2 weeks advance notice to the purchaser, regarding
the date of testing to enable him or his representative to witness the tests.
5.1 Cables
5.1.1 After completion of manufacture of cables and prior to despatch, the cables shall be subjected
to type, routine, acceptance and special tests as detailed below. The test reports for all cables
shall be got approved from the Engineer before despatch of the cables.
5.1.2 All routine tests, acceptance tests, type tests and additional type tests for improved fire
performance shall be carried out as listed in IS: 1554 (Part-1) and IS: 7098 (Part-2) on PVC
and XLPE insulated cables respectively.
5.1.3 The test requirements for PVC insulation and sheath of cables shall be as per latest revision of
IS: 5831.
5.1.4 Test for Resistance to Ultra Violet Radiation: This test shall be carried out as per DIN 53387
or ASTM-G-154 on outer sheath. The retention value of tensile strength and ultimate
elongation after the test shall be minimum 60 % of tensile strength and ultimate elongation
before the test. Test certificates with respect to this test (not older than one year) from
recognised testing laboratory to be furnished for review by EIL before despatch clearance of
cables. In case test certificates are not available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own
cost in any recognised test laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch clearance
of cables. Sampling for this test is to be done randomly once for each order, provided outer
sheath remains same.
5.1.5 Acceptance tests as per IS-1554 (Part-1) and IS-7098 (Part-2) and the following special tests
to be performed on the cables as per sampling plan for all cables. However these tests are
required to be witnessed by EIL/ Owner for HV cables.
a. Accelerated water absorption test for insulation as per NEMA-WC-70. (For PVC
insulated cables) and as per NEMA-WC-53 (for XLPE/ EPR insulated cables). Test
certificates with respect to this test (not older than one year) from recognised testing
laboratory to be furnished for review by EIL before despatch clearance of cables. In
case test certificates are not available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own cost
in any recognized test laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch
clearance of cables. Sampling for this test is to be done randomly once for each order,
provided type of insulation remains same.
Page 276 of 391

ISMZelk, ENGINEERS FOR
e Elfaegmw INDIA LIMITED
(041eneiztofoON3M111.1) (A Govt of Inds undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
Dielectric Retention Test: The dielectric strength of the cable insulation tested in
accordance with NEMA-WC-70 at 75 ± 1° C shall not be less than 50 % of the
original dielectric strength. (For PVC insulated cables). Test certificates with respect
to this test (not older than one year) from recognised testing laboratory to be furnished
for review by EIL before despatch clearance of cables. In case test certificates are not
available, test is to be conducted by vendor at his own cost in any recognized test
laboratory or in house testing laboratory, before despatch clearance of cables.
Sampling for this test is to be done randomly and once for each order.
Oxygen Index Test: The test shall be carried out as per IS-10810 (Part 58). Sampling
to be done for every offered lot/size as per sampling plan.
Flammability Test: The test shall be carried out on finished cable as per IS-10810
(Part 61 & 62). Sampling for these tests is to be done randomly once for each order,
provided outer sheath remains same. The acceptance criteria for tests conducted shall
be as under:
Part-61-The cable meets the requirement if there is no visible damage on the test
specimen within 300 mm from its upper end
Part-62-The maximum extent of the charred portion measured on the test sample
should not have reached a height exceeding 2.5 m above the bottom edge of the burner
at the front of the ladder.
Test for rodent and termite repulsion property shall be done by analysing the property
by chemical method.
5.1.6 The test for circuit integrity for fire survival cables shall be carried out as per [EC-60331
(Part-21).
5.2 Cable Accessories
Type tests should have been carried out to prove the general qualities and design of a given
type of termination/ jointing system as per IS-13573. The type test certificates from
independent testing laboratory shall be submitted before despatch.
6.0 PACKING AND DESPATCH
6.1 Cables shall be despatched in non-returnable wooden or steel drums of suitable barrel
diameter, securely battened, with the take-off end fully protected against mechanical damage.
The wood used for construction of the drum shall be properly seasoned, sound and free from
defects. Wood preservatives shall be applied to the entire drum. Ferrous parts used shall be
treated with a suitable rust preventive finish or coating to avoid rusting during transit or
storage.
6.2 On the flange of the drum, necessary information such as project title, manufacturer's name,
type, size, voltage grade of cable, length of cable in metres, drum no., cable code, BIS
certification mark, gross weight etc. shall be printed. An arrow shall be printed on the drum
with suitable instructions to show the direction of rotation of the drum.
Page 277 of 391

Oftefilk -, ENGINEERS FOR
og ar laRegvir INDIA LIMITED
Inerr zwmuanagins!) (A Govt India Undertaking) MEDIUM AND HIGH VOLTAGE
6-51-0051 Rev. 6
6.3 Cables shall be supplied in drum lengths as follows:
6.3.1 MV Cables
Multicore Power cables upto 6 mm2 1000 m
Multicore Power cables from 10 mm2 up to 300 mm2 500 m
Single Core Power cables upto 630 mm2 1000 m
Control cables upto 61 cores 1000 m
6.3.2 HV Power Cables Upto 11kV (E) Grade
Three Core cables upto 400 mm2 500 m

Single Core cables upto 400 mm2 1000 m
Single Core cables above 400 mm 2 and upto 1000 mm2 750 m
6.3.3 HV Power Cables Above 11kV (E) Grade and upto 33kV (E) Grade
Three Core cables upto 300 mm2 grade 350 m

Single Core cables upto 400 mm2 1000 m
Single Core cables above 400 mm 2 and upto 1000 mm2 500 m
However exact drum lengths shall be finalised during order execution. A tolerance of ± 3 %
shall be permissible for each drum. However overall tolerance on each size of cable shall be
limited to ±2%.
Page 278 of 391

ENGINEERS FOR
sig-ar W- INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
(A Govt o11nUia Undertakm) CABLE INSTALLATION Page 1 of 11
et;eim sicA fru fqr-4147
SPECIFICATION
FOR
CABLE INSTALLATION
4 21.11.13 REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION FA SA UAP/JMS SC
3 25.04.08 REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION RKS SSM JMS VC
2 28.02.03 REVISED and ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION HKM RSG VPS SKG

REVISED and ISSUED AS STANDARD
1 04.08.97 RR VPS SG AS
SPECIFICATION
0 17.08.84 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION RR YKJ SG
Standards Standards
Rev. Com m ittee Bureau
Prepared Checked
No by by
Approved by

Page 279 of 391
ENGINEERS
5fgur I812eg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
>11??T rremrrangt (A Govt of Inrlia Undert~9) CABLE INSTALLATION Page 2 of 11
Abbreviations:

BS British Standards
CCOE Chief Controller of Explosives
CD Compact Disc
CIMFR Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research
DC Direct Current
DGFASLI Directorate General Factory Advice Service & Labour Institutes
DGMS Directorate General of Mines and Safety
ET Electrical Thread
FGL Finished Ground Level
FLP Flame Proof
FRP Fibre Reinforced Plastic
GI Galvanized Iron
HV High Voltage
IS Indian Standards
ISMC Indian Standard Medium Channel
MS Mild Steel
OISD Oil Industry Safety Directorate
PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride
RCC Reinforced Concrete Cement
SWG Standard Wire Gauge
Members: Mr. BR Bhogal

Ms. S. Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary
Ms. N.P. Guha
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL All rights reserved

Page 280 of 391
■
31 ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
vorcor2ottJvcnti, IA Govt of India Unclettalongj
CABLE INSTALLATION Page 3 of 11
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS 4
4.0 CABLE LAYING 6
5.0 TERMINATIONS 9
6.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 11

Page 281 of 391
ori ENG1NEERS
Og-arfaffleg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
I .1r2R ,1,4W asf xTas-,,i) (A Govt of India Undenakingj
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the requirements for supply of materials, wherever applicable,
installation, testing and commissioning of cable installation.
2.1 The work shall be carried out in the best workman like manner in conformity with this
specification, EIL installation standards, layout drawings, the latest edition of relevant
specifications, codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards and OISD standards listed
below :
SP:30 (BIS) Special Publication - National Electrical Code.

IS:1255 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables
upto and including 33 KV rating.
IS:10810(Part 43) Method of Test for cables ; Part 43 Insulation resistance.
IS:10810(Part45) Method of Test for cables ; Part 45 High voltage test.
OISD RP- 147 Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation
OISD 173 Fire prevention and protection system for electrical installation
2.2 In addition to the above it shall be ensured that the installation conforms to the requirements
of the following as applicable:
a. CEA Regulations
b. Regulations laid down by CEA/Electrical Inspectorate.
c. Regulations laid down by CCOE/DGMS/DGFASLI (as applicable).
d. The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry, Government of India)(As applicable)
e. Any other regulations laid down by central/state/local authorities and insurance
agencies
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
All materials and hard wares to be supplied by the contractor shall be new, unused and of best
quality and shall conform to the latest specifications of Bureau of Indian Standards.
3.1 Cable Trays
These shall be ladder type trays either prefabricated hot dip galvanised sheet steel trays or site
fabricated angle iron painted trays or FRP trays as specified in job specification.
3.1.1 Pre-fabricated hot dipped galvanised trays
The cable trays shall comply with the requirements specified in EIL installation standard
enclosed with the specification/Tender.
3.1.2 Site fabricated angle iron trays
Angle iron cable trays shall be fabricated from standard rolled angle iron sections of size
75x75x8 for runners for supporting spans limited to 3000 mm. Cross support shall be 25 x 6

Page 282 of 391
■
71 ENGINEERS r.
Ogzu1812-
'
dg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
f F2MT20n3gasfl) IA Govt of Incha Undeltaltingt
mm MS flat for tray width upto 500 mm and 32 x 6 mm flat for tray of more than 500 mm
wide and spacing between two cross supports shall not exceed 250 mm.
3.1.3 Vertical supports for both the prefabricated and site fabricated type trays shall be fabricated
out of ISMC 100 and horizontal supports shall be with 65 x 65 x 6 mm angle iron sections.
Outer most tier of all vertical cable trays shall be covered with GI sheet for protection against
physical damage to cables.Bottom most cable tray shall also be provided with GI sheet from
the bottom side for the protection of the cables from the hydrocarbon pipes located below. GI
Covers also shall be provided for the top most cable trays located outdoors.
Cable racks and trays shall be covered by removable top covers on upper most tiers allowing
adequate ventilation in following cases where:
Mechanical damage of cables is likely to occur during maintenance in the plant.

Oil or spillage of chemicals can be expected.
Protection from exposure to sun is required.
GI cover sheet shall allow adequate ventilation to the cables and shall be in standard length of
3000 mm, flanged on both sides for fixing on cable tray.
3.1.4 FRP type cable trays
The cable trays shall comply with the requirements specified in EIL standard specification
and installation standard enclosed with the specification/Tender
3.2 Cable Glands
Cable glands shall be of nickel plated brass unless otherwise specified. The single
compression type cable glands shall be used for indoor panels/equipment (e.g. substation,
control room etc). The cable glands for outdoor terminations shall be weather protected,
double compression type. Cable glands forming a part of relevant FLP enclosure shall be FLP
type, tested by CIMFR or any other recognized independent testing laboratory and approved
by CCoE/DGMS or any other statutory authority as applicable. Indigenous FLP glands shall
have valid BIS license as per the requirements of statutory authorities. All cable glands shall
comply with the requirements given in IS/IEC-60079 Part 0.
Entry thread of cable gland shall be compatible to the entry thread provided in the equipment
(BS, ET, NPT, PG as applicable). If required, suitable reducers/adopters shall be used.
3.3 Connectors
Terminations of cables with stranded conductor shall be made with crimped type tinned
copper solder less lugs which shall be suitable for the cable size mentioned in cable schedule.
3.4 Ferrules
Ferrules shall be of approved type and of size to suit core size mentioned and shall be
employed to designate the various cores of control/signal cable by the terminal numbers to
which the cores are connected, for ease of identification.Furrule shall be printed type.

Page 283 of 391
ENGINEERS
Og-arl8dleg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
ittIV-or o1vovv't1,3O-Osvit IA Govt of Indu Undertaking)
4.0 CABLE LAYING
4.1 General
Cable installation shall include power, control, lighting, fire alarm, telephone and
communication cables. These shall be laid in trenches/ cable trays /Duct as detailed in the
cable layout drawings. Cable routing given on the cable layout drawings shall be checked in
the field so as to avoid interference with structures, heat sources, drains, piping, air-
conditioning duct etc. Any change in routing shall be done to suit the field conditions
wherever deemed necessary, after obtaining approval of Engineer-in-charge.
4.1.1 High voltage, medium voltage power and control cables shall be separated from each other by
adequate spacing or by running through independent pipes, trenches or cables trays, as shown
on layout drawings/installation standards. Details of cable routes and cable spacing not shown
in detail on these drawing shall be determined by the contractor and approved by the
engineer- In-charge.
The individual cable fixing clamps and spacers for laying of single core cables shall be of
non-magnetic material. As a general practice, the metallic sheath, screen and armour of
single core cables shall be earthed at one point to keep the same at earth potential unless
otherwise stated. The continuity of armour and semiconductor screen shall be broken at each
joint. Single core cables, when laid in trefoil formation shall be braced by suitable clamps at a
distance, not exceeding 3 meters along the cable routing.For laying of long length of single
core cables recommendations from vendor shall be followed.
If straight through joints are required to be provided on single core cables, armour shall be
broken at joints as per manufacturer's recommendations. For single core cables, armour shall
be earthed at one end for the cable run length as per manufacturer's recommendation.
The Telephone, Communication and Fire alarm cables shall run on instrument trays/ducts/
trenches in the units. Wherever these are not available, cables shall be taken in a separate
trench/tray with a minimum spacing of 300 mm from power and control cables
Telephone, fire alarm and plant communication cables shall be directly buried in road berm
area, (unless otherwise specified in cable layout drawings). These cables shall cross power
cables preferably at right angles. Street lighting cables shall be laid on the other nide of road
berm area
4.1.2 The lengths indicated in the cables schedule are only approximate. The contractor shall
ascertain the exact length of cable for a particular feeder by measuring at site. All cable routes
shall be carefully measured .Before the start of cable laying, the contractor shall prepare cable
drum schedule and get that approved by Engineer-in-charge to minimize/avoid straight
through joints and then the cables cut to the required lengths, leaving sufficient lengths for the
terminations of the cable at both ends. The various cable lengths cut from the cable reels shall
be carefully selected to prevent undue wastage of cables. Extra loop length shall be given for
feeder cables where required as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge to meet
contingencies
Cables shall be laid in directly buried trench or in RCC trench (underground trench) or in
cable tray along pipe sleepers or in over head trays as shown on cable layout drawings.RCC
covers of trenches shall be effectively sealed to avoid ingress of chemicals and oils.
Overhead trays shall be installed 2700 mm (minimum) above grade level and 300mm above
FGL in case cable trays are installed along with pipe sleepers. At road crossings overhead

Page 284 of 391
ENGINEERS
$1g-ar 2151- g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
lk Govt ar India Underlaking)
trays shall be installed at 7000 mm (minimum) above grade level or cables shall be routed
cable tray culvert/ Electrical road crossings as per layout drawings.
Sufficient care shall be taken while laying cables to avoid formation of twist, sharp bend etc.
in order to avoid mechanical injuries to cables. Rollers shall be used for pulling of cables.
Cable installation shall provide minimum cable bending radii as recommended by cable
manufacturer.
4.1.3 Cables shall be neatly arranged in the trenches / trays in such a manner that criss-crossing is
avoided and final take off to the motor / switchgear is facilitated. Arrangement of cables
within the trenches / trays shall be in line with cable layout drawings. Cable routing between
cable trench and equipment/motors shall be taken through GI pipe sleeves of adequate size.
Pipe sleeves shall be laid at an angle of maximum 45 to the trench wall. Bending radii of
pipes shall not be less than 12D. It is to be ensured that both the ends of GI pipe sleeves shall
be sealed with approved weather proof sealing plastic compound after cabling. In places
where it is not possible, cables shall be laid in smaller branch trenches. Different rows of
cable trays in cable cellar below the cutout shall be fixed so that the trays don't obstruct cable
entry to the panels.
4.1.4 All cables shall be identified close to their termination point by cable tag numbers as per cable
schedule. Cable tag numbers shall be punched on aluminium /Lead straps (2mm thick, 20 mm
wide and of enough length) securely fastened to the cable and wrapped around it.
Each underground cable shall be provided with cable tags of lead /Aluminium securely
fastened every 30 m of its underground length with at least one tag at each end before the
cable enters/leaves the ground. In unpaved areas, cable trenches shall be identified by means
of cable markers as per installation drawing. These cable markers shall be placed at location
of changes in the direction of cables and at intervals of not more than 30 m and also at cable
straight through joint locations. Cable route markers shall extend 600mm above ground.
4.1.5 All temporary ends of cables must be protected against dirt and moisture to prevent damage to
the insulation. For this purpose, ends of cables shall be covered with an approved PVC end
cap or rubber insulating tape.
4.1.6 Each row of cables shall be laid in place and before covering with sand. All wall
openings/pipe sleeves shall be effectively sealed after installation of cables to avoid seepage
of water inside building/lined trench. Every cable shall be given an insulation test in presence
of Engineer-in-charge/Owner before filling the cable trench with sand Any cable which is
found defective shall be replaced.
4.1.7 Where cables pass through foundation walls, the necessary openings shall be provided in
advance for the same by another agency. However, should it become necessary to cut holes
in existing structures for example floor slab etc., the electrical contractor shall determine
their location and obtain approval of the Engineer-in-charge before carrying out the same.
4.1.8 Cables for road crossings shall be taken through ERC (Electrical Road Crossing) as shown in
the cable layout drawings and sleeves/ducts shall be effectively sealed thereafter.
At road crossing and other places where cables enter pipe sleeves adequate bed of sand shall
be given so that the cables do not slack and get damaged by pipe ends.
4.1.9 Wherever cable trench crosses storm water, waste water channel/drain, cables shall be taken
through PVC/RCC pipes. Where cables are required to cross drains of depth more than 1200

Page 285 of 391
‘31 ENGINEERS
s'eu effileg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
1~, 42"41,-W 951
Jqinl) IA Govt of India Undeftakngj
mm, cables shall be taken over the drain on cable trays supported suitably using ISMC
150/200 sections.
4.1.10 Ends of cables leaving trench shall be coiled and capped and provided with protective cover
till such time the final termination to the equipment is completed.
4.2 Cables Laid Direct in Ground
Cables shall be laid underground in excavated cable trenches where specified in cable layout
drawings. Trenches shall be of sufficient depth and width for accommodation of all cables.
Cables shall be properly spaced as per installation standards. Maximum number of cable
layers in trench shall be preferably limited to 6 layers.
Minimum depth of directly cable trench shall be 750 mm, for medium voltage and 900 mm
for HV. Cables. The depth and the width of the trench shall vary depending upon the number
of layers of cables as per EIL installation Standards.
Cables shall be laid in buried trenches at depth as shown in the cable layout drawings. It is to
be ensured by the contractor that the bottom of buried trenches shall be cleared of all rocks,
stones and sharp objects before cables are placed. The trench bottom shall be filled with a
layer of sand or stone dust. This sand /stone dust shall be leveled and cables laid over it.
These cables shall be covered with 150 mm of sand on top of the largest diameter cable and
sand shall be lightly compacted. A flat protective covering of 75 mm thick second class red
bricks or concrete tiles as per specification shall then be laid and the remainder of the trench
shall then be back -filled with natural soil, rammed and leveled.
4.3 Cables Laid in Concrete Trench
Cables shall be laid in 5 or 6 tiers in concrete trench as shown on layout drawings. Concrete
cables trenches shall be filled with sand /stone dust in hazardous area to avoid accumulation
of hazardous gases and oil. RCC covers of trenches shall be effectively sealed to avoid
ingress of chemical and oil in process area. Removal of concrete covers where required for
the purpose of cable laying and reinstating them in their proper position after cables are laid
shall be done by electrical contractor.
Minimum depth of RCC cable trench shall be 500mm for all voltage grades with 300mm
clearance between the bottoms of the trench cover and top of the cable. The depth and the
width of the trench shall vary depending upon the number of layers of cables and bending
radius required for cables as per EIL installation Standards
A11 wall openings/pipe sleeves shall be effectively sealed after installation of cables to avoid
seepage of water
4.4 Above Ground Cables
4.4.1 Cables installed above grade shall be run in cable trays, clamped on walls, ceiling or
structures and shall be run parallel or at right angles to beams, walls or columns. Cable
routing shall be planned to be away from heat sources such as hot piping, gas, water, oil
drainage piping, air-conditioning duct etc. Each cable tray shall contain only one layer of
cables as far as possible for power cables. However control cables may be laid in multiple
layers in the cable trays.
4.4.2 Individual cable or small group of cables (upto 3 cables) which run along structures / walls
etc. shall be clamped by means of 16 SWG GI saddles on 25 x 6 mm saddle bars.
Alternatively small group of cables can be taken through 60/100/150 mm slotted channel tray

Page 286 of 391
n61 ENGINEERS
$1gz:ir f&flj-g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
(~f ciecngc`M"Mil IA Govt of India Undertaking)
or channel ISMC-75/100. Cables shall be supported so as to prevent sagging. In general,

distance between supports shall be approximately 300 mm for cables upto 25 mm diameter
and maximum 450 mm for cables larger than 25 mm dia. to prevent the sagging of cables.
4.4.3 Cable laid on supporting angle in cable trenches, structures, columns and vertical run of cable
trays shall be suitably clamped by means of GI saddles / clamps, whereas cables in horizontal
run of cable trays shall be tied by means of nylon cords. Distance between supporting angles
shall not exceed 600 mm.
4.4.4 All cable trays (other than galvanized/FRP trays) and supporting steel structures shall be
painted before laying of cables. The under surfaces shall be properly degreased, derusted,
descaled and cleaned. The painting shall be done with one coat of redoxide zinc chromate
primer. Final painting shall be done with two coats of approved bituminous aluminium paint
unless otherwise specified.
4.4.5 Where cables rise from trench to motor, lighting panel, control station, junction box etc., they
shall be taken in GI pipe for mechanical protection upto a minimum of 300 mm above grade
for outdoor area. Cable ends shall be carefully pulled through conduit to prevent damage to
cable.
4.4.6 All GI Pipes shall be laid as per layout drawings and site conditions. Before fabrication of
various profiles of pipes by hydraulically operated bending machine (which is to be arranged
by the contractor) all the burrs from the pipes shall be removed. GI Pipes having bends shall
be buried in soil / concrete in such a way that the bend shall be totally concealed. For G.I.
pipes buried in soil, bitumen coating shall be applied on the buried lengths, Installation of G.I.
pipes shall be undertaken well before paving is completed and necessary co ordination with
paving agency shall be the responsibility of Electrical Contractor.
Following guide shall be used for sizing of GI. pipe.
a) 1 cable in a pipe -53% of pipe cross-sectional area occupied by cables.
b) 2 cables in a pipe -31% of pipe cross-sectional area occupied by cables.
c) 3 cables in a pipe - 43% of pipe cross-sectional area occupied by cables.
d) 4 and above cables in a pipe - 40% of pipe cross-sectional area occupied by cables.
4.4.7 After the cables are installed and all testing is complete, conduit ends above grade shall be
plugged with a suitable weatherproof plastic compound/bitumen/suitable sealing compound.
Alternatively rubber bushes shall be employed for the purpose of sealing.
4.4.8 Fire proofing of end of power cables at least 1 meter at each end as per OISD norms for the
refinery and Petroleum industry, shall be carried out as per the recommendation of the paint
supplier .Rates for the fire proofing of cables shall be included in the cable installation and no
separate payment shall be made for the painting.
5.0 TERMINATIONS
5.1 All cables up to 1100V grade and higher levels shall be terminated at the equipment by means
of compression type cable glands suitable for the cable size. They shall have a screwed nipple
with electrical threads and check nut. The cables shall be identified close to their termination
points at both the ends of cable(cable numbers shall be punched on aluminium/Lead straps
2mm thick and securely fastened to the cable, wrapped around it) and also along the route at
regular intervals, by cable tag numbers.
Page 287 of 391
-

ENGINEERS
5f--&-JE Et26 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
e,,nrc,m,ffilsn«) in Govi of mma Underlak.9) CABLE INSTALLATION Page 10 of 11
All cable entries for outdoor termination shall be through bottom/side. Outdoor cable
termination through top of equipment shall not be permitted.
5.2 Power cables cores wherever colour coding is not available shall be identified with red,
yellow and blue PVC tapes. Where copper to aluminium connections are made, necessary
bimetallic washers shall be used.
5.3 In case of control cables, all cores shall be identified at both ends by their terminal numbers
by means of PVC ferrules suitable for core size. Wire numbers shall be as per schematic/
wiring/inter-connection diagram. All unused spare cores of control cables shall be neatly
bunched and ferruled with cable tag at both ends, for future use.
5.4 Contractor shall drill holes for fixing glands wherever necessary. Gland plate shall be of non-
magnetic material/ aluminium sheet in case of single core cables. All unused cable entries on
equipment/panels shall be plugged/sealed.
5.5 The cable shall be terminated at electrical equipment/switchboards through glands of proper
size. The individual cores shall then be dressed and taken along the cables ways or shall be
fixed to the panels with polyethylene straps. The cable glanding shall be done as per
manufacturer's instructions. Cable armour shall not be exposed after termination is complete.
In case of termination of cables at the bottom of a panel over a cable trench having no access
from the bottom close fit holes shall be drilled in the gland plate for all the cables in one line,
then gland plate shall be split in two parts along the centre line of holes. After fixing bottom
plate, uncovered cable holes/gaps shall be sealed with cold setting compound.
5.6 Crimping of lugs to cable leads shall be done by hand crimping / hydraulically operated tool
as per requirement. Insulation of the leads shall be removed before crimping. Conductor
surface shall be cleaned and shall not be left open. Suitable conducting jelly shall be applied
on the conductor lead. Lugs shall enclose all strands of cable core. Cutting of strands shall
not be allowed.
5.7 The contractor shall bring to the notice of Engineer-in-charge any mismatch in cable glands,
lugs provided with the equipment vis-à-vis to the cable size indicated in cable schedule for
taking corrective action.
5.8 The cable joints shall be avoided as far as possible . In case a joint is unavoidable, the
following shall be insured:
- The number of joints shall be restricted to minimum as far as possible.
The location of joints shall be identified with permanent markers.
No joints shall be allowed in hazardous areas without the approval of Engineer-in-

charge.
The jointing and termination of medium voltage power cables shall be carried out by trained
personnel only. Jointing and termination of high voltage and EHV cables shall be done by
skilled and experienced jointer duly approved by Engineer-in-charge. Only type tested
jointing and termination kits of approved make shall be used.
5.9 No unauthorized repairs, modifications shall be carried out on the hazardous area equipment
terminal boxes and junction boxes. Damaged enclosures of hazardous area equipment shall be
brought to the notice of Engineer-in-charge by contractor. After termination is complete, all

Page 288 of 391
ENGINEERS
$1g-ar 0154--eg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0082 Rev. 4
,rzr.o (A Go,t af Intlia Und.l.k.91 CABLE INSTALLATION Page 11 of 11
the bolts, nuts, hard wares of terminal box shall be properly placed in its position and
tightened.
5.10 Where required, cable sealing boxes intended to be used with the apparatus shall be filled with
solid setting type bituminous compound unless otherwise specified.
5.11 All cables glands installed outdoor shall be provided with suitable sized shrouds and rates for
the same shall be included in the scope of the termination of the cable glands. No separate
payment is envisaged for the same.
6.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
6.1 Field testing and commissioning of electrical installation shall be carried out as per EIL
specification.
6.2 Before energising, the insulation resistance of every circuit shall be measured from phase to
phase, phase to neutral and from phase/neutral to earth.
6.3 Where splices or terminations are required in circuits rated above 650 volts, insulation
resistance of each length of cable shall be measured before splicing and or / terminating. After
completion of splices and /or terminations measurements shall be repeated.
6.4 The insulation resistance of directly buried cables shall be measured before cable trenches are
backfilled. Measurements shall be repeated after back filling.
For cables upto 1.1 KV grade 1000 V Megger and for H.V. Cables 2.5 KV / 5 KV Megger
shall be used.
6.5 D.C. High Voltage test shall be conducted on cables given below after installation.
a) A11 1100 volts grade power cables in which straight through joints have been made.
b) A11 cables above 1100 V grade.
The DC High Voltage test shall be performed as detailed below in the presence of the
Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative only.
Cables shall be installed in final position with the entire straight through joints complete.
During the high voltage test, all other electrical equipment related to the cable installation,
such as switches, instrument transformers, bus bars, etc., must be earthed and adequate
clearance shall be maintained from the other equipment and framework to prevent flash over.
In each test, the metallic sheath/screen/armour shall be connected to earth.
6.6 All checks and tests shall be made as per EIL standard test Performa available with site
engineer.
All test readings shall be recorded and submitted to EIL in triplicate sets.
6.7 Cable schedule, cable layout drawings, Interconnection drawings shall be revised and marked
by contractor for ÀS BUILT STATUS' and two sets of copies along with CD shall be
submitted to EIL.

Page 289 of 391
ENGINEERS FOR
:ir cn,nrd. INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
IA Govt al India Undertaking) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 1 of 13
51chM wrd-f-git "8-04 191
SPECIFICATION
FOR
LIGHTING INSTALLATION
4 15.1.14 REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION FA SA UAP SC
3 25.04.08 REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION

RKS SSM JMS VC
2 28.02.03 REVISED and ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION HKM RSG VPS SKG
REVISED and ISSUED AS STANDARD
1 01.09.97 RR VPS SG AS
SPECIFICATION
0 31.03.82 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION RR VPS
Standards Standards
Committee Bureau
Rev. Prepared Checked
No by by
Approved by
Page 290 of 391

t11 ENGINEERS
52z11. 22e8 INDIA LIMITED
IA GoN of India Unde■taM.9)
FOR
6-51-0083 Rev. 4
Page 2 of 13
Abbreviations:
CCoE Chief Controller of Explosives
CD Compact Disc
CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamps
CIMFR Central Institute of Mining and Fuel Research
DC Direct Current
DG Diesel Generator
DGMS Director General Mines and Safety
ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
FFL Finished Floor Level
FRP Fibre Reinforced Plastic
GI Galvanised Iron
HPMV High Pressure Mercury Vapour
HPSV High Pressure Sodium Vapour
HRC High Rupturing Capacity
IP Ingress Protection
IS Indian Standards
JB Junction Box
LED Light Emitting Diode
MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
MDB Main Distribution Board
MS Mild Steel
PE Polyethelene
TPN Three Phase and Neutral
Members: Mr. BR Bhogal

Ms. S. Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary
Ms. N.P. Guha
Copyright EIL All rights reserved

Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 291 of 391
■
31 ENGINEERS
£;Mes INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
IA Govt of India Undellaking) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 3 of 13
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 4
4.0 LIGHTING INSTALLATION 7
5.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 12
Page 292 of 391

in ENGINEERS
Ogz-if INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
411,71 cvrcrgc, af I 34C.) IA Govt ot InOH Unaortok,o9)
LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 4 of 13
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the requirements for the supply of equipment, materials,
installation, testing and commissioning of the lighting system (lighting fixtures, lighting
power distribution, telephone wiring etc.).
specification, EIL installation standards, layout drawings, the latest edition of relevant
specifications, codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards and OISD standards listed
below :
SP:30 (BIS) Special Publication - National Electrical Code.
IS:5 Colours for ready mixed paints and enamels.
IS :3854 Switch for domestic & similar purpose
IS/IEC 60947 L.V. Switch gear and control gear
IS: 1293 Plugs & socket outlets of rated voltage upto and including 250V &
rated current upto 16A.
IS:9537 Conduits for electrical installations
IS 694 Polyvinyl Chloride insulated unsheathed & sheathed cables/cords
upto & including 450/750V
OISD RP- 147 Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation
OISD 173 Fire prevention and protection system for electrical installation
a. CEA Regulations
c. Regulations laid down by CCoE/DGMS (as applicable).
d. The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry Government of India).
e. Any other regulations laid down by central/state/local authorities and Insurance
agencies.
3.0 EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
All materials, fittings and appliances to be supplied by the contractor shall be new, unused and
of the best quality and shall conform to the specifications given hereunder. These shall be
manufactured in accordance with the latest revision of the specifications of Bureau of Indian
Standards/International standards. In the absence of any specifications for a particular item,
contractor shall bring material samples along with proven track record to site and get the same
approved by Engineer-in-Charge/Owner before installation.
3.1 Lighting and Power Panels
3.1.1 Lighting and Power panels (general purpose panels for safe area) shall be made of 1 6mm
thick sheet steel or polycarbonate material as specified. and shall be dust and vermin proof.
All metal surfaces shall be cleaned free of rust, given a coat of red-oxide primer and finished
with two coats of epoxy based paint of shade 632 of IS 5. Panels shall be indoor/outdoor type
as specified. Indoor type panels shall have 1P42 degree of protection and shall be suitable for
surface or flush mounting on wall surface as specified. Lighting and power panels located
outdoor shall be IP55 weather protected and shall also preferably have integral canopy for

Page 293 of 391
-1t1"? ENGINEERS
Og-af fa2- INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
(A Govt of Incha Undertalong)
LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 5 of 13
additional weather protection. The canopy shall be made of 2mm thick galvanized sheet steel
or FRP where these are separate from the equipment.
3.1.2 Lighting and Power panels shall have TPN incoming feeder and single phase outgoing
feeders. Lighting circuit feeders shall be rated for 10 amps and power circuit feeders shall
have current rating of 16Amps.In power panels for window Air conditioning units, power
circuit feeder shall be rated for 20 amps. Panels shall be equipped with phase and neutral bus
bars of required current carrying capacity. The outgoing feeders shall be provided with single
pole miniature circuit breakers (MCBs) for safe areas and double pole MCBs for hazardous
areas. The incomer shall be with MCB and ELCB unit unless otherwise specified. Miniature
circuit breakers shall be mounted in such a way that the operating levers project outside the
front Bakelite cover plates for ease of operation. A hinged door to cover the operating knobs
shall be provided. In addition, a circuit diagram indicating incomer details and outgoing
details viz. Circuit number, circuit rating, and load connected and details of the load shall be
pasted inside the panel. Also a laminated copy of the diagram shall be provided inside the
panel in a suitably designed pocket. Two external earthing studs for connection to the plant
earthing grid shall be provided on the panel. Further, the panel shall be provided with an earth
bus bar with terminal studs for connection to the third core of each outgoing circuit. Each
circuit phase and neutral shall be given ferrule numbers. Complete wiring inside the panel,
shall be neatly bunched with PVC tape and button. Sufficient terminals shall be provided in
the terminal block so as to ensure that not more than one wire (core) is connected to a
terminal. The panel shall have knock out holes or removable gland plate for the entry of
incoming and outgoing conduits or cables. The panels shall be complete with requisite
number of cable glands as specified.
3.1.3 The Main distribution board (MDB) where used, shall be made of 2mm thick sheet steel
panel, dust and vermin proof similar in construction to Lighting and Power panels but with
TPN MCCB or switch fuse incoming and TPN outgoings ( MCB with ELCB units and MCB
without ELCB unit as applicable) of required numbers as specified.
3.1.4 All MCBs shall be of M9 category as per IS 8828 and sensitivity of ELCBs shall be 100 mA-
300 mA unless otherwise specified.
3.1.5 Wherever the size of incoming cable to lighting, power panels/MDB is more than 35 sq mm a
suitable cable adapter box shall be provided and attached to the panel. The incoming cable
leads shall be connected to terminal block (bolted type terminals) of required size. This
terminal block shall be connected to TPN incomer unit through separate PVC insulated copper
conductor wires/bus bars. Sufficient space shall be provided (minimum 300mm) between
gland plate and the bottom of terminal block for easy termination.
3.2 Lighting Fixtures
The types, makes and catalogue numbers of various types of lighting fixtures shall be as given
in Fixture schedule job data sheet. HPMV/HPSV/fluoroscent lighting fixtures shall be
complete with ballast, starters and capacitor, as required. Control gears for these fixtures shall
be integral or non-integral as specified in lighting layout drawings. Unless otherwise
specified, all fixtures shall be supplied complete with lamps. Ballast for fixture shall be
copper wound or electronic type. The fixtures shall be of high power factor type i.e. at least
0.9 or more.
3.3 Switches
Switches, manufactured in accordance with IS:3854 shall be used for non hazardous areas.
Switches in areas where concealed wiring has been adopted, shall be flush mounting piano
type unless otherwise specified. For surface conduit wiring, piano type switches in surface
mounted box shall be provided. Industrial Type switches (Weather protected) shall be used
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved

Page 294 of 391
ENGINEERS
OgzrE d'-g
22-" INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
aiwncwergc, 051,34,15.1) lA Govt of inaiA Unden.1/4.9) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 6 of 13
for outdoor areas. Modular switches along with required boxes shall be provided for indoor
application in case shown in the layout.
3.4 Receptacles
Three pin type 5A/15A receptacles manufactured in accordance with IS: 1293 shall be used
for non hazardous areas. The receptacles and the controlling ON/OFF switch shall be mounted
in the same enclosure box but there shall be in separate units to facilitate replacement by
parts. Flush mounting type receptacles shall be used in areas where concealed wiring has been
adopted and surface type shall be used in other areas. For exhaust fans and wall mounted air
circulators, socket and switch enclosures shall be separate. In buildings such as sub-station,
DG. Shed, Workshop, maintenance shop etc. industrial type metal clad socket outlets and
plugs shall be provided. These sockets shall be supplied complete with plugs. Modular type
receptacles along with required boxes shall be provided for indoor application in case shown
in the layout
3.5 Outlet Boxes
The outlet boxes used as point outlets shall be prefabricated type 65mm deep junction boxes.
Outlet boxes custom fabricated for sockets, switches, fixtures and fan regulators etc. shall be
made of MS sheet having minimum thickness of 1.6mm.Outlet boxes shall be galvanized/
nickel plated after fabrication. These shall be complete with terminal block suitable for
connection of wires up to 4 sq mm Front cover plate shall be of 3mm thick Bakelite / PE
sheet. The colour shall suit the shade of the walls or shall be white if the shade of the walls is
not finalised. The sheet shall extend at least 2 cm on all sides of outlet box. Cover plate shall
be fixed by cadmium plated brass screws and cup washers. Outlet boxes shall be provided
with adequate number of knock outs on all the sides for ease of wiring either with conduits or
without conduits.
3.6 Conduit and Accessories
Conduits for Electrical installations shall conform to IS: 9537. The type of conduit (steel / GI/
PVC) shall be as specified on drawing. Black enameled steel or GI conduit shall be of 1.6mm
thick and the minimum wall thickness of PVC conduit shall be 1.6mm. Generally PVC
conduits shall be used in concealed wiring and for surface wiring GI conduit (in plant
buildings) and black enameled steel conduit (in non plant buildings) shall be used.
3.7 Lighting Poles
Lighting poles shall be fabricated as per EIL installation standards enclosed with the
specification from ERW steel tubular pipes of specified section, with joints, swaged together
when hot and beveled on outside edges or hexagonal shape. Poles shall be coated with
bituminous preservative solution on the ground portion of the outside surface. Remainder of
the outside surface shall be given one coat of redoxide primer and finished with two coats of
aluminium paint. The pole shall have a marshalling box near the bottom to contain HRC
fuses, a neutral link, an earth stud and terminal block. FRP type lighting poles shall be
provided in case shown in the layout.
3.8 Lighting Mast
3.8.1 Lighting masts (Lattice tower) where used, shall be fabricated as per EIL Standard Drawing
enclosed with the tender/specification. They shall be complete with 2 nos. MS flats provided
at the base plate for connection to the plant earthing grid. A ladder, platform, handrail, a
weather protected TPN switch (at 1500mm from ground Level) and a weather protected
distribution board fabricated out of sheet steel shall be provided at the top of mast. The TPN
Switch and the distribution board shall also have a canopy for additional weather protection.
The TPN switch shall be suitable for looping one more lighting mast from the same incoming
Page 295 of 391
ENGINEERS
181Wg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
IaiRrl r1r<rNeffsf,o,f1) 1A GoN of India unoenak.g) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 7 of 13
power supply. The distribution board shall have TPN bus bars of 30 Amps. rating and 12 Nos.
outgoing circuits each with a 6A single pole MCB. The distribution board shall have cable
entries from bottom. Necessary space provision and suitable mounting arrangement shall be
made on top of the tower for mounting of ballast (choke) and condensers for all the circuits
and the lighting fixtures. The masts shall be given one coat of red oxide primer and two coats
of aluminium paint. Distribution board shall be fabricated out of 2mm thick sheet steel and
shall be painted with two coats of enamel over a base coat of red oxide.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise specified the flood lighting high masts shall be telescopic type conforming
to EIL specification and data sheet.
3.9 Wires
Wires shall be PVC insulated and shall be of 660 Volts grade as per IS694. Conductor shall be
of stranded copper and size shall be minimum 1.5 Sq. mm for lighting, 2.5 Sq. mm for 15A
power socket circuits and 4 sq. mm for split A/C power socket circuits. Red/Yellow/blue
wires for phases, black wire for neutral and green wire for earth shall be used (size of earth
wire shall be same as for phase and neutral size). Wire size for air conditioning circuit feeders
shall be as indicated in the panel schedule.
3.10 Ceiling fan/Exhaust fan
Ceiling fans shall be of 1200mm sweep with BEE(Bureau of energy efficiency) rating of
minimum 3 star, unless otherwise specified with double ball bearing and regulator. The
suspension down rod shall be sturdy mild steel rod of adequate diameter and of minimum
length of 300mm with shackles suspension arrangement as per IS. For exhaust fans, the sweep
dia. and air CFM shall be as specified in job specification. Exhaust fans for battery room shall
be with anticorrosive blades suitable for use in acidic fumes. Exhaust fans shall be with BEE
rating of minimum 3 star.
3.11 Decorative switches and sockets
Decorative lighting switches and sockets where specified, shall be modular in design. A11
these items shall fit into the same frame with overall standard dimensions. Frames shall be
suitable for surface and flush mounting in brick / concrete wall. The frames shall be suitable
for conduit entry from all the sides. Switches and sockets shall match colors of the frame and
cover plates to obtain a combination which shall match d&or of the interiors of Control
Room, Administrative buildings, offices rooms etc.
4.0 LIGHTING INSTALLATION
4.1 General
4.1.1 The lighting fixtures in the plant shall be fed from lighting panel. A11 outdoor lighting shall be
group controlled manually or through synchronous timer or photocell. Lighting wiring
between panel and lighting fixtures shall be done with PVC insulated 3-core (phase, neutral
and earth) copper conductor armoured cable for hazardous areas. Wiring in the building shall
be done by means of 3-core copper, conductor PVC insulated, un-armoured cables, or PVC
insulated copper conductor wires in conduit/Metsec channel as specified. All joints of
conductors in Switch boards/JBs Fittings shall be made only by means of approved
mechanical connectors (nylon/PVC connectors). Bare twisted joints shall not be permitted any
where in the wiring system.
4.1.2 The lighting layouts furnished by owner will indicate approximate locations of lighting
fixtures. The electrical contractor shall determine, with approval of Engineer-in-Charge, the
exact locations of each fixture in order to avoid interference with piping or other mechanical
equipment and also with a view to obtain as much uniform illumination as practicable, and to
Page 296 of 391
i ENGINEERS
Og-a1.,77fr 02- g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
c•-(rosk,z,A~) (A Govt ,A Ind. Underth(0.9) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 8 of 13
avoid objectionable shadows. Conduits shall be laid out by the contractor to suit field
conditions and as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.1.3 On walkways, platforms and other outdoor area, lighting fixtures shall be located nearer to
landing of stairs or ladders, gauges, flow meters, panel boards and other equipment to provide
proper illumination.
4.1.4 The minimum height of any lighting fixture shall be preferably not less than 2.5 meters above
the floor level.
4.1.5 All outdoor cable terminations to outdoor junction boxes, panels, socket outlets etc. shall be
through bottom or from side. Top entries for cables shall be avoided to avoid water entry. All
cable glands for outdoor terminations shall be double compression type and the gland shall be
covered with PVC or rubber boot shroud. All unused cable entries shall be plugged with
suitable blanking plugs.
4.1.6 Mounting height of equipment shall be as under:-
Top of Switch Box 1200 mm from FFL (Finished floor level)

Top of Lighting/Power Panel 1800mm from FFL
5/15 Amp. receptacle 300mm from FFL unless otherwise specified (1200
mm for process areas and industrial sheds)
Lighting fixture As indicated in layout drawing
Exhaust fan In the cutout provided / as indicated in Layout
drawings.
4.1.7 Fixtures shall be firmly supported from the structures. Support clamps etc. may be bolted or
welded to the existing steel work or metal inserts. In case of concrete structures, where metal
inserts are not available, fixtures shall be suspended from concrete surfaces with the help of
anchor fasteners. In such cases special care shall be taken to see that anchoring is firm. In
places where ceiling fans are provided, lighting fixtures shall be suspended below the level of
fan to avoid shadow effect.
4.1.8 The lighting fixtures on various circuits shall be suitably interlaced so that failure of any one
circuit does not result in complete darkness.
4.1.9 Circuit cables in a group shall be cleated to structure by using galvanised strip clamps or cable
run in cable trays wherever trays are available. Spacers and cleats shall be of required size to
accommodate the cables. All hardware shall be galvanised or zinc passivated. Underground
lighting cables (in paved areas) shall be taken in suitable GI sleeves buried at a minimum
depth of 300mm from FFL. GI pipe sleeves shall be extended to 300mm above FFL. Exact
termination/layout of GI pipes (for protection of cables) shall be decided at site as per site
convenience in consultation with Engineer-in-charge.
4.1.10 Wiring for all outlet sockets shall be done with 3 cores of equal sizes for phase, neutral and
earth. The terminals of switch sockets shall be suitable to receive the size of wire specified.
4.1.11 All lighting fixtures shall be provided with terminal block with required terminals suitable for
connection of wire up to 2.5 sq. mm copper conductor.
4.1.12 The cable shall be straightened after unwinding it from the Brum. All cables are clamped/laid
in straight run without any sag and kink.
4.1.13 For location where fan points are shown, fan hooks with junction box shall be provided during
concreting.

Page 297 of 391
k31 ENGINEERS
Ogzz fa2e5 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
lafizry c,,:nr,e151,,,n+1) A Go. 07 Und.r,".9) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 9 of 13
Where fan hooks and JBs. are provided separately JB shall be located within a distance of
300mm from hook for mounting of ceiling rose.
4.1.14 Industrial type plug sockets with 20A MCB or rating as per job specification shall be provided
at a height of 500mm from FFL for window AC units.
Socket outlets and plugs for installation in Sub-station building, DG shed, workshop, and
maintenance shop etc. shall be of industrial metal clad type.
4.1.15 Wiring for exhaust fans shall be terminated in receptacles as specified in layout drawing and
the connection from receptacle to the exhaust fan shall be by means of a flexible cord
equivalent in size to the main run of wires. Switch for exhaust fan shall be located in a
separate switch board along with other switches.
4.2 Conduit System
4.2.1 Surface or concealed conduit system of wiring shall be adopted, as specified in the drawings.
Required number of pull boxes shall be used at intervals to facilitate easy drawing of wires.
Separate conduit shall be run for lighting and power circuits. Further, conduits for Normal
lighting/Emergency lighting/DC critical lighting shall be separate. Conduit layout shall be
decided at site as per site conditions. Drop conduits for switch boards shall be decided by
contractor as per wall locations shown in Architectural drawings. All exposed run of conduits
on surface, shall be vertical or horizontal.
4.2.2 Only threaded type conduit fittings shall be used for metallic conduit system. Pin grip type or
clamp type fittings are not acceptable. Conduit ends shall be free from sharp edges or burrs.
The ends of all conduits shall be reamed and neatly bushed.
Conduit shall be of minimum 25mm dia. Maximum number of wires permissible in a conduit
shall be seven/nine for wire size of 2.5 sqmm/1.5 sq.mm. respectively.
4.2.3 The exposed outer surface of the conduit pipes, including all accessories forming part of the
conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rusting. In all cases, bare threaded
portion of conduit pipe shall not be exposed unless such bare threaded portion is treated with
anti corrosive preservative or covered with approved plastic compound.
4.2.4 Conduit connection to outlet boxes shall be by means of screwed hubs or check nuts on either
side. Where concealed wiring is done, junction boxes (65mm deep) shall be used so as to rest
on shuttering properly. Conduits shall be laid above reinforcement. All conduit connections
shall be properly screwed and Junction box covers shall be properly fitted so as to avoid entry
of concrete slurry.
4.2.5 Conduit pipes shall be fixed by 1.6mm thick GI saddles on 3mm thick GI. saddle bars of
required width in an approved manner at intervals of not more than 50cms for straight run. At
places near junction boxes, bends, or similar fittings, saddle and bars shall be provided on
either side.
4.2.6 Where concealed wiring is to be adopted, conduits shall be laid in time before concreting of
the slab. Pull wire (GI or steel) shall be provided inside conduit for the ease of wire pulling.
The contractor shall coordinate his work with other agencies involved in the civil works in
such a way, that the work of the other agencies is not hampered or delayed. Vertical conduit
runs shall be made in wall before plastering is done so as to avoid chasing. Where chases are
made for conduit run contractor shall fill these chases or any other openings made by them
after completing the work and patch the surface. During installation, care shall be taken to see
that proper covers are provided to prevent rusting of conduits. Locations of all point outlets,
junction boxes shall be marked with brick powder or sand so that these are easily identified

Page 298 of 391
k31 ENGINEERS
r faJleg
Og-a14.771' INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
twax, t151,70,-.0 A GOvt orirceu Undenak.9) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 10 of 13
after shuttering removal. As built conduit layout drawing shall be submitted by contractor
after completion of the work.
4.2.7 All junction boxes, bends and other accessories shall be of the same material as that of conduit
and shall have the same protective coatings.
4.2.8 After erection, the entire conduit system shall be tested, for mechanical and electrical
continuity and shall be permanently connected to earth by means of approved type of earthing
clamps.
4.3 Hazardous Area Installation
4.3.1 Wiring in hazardous area shall be done by using minimum 2.5mm2 copper conductor
armoured cable.ri core of the cable shall be used as earth conductor for earthing of lighting
fixture. Circuit wiring feeding hazardous areas shall be controlled by two pole
switches/MCBs (for phase as well as neutral isolation).Switches for lighting panels installed
in hazardous area shall have a pole to break the neutral in addition to poles for phases.
4.3.2 Correct type of lighting equipment (fixtures and JBs) with regard to hazardous protection as
specified in the drawing shall be installed for the areas classified as Zone 1, Zone 2 etc.
4.3.3 The terminations in the junction boxes and the lighting fittings shall be done avoiding
possibility of loose connections due to vibrations. After the terminations are made the cover of
the junction boxes and the lighting fittings shall be closed properly with all bolts and hard
wares in correct position, retaining its explosion and weather protections. In fixtures having
double cable entries, both the entries shall be used for looping in and looping out connection,
thus minimising the use of a separate junction box. Wherever separate control gear boxes (CG
box) are provided looping in and looping out connections shall be through CG box, thus
avoiding the use of an additional junction box. A11 unused cable entries shall be sealed with
suitable plugs.
4.3.4 Circuit cables shall be firmly cleated in a group along columns/ beam/ladders/side
channels/platform using 1.6mm thick GI saddles on 25x3 mm GI saddle bar at intervals of
400mm to 500mm for straight run and on either nide close to bending and at both termination
ends as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge. Where required 3 or more of cables shall be
taken in perforated150mm wide slotted channel cable tray after getting the approval of
Engineer-in-charge. Minimum straight run shall be 3000mm.Cables shall not be routed along
hand rails.
Where fire proofing column/structures are encountered, all cabling shall be taken in GI pipes
of required size and both ends shall be sealed, well before fire proofing is done. Similarly
equipment such as lighting fixture, control gear box, lighting/ power panels, field call stations,
junction boxes etc. shall be installed on suitable steel mounting frame/distance bracket,
thereby avoiding direct contact with the concrete used for fire proofing.
4.3.5 Cable glands for terminating cable on flameproof equipment shall be of double compression
FLP type. Any material/equipment specified to be supplied by contractor for installation in
hazardous areas, shall be tested by CIMFR and duly approved by CCoE or DGMS or any
other applicable statutory authority. All indigenous FLP equipment shall also have valid BIS
license as required by statutory authorities.
4.4 Building Lighting
4.4.1 The type of wiring system shall comprise surface/concealed conduit system or cable wiring as
specified on layout drawings.

Page 299 of 391
01 •2.1 ENGINEERS
$tgz:fr INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
1~1 n,
~) ■A Gov■ ■Ad■A tindert~g) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 11 of 13
4.4.2 Mounting details of fixtures shall be indicated on the drawings. If specified on the drawings, a
group of fluorescent lighting fixtures which are to be mounted end to end shall be fixed to
mild steel cold rolled sections of 50mm x 50mm and of 1.2mm thick (Metsec channel). The
entire assembly shall be fixed to the ceiling with necessary number of supports which may be
by means of steel conduit or chromium plated chain link as required. The 'Metsec' Channel
shall run continuous in suitable sections from one end to other end of wall. The complete
channel shall be spray painted, with approved colour as per the directions of Engineer-in-
Charge. All wires inside channel shall be neatly bunched by nylon tape and buttons.
4.4.3 Wiring in areas above false ceiling shall be done in Surface Conduit (25mm dia GI conduit)
suitably clamped to the true ceiling. Vertical drops from true ceiling for panels, switches,
receptacles etc. shall be taken in 25mm dia PVC conduit concealed in walls upto
switchboards/panels. Lighting fixtures shall be supported from true ceiling. Exact location of
fixtures shall be finalised in co-ordination with air-conditioning duct diffuser layout, panel's
layout and false ceiling grid layout. To facilitate easy maintenance 'Looping back system' of
wiring shall be followed throughout. Accordingly supply tapping's and other interconnections
including for earthing are made only at fixture connector blocks or at switch boards. Required
number of junction boxes shall be used at intervals for wire pulling and inspection.
4.4.4 All wires in conduit shall be colour coded as specified. Each circuit shall have independent
phase neutral and earth wire. However when group of circuits are run in a single conduit the
earth wire can be common.
4.4.5 Building conduit lighting system of wiring where measurement is done on point wiring basic
generally consists of two parts. The first part is the circuit wiring which includes the work
necessary from lighting panel up to switch box and from switch box to another switch box.
The second part is the point wiring which shall include the work necessary from tapping point
in the switch box upto various fixtures or fan outlets/ceiling roses.
4.4.6 Switches for light fixtures/exhaust fans in battery room shall be provided outside the Battery
room.
4.4.7 Lighting layouts for non-plant buildings (such as ware house, cement godown, gate house,
workshop, service building, rest room, etc.) shall be prepared by installation contractor as
defined in the scope of work.
The following basic data/document for preparation of layouts will be provided to the
contractor.
i) Architectural drawings
ii) Illumination level required
iii) Type of lighting fixture
iv Type of wiring (concealed/surface conduit/cable wiring etc.)
Based on the above input, contractor shall prepare and submit lighting layout drawings, panel
schedules, conduit layout drawings for concealed wiring, design calculations wherever
required, for review by purchaser before erection work is started. The lighting layout drawing
shall show the location, type and mounting details of lighting fixtures, receptacles, junction
boxes, layout of circuit indicating number of wires etc. The number of points in a circuit shall
not exceed ten and the load in each circuit shall be less than 1000 Watts.
The panel schedule shall include rating of incoming and outgoing feeders, number of outlets,
load for each outgoing circuit, etc.
All drawings shall be prepared preferably in AO and Al size. Panel schedules shall be in A4
size drawings. Final submission of drawings shall be in soft copies (CD form) and in bound
volumes.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL All rights reserved
Page 300 of 391
3t ENGINEERS
Ogar f&f&leg INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0083 Rev. 4
7112,1 oroer 051 IA Govt ol lntlia Undert.kI.9) LIGHTING INSTALLATION Page 12 of 13
4.5 Street Lighting
4.5.1 Street lighting poles to be located on road nide shall be installed at a minimum distance of
300mm from the edge of the walkway of the road (road berm). Size of wires from marshalling
box upto fixture shall be 1.5mm2 /2.5mm2, copper conductor PVC insulated.
4.5.2 Each pole shall be earthed at two points by connecting to the plant earth grid as shown on
Installation standards.
4.5.3 Street lighting fixture shall be mounted on steel tubular poles as per standard drawings. The
foundation for the street lighting poles will be made by electrical contractor. Street lighting
poles shall be supplied with a base plate.
4.5.4 The poles shall be numbered as per the drawings/ directions of Engineer Incharge.
4.6 Mast Lighting
4.6.1 The lattice structure masts shall be installed on concrete foundations with the base plate bolted
on to the anchor bolts. The lattice structure shall be painted with a coat of primer and two
coats of aluminium paint, the second coat to be given just before handing over to the owner.
The masts shall be numbered as per drawings. The masts shall be connected to the plant earth
grid at two points
4.6.2 The main feeder upto the distribution board of lighting mast shall be through PVC insulated
armoured cable of size as specified in the respective drawing. Wiring from Distribution Board
to each flood-light fixture shall be by means of a 3-core 2.5sqmm, copper conductor PVC
insulated armoured cable. All the cables shall be neatly clamped to the structure at intervals
not exceeding 25 cms.
4.6.3 Exact orientation of flood lighting fixtures shall be decided at site to achieve optimum utility
of these fixtures.
4.7 Telephone Wiring
Conduits for telephone wiring in buildings shall be of 1.6mm thickness. 25mm dia black
enameled steel conduit/PVC as per IS 9537, installed on wall surface or concealed or as
specified in job specification.
Conduit installation system shall comply with the requirements given in clause 4.2 'conduit
system'. Required number of pull boxes shall be provided at interval for easy drawing of
wires. The telephone wiring shall be done with 0.63mm dia annealed copper conductor PVC
insulated 660V grade, twin flat wire, unless otherwise specified in job specification. One
telephone socket outlet shall be provided for connection to telephone instrument.
5.1 Lighting installation shall be tested and commissioned by installation contractor as per EIL
specifications. Precommissioning checks and tests shall include but not be limited to the
following:
(i) The insulation resistance of each circuit without the lamps (load) being in place shall
be measured and it should not be less than 500,000 ohms. (Between phases, phases to
neutral, phase/neutral to Earth).
(ii) Current and voltage of all the phases shall be measured at the lighting panel bus bars
with all the circuits switched on with lamps. If required load shall be balanced on the
three phases.
Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 301 of 391
k5-1
12z1e-S ENGINEERS
02es
I.Tio•. r oart 051,01.1,
INDIA LIMITED
IA GoA of lndia Undertaking)
FOR
6-51-0083 Rev. 4
Page 13 of 13
(iii) The earth continuity for all socket outlets shall be checked. A fixed relative position
of the phase and neutral connections inside the socket shall be established for all
sockets.
(iv) After inserting all the lamps and switching on all the circuits, minimum and
maximum illumination level shall be measured in the area and recorded.
(v) It shall be ensured that switch provided for ON/OFF control of point (light/fan/socket)
is only on LIVE side.
(vi) Operation of ELCB's shall be checked.
Contractor shall duly fill in all the above test results and submit the test reports to Engineer-
in-Charge in triplicate.
5.2 A11 lighting layout drawings shall be marked by contractor for ÀS BUILT STATUS' and two
sets of hard copies plus 1 set of soft copy in CD, shall be submitted to EIL.

Page 302 of 391
ENGINEEFZS FOR
laaleg INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
C1,7,W MI,~) (A Govt of lndw Undertaking) EARTHING INSTALLATION Page 1 of 7
3Trztrr f«R-r
SPECIFICATION
FOR
EARTHING INSTALLATION

FA SA BRB SC
RKS SSM JMS VC
2 28.02.03 REVISED & ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION HKM RSG VPS SKG
REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD AS
1 16.07.97 RR VPS SG
SPECIFICATION
0 25.07.94 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION RR SGC SCG SCG
Standards Standards
Committee Bureau
No by by
Approved by

Page 303 of 391
ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION
ffig"ar fl2eg
1.11271 21~ 9>f JOCFA)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt ot Inda Undertakng)
FOR 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
EARTHING INSTALLATION Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:

PESO Petroleum and Explosive safety organization.
CD Compact Disc
DGMS Director General Mines and Safety
GI Galvanized Iron
IS Indian Standard
MS Mild Steel
Convenor: Mr. BR Bhogal
Members: Ms. S. Anand

Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Inspection)
Ms. N.P. Guha (Projects)

Page 304 of 391
" ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION
122e5IVWINDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
013, I
1;15711 A Govt of Inda undertaking)
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS .4
4.0 EARTHING NETWORK .4
5.0 INSTALLATION OF EARTH ELECTRODE .5
6.0 CONNECTION 6
7.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING .7

Page 305 of 391
sf " INDIA LIMITED
1.1,271232x1Wqs~.1) IA Govt ot Intha Undeltalong)
FOR 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the requirements for the supply of earthing and lightning protection
materials and installation of the earthing and lightning protection systems.
specification, EIL Installation Standards, layout drawings, the latest edition of relevant
specifications, codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards and OISD Standards listed
below :
SP:30 (BIS) Special Publication-National Electrical Code

IS:2309 Protection of buildings and allied structures against lightning.
IS:3043 Code of practice for earthing
IS:7689 Guide for control of undesirable static electricity.
OISD 110 Recommended practices on static electricity
OISD 147 Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation.
OISD GDN 180 Lightning protection.
a. CEA Regulations
c. Regulations laid down by PESO/DGMS (as applicable).
d. The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry Government of India).
e. Any other regulations laid down by central/state/local authorities and Insurance
agencies.
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.1 All materials and hardware to be supplied by the contractor shall be new, unused and of best
quality and shall conform to the specifications given here under and to latest specifications of
Bureau of Indian Standards. Contractor shall bring material samples to site and get it approved
by Engineer-in-charge before installation.
3.2 The main earth grid conductor shall be hot dip galvanised M.S. flat unless otherwise specified.
Sizes for main conductors shall be as indicated on the earthing layout drawing .Amount of
galvanizing shall be 610gm per sq.metre. Earth electrodes and Earth plate shall be as per EIL
Installation Standards.
4.0 EARTHING NETWORK
4.1 This consists of main earth conductor (grid conductor) forming a closed ring network with
required number of earth electrodes connected to it to provide a common earth for electrical
devices and metallic structures. From each earth electrode two distinct connections shall be
made to the main earth conductor. The earth plates shall be used for taking multiple earth
connections to two or more equipment.
4.2 The earth conductor shall be laid along cable trays/cable trench/pipe racks/ buried in

Page 306 of 391
A"ENGINEERS SPECIFICATION
2151egglii/
VINDIA LIMITED
1~1 ,h,f, CrA 3,10,
A
FOR 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
IA Govt of Indo Undertaking)
pavement/ below finished grade level as indicated on the earthing layout drawing. Where
lined cable trenches are available, the earth conductor shall be preferably laid in the trenches
and shall be firmly cleated to the sidewall of concrete trenches using GI clamps at interval of
400 mm to 500 mm and near to the termination end. The earthing conductor shall run along
one of the cable trays along the overhead cable route. The earthing conductor shall be suitably
cleated and electrically bonded to all the other cable trays on the same cable route at a regular
interval of 25 to 30 meter. The earthing for equipment shall be tapped from the main earth
conductor and not from cable tray support structure. Earth conductor when laid underground
shall be at a depth of 500mm below finished grade level.
4.3 Joints and tapping's in the main earth loop shall be made in such a way that reliable and good
electrical connections are permanently ensured. All joints below grade shall be welded and
shall be suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen and covering with Hessian tape.
Earth strip laid above ground shall be welded across straight through joints and joints shall be
suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen to avoid oxidation and insulation film
formation of the strip surface. When two earth strips are to be jointed by means of welding,
lap welding with an overlapping of strip equivalent to double the width of the strip and all
four sides shall be continuously welded. All joints at tappings above ground shall be by
means of connector/lugs. A minimum of two bolts of adequate size shall be used for this
purpose. Earthing strip joints at earth plate and equipment shall be through GI bolts, nut etc.
5.0 INSTALLATION OF EARTH ELECTRODE
5.1 Earth Electrode shall be installed as shown on installation standard and layout drawings.
The location shown on the layout drawings are indicative.
The exact location of earth electrodes in the field shall be determined by contractor in
consultation with the Engineer-in-charge, depending on the soil strata and resistivity. Earth
electrodes shall be located avoiding interferences with road, building foundation, column,
pipelines etc. The civil area drawings shall be referred for this. The distance between two
electrodes shall not be less than twice the depth of electrode.
5.2 Electrodes shall preferably be located in a moist soil which has a fine texture, grain size and
distribution. Wherever practicable the soil shall be dug up, all lumps broken and stones
removed from the immediate vicinity of the electrodes and soil packed by watering and
ramming as tight as possible.
5.3 The electrodes shall have a clean surface, not covered by paint, enamel, grease or other
materials of poor conductivity.
5.4 All earth electrodes shall be tested for earth resistance by means of standard earth test meter.
The tests shall take place in dry months, preferably after a protracted dry spell.
5.5 The disconnect facility shall be provided for the individual earth electrode to check its earth
resistance periodically.
5.6 Location of earth electrodes shall be marked by permanent markers for easy identification. All
earth Electrodes shall be serial numbered and also marked on Às Built' drawing for future
reference.
5.7 Individual earth electrodes shall be provided for each lightning arrestor and flood light mast.
5.8 Earthing system provided for concrete paved area by other agency where applicable; shall be
connected to the plant earthing system below ground by minimum two earth connections.

Page 307 of 391
ENGINERS
E SPECIFICATION
INWR ei2LIW C151JPC1,74, IA Govt ot Intha undertaifing)
6.0 CONNECTION
The earth system connections shall generally cover the following:

Equipment earthing for personnel safety
- System neutral earthing
Static and lightning protection
6.1 The following shall be earthed.

System neutral
- Current and potential transformer secondary neutral
- Metallic non-current carrying parts of all electrical apparatus such as transformers,
switchboards, bus ducts, motors, neutral earthing resistors, capacitors, UPS, battery
charger panels, welding receptacles, power sockets, lighting/power panels, control
stations, lighting fixtures etc.
- Steel structures/columns, rail loading platforms etc.
- Cable trays and racks, lighting mast and poles
- Storage tanks, spheres, vessels, columns and all other process equipment.
Fence and Gate for electrical equipment (e.g. transformer yard etc.)
- Cable shields and armour
Flexible earth provision for Wagon, Truck
- Shield wire
Conductor size for branch connection to various equipment shall be as per EIL Installation
Standards unless otherwise stated on earthing layout drawings.
6.2 A11 process pipelines shall be bonded and earthed at the entry and exist points of battery limit
of hazardous area.
6.3 Steel pipe racks in the process units and offsite area shall be earthed at every 24 meters.
6.4 Equipment/street light pole etc. located remote from main earth network may be earthed by
means of individual earth electrode and earth conductor unless otherwise stated in job
specifications/earthing layout drawing.
6.5 Lightning protection shall be provided for the equipment, structures and buildings as shown
on layout drawing. Self conducting structures shall not require separate aerial rod and down
conductors. These shall however be connected to the earthing system at two or more points as
shown on layout drawing. Each down conductor shall be provided with an earth electrode and
all earth electrodes shall be interconnected through underground strip. Lightning protection
earthing system may be bonded to electrical safety earthing system, inside ground. Lightning
down conductor shall be brought to earth electrode in shortest straight path as feasible to
minimise surge impedance.
6.6 The main earthing network shall be used for earthing of equipment to protect against static
electricity.
6.7 All medium and high voltage equipment (above 250V) shall be earthed by two separate and
distinct connections with earth.

Page 308 of 391
0&.ff OfJlegw'INDIA LIMITED
tem", IA Govt of lneha Undettaking)
FOR 6-51-0084 Rev. 4
6.8 Plant instrument system clean earthing, UPS system clean/safety earth, Data concentrator
panel, HMI etc shall be separate from the electrical earthing system, if mentioned in job
specification/ layout drawings.
6.9 All paint, scale and enamel shall be removed from the contact surface before the earthing
connections are made.
6.10 All earthing connections for equipment earthing shall be preferably from the earth plate
mounted above ground wherever provided
Equipment foundation bolts shall not be used for earthing connection.
6.11 Earth connections shall be made through compression type cable lugs/by welded lugs.
6.12 All hardware used for earthing installation shall be hot dip galvanised or zinc passivated.
Spring washers shall be used for all earthing connections and all connections adequately
locked against loosening.
6.13 Lighting fixtures and receptacles shall be earthed through the extra core provided in the
lighting circuit/cable for this purpose.
6.14 The reinforcements of sub-station building and the sub-station floor shall be connected to
main earth grid.
7.1 Field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical installation shall be done as per EIL
standard specification.Earthing systems/connections shall be tested as follows:
7.2 Resistance of individual earth electrodes shall be measured after disconnecting it from the grid
by using standard earth test meggar.
7.3 Earthing resistance of the grid shall be measured after connecting all the earth electrodes to
the grid. The resistance value of an earth grid to the general mass of earth shall be as follows:
- For the electrical system and equipment a value that ensures the operation of the
protection device in the electrical circuit but not in excess of 4 ohm. However for
generating stations and large sub-systems, the value shall not be more than 1 ohm.
- For lightning protection, the value of 5ohms as earth resistance shall be desirable, but
in no case it shall be more than 10 ohms
7.4 The resistance to earth shall be measured typically at the following points:
a) At each electrical system earth or system neutral earth.
b) At each earth provided for structure lightning protections.
c) At one point on earthing system used to earth electrical equipment enclosures.
d) At one point on earthing system used to earth wiring system, enclosures, such as
metal conduits and cable sheaths or armour.
e) At one point on fence enclosing electrical equipment.
7.5 All earthing layout drawings shall be marked by contractor for ÀS BUILT STATUS' and
two sets of hard copies plus 1 set of soft copy, shall be submitted to EIL. For projects, where
layout drawings have been prepared based on 3D modeling, contractor shall carryout
necessary changes for ÀS BUILT STATUS' in the 3D model.

Page 309 of 391
SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD SPECIFICATION No.
ENGINEERS INSPECTION, TESTING AND
gfga faWs INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0087 Rev. 3
lair,i237,15,2,131,05.) IA Govt of Indla Undertalong)
COMMISSIONING OF
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS Page 1 of 8
-ftw #f-~
PiRkurr, -crftwr
SPECIFICATION
FOR
FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING
AND
COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD

3 10.6.14
SPECIFICATION AKG SA BRB *". SC
REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
2 03.03.09
SPECIFICATION RKS NS JMS ND
REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
1 14.07.03 HKM RSG VPS SKG
SPECIFICATION
0 02.08.01 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION UAP RR VPS MI
Standards Standards
Committee Bureau
No by by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Copyright EIL — All rights reserved

Page 310 of 391Rev. 0
k31 ENGINEERS INSPECTION, TESTING AND
laW5 INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0087 Rev. 3
iairerf r-freA, asl,~7,) A GoN of Indla Undeltaking) COMMISSIONING OF
Abbreviations:
AFC Approved for Construction
CCOE Chief Controller of Explosives
DC Direct Current
DCS Distributed Control System
DGMS Director General for Mines and Safety
ECS Electrical Control Station
GI Galvanized Iron
HV High Voltage
IS Indian Standard
MV Medium Voltage
Convenor: Mr. BR Bhogal
Members: Ms. S. Anand

Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Inspection)

Page 311 of 391
ENG1NEERS
fawres, INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Ind. Undertaiong)
INSPECTION, TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING OF
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING 4
4.0 RECORDS 8

Page 312 of 391 Rev. 0
k`51
12..itq ENGINEERS INSPECTION, TESTING AND
$'1gz:IT ft- s INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0087 Rev. 3
I.R77 c`F,1,4, CA3PC1171) IA Govt of India Undertalong) COMMISSIONING OF
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the requirements for the field inspection, testing and commissioning
of Electrical Equipment and Installation, forming part of electrical power distribution and
utilisation system.
2.1 The field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical equipment shall be carried out in
line with this specification and the latest edition of following Indian Standards and OISD
standards.
SP-30(BIS) National Electrical Code.

IS 1255 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables up
to & including 33 kV rating.
IS-7816 Guide for testing Insulation resistance of rotating machines.
IS 10810(Part 43) Method of Test for cables; Part 43 Insulation resistance.
IS 10810(Part 45) Method of Test for cables; Part 45 High voltage test.
IS 12729 HV Switchgears
OISD 137 Inspection of Electrical Equipment.
OISD 147 Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation.
2.2 In addition to the above it shall be ensured that the installation conforms to the requirements of
the following as applicable:
a. CEA Regulations
b. Regulations laid down by CEA / Electrical Inspectorate.
c. Regulations laid down by Tariff Advisory Committee/Loss prevention council.
d. Regulations laid down by CCoE/DGMS (as applicable).
e. The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry, Government of India).
f. Any other regulations laid down by central / state / local authorities / insurance
agencies
3.0 FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
3.1 Contractor shall carry out complete field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical
equipment as per Inspection & Test plans.
3.2 Before the completed installation or an addition to the existing installation is put into service,
inspection / pre-commissioning checks and tests shall be carried out by contractor. In the
event of defects being found out, the same shall be rectified and the installation retested as
applicable.
3.3 The pre-commissioning inspection among other requirements shall include visual inspection,
checking the workmanship of the installation, the rating of equipment, safety clearances, sizes
of cables installed, conformance to the AFC document, soundness of switchgear bus
connections, wiring properly dressed and labeled, sealing of unused cable entries, checking of
all safety interlocks, control/interface functions as per requirement etc.
3.4 Visual inspection for soundness of bus bar connections of busducts, terminal connections of
equipment/motor shall be carried out. It shall be ensured that no foreign materials are present
inside busduct and equipment terminal boxes. After the visual inspection, all the covers of
terminal boxes, inspection chambers shall be refitted with gaskets, bolts & nuts as per
equipment manufacturer's instructions.
Page 313 of 391
k31 ENGINEERS INSPECTION, TESTING AND
Og-ar 2f5:1- g
~srz as,:ror.)
(~1
INDIA LIMITED
(A GoN cd InEia Und<rlAk(A9) COMMISSIONING OF
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
3.5 Pre-commissioning tests shall include but not be limited to the following:
Continuity test for each winding and power and control circuits.
Insulation test for each winding and power and control circuit
High voltage test for cables
- Dielectric strength test on transformer oil.
- Checking the correctness of wiring schemes, control circuit interlocks for intended
functioning.
- Verification of phase sequence.

Testing of all types of relays/releases for required operation.
- Testing of measuring instruments for proper functioning.
- Earth continuity test for all circuits.
Checking of safety features for correctness of operation, etc.
Checking of all wired interface contacts (analogue, digital input/output contacts) for DCS
and ECS interface, at panel and equipment terminal chambers as applicable.
(Electrical contractor shall co-ordinate with other agencies involved for the above and
provide support services for checking interfaces of electrical equipment and the intended
functioning)
Earth resistance measurement for each earth electrode, and the earthing system as a whole.
Lighting installation shall be tested for correct illumination levels, with fittings installed.
Fittings shall be operated only with specified type of a lamp or tube.
3.6 After the above tests and inspection are completed, control circuits shall be tested for correct
operation under all operating combinations and proved correct before applying power to
main circuit.
3.7 Plant Communication, Fire alarm detection and telephone system shall be checked for correct
operation and intended function.
3.8 A close visual inspection of electrical equipment in hazardous areas shall be made to ensure
that equipment is suitable for the classified zone and gas group and correctly installed, with all
covers, bolts, nuts and hardwares intact and there is no physical damage mark seen on the
enclo sure
3.9 Site Acceptance Test procedure for specific equipment shall be furnished by the respective
equipment vendor. The contractor shall provide necessary assistance to the equipment vendor
to perform Site acceptance testing to enable the equipment vendor to perform the same.
3.10 All pre-commissioning checks and tests shall be carried out as per the directions of Engineer-
in-charge. In addition to the equipment manufacturer's instructions, pre-commissioning check
requirements shall also be complied. All tests shall be carried out by contractor in the presence
of EIL/Owner' s representatives
3.11 The contractor shall bring to site all required tools, tackles, and testing instruments for
carrying out field testing. Contractor shall use only calibrated measuring and test instruments
and shall maintain valid calibration records.

Page 314 of 391
$tigzrr
IN■fn
fa2es INDIA LIMITED
IF GoN of lndN Underfakrogf COMMISSIONING OF
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
3.12 The Insulation Resistance test values for various electrical equipment shall be as below:
3.12.1 Cables
The insulation resistance test values for cables shall be as per following table:
Rated voltage of the Cable DC Test Voltage in Volts Minimum Insulation

resistance in Mega ohms
Lighting and power circuit
250 1
wiring
650/1100V grade cables 1,000 10
1,900/3,300V grade cables 1,000 200
3,800/6,600V grade cables 1,000 200
6,350/11,000V grade cables 5,000 200
8,700/15,000V grade cables 5,000 200
12,700/22,000V grade cables 5,000 200
19,000/33000V grade cables 5,000 200
3.12.2 IIV, MV and Miscellaneous Switchboards
The insulation resistance test values for the switchboards shall be as per following table:
Rated voltage of the DC Test Voltage in Volts Minimum Insulation

Switchboard resistance in Mega ohms
33,000V 5,000 200
11,000V 5,000 200
6,600V 1,000 200
3,300V 1,000 200
415V 1,000 100
240V 500 10
110V 500 10
3.12.3 Generators and Motors
3.12.4 The insulation resistance test values for the Generators and Motors shall be as per following
table:

Generators and Motors resistance in Mega ohms at
40 °C
11,000V 5,000 120
6,600V 1,000 80
3,300V 1,000 50
415V 1,000 15
240V 500 12

Page 315 of 391 Rev. 0
I f ~5)
irr0n twor,on
INDIA LIMITED
in Govt ol IndU Undertalong) COMMISSIONING OF
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
3.12.5 Transformers
3.12.6 The insulation resistance test values for the Transformers shall be as per following table:

Transformers resistance in Mega ohms at
40 °C
Up to 600V 1,000 100
601 to 5000V 2,500 1,000
5001 to 15,000V 5,000 5,000
15001 to 35,000V 5,000 10,000
3.12.7 It shall be ensured that during insulation tests, electronic devices and components that are
liable to get damaged on applied test voltage shall be disconnected from circuit. The
instructions of equipment/panel manufacturer shall be followed strictly in this regard.
3.13 High-voltage Testing
3.13.1 DC high voltage test shall be conducted as per following table on all HV feeder cables and
also on 1100 V grade cables where straight through joints have been made.
Rated Voltage of TEST VOLTAGE (kV) BETWEEN Duration

Cable (kV) (Minutes)
U. / U* Any Conductor and Metallic Conductor to Conductor
Sheath/ Screen/Armour (For Unscreened Cables)
0.65/1.1 3 3 5
1.9/3.3 5 9 5
3.3/3.3 9 9 5
3.8/6.6 10.5 18 5
6.6/6.6 18 18 5
6.35/11 18 30 5
11/11 30 30 5
12.7/22 37.5 - 5
19/33 60 - 5
*U. : Phase Voltage
U : Line Voltage
The cable cores must be discharged on completion of DC high voltage test and cable shall be
kept earthed until it is put into service.
DC test voltage for old cables shall be 1.5 times rated voltage or less depending on the age of
cables, repair work or nature of jointing work carried out, etc. In any case, the test voltage
shall not be less than the rated voltage.

Page 316 of 391
mar faZ5 INDIA LIMITED
l aiWn 23~ ag,o.) IA Gosn of Intha Undertakog) COMMISSIONING OF
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
3.13.2 AC high voltage test shall be conducted as per following table on all HV Switchboards.
Rated Voltage Rated 1 Min. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage Duration in

(rms Value in (rms Value in kV) Minutes
kV)
U To Earth, Between Across the Isolating
Poles and Across Open Distance
Switching Device
3.6 10 12 1
7.2 20 23 1
12 28 32 1
24 50 60 1
36 70 80 1
72.5 140 160 1
The withstand voltage values across the isolating distances are valid only for switching
devices, where the clearance between open contacts is designed to meet the safety
requirements specified for disconnectors.
3.14 All protective relays including thermal overload relays shall be tested by secondary injection
current. Primary injection tests shall be carried out for differential protection, restricted earth
fault protection at full/reduced current to ensure correctness of complete wiring.
3.15 Before energizing any equipment, `COMMISSIONING CLEARANCE FORM' as per

standard format shall be duly filled in by contractor and submitted to EIL/owner.
3.16 It shall be ensured that the electrical inspectorate approval is available before energizing the
equipment
4.0 RECORDS
Contractor shall keep up-to-date records of all activities carried out and test results. Field
inspection / test reports shall be submitted to EIL / Owner by the contractor in bound volumes
(triplicate copies).

Page 317 of 391Rev. 0
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
k31 ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
1&.1~ INDIA LIMITED
CA Govl of India Undertaking) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 1 of 26
5111-1 41(1 <I 41
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
FOR
ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD

6 27.08.14
SPECIFICATION RS PG BRB SC
5 15.04.09 AM UAP JMS ND
SPECIFICATION
4 31.03.04 AKG AAN VPS SKG
SPECIFICATION
3 01.12.99 UAP AAN VPS AS
SPECIFICATION
2 10.12.97 NPG VPS SG AS
SPECIFICATION
Standards Standards
Comm ittee Bureau
No by by
Approved by

Page 318 of 391
k'51
1f-&.itq ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR 6 -51-0099 Rev. 6
1.IRR 247,2 an.NS.II IA Govt of India Underta,ingi ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 2 of 26
Abbreviations:
A Amperes kVAR Kilo Volt Ampere Reactive

AC Alternating Current kW Kilo Watt
ACB Air Circuit Breaker kWH Kilo Watt Hour
ACDB AC Distribution Board LAN Local Area Network
ASB Auxiliary Service Board LC IE Laboratoire Central des Industries
Electriques
ATEX Atmospheres EXplosibles LDB Lighting Distribution Board
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards LED Light Emitting Diode
CEA Central Electricity Authority LV Low Voltage (Up to 250V)
CFL Compact Fluorescent Lamp MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
CIMFR Central Institute of Mining and Fuel MCC Motor Control Centre
Research
CPRI Central Power Research Institute MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
CT Current Transformer MOV Motor Operated Valve
DB Distribution Board MV Medium Voltage (Above 250V and up
to 650V)
DC Direct Current NEC National Electric Code
DCDB DC Distribution Board NFPA National Fire Protection Association
DCS Distributed Control System NGR Neutral Grounding Resistor
DG Diesel Generator NGT Neutral Grounding Transformer
DGMS Director General Mines Safety OISD Oil Industries Safety Directorate
DOL : Direct On Line ONAF Oil Natural Air Forced
ECS : Electrical Control System ONAN Oil Natural Air Natural
EIL : Engineers India Limited PCC Power Control Centre
ELCB Earth leakage Circuit Breaker PDB Power Distribution Board
ELR : Earth Leakage Relay PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety
Organisation
EOT Electrically Overhead Travelling PMCC Power Cum Motor Control Centre
ERTL Electronic Regional Test PT Potential Transformer
Laboratories
EHV Extra High Voltage (Above 33 kV) PTB Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt
FM Factory Mutual PVC Polyvinyl Chloride
FRLS Flame Retardant Low Smoke RCC Reinforced Cemented Concrete
GI Galvanised Iron RTCC Remote Tap Changing Controller
GIS Gas Insulated Switchgear RTD Resistance Temperature Detector
HMI Human Machine Interface RTU Remote Terminal Unit
HV High Voltage (Above 650V and up RVT Residual Voltage Transformer
to 33 kV)
HVAC Heating Ventilation and Air SVL Surge Voltage Limiter
Conditioning
IEC International Electro-Technical UL : Underwriter's Laboratory
Commission
IES Illumination Engineering Society UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
I/O Input/ Output V Voltage
IS Indian Standards VFD Variable Frequency Drive
kV Kilo Volt VRLA Valve Regulated Lead Acid
kVA Kilo Volt Ampere XLPE Cross Linked Poly Ethylene
Convener : Mr. B.R.Bhogal
Members : Ms. S.Anand

Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K.Chaudhary (Inspection)

Page 319 of 391
t_71 ENGINEERS
gz,TE22--dg
' w INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
1.11, ,12,
7,17 in Gnvt of tndin Undettaking)
ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 3 of 26
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE 4
3.0 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS 5
4.0 SYSTEM DESIGN PHILOSOPHY 6
5.0 EQUIPMENT DESIGN PHILOSOPHY 11
6.0 SUBSTATION / MCC ROOM DESIGN PHILOSOPHY 17
7.0 INSTALLATION DESIGN PHILOSOPHY 20

Page 320 of 391
k31 ENGINEERS
la25
I >11271.
INDIA LIMITED
IA 6.4 of Inaia Undeifakmgl
FOR
6-51-0099 Rev. 6
Page 4 of 26
1.0 SCOPE
This specification along with the applicable project design data sheet shall form the basis for
developing detailed design and engineering for electrical facilities including electrical power
system, Electrical equipment, Electrical control system, Plant communication system, Fire
detection and alarm system and electrical installation etc.
The main codes and standards, considered as minimum requirements, as applicable, are as
mentioned below. Latest version of these shall be followed:-
IS-1646 Code of practice for the fire safety of buildings - Electrical
Installations
IS-2189 Code of practice for selection: installation and maintenance of
automatic fire detection and alarm system
IS-2309 • Code of practice for the protection of buildings and allied structures
against lightning
IS-3034 :. Code of practice for fire safety of industrial buildings - Electrical
generating and distributing stations
IS-3043 .• Code of practice for Earthing
IS-3646 :. Code of practice for Interior Illumination
IS-3716 :. Application guide for Insulation Coordination
IS-4051 :. Code of practice for installation and maintenance of electrical
equipment in mines
IS-5216 :. Recommendation on safety procedures and practices in electrical
work
IS-5571 .• Guide for selection and Installation of electrical equipment for
hazardous areas (Other than mines)
IS-5572 .• Classification of hazardous areas (other than mines) having
flammable gases and vapours for electrical installations
IS-6665 :. Code of practice for Industrial Lighting
IS-7689 :. Guide for Control of undesirable static electricity
IS-7752 :. Guide for improvement of power factor in consumer installations
IS-8478 :. Application guide for on load tap changers
IS-9676 .• Reference ambient temperature for electrical equipment
IS-10028 :. Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of
transformer
IS-10118 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance for
switchgear and control gear
IS-10561 • Application guide for Power Transformer
IS-12360 • Voltage bands for electrical installations including preferred voltages
and frequencies
IS-13234 Guide for short circuit calculations in three phase AC systems
SP-30 National Electrical Code (NEC) - BIS Publication
OISD-RP-110 .• Recommended practices on static electricity
OISD STD-113 .• Classification of Area for electrical installation at Hydrocarbon
processing and handling facilities
OISD-RP-147 .• Inspection and safe practices during electrical installation
OISD RP-149 .• Design aspects for safety in electrical systems
Page 321 of 391

k31 ENGINEERS
$1gar fa26
+-ne, ,ren,re Tr ,jvaAl in Govt of indo Undettakingt ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 5 of 26
OISD STD 173 Fire Protection System for Electrical Installations

OISD GDN-180 Lightn ing Protection
IS/IEC 60079-0 Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres — General
requirements.
IS/IEC 60079-1 Explosive Atmospheres: Equipment protection by flameproof
enclosures "d"
IS/IEC 60079-2 Explosive protection by pressurized enclosures "p"
IS/IEC 60079-5 Explosive Atmospheres: Equipment protection by powder filling "q"
1S/IEC 60079-6 Explosive Atmospheres: Equipment protection by Oil immersion "o"
IS/IEC 60079-7 Explosive Atmospheres: Equipment protection by increased safety
IS/IEC 60079-11 Explosive Atmospheres: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety "i"

IS/IEC 60079-15 • Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmosphere — Construction, test
and marking of type of protection "n" electrical apparatus
IS/IEC 60079-20 • Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmosphere: Data for
flammable gases and vapours relating to the use of electrical
apparatus.
IS/IEC 61241-0 • Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust:
General Requirements
IS/IEC 61241-1 • Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust:
Protection by enclosure "tD"
IS/IEC 61241-2-1 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust: Test
Methods — Methods for determining the minimum ignition
temperature
IS/IEC 61241-2-3 : Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust: Test
Methods — Methods for determining minimum ignition energy of
dust/ air mixtures.
IS/IEC 61241-10 Electrical apparatus for use in the presence of combustible dust:
Classification of area where combustible dust may be present.
Selection and Installation
Protection by encapsulation mD
3.0 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS
The latest version of the following statutory regulations shall be followed for design of
electrical system, as applicable for the particular project/ industry.
- Indian Electricity Act.

- Central Electricity Authority Regulations.
- The Factory Act.
- The Petroleum Rules.
- The Mines Act.
- Requirements of other statutory bodies as applicable, e.g. CEA/ State Electrical
Inspectorate, PESO, DGMS.

Page 322 of 391
‘- 51f&i ENGINEERS
FOR
t.-1,7 ■ 7,1,7,7,1, IA Govt of indla Undettakingt ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 6 of 26
4.0 SYSTEM DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
4.1 General
The electrical system shall be designed to provide:
- Safety to personnel and equipment both during operation and maintenance.

Reliability of Service.
- Minimal fire risk.
- Ease of maintenance and convenience of operation.
- Automatic protection of all electrical equipment through selective relaying system.
Electrical supply to equipment and machinery within the design operating limits.
- Adequate provision for future extension and modification.
Suitability for applicable environmental factors.
4.2 Area Classification and Equipment Selection
4.2.1 All the areas within the battery limits shall be classified for the degree and the extent of
hazard from flammable materials. Classification of hazardous areas shall be done in
accordance with Petroleum Rules, DGMS regulations (where applicable), IS-5572, IS-61241-
10, OISD standards and Process Licensors recommendations.
4.2.2 Following factors shall be considered for proper selection of electrical equipment for use in
hazardous area:
- Area classification i.e. Zone.

- Gas classification i.e. Group - The characteristic of the minimum gas or vapour involved
in relation to the ignition current or minimum ignition energy and minimurn safe gap
data.
Dust classification i.e. Group - The characteristic of the dust involved.
Temperature classification - The ignition temperature of the gas, vapour or dust involved
or the lowest value of the ignition temperature if more than one combustible material is
present.
Environmental conditions in which apparatus is to be installed - The selected electrical
apparatus shall be adequately protected against corrosive and solvent agencies, water
ingress, thermal and mechanical stresses as determined by the environmental conditions.
4.2.3 All electrical equipment installed in hazardous areas shall be selected as per IS-5571 and IS-
61241-14 and shall meet the requirements of relevant IS and Statutory regulations. Ordinary
industrial electrical equipment (even though permitted for use in Div.2 area as per NFPA-70)
shall not be used in Zone-2 areas. Type of hazardous area protection to be used for individual
equipment shall be as specified in the project design data Sheet.
4.2.4 Electrical equipments for hazardous areas shall be certified by CIMFR/ ERTL/ Karandikar
Lab or equivalent recognised independent test house such as BASEEFA / ATEX/ LCIE / PTB
/ UL / FM. All equipment (indigenous and imported) shall also have valid statutory approvals
i.e. PESO/ DGMS as applicable for use in the specified hazardous area. All indigenous
flameproof equipments shall have valid BIS license and marking as required by statutory
authorities.
4.3 Power System Design
The distribution system shall be designed in accordance with project specification/ design
data taking into account all possible factors affecting the choice of the system to be adopted
Copyright EIL —All rights reserved

Page 323 of 391
ENGINEERS
Ig‘21102- g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
Govt ot India UndettOk■ oot ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 7 of 26
such as required continuity of supply, flexibility of operation, operational costs, and reliability
of supply from available power sources, total load and the concentration of individual loads.
Special attention is drawn to chapter IX of CEA regulations, which includes requirements for
design of electrical system as applicable to Mines and oil fields installation.
4.4 Capacity of Electrical System
All the components of the electrical system shall be sized to suit the maximum load, under the
most severe operating conditions. The amount of electrical power consumed by each process
unit shall be calculated for its operation at the design capacity. System design shall permit
direct on line starting of all motors unless specified otherwise. Sizing factors for normal
loads, intermittent loads and standby loads shall be considered as mentioned in project design
datasheet.
4.5 System Voltages
System voltages shall be as defined in project design data sheet.
4.6 Voltage Drops
4.6.1 The maximum voltage drops in various sections of the electrical system under steady state
conditions at full load shall be within the limits stated in the following table:
Maximum
Sl. Permissible Voltage
System Element
No. Drop
a) Cable between transformer secondary and Switchboards 0.5%
b) Cable between PCC/PMCC and MCC or auxiliary switchboard
i) MCC /Auxiliary Switchboard near PCC/PMCC 0.5% Note-3b

ii) MCC/Auxiliary Switchboard situated remote from 2 to 2.5% Note-3a
PCC/PMCC
c) Cables between HV Switchboard and HV Motor 3%
d) Cable between PCC/PMCC and motor 5.5%
e) Cable between MCC (situated near PCC / PMCC) and motors 5%
f) Cable between MCC (situated remote from PCC / PMCC) and 3%

motors
g) Cable between Auxiliary Switchboard / LDB and Lighting 1 to 1.5%
Panel/ Power panel (Note- 2)
h) Circuit between lighting panels and lighting points 4% (Note- 2)
i) DC Supply Circuit (Electrical Controls) 5%
j) DCDB to Control Room 2% (Note -1)
k) UPS outgoing circuit 5% (Note - 1)
Note-1
Minimum voltage available across any instrument in the field/ control room/ Satellite rack
room shall be as per instrumentation design basis. Distribution system for instrumentation
supplies shall be designed accordingly. In case of any conflict between electrical project

Page 324 of 391
ENGINEERS FOR
g-ar rr-g2es
o1 i INDIA LIMITED 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
rn,re .1,rvrcr,m1 A Gosd .1 inoia U,de,1M 09)
■ ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 8 of 26
design data sheet and instrumentation design basis, the latter shall govern regarding
instrumentation power supplies.
Note-2
In case of difficulty in achieving specified voltage drops in cables up to lighting panel, 5%

drop from Auxiliary switchboard/ LDB up to lighting points may be permitted.
Note-3
a) Higher voltage drop may be permitted between PCC / PMCC and remote mounted
MCC/ASB, if overall voltage drop up to motor (from PCC / PMCC) is limited within
5.5%.
b) For large substations 1% drop may be permitted.
4.6.2 The maximum voltage drop at various buses during start-up of large motor and/or motor
reacceleration conditions shall be within the limits stated below:
S. Max. Permissible
System Element Operating Condition
No Voltage Drop
a) At the busbars of the worst Start -up of the large HV motor 15 %
affected Switchboard with other loads on the bus or
reacceleration of a group of HV
motors (Simultaneous start-up or
group reacceleration of HV
motors is not envisaged)
b) At the busbars of the worst Start up of large MV motor with 10 %
affected MV Switchboard other loads on the bus, or
(PCC/PMCC/MCC) reacceleration of a group of MV
motors.
c) Cables between HV Motor start-up or reacceleration 5%
Switchboard and motor (Note-a)
d) Cables between MV Motor start-up or reacceleration 15 %
switchboard (Note-a)
(PCC/PMCC/MCC) and
motor
Notes:
a) Higher voltage drop in motor cables may be permitted, in case the conditions given in
Note b), c) and d) are complied.
b) The voltage available at the motor terminals during start-up must be sufficient to ensure
positive starting or reacceleration of the motor (even with the motor fully loaded, if
required), without causing any damage to the motor.
c) For medium voltage motors, the voltage available at the motor terminals must not be less
than 75% of the rated value during start-up or reacceleration.
d) For high voltage motors, the voltage available at the motor terminals must not be less than
80% of the rated value during start-up or reacceleration.
4.7 System Earthing
System earthing for incoming supply and primary/secondary EHV/ HV distribution system
shall be as per project design data. The 415V system neutral shall be solidly earthed.

Page 325 of 391
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
1/431 ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
gafarAg INDIA LIMITED
1711, cyrmK ROI .7,7,1) iA Govl of India Undettakmg) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 9 of 26
4.8 Short Circuit Capacities
Each short circuit interrupting device shall be designed to have rated short circuit breaking
capacity and making capacity equal to or higher than the maximum value of short circuit
current (rms) and peak value of short circuit current respectively, calculated at its location.
The related switchgear and bus-ducts shall withstand the above maximum available fault
current for a minimum period of one second. The minimum size of conductor & metallic
screen of high voltage cables and extra high voltage cables shall also be based on the short
circuit withstand capacity for a minimum time period as dictated by the protection system and
defined in project design data sheet.
4.9 Insulation System
The insulation of electrical facilities shall be designed considering the system voltage, the
system neutral earthing and the over voltages resulting due to system fault, switching or
lightning surges. Lightning arresters and surge absorbers shall be provided where necessary.
4.10 Protection and Metering Schemes
4.10.1 The protective system shall be selected and coordinated to ensure the following:
a) Protection of equipment against damage, which can occur due to internal or external short
circuits or atmospheric discharges.
b) Uninterrupted operation of those parts of the system, which are not affected by the fault.
c) Personnel and plant safety.
4.10.2 Protection relays shall be provided as specified in project design data sheet.
4.10.3 Metering shall be provided to keep a record of power consumption and supervision of all
concerned parameters like current, voltage, power, frequency, power factor etc. as specified in
project design data sheet.
4.11 DC Power Supply
Independent DC power supply systems shall be provided for the following (unless otherwise
specified):
Plant shutdown system including DC instrumentation (if required, as per instrumentation

design basis).
Electrical switchgear controls including critical lighting.
4.12 Emergency Power Supply
The emergency power supply system, wherever envisaged and required as per project design
datasheet, shall feed the following:
- Electrical loads essential for the safe shutdown of the plant.

- Emergency lighting.
- Communication system..
- Fire detection and alarm systems.
- D.C. Supply systems.
UPS Systems.
Fire fighting equipment excluding main firewater pump.
Loads critical for process, plant and personnel safety.

Page 326 of 391
.1e7 ENGINEERS
1.1-
fa2eg
en
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govl India Undertaking)
FOR
6-51-0099 Rev. 6
Page 10 of 26
Emergency power supply could be from a different power source or Emergency Generator as
per Project design data sheet. Where Emergency Generator is envisaged, emergency power
supply shall be made available within a time period of 30 seconds from the instant of failure
of normal supply.
The emergency generator shall, generally, not be required to run continuously in parallel with
the normal power supply system. However, short time paralleling facility shall be provided
for transferring load to normal power supply or other operational needs e.g. periodic testing
etc. as required.
4.13 Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS)
Uninterrupted power supply system shall be provided, (as required) for meeting critical loads
that cannot withstand a momentary interruption in voltage (e.g. critical instrumentation,
control, HMI for substation automation system, ECS, communication system, LAN system,
and process loads, as defined in project design data sheet).
4.14 Power Factor Improvement
Capacitor banks shall be provided, as specified in Project design data sheet, to improve the
power factor to meet the minimum stipulated power factor by the power supply authorities.
Automatic power factor correction shall be provided, if specified in project design datasheet.
4.15 Plant Communication System
4.15.1 It shall consist of the following:

- Central exchange(s)/ Distributed intelligent nodes.
Master control station(s) with inbuilt loudspeaker, microphone etc.
Desk type call stations with inbuilt microphone, loudspeaker for installation in buildings.
- Wall/column mounting type call stations for hazardous/safe areas with external
loudspeaker as per Operational requirements.
- Flashing beacon for noisy areas.
4.15.2 Each exchange/ distributed intelligent node shall be designed to have at least 10% spare
capacity.
4.16 Fire Detection and Alarm System
4.16.1 The Fire Detection and Alarm System shall be an independent system comprising of
individual break glass type manual call points, automatic sensors e.g. smoke/heat detectors,
hooters, exit signs, main panel, zonal panel, battery, battery charger and other hardware. The
system shall be designed to provide audio-visual indication at the main fire alarm panel to be
located in fire station and zonal panels. Repeater panels shall be provided as specified in
project design data sheet.
4.16.2 Electrical sirens shall be provided to cover entire plant area.
4.16.3 Each panel and each loop / Zone shall have at least 10% spare capacity.
4.16.4 The fire detection system shall be interfaced with fire suppression system, HVAC system,
pressurization system and plant communication system, wherever specified.

Page 327 of 391
ENGINEERS
Ig-zzfat-Aes INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
,v-e-t,77 t1ft .1~1, Govt o11n01a Unde11.k,,91 ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 11 of 26
4.17 Electrical Surface Heating System
4.17.1 Electrical surface heating system shall be provided for temperature maintenance of process
pipes and associated equipments, if required as per process design basis.
4.17.2 The electrical equipments i.e. heat tracers, thermostat/ RTD, PDBs, Junction boxes,
connectors, splice boxes, etc. shall be suitable for applicable area classification, though PDBs
shall be preferably located in safe area.
4.17.3 In general, system shall be suitable for maintaining the temperature, unless otherwise
specified. In case process fluid heating is desired, time duration and other parameters shall be
as per process design data.
4.17.4 Skin effect electrical heat tracing system shall be provided for pipelines, if specified in project
design data sheet.
4.18 Electrical Control System
4.18.1 Electrical control system shall be provided (as required) to monitor and control electric power
generation and distribution network of the plant. ECS shall include distributed RTUs & I/O
panels, servers, HMI, printers, fiber optic data highway, network switches etc. Base
functionalities and advanced functionalities as specified in project design datasheet shall be
provided.
5.0 EQUIPMENT DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
5.1 General
The equipment shall in general conform to EIL standard specifications. Equipments shall be
selected and sized as per philosophy given below:
5.2 Transformers
5.2.1 All transformers except lighting transformers & isolation transformers shall generally be three
phase, oil immersed, double wound type suitable for outdoor use, unless otherwise specified.
Lighting transformers & isolation transformers shall be dry type, unless otherwise specified.
The transformers for variable frequency drive system shall be oil immersed or dry type as per
project requirement.
5.2.2 100% standby transformers (for power, distribution and lighting) shall be provided in all unit,
offsite and utility substations, unless otherwise specified.
5.2.3 In general kVA rating, percentage impedance & X/R ratio of each transformer shall be
selected to limit the rated current and short circuit current to values which are within the
current rating and interrupting capacity of associated switchgear available.
The kVA rating for power, distribution and lighting transformers shall be decided on the
following basis and should be as far as possible a standard value.
a) In systems having redundancy for transformers, with transformers having natural cooling
i.e. ONAN/AN, each transformer shall be rated equal to or greater than the 8 hour
maximum demand of the load plus 10% margin for future load growth.
b) In systems having redundancy for transformers, with transformers having forced cooling
i.e. ONAF, each transformer shall be rated equal to or greater than the 8 hour maximum

Page 328 of 391
ENGINEERS
5gz-jf ffl2e'gl INDIA L1MITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
N1771, 21.2.10 +m.rvm.t Govt of Undettakingt
demand of the load plus 10% margin for future load growth (within 110% of it's self
cooled (ONAN) rating) and shall be fitted with automatic forced air cooling fans.
c) Where redundancy in number of transformers is not provided, rating shall be equal to or

greater than 8 hour maximum demand plus 10% margin for future load growth. Fan
cooled rating, where provided, shall be reserved as spare capacity for further future load
growth.
5.3 Switchgear
5.3.1 All switchgear and associated equipment fed from generators and transformers shall have
rating at least equal to the rating of respective generators and transformers feeding it, under
any circuit configuration. Generator incomer shall be rated w.r.t. maximum power output of
the generator set over entire operating temperature range. Transformer incomer shall be rated
at least equal to forced cooled rating of transformer or 110% of ONAN rating as applicable.
5.3.2 Bus tie circuit breakers shall have rating higher of the following:
a) Largest incoming circuit breaker.

b) Maximum running load on either side of bus section.
The tie breaker rating shall not be less than the bus-bar current rating, unless otherwise
specified.
5.3.3 All other switchgears not directly fed from generator and transformers shall have rating at
least equal to the maximum demand under any circuit configuration plus a provision for 10%
future load growth. Incomers of these switchgears shall be designed to cater to the complete
load including 10% margin for future load growth.
5.3.4 Spare outgoing feeders shall be provided in all switchgear. At least one number of each type
of outgoing feeder or 10% of each type of outgoing feeder, whichever is more, shall be
provided as spare in the HV and MV switchboards, except for capacitor feeder in HV
switchboard.
5.3.5 Circuit breakers/contactors controlling motor feeders shall have a rating of at least 125% of
the maximum continuous rating of the connected motors.
5.3.6 Separate feeders shall be provided in the switchboard for each load/motor. However, as an
exception maximum two numbers welding receptacles or flood light masts may be connected
to one power feeder.
5.3.7 All circuit breakers shall be of single break type having one pole per phase. Circuit breakers
for MV generator incomer shall be with four poles.
5.3.8 Rated short circuit breaking capacities and making capacities for all breakers and MCCBs
shall be equal to or higher than the maximum specified value of the short circuit current and
peak specified value of short circuit current respectively at the point of installation. MCCBs
with backup fuses shall not be acceptable.
5.3.9 Air circuit breakers (ACB) shall be provided in MV switchboards for all feeders rated above
400 A and switch fuse/MCCB/ACB shall be considered for feeder rated up to 400A. However
in the feeders feeding power to small rated MCCs/ASBs, switch-fuse feeders shall not be
used.

Page 329 of 391
ENGINEERS
FOR
Ogz-z fa25
er~451,3,rcn-41,
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govi of India Undertakng) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
6 -51-0099 Rev. 6
Page 13 of 26
5.3.10 Circuit breakers/Switch fuse units for capacitors shall, have a current rating of at least 135%
of the capacitor rated current. Circuit breakers capability to interrupt applicable capacitive
current shall be specifically verified.
5.3.11 The switchboard components viz. circuit breakers, main horizontal and vertical bus-bars, bus-
bar joints, bus-bar supports etc. shall be designed to withstand the maximum specified short
circuit current for a minimum time of 1 second, unless otherwise specified.
5.3.12 For motors rated above 5.5 kW, CT shall be provided in the switchgear for ammeter on the
local control station/local control panel.
5.3.13 The maximum rating of bus-bars for MCCs/ASBs/LDBs should preferably be limited to 1000
Amps. Heavy duty type load break switches/ACB/MCCB rated for maximum specified short
circuit current and duration shall be used for incomer and bus coupler and these shall have
suitable interlocks.
5.3.14 Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS) shall be provided for EHV system and HV system if
specified in project design datasheet. Preferably GIS shall not be considered for voltages
below 33 kV.
5.4 Bus Duct
The rating of bus ducts connected to breakers shall have same continuous and short circuit
rating as that of breakers. Similarly bus ducts connecting two bus sections shall have same
continuous and short circuit rating as that of main bus bars.
5.5 Neutral Grounding Resistor
The NGRs shall be rated to withstand the fault current for 10 seconds.
5.6 Batteries
Batteries shall be of adequate capacity to meet the back-up requirements as envisaged in the
duty cycle. While sizing the battery, temperature correction factor and ageing factor shall be
considered in addition to the maintenance factor. Batteries shall be complete with battery
racks and accessories.
5.7 DC Power Supply System
5.7.1 DC power supply system shall include battery bank, charger-cum-rectifier, DC distribution
board and cell booster.
5.7.2 The battery charger/rectifier shall feed the load and keep the batteries under fully charged
condition. Provision shall also be made for necessary boost charging/initial charging of
battery.
5.7.3 The DC system shall have at least 10% spare capacity for future load growth.
5.7.4 Each battery charger and DCDB shall be sized to cater to selected battery capacity.
5.7.5 Each DCDB shall have at least 10% spare feeders with one no of each rating for future use.
5.7.6 Power switch outside battery room shall be provided for local isolation of battery during
maintenance.

Page 330 of 391
k-31 ENGINEERS
$11g-ar fa2e5 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
1«,7 Ett, Govt ot ■nelta Undertak■ng) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 14 of 26
5.8 Uninterrupted Power Supply System
5.8.1 UPS system shall include battery bank, rectifier transformer, rectifier-cum-charger, inverter,
set of filter circuit, static switches, bypass transformer, facility for manual transfer between
inverter supply and bypass line, facility for bypassing inverter and static switch for
maintenance, AC Distribution board, cell booster and other associated accessories.
5.8.2 Each branch circuit of the UPS distribution system shall have a fused disconnect switch. The
fuse shall be fast clearing semiconductor type and the fuse rating shall be co-coordinated with
the rating of the UPS system. Normally the largest branch circuit load shall not exceed 25%
of the UPS system rating.
5.8.3 UPS system shall be sized to have at least 10% spare capacity for future load growth.
5.8.4 Each UPS ACDB shall have at least 10% spare feeders for future use by owner.
5.8.5 Power switch outside battery room shall be provided for Local isolation of battery during
maintenance.
5.9 Motors
5.9.1 1n general, three phase squirrel cage induction motors designed for direct on line starting shall
be used. Motors shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled type and suitable for continuous use.
Synchronous motors and motors with variable frequency operation shall be designed for
special application.
5.9.2 All motors shall be continuous maximum rated with possible exception of crane and hoist
motors, soot blowers, turbine/engine starting motors etc. which may be rated for the
envisaged duty cycle.
5.9.3 DOL, start high voltage motors shall be suitable for starting under specified load conditions
with 80% of the rated voltage at the terminals and DOL start medium voltage motors shall be
suitable for starting under specified load conditions with 75 % of the rated voltage at the
terminals. If required, large size motor starting shall be through soft starter/ dedicated
transformer as per project design datasheet. Voltage available at the motor terminals which
are started through dedicated transformer shall be decided considering the speed torque
characteristics of the driven equipment and ensuring the voltage dip at the source bus does not
exceed the permissible limits as per project design datasheet.
5.10 HV Capacitor Banks
5.10.1 The capacitor banks shall be supplied with series reactor and RVT (residual voltage
transformer). All the capacitor bank equipment shall be suitable for outdoor location unless
otherwise specified.
5.10.2 The capacitor bank in conjunction with series reactor shall provide minimum net kVAR at
rated nominal voltage. The insulation system shall be designed to withstand continuous over
voltage of 110%.
5.11 Emergency Generator
5.11.1 The emergency generator set shall be designed to start automatically on power failure and
feed the selected loads. It shall be capable of taking care of the load variations (e.g. the
starting of the largest rated motor with specified base load). However, DG sizing shall not

Page 331 of 391
t31 a.s.
ENGINEERS
eTrasr, as 3g,r57.1 (A GoN of India Unde,t3k,n9) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 15 of 26
include boost charging loads for UPS and DC system batteries (but shall only include float
charging and service loads).
5.11.2 The regulation of generator voltage shall be automatic and necessary instruments for metering
viz., Ammeter, Voltmeter, frequency meter, kWH meter, power factor meter, hour run
counter etc. shall be included in control panel. Warning of abnormal conditions shall be
incorporated prior to automatic trip to prevent unnecessary shutdown.
5.11.3 The unit shall be complete with necessary engine starting equipment, associated control panel
and shall be suitable for remote starting. Emergency Generator shall have auto-starting
arrangement but only with manual switching off feature. to start' annunciation shall be
provided, in case the engine fails to start.
5.11.4 The load shall be automatically switched on to the generator only after the requisite voltage
build-up.
5.11.5 The Emergency generator set shall have at least 10% spare capacity for meeting future
requirements.
5.12 Annunciation Panel
5.12.1 Audio-visual annunciation panels shall be provided, where specified in design data, to
monitor the switchgear and other electrical equipments. In case hardwired panel is not
envisaged, audio visual annunciations shall be provided as pert of the HMI system.
5.12.2 Detailed annunciation schedule shall be based on but not limited to the following:
a) EHV & HV Switchgear

Breaker-wise fault trip alarm
- Auto-changeover completed
- Auto-changeover failure
- Trip circuit status for each breaker
- Differential and restricted earth fault relay operation alarm
- Transformer trouble alarm
- DC supply failure alarm (Bus wise)
PT secondary MCB trip alarm for all line and bus PTs
- Bus wire supervision alarm
- Alarms for SF6 gas system
b) MV Switchgear
- Incomer/Bus coupler fault trip alarm
- Auto-changeover completed
- Auto-changeover failure
- Bus-wise group fault trip alarm for outgoing feeder breakers
D.C. supply failure alarm (Bus-wise)
PT secondary MCB trip alarm for all line and bus PTs
c) Operating status/fault conditions for UPS system.
d) Operating status/fault conditions for DC supply system.
e) Operating status/fault condition for DG sets.

Page 332 of 391
k3i ENGINEERS
FOR
ia25 INDIA LIMITED
IA GAA ol India UndeilakIng ■ ELECTRICAL FACILITIES
6-51-0099 Rev. 6
Page 16 of 26
f) Fault alarm for VFD panels
5.12.3 Annunciation panel shall be complete with acknowledge, test and reset pushbuttons. 10%
spare windows for future use shall be provided in the panel. Generally, annunciation panel
shall be fed from the UPS system/ DC system.
5.13 Cables and Wires
5.13.1 EHV cables shall be single core, dry cured XLPE insulated, armoured, extruded FRLS PVC
outer sheathed with conductive graphite coating and aluminum/copper conductor, as per
project design datasheet and shall be provided with conductor screening, insulation screening
and moisture barrier.
5.13.2 HV cables shall be dry cured XLPE insulated, armoured, extruded FRLS PVC outer sheathed
with aluminum/copper conductor, as per project design datasheet. All cables rated 3.3 kV and
above shall be provided with both conductor screening and insulation screening.
5.13.3 MV power cables shall be PVC insulated, armoured/ unarmoured, extruded FRLS PVC outer
sheathed with aluminum/copper conductor, as per project design datasheet.
5.13.4 The control cables shall be twisted pair, copper conductor, PVC insulated, armoured,
extruded FRLS PVC outer sheathed and overall shielded. Control cables without twisted pair
and shielding shall be provided for specialized applications i.e. for CT secondary current,
differential protection, restricted earth fault protection, etc.
5.13.5 The power cables shall be sized based on the maximum continuous load current, the voltage
drop, system voltage, system earthing and short circuit withstand criteria as applicable. The
derating due to design ambient air temperature, ground temperature, depth of laying, grouping
and proximity of cables with each other, thermal resistivity of soil, etc. shall be taken into
account.
5.13.6 Cables connected in parallel shall be of the same type, cross-section and terminations.
5.13.7 As an exception within substation areas, unarmoured cables may be used, if specifically
agreed upon.
5.13.8 All power and control cables shall be in continuous lengths without any splices or
intermediate joints. The cables used for lighting and wires in conduits shall have appropriate
junction boxes with adequately sized terminals. Unless otherwise agreed, cable joints in
hazardous areas shall not be permitted.
5.13.9 All incoming cables to switchgear/UPS/DC system/DBs and other equipment shall be sized
for maximum anticipated load including 10% future growth. Cable for capacitor banks shall
be sized for 135 % of the rated capacitor current.
5.13.10 The incoming cable for heat tracing power distribution panel shall be with four cores, the
neutral conductor being of same size as the phase conductors.
5.13.11 All control cables shall have minimum 10% spare pairs/ cores.
5.14 Control Station
5.14.1 Each motor shall be provided with a control station/control panel in the field, unless otherwise
agreed upon. Emergency stop push control station for air cooler motors at grade Level, for

Page 333 of 391
k`3-1
1 ENGINEERS
iclf~z las) INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
■
13.1. ,,TM IA Govt ol Indo Undertakingl
transformers in transformer bay and at intennediate levels for conveyers shall also be
provided.
5.14.2 The control station shall include the following equipment as per individual requirement:
- Start/stop push button

Ammeter (as applicable)
- Auto/Manual or Local/Remote selector switch (if specified)
Indication lamps etc. (if specified).
5.14.3 Stop push button shall generally have stay put feature except in the case of critical drives such
as lube oil pump etc.
5.15 Convenience Receptacles
5.15.1 These shall have the necessary mechanical interlocks and earthing facilities. The enclosure
shall have suitable protection for site conditions specified (flame proof, weather proof, dust
proof, corrosion resistant, etc.).
5.15.2 Adequate number of welding receptacles shall be provided at suitable locations to ensure
accessibility with a 50 m length of trailing cable to any point in the process area and in
substations & control rooms. These shall be rated for 63A suitable for 415V, 3 phase system
with a scraping earth.
5.15.3 Adequate number of three-pin sockets for lamps and portable tools shall be provided at
suitable locations to ensure accessibility with a 15 m length of cable to all manholes of
process equipments, other important areas in the process units and in substation, control
rooms and other buildings. These shall be rated for 15A, 240 V single phase with earth
connection. Hand lamps and portable tools shall be earthed through flexible cords. In
hazardous areas, flameproof hand lamps shall be rated for 24V.
5.16 Actuators for Motor Operated Valve
MOVs shall be provided with integral starters. The necessary local/remote selector switch,
start/stop control switches or push buttons, torque limit switches etc. shall be provided on
actuator for local/remote control depending on the mode of selection. In case of failure of
torque limit switches, the mechanical design shall be adequate to stall and trip the motor
without damage. The control circuit may be A.C. operated for short distance and D.C.
operated for extended distances, where required. The type of MOV control i.e. conventional
type or 2 wire control or compatible with instrumentation field bus, etc. shall be as per
instrumentation design basis.
5.17 EHV System
The EHV power supply arrangement shall be provided with either conventional switchyard
having CT, PT, Disconnector, circuit breaker, lighting arrestor, etc. located in outdoor fenced
area or Gas Insulated Switchgear (GIS). The GIS panels shall be located indoor inside the
substation building.
6.0 SUBSTATION / MCC ROOM DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
6.1 The sub-stations shall be located in a safe area close to the load center. Proper access shall be
provided/ ensured for operation/ maintenance of indoor and outdoor equipment.
Page 334 of 391

og4i ENGINEERS
FOR
272,15T, IA Govl of Indo Undertakingf
6.2 EHV and HV sub-station switchgear floor shall be raised above grade level and the space
below the switchgear room shall be utilized as cable cellar. The cable cellar floor shall be at
least 300 mm above the approach road level and shall be paved and cemented. The cable
cellar shall have a minimum clear height of 2.5 m and shall house all cable trays and their
supports.
6.3 The substation switchgear floor shall have a minimum clear height of 4.0 m. For switchgear
floor provided with air-conditioning, the minimum clear height shall be 4.0 m in case of false
ceiling and 4.5 m without false ceiling.
6.4 MV sub-stations and MCC rooms shall be elevated by compacting the soi I so that
The finished floor level shall be above the approach road level to the building.
The finished floor level shall be minimum 1000 mm above the surrounding grade level.
The bottom of the cable trench within sub-station is minimum 150 mm above the
surrounding grade level.
6.5 In addition to the entry to substation for operating personnel, a separate entry of minimum 3m
(W) x 3.5m (H) with rolling shutter shall be provided for drawing in all equipment for
installation. The main entry for operating personnel for pressurized and air conditioning
substations shall be provided with double door system with an airlock lobby. The Sub-station
shall also have an emergency door opening outwards.
6.6 Sub-station wall adjacent to the transformer bays and walls separating transformers shall be
355 mm thick (inclusive of plastering) in case of brick construction or 230 mm thick in case
of RCC construction.
6.7 Sub-station building shall be without any columns within the switchgear room to ensure
optimum space utilization, unless otherwise specified.
6.8 Battery banks shall be located in a separate adequately ventilated room in the sub-station
buildings, alongwith the necessary exhaust system and water connection with sink. Floor of
the battery room and walls up to 1.5 m height shall have acid/alkaline resistant protective
epoxy coating. Separate battery room is not required in case of VRLA batteries, as the VRLA
batteries shall be located in the room housing chargers and UPS systems.
The battery rooms shall be provided with minimum two exhaust fans and louvered opening in
opposite wall/door.
6.9 UPS system and other electronics equipment e.g. data concentrator, HMI, RTCC, variable
frequency drive panels, battery chargers, thyristorised heater control panels, etc. shall be
located in air-conditioned room, unless otherwise specified in project design data sheet.
6.10 Sub-station shall have fire extinguishers, first aid boxes and other safety equipment as per
statutory requirements. Insulating mats of required voltage rating shall be provided in front
and rear of switchboards and GIS panels.
6.11 Separation walls between transformers in all substations and safe inter transformer distances
for switchyard transformers shall be as per OISD-STD-173.
6.12 Equipment like transformers, neutral grounding resistors, reactors and HV capacitor banks
shall be located in bays adjacent to the sub-station building. The requirement of roof for bays
shall be as defined in project design datasheet. Al1 bays shall have well drained floor, surfaced
with gravel or other suitable material.
Page 335 of 391

ENGINEERS
la25 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6 -51-0099 Rev. 6
IA G0,1 ol ■nd. U,dertak.9) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 19 of 26
6.13 In order to prevent oil, whether from a small leakage or outflow from transformer tank, from
reaching and polluting the water bearing stratum, transformers shall have the following
provisions, depending on the oil capacity of the transformer
6.13.1 Oil Capacity upto 2,000 Iitres:
Transformers installed adjacent to sub-station/buildings or in Switchyards shall be provided

with a layer of 100 mm deep stones of about 40 mm granulation, all around the transformer,
for a width of 20% of the transformer height subject to minimum width of 800 mm. However
complete transformer bay/ fenced area shall be provided with stone gravels.
6.13.2 Oil Capacity exceeding 2,000 Iitres:
Transformers installed adjacent to sub-station/building or in Switchyards shall be provided

with oil containing pits.
The oil containing pit may be shaped as per OISD STD-173. The pit shall extend all around
the transformer for a width of 20% of the transformer height, with a minimum width of about
800 mm around the transformer tank/radiator. In case oil capacity exceeds 9,000 litres, in any
chamber, provision shall be made for draining away of any oil, which may escape or Ieak
from the tanks, to a waste oil tank.
6.14 The substation building shall be sized to maintain adequate clearances between equipment for
ease of maintenance. The following minimum clearances around various equipment shall be
maintained:
Sl.
Location Clearance
No.
a) Front clearance for HV switchboard including HV GIS 2500 mm
b) Front clearance for all other switch boards/panels 2000 mm

Less than 200 mm or more
Rear clearance for panels having maintenance access
c)
from front only than 750 mm
Rear clearance for panels requiring maintenance from
1500 mm (HV swbd) &
d)
rear 1000 mm (MV swbd)
1000 mm after considering
Side clearance between two switch boards or from
e) space for future panels as
nearest obstruction
per cl. 6.15
f) All around clearance for transformers 1000 mm
1000 mm on two sides,
g) All around clearance for NGR
200 mm on other two sides
h) All around clearance for capacitor bank/ series reactor 1000 mm
i)
Battery rack to wall clearance for
- Single row, single/double tier
100 mm
- Double row, single tier
100 mm
- Double row, double tier
750 mm
- Multistep racks
750 mm
j) Battery rack to rack clearance 750 mm
Head room clearance below bus ducts or any other
k) 2000 mm
overhead equipment
I) Front clearance for wall mounted equipment 1000 mm
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0 Copyright EIL —All rights reserved
Page 336 of 391

ENGINEERS
FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
Oga•taws 2-rt,r47m1Jsr,fif
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Indfa Unfleotak ■ogf ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 20 of 26
Sl. Location Clearance

No.
Front clearance for operation station/ annunciation/ 2500 mm
m)
control panel
For EHV GIS, minimum all around clearance and vertical clearance shall be as per
manufacturer recommendation.
Vertical clearance above the top of the highest equipment shall be minimum 1000 mm
measured from the bottom of the lowest roof beam. However for the areas with false ceiling,
minimum clearance of 750 mm shall be provided between false ceiling and top of any
equipment.
6.15 In all Substations/ MCC rooms, space for future extension of switchboards shall be provided.
One panel extension space on each side (for each Bus section) or two panel extension space
on one side (in exceptional cases) shall be provided for all GIS, HV Switchboards, PCCs,
MCCs and ASBs. In addition, space for future extension of the substation/ MCC room
building shall be considered, as specified in project design data sheet.
6.16 The DG sets shall be preferably located in a separate building other than the substation, in a
safe area to reduce noise levet in substation. However in case the same is located in the
substation building, the DG set foundation shall be structurally delinked from the slab/floor of
the rest of the substation building. Exhaust of diesel engine shall be kept away from the
process/hydrocarbon handling areas and diesel day tanks shall be located outside the DG
room. Suitable ventilation system shall be provided to avoid heat accumulation in the DG
room.
6.17 Fire protection for transformers and switchgear room shall be provided to comply to
requirements of OISD-STD-173.
6.18 Overhead EOT crane of required capacity shall be provided in substation building/ area
housing EHV GIS panels.
7.0 INSTALLATION DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
7.1 General
The installation work for equipments, cabling system, earthing system and lighting system
shall generally conform to EIL standard specifications and installation standards.
7.2 Cabling System
7.2.1 Cabling system for various areas shall be as specified in Project design data sheet. Preferably,
total cable route connected to Fire Water pump/motors starting from receiving substation to
Fire Water pump house shall be directly buried underground.
7.2.2 The cable trenches shall be sized depending upon the number and voltage grade of cables.
The cable trenches in hazardous areas and in transformer bays/ substation cellar shall be filled
up with sand. Where underground cables cross road ways, pipe sleepers at grade etc. they
shall be protected by being drawn through sleeves/ducts to provide a permanent crossing.
7.2.3 RCC cable trenches shall be sealed against ingress of liquid and gases wherever the trenches
leave or enter a control room or substation. Pipes laid for mechanical protection shall be
sealed at both ends. In case of direct burial, cable route markers shall be installed at 30 m

Page 337 of 391
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
■
31 ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
1g-ar g2es
$
■+«,
INDIA LIMITED
IA Go,ol 1,,d. Unde,t.k.g) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 21 of 26
interval all along the cable routes and where the direction of cable trench changes.
Additionally, markers shall be provided at cable straight through joint locations.
7.2.4 Above ground cables shall be well supported on cable trays and suitably protected against
mechanical damage. Routing shall be decided to avoid interference with hot surfaces or
places subject to undue fire risk. Requirement of walkway for cable trays on overhead
piperack shall be as specified in project design data sheet.
7.2.5 Cable trays, racks and trenches shall be sized to allow for 10 % space for future cables. Cable
installations shall provide minimum cable bending radii as recommended by cable
manufacturer. Separate trays shall be provided for EHV cables, HV Cables, MV power
cables, MV control cables and plant communication cables to the possible extent. However,
where specifically agreed upon in exceptional cases, HV and MV power, control cables may
be laid together, with a barrier plate separating HV and MV cables.
7.2.6 Separate cables shall be provided for AC and DC signal/control circuits, except for cables to
Local control stations/ Local control panels/ MOVs.
7.2.7 Cables connected in parallel shall run together so that their length remains the same.
7.2.8 Type of cable tray and accessories shall be as specified in project design data sheet. For tray
system design, in addition to self load and wind forces, following guidelines for design shall
be considered.
a) Maximum Support span 3000 mm
b) Cable load for

i. 150 mm wide cable tray 30 kg/Linear meter
ii. 300 mm wide cable tray 60 kg/linear meter
iii. 600 mm wide cable tray 75 kg/Linear meter
iv. 750 mm wide cable tray 75 kg/linear meter.
c) In addition to this, 70 kg concentrated load at center span shall be considered. All

structural steel design shall be as per Indian Standards.
7.2.9 Bends, tees, reducers, crosses, droppers etc. shall have the required bending radii as required
for various cable sizes with a minimum radius of 300 mm.
7.2.10 All cables shall carry the cable tag numbers for easy identification.
7.2.11 Signal cables i.e. Instrument, communication, fire alarm, LAN and data highway, etc. shall
preferably not be laid in the same trench/ tray along with electrical cables. In case there are
laid in the same trench/ tray, a clearance of minimum 300 mm from electrical cables shall be
provided. The overall cable layouts shall be designed for minimum interference between
signal and power cables.
7.2.12 For single core EHV and HV cables, the armour & metallic screen shall have either single
point bonding or cross bonding scheme. Both side bonding shall not be considered due to
reduction in cable current carrying capacity. The bonding scheme for complete cable route
shall be finalized considering link boxes with/ without SVL as per screen/ sheath voltage
calculation.
7.2.13 GI or FRP cover shall be considered for top most cable tray and bottom of the lowest cable
trays shall also be covered with GI or FRP sheet. GI or FRP type sheet shall be selected based

Page 338 of 391
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
,zit4 ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
$'gar .117,1 21,,r77 ar>I ,M.1171)
INDIA LIMITED
IA CioN of Intlia Uncleflakoogf ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 22 of 26
on the type of cable trays. Tray cover shall be provided for the outermost trays of vertical
droppers.
7.3 Earthing System
7.3.1 It is recommended that all electrical equipment be suitably earthed. Earthing system shall, in
general cover the following:
Equipment earthing for personnel safety.

- System neutral earthing.
Protection against Static and Lightning discharges.
Separate clean earth system for Instrumentation, DCS, ECS etc. as per specified
requirements.
7.3.2 Plant earthing design shall generally be carried out in accordance with the requirements of
CEA regulations and IS: 3043. The earthing system shall have an earthing network with
required number of earth electrodes connected to it. The following shall be earthed:
System neutral
Current and potential transformer secondary neutral
Metallic non-current carrying parts of all electrical apparatus such as transformers,
switchgears, motors, lighting / power panels, terminal boxes, control stations, lighting
fixtures, receptacles, feeder pillars, NGT/ NGR Panels, etc.
- Steel structures, loading platform etc.
Cable trays and racks, lighting mast and poles.
Storage tanks, spheres, vessels, columns and all other process equipment.
Electrical equipment fencing (e.g. transformer, yard etc.)
- Cable shields and armour.
- Flexible earth provision for wagon, truck.
- Pump handling Hydrocarbon if its base Plate is separate from motor's base plate.
Turbo driven pump handling hydrocarbon
7.3.3 Unless adequately connected to earth elsewhere, all utility and process pipelines should be
bonded to a common conductor by means of earth bars or pipe clamps and connected to the
earthing system at a point where the pipelines enter or leave the hazardous area except where
conflicting with the requirements of cathodic protection.
7.3.4 Where installed, lightning protection shall be provided as per the requirements of IS: 2309.
Self-conducting structures having metal thickness of more than 4.8 mm may not require
lightning protection with aerial rod and down conductors. They shall, however, be connected
to the earthing system, at least, at two points at the base. OISD-STD-180 may be referred for
details on lightning protection.
7.3.5 The resistance values of an earthing system to the general mass of earth should be as below:
For the electrical system and equipment a value that ensures the operation of the
protective device in the electrical circuit but not in excess of 4 Ohms. However, the
generating stations and large sub stations, this value shall not be more than I Ohm.
10 Ohms in the case of all non-current carrying metallic parts of major electric apparatus
or any metallic object. For lightning protection, the value of 5 ohms as earth resistance
shall be desirable but in no case it shall be more than 10 ohms.
- Earthing of Tanks shall comply to OISD-STD-173.

Page 339 of 391
DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
■
31 ,2.1t4 ENGINEERS FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
faws INDIA LIMITED
Iafw, Govt ol Undertaking) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 23 of 26
All joints in pipelines, valves, plants, storage tanks and associated facilities and
equipment for petroleum shall be made electrically continuous by bonding or otherwise;
the resistance value between each joint shall not exceed 1 Ohm.
7.3.6 Earth rods and conductors shall be designed to cope with the conditions imposed. The earth
conductor shall be adequately sized to carry the applicable maximum earth fault current
without undue temperature rise. All joints shall be protected against corrosion.
7.3.7 All the electrical equipment operating above 250 volts shall have two separate and distinct
connections to earth grid. Transformers, including lighting transformers shall be provided
with two dedicated earth electrodes for earthing of neutral and transformer tank earthing.
7.3.8 All earth connections should be visible for inspection to the extent possible. In all cases,
connection to earth should be made in accordance with IS: 3043.
7.3.9 The main earthing network shall be used for earthing of equipment to protect it against static
electricity. The lightning protection system shall be bonded with the main earthing network
below ground, minimum at two points.
7.3.10 An approach for removing fire or explosion danger is to provide means for adequate
dissipation and prevention of accumulation of static electricity, thereby ensuring that static
discharges do not occur. One of the methods to eliminate risk of static electricity build up is
grounding and bonding.
The subject of static accumulation caused by flow of petroleum products and the mitigation
methods are dealt in detail in OISD-STD-110 and same should be followed.
7.3.11 Normally earthing system shall comprise of main earth grid alongwith suitably located
disconnecting plates to provide multiple earth connections between earth grid and equipment
and for connections between main earth grid and electrodes.
All connections shall be adequately secured against loosening.
Connections between earth electrode and the disconnecting plates shall be done by GI strip.
Connection between the disconnecting plate and various equipments shall be done by GI
strip, GI wire or GI wire rope.
7.4 Lighting System
7.4.1 Plant lighting system shall comprise:
a) Normal lighting
b) Emergency lighting
c) Critical lighting.
Normal and emergency lighting shall be fed by AC supply (415/240V, three phase four wire
except in case of Mines and Oil fields where it shall be in line with Chapter IX of CEA
regulations and statutory requirements) while critical lighting shall be fed by DC supply.
Additional precautions as per Chapter IX of CEA regulations to be adopted in mines and oil
fields shall not apply to apparatus above the ground level except where such apparatus may
directly affect the safety of the persons employed in underground mines, open cast mines and
oil fields.
7.4.2 All emergency and DC critical lighting (if specified) fixtures and associated Junction Boxes
in Hazardous areas shall be Flameproof type.

Page 340 of 391
--

DESIGN PHILOSOPHY
ENGINEERS
FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
la2-"dg
ct:Rx/tttrtlx1-Assi,
INDIA LIMITED
I A Govt ot ln41d Undettakingi ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 24 of 26
7.4.3 Normal lighting system shall provide enough illumination so as to enable plant operators to
move safely within the accessible areas of plant to perform routine operation including
reading of field instruments, operation of all valves etc. and to carry out all the necessary
maintenance and adjustment to equipment.
7.4.4 Areas requiring AC emergency lighting shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
All Areas requiring DC critical lighting.

Strategic locations in process, utility areas where specific safety/shutdown operation are
to be carried out.
Generally 20-25 % of the total lighting fixtures shall be fed from AC emergency supply.
7.4.5 Areas requiring DC critical lighting shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Control rooms
Substations
DG shed
Central fire station
Fire water pump house
Compressor houses
Non plant buildings as specified in project design data sheet.
DC critical lighting shall be provided in the pipe rack, exit/entry point only in case considered
for process units
Adequate number of self contained portable hand lamps and battery operated emergency
lighting units shall be provided for immediate use for buildings where no DC supply is
available.
7.4.6 During normal operation, both emergency and normal lighting shall be fed by normal power
source. On failure of normal supply, emergency lighting load shall be transferred to
emergency power supply source. Critical (DC) lighting shall be normally kept ÒFF' and
during failure of AC power; battery bank shall feed the critical lighting system.
7.4.7 HPMV lamps shall generally be used for outdoor plant lighting. Keeping in view the restrike
time lag and to avoid complete darkness in case of a voltage dip/black out condition necessary
incandescent lamps may be judiciously distributed throughout the plant area. Fluorescent
lamps shall be used for indoor lighting for non-process buildings and control room. Safe area
street lighting and area lighting may employ sodium vapour lamps. All chemical handling
facilities shall be provided with chemical resistant fixtures. Sodium vapour lamps shall not be
installed in hazardous areas. DC critical lighting shall employ incandescent lamps or CFL
lamps as specified in project design basis. Tall structures shall have aviation obstruction
lighting as per statutory requirements. Energy efficient lighting with CFL/ LED lamps may
also be employed for indoor/ outdoor lighting, as specified in project design datasheet.
7.4.8 Telescopic tubular high masts shall be provided for illumination of tank farm/general area.
Where feasible, street lighting poles may be avoided where lighting high masts provide
adequate illumination. The high masts shall be of continuously tapered polygonal cross
section and fabricated out of steel plates. The masts shall be provided with motorized racking
mechanism for lowering and hoisting lantern carriage.
7.4.9 Lighting system shall consist of lighting transformers, lighting distribution boards (LDBs),
lighting and power panels, fixtures, junction boxes etc. as specified. All outdoor lighting
shall be automatically controlled by means of photoelectric cell/synchronous timers with

Page 341 of 391
ENGINEERS
g)-Q-JT fa2-g INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
I .112,1 Of2d, 4,1~1 IA Govt 01 lofflo tJodettOkotgt ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 25 of 26
manual overriding control as specified. Lighting and power panels shall be fed from LDB
through 415/415V, Dyn-II, dry type lighting transformer having taps up to 5% (Refer
clause 7.4.1 above for mine and Oil fields installations). The lighting and power panels shall
be provided with MCB and ELCB as incomer and Miniature Circuits Breakers (MCBs) for
outgoing feeders control and protection of lighting circuits. ELCBs shall not be provided at
the incomers of lighting and power panels, in case ELCBs are provided in the outgoing
feeders of LDBs/ASBs feeding to these lighting and power panels. MCBs shall not be loaded
beyond 80% of rated capacity. A minimum of 20% of miniature circuit breakers of each panel
shall be left as spares. In general, the load on each circuit shall be limited to 1.5 kW. In areas
having less lighting load, lighting transformer can be avoided.
7.4.10 Lighting Lux Levels
Lighting system design shall be based on average illumination levels as specified below:
S NO. AREA LUX

a) Main roads (along process units, power houses, workshops, 10
etc.)
b) Secondary roads (along storage tanks, settling basins, etc.) 5
c) Tank farm 10
d) Pump houses, Sheds 100
e) Main operation platforms & access stairs 60
f) Ordinary platforms 20
g) Process areas, pipe racks, heat exchanger, heater, separators,
cooling tower, columns, pig launching/ receiving loading area, 60
flare etc.
h) Switchgear room, Rack room 200
i) Cable cellar 70
Transformer bay 100
,i)
k) Battery room 150
1) Control room (Console Area), Laboratory 400
m) Boiler house 150
n) Charger/ UPS rooms 200
o) Switchyard
Operating area 100
Other areas 50
p) Warehouse 100
q) Office, Operator Room 300
r) Compressor operating area 200
s) Watch room 100
t) Stairs 50
u) Corridors/ lifts 70
v) Tube well, Gate & watchman booth 100
w) Fire house, Garage 150
However, lighting levels in all areas shall take into consideration the requirements from point
of view of safety, ease of operation and maintenance.
7.4.11 Lighting design shall conform to relevant Indian and International Codes and Standards, IES
Hand Book and shall take into consideration the requirements from point of view of safety
and ease in operation and maintenance. A maintenance factor of 0.8 shall be assumed for
lighting illumination level calculations for normal areas. However for dusty areas,
maintenance factor as per relevant codes and standards shall be considered.

Page 342 of 391
k31 ENGINEERS
Ig-21.1F,AayeaiR
:[[1a25 INDIA LIMITED FOR 6-51-0099 Rev. 6
,11313,-R,171, ■ A Govt nl ■nd.Undertak.g) ELECTRICAL FACILITIES Page 26 of 26
7.4.12 Wiring for lighting and convenience outlets in outdoor areas shall be carried out with PVC
insulated armoured FRLS cables run along the column/platforms and structures. Double
compression cable glands required for terminating armoured cables in lighting fixtures,
control gear boxes and junction boxes in hazardous areas shall meet the requirements of
IS/IEC 60079-0. For outdoor/ indoor safe area equipment, double/single compression cable
glands shall be used respectively.
7.4.13 Adequate number of ceiling fan points shall be provided in Administration Building, Offices,
rooms allocated for operating and maintenance personnel etc.
7.4.14 Two pole isolation devices shall be used for controlling lighting fixtures and sockets in
hazardous areas to isolate phase as well as neutral. (For all Mine and Oil field installations
refer clause 7.4.1 above).
7.4.15 For buildings with false ceiling, concealed conduit wiring shall be employed below the false
ceiling and surface conduit wiring above the false ceiling.
7.4.16 Adequate number of pull boxes shall be used to aid wire pulling and inspection. No joints
shall be allowed inside these pull boxes.
7.4.17 Battery room shall have fixtures mounted on wall in order to facilitate easy replacement of
fused lamps. Switches controlling the lighting fixtures and exhaust fan shall be installed
outside the battery room. Lighting fixtures and exhaust fans in battery room shall be
flameproof type suitable for gas group IIC.
7.4.18 Locally mounted lighting fixtures on platforms, walkways, stairs shall be installed in such a
way that relamping can be done without the use of ladders.
7.4.19 Telephone wiring/ sockets and LAN wiring/ sockets (as required) shall be provided in plant
and non plant buildings/ rooms which are normally manned during operation and
maintenance of the plant.

Page 343 of 391
Page 344 of 391
Page 345 of 391
Page 346 of 391
Page 347 of 391
Page 348 of 391
Page 349 of 391
Page 350 of 391
Page 351 of 391
Page 352 of 391
Page 353 of 391
Page 354 of 391
Page 355 of 391
petuesei sp.16p ily — 113 4q 6pAdoo 0'Aad Ld- 1. 000-00-8'oN W wiod
Aq penaiddv
D)
0 91.11WW0 9
uoReweweidw! .104 penssi
0
panss!-ed pue pes!ned
C)
Page 356 of 391

penss!eu pue pas!neu
(.10
1:1)
fD
0
51
nn
.nall6101-18-9
r—m
STANDARD SPECIFICATION NO.
...,
4444 z „,i n ,H ,-,1 nn co >. ciy
z,J2 .t:Jt'7='Ir71-11.J,1 r-, n . ,Ht:i .il rrl n n(--.)w7
.. ril > w ci
n.cf. gHnnn '-izi .-1-3 .-3 4-m W naa
S=D CD ft s-s• '-rit--'0
r'' rrl
'
'w•• 0 ogm
n
4cm n
:,., ,,..
..- cr :,'
0
o su
''.•5 y rrl
-t C2.
S 0
-I
C.
cn
(n
0•nal{ L3- 1000-00-9'0N 4ewiod

o
E 5 E '” 1 1 1l C n p p ) b? , 4 5.. >-
44 r"k E - (4i
CfM CD rii, ' S=7
. 1 E -•(-)
?D'''CD
'• y c=')
(1)+) , 't,„ .-,
,t• -« non7.! <87O-0,-s'-rlo.- H sw
■-s ,--,, 1). rD 0
HC7 res °"" nOn — Co' ()C ,6 4
"<
w
sw fts -c:scn-s-,-t "(m (1)c
-.• .' -c/0 (1) ,--,0 ,--5 - P.,
) 00C- >Fp'
p,D2 ,.1
ro'6"0 'c.
. ->
•Zt cn •t 2 H—
:.,;.
:' "b 0 ."0 CD
'-' " M1 '-'
,-C), 0
C (,)
g
mte r m
,, ,, 5,o= 71... < o
(0 7)i n . '5. n Q ,H ,,
7n un—
Cn CD c O 0 "
^
Q. nCw
n e-'.,5iL
= w
CW • ft,n
1D) (p
n -o
R
_. sw
Z.. •-1 n
-,- o 5 "
,cn
s-
o ,O. -..,
CIM 0 "-•• • 0
nC CM e741M
0 P') D "
■
-+ c:;-
o ) c4
s-ri ,■ rl
44 5
0 w nO n
o -,-
-,
dx 5
CD C `. (").
cnr"
rri
cs
n -s- C
C) cg-, C- o 1s.
C CL
-scZ ,-0
SM $:■D 0
'-
',---t6 P-t-
0.
CD '-r1
s......
,--t-,
r«,)
›C ,•o "0 "i:J s" 4

.0 .t !z r~ -0 C) t71 CD rl C7 "zi c)
rri n- 4H c.,'2,nn
s."
(
...;)-<HHZSX:D rd'-ci"-O'-ci'-c -0ZZZ4
°
onn cci '7.
.: -rpr'')C c9) 5tas(-1)F
(
4—no. .-.
-tör 0 (,32,sw
c;,07..'01-:C..n1:"'0. 0
nc.-0 -IcA na;. :
4« < :-<
-. Wacis." ,:,9- oI-C ,zo.
..., ..., .,
, ,.„ „, »-, --, •-• cr> e) c, r,,) CD cn .
. . c. 5 :: CD .-t 5 CD - ■ cn
-p- ■-,-•
'5.'"O'''''2,..i., ("),- CD rri"a
-..o,..tA) ,-.=. 0.-• C) ,---
errl -t
.-1") 0
f=1-o -s n'-' s=, (..O. s-f=1 C 0- n-t-
Irr'cA ."'H ' ci,g- -1 C'Orpg-C4(.
E),.---..-s C 0.)
'-':
0 2L n
). C - s,) Sz'A (1) cn
C,incrrp ;:-
4 ..." 0 0.° ocn
00-on ,-,-
-. ". , :•11 cn !M ■H
_, ,
-.
0.• ,7.,- <-5•• R, .,•• nOC
rrlo s:,D n* CD ,--,,. CD
,-,(1)n 0 Crq 4',12c-ö ,t-
C-• '00 5. C »-A
,..... Ow sw55 -
p)
OWOUIDOD ].S3I
2 7 ' 1)
. " > z) ,-h
(1) C CIM (D
sw
C-7 `. - rD
cn CIM n CI•
.L -' ?co,..-+ AD
co ,_., . nC n n
n)
", C .,1,..,
ay
n Cro n
,--t-
cn
C o
1.
.nau 6101-18-9
sw cn
pamasei s14 6P IIV— 113414 60doo
s-4 cn
C:)
-- 0
E)-
-.
0
C
Page 357 of 391

.nam 6 101-18-9
adops cri
PO/PR/ Standardsreferred there in/Job specifications/Approved documents.

simainumnÒau LSdL axw NOI,133dSNIO'£
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
7 cA
QUANTUM
0 C4
o
g
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS SUB
OF CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA
SUPPLIER
■
—,
Procedures
.,
,
O'Z
Material Inspection
IncomingMaterial like
Fabricated items,Electronic TC's/ Inspection
Visual,Dimensional,operational checks,etc.
components,PCBs,Relays,
z
t.)
c''
—
cD
asapplicable
IndicatingInstruments, Testrecords / Lab
Power Supply Unit, TestRecords
IGBT/SCRs,etc.
Inprocess Inspection
(-à
Page 358 of 391

PCBs & Electronic Supplier's Test
0
z
,...)
.:'
Burn-inTest for96 hoursat 50deg C
c)—
components, Sub-assemblies Records
0•nal{ Ld- 1000-00-8'oNlewioj

pamasai s411 6P IIV— 113 AbOdoo
-1=. z u)
•-- :7::, CD
> 1:9
r) r.
CD
.,1_,
)
$. (--)
=
(-)
c) E•,'
■-1 a(?)
CD »./
Cn
Final Inspection
0*Aad L3-1.000-00-9'0N 4e111.103

Cii >
CD
cp
cr
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
• • .. • • lo
crc-)C.) .-n 4 r. < ;.-4, , - 5) o o '11 5. st ,9- 'cr. ., ,<-,, ,)
o
o ... o ('D a. Oc000po -- = i--. ci)
;-,
-- .sc ;,, p) -I ... cn o .--,) cm CD ■-■ -
(1) CrQ 'Zi . 1■1-, 0 ,..,-1 c, n
C) cn
+-'. ' c) o c-) c::. , cw) a. AD cn
'o- c'D c-) s:D c")-,
C) • > °"' C> ;D C) '',.< ,-- .. AD ■-•■ • AD CD
a. - ■•—Ft-.; V
r+) ''(;)' ,--,( 1 ) ■-r CD 1:0 :- • 0 a. c)
e- —a C)
, .-1 " st) z
• -. -. ›.o-o n o
c) CD v) ■-• c 0
- ,•)'0
,-,-. ■-1-, eti -•
C)
5 Cfg ..o (1) cn 0 , ■-* :- , CD
"> .-• • '.1 0 4` ‘"'" 'CS
c) r) o
•-■ ,--t (-)
V). --■ ?:>
= 0 r) c r,
ci, E•
,-, AD AD ■-b c) = F..)), ,— ..', EZi
CD
C.
CD crq C■ cr) „ ,, . cn '"Ci ,_,
cD
r•-_,- ■
-,- ■-s "' Sts ° AD O'Ci
n - • -1 .c> a. o o CD (/)
CD o ....-,..s'. * (-) n ,, ..... „„
AD C) c ' CD "t" o crz
:=') ..4- (1) '''ci 0 0 H -,
(/)
0 CD
(1) AD 0
=
..1 .--, • =
,,, AD rD AD •-■ .. ,." AD''• 0L. 0 AD
,,,
." IZ:S p) o 1D
»E+
1 " ,•-■• ,1 ..."
CHARACTERISTICS
'0 '4 0 C C) CY
:0 GY oi., „. ■-," ,
..--. ....,
11 ro- --. cr co
CD '-t
(-) -
CD ''' ' CD
CD
5CD ,
C o ,--. ly C CK - C1C
■ o :1 CD) ,5 o - :2 . 5v C
iz)) C> ,__ ,.`-' ,.1 o 0 ,-- '.7 C) ■-s • $:>) ,•-r
,•-r- co .c)»:ti »ci
■-■-, ,5, c) 1 .
cfl ..6" Ej C., CrQ .-t
, AD ...
•-r.
, ..... ,4
'"Cf C> ,.(1D 0 .0 4:7 cm 5. — C) cp 0
(–) c,.. ,5-,. ...,-,
0 . .,=, '—'
o CD ,-+ ,. (1) crg 5* (1)
cL, '''
co ,# OrQ
cr 7:1 CA
..., :,) '-cs .-
L, c)., — cs co
'a• • cc)
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
4. o
> (c)
('D
.,=,.'. ■-• '--/
co v) .c1-3-
cn »ct
cn t''D eD
r
7: o 0 C
C g
0 V)
"
0.
SUB
SUPPLIER
.nall6101-18-9
pamasai sp.16P IIV— 113411 60doo

' SUPPLIER
tl
l
1■1
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
10
....1
Page 359 of 391

•4=•• cz
i•-..) 0
> 1:v
o
.:6: ,..
c.)
(-)
CD
■--3 cr(?)
..,,ro ,..,
0•Aed Ld-1000-00-8 'oN 4elalOd

>
cn
òDZ
(-) =
o (1,
D.0DistributionBoard
oP.., 5cr 1-11
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
• • . . . . • • .
r (...) o -: r•-• • - n j - '-‘:1 C 0
o c,•y < C t 0 0
"4' '
C1 4) cl. C :- •-1 — — I'') 'A ° cD :=,-,5
(..D --' cs, ... ,-..
CD
-' 6- b o • CD •-cs ■
-• •
o co ,-. o. <,1 o ... „ ,...
.-t 0 ■-•■ • v) crq ,-
•r-t-) •
c)
- 0,, • -,- CD
.7..' '10 CD <,-
,c.J
A) ~-• " • c-) t'll Cfc:/ < 0
c..,
C.7.: • •-e• •-r- ..., 0. en
•-t •-•
■-t ••••••) •
7 ■-n c) o - •-,- ct. _•-, ,-,-
r:,-. crc,
'"' '"0 cp (7) 9, s•a. ■ :71- " ›c-7.
/ •;')
•-• • A) Ofg
CD A) CI, cr) 0 ry ..... cr,:?
c,, Gt. •-i- , A) o
g -,
ci) ,,' ,-,-
cn '"1 C) `.' ES co Cr
-5 C) ".,
'"'" CD ,.9
`' • •-•- 0 (=)••
0 '- C)
1') cn :::
■-• 0
r-•"; • c7, c.) co ,-r• 3),) e cra r)
-
•-.. P, ...
9 CD
CM .... Cr
(I, -.-
ci) , cL, ',„
--t ...,• o ..c) ''' CD
C
•r:2 . c) C:)-, ■-s '-h ■-i, ••-1, .:-.;.f0.., o
-- C) ri)
• o 0 o C °
:-1 Crg ,...,
cn •--r .— •-s -I o r) 6") 0 N ..,.
t-F CD
co cn
■-t cn .-r- Cr t„, -• p, v) ,.,
co ,-,. P,) n) 12,■-r-)
(It:? 2. --
~- $'-->' ''''
..cs S=) '--
bl:
CHARACTERISTICS
.<CD ,-1., 01.• cà. CD :'-• r, .:°

1) ••-•
-1
•cn 0 0 •-t f=1.,
:W
Functional checks, IR and HVtest.

CD
•-1 r),) •-in A) CD ›.5t v) ,--,
•-C (:).• CfC? ,5,- o
Cr '"Cf o ('''' r-r- (1)
;) < •-r 0
17%0 0 ,--.
>< • 'CD
-1 P.) 1=0 eD Cf) 0 _,.•
Visual, Dimensions, Feeder Tagplates,

—
,,-• , qQ •-t- 1:10 ,..i.
CD 1Q) '0 •-■• CD ,••••
•-'s• •-•
'"1• A) , •-0
,..CD
-1 ,.. 0 0 crc? c
‘-. •CD
-t '<7'). '51) CrQ CD CD ••-r•
Ii<=>
tri o.= —..„'•
0 C)
.=4 *
c "'
H 0:( 0:5
, rà) ■-
Basisny
100%by
QUANTUM
OF CHECK
^2• 0
EIL/TPIA
on Random > (cn
Supplierand
-•3
CD
.,=..- ■-•-, ■
(4'
CA 1=1 n
cn CD ro
,_,.., r) <-, CD
r," ,...
,•-•• o
CD o • •-t
C) C=L
Record
Witness
o cn
Inspection
Supplier's
'I
CS. ----
Test Records /
i 1
SUB
SUPPLIER
9-
18
-
0I
01 61
0
nall
patuasai sl OP IIV— 113446pAcloo
SUPPLIER
.
rll
~
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
Page 360 of 391

57.Z
rg
£*AnI6I01-18-9
rn
z
0
(.0
Q)
CD
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
cA
QUANTUM
or)
M
r)
g
cA
-3
$-3
cr
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
-■
SUB
0

SUPPLIER
Visual and Functional checks 100% by Supplier's
Fullloadcapabilitytestat 90%,100%and Supplierand Test Records /
.4.
z
W
Cell Booster 110%ofnominal ACsupply on Random Inspection
.
IR and HVtest Basisny Witness
EIL/TPIA Record
A11 testasperrespective ITP,asa SupplierTest
z
-1.
Battery
cA
.
-
minimum Record
Supplier's
Test Records/
Submissionof Certificates/ Typetestreportonradio frequency
z
b,
-1=.
--
Statutory
,.:'
.
Documents interferencevoltagesonRFI filter.
Body
Certificates
tti
O
Painting
Paintingand Packing Visual
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof Packing list /
z
t..h
cp
—
—
foreignmaterial. Supplier's
i
•• • • •• • ••
Properpackingtopreventany damage Records
duringtransportationand storage.
O
cr■
DocumentationandIC
Supplier's Test
Page 361 of 391

ReviewofInternalTestReports Records /
o.
,--.
--
c,
z
z
Documentationand IC
IC issuance. Inspection
Certificate
0'Aed L3- 1000-00-9'0N lewmj

pamaseJ s4q 6P IIV-1131460doo
■
—■
°
-,.
0
t=1
cp
sw
CfQ
o eD
CL,
0A92:1 2.3-1000-00-8oN leW.103

d
o
-c (.1)
p.) • c„
R-
cp
CD
CD
■
-t
cn CD
cn
cn
CD
cr
'-c1 •
CL,
Cl.,
S),)
o
CD
■
-t cn
CD
c.) o
•-t
1.
Q. '10
o
cn
Cr .10
CD
cn
CD
CD
$=.)
•
›•• o
sl)
e)
cp
* Testsshall beconductedononechargerofeachrating(Incaseof dual Chargers, both chargerswill beputon load separately)
s=1..
o
CD
(''
cn
cn
■
—•
o
CD
"1C
•
Aall6101-18-9
pamesai sT1-16!-1 IIV—113;q 60doo
Cr
CD
CD
Page 362 of 391

pamesai s4q 6P IIV— 11344 6uAdo0 0'AGEI L3- 1.000-00-8'oN et.tucid
Aq penoiddv
co
n)
01
o:
in`
c
o
3
9, 3
UJ
°
2
cp.
nâ
9- ,
uogeweweidw! penssi
cn
cn
-u
O
900Z.Z1. ' 1.0

penss!-ed pue pes!nad
yr
Z L OZ '90'6Z
penss!-eu pue pes!Aed
cn
Page 363 of 391

(D
co
O
01
Z'AaH91701-18-9
•
•
•• •
CD
CD
r- rr71'
Cr Hnn n nb HH 'r=1
ft)
C.0 g
: Jouanuo3
O suognInalcmy
rn
0•Aad L3-1000-00-2'0N IeLtu od

uldno D
•--.. :,,`-p-'5" -s- E-- x',.1 °.=1 '-,1 rrilzItli=innnnec>eic>.
,... " 0 »(?)CD~t 1::).. CD ...
'1>710.1r4; ■-hp0Cn`<
Inspection Standards Committee

• rri o• o -1 o =■—O" -<:)'" .1.), «'C • , o '-'- ~t ..on
■—• ...-,
,,.... O 5 , (,) .4
( .) rD $))) ,-,)
C) ›.'--' c4 "
ca. rD H-.
9.,),. "2 `(''
„.- a cn O
CD o = Cl. AD ,-,.y n CD ‹."-,) 'FD' < ',5
1)l
, ,-y. o., 9.-
) . rD CD <
CD O o
.-s rri n--,. o ^, CrCi H (i) A)
'-h '-' H CD CD '-' - rD , CD crq "
(I, o..., .1. crz ril tl• ..i.>
C) o 0" 'ap . 4 (-)
cra• ' , • c- ) 0 '-g 'E
o 1
-
l-':' -.' -- •• „., - n
4 r■ cra Fi, w) ;p ...,
o
() '..') . Crg :::r. S)) Ro < ›-t
0 cr' CD rri
,0
. ,,, '
E O n o O
'''' 1-.
'. ")
) ,-
C) ■-4'
o. n)
c2.. ...a.
eD5
'sS7
cr
(17'
,H ,H,c>-0 zzz44 44
..-d ecn x n H c4 nn
H
(. -,) .<, ) E 1...

. .-I iCd c
h :j ":j - ':i i-ci ,,„ '. zz
O CD CD ,--4.. e-t-
C) CfCi
)' E
n E:
. C
oIL ... % Cl. 52' C21". '' 4 . '-t) () O
" ›."'
r).. 'C-:
"
.) ~k CD CD
.--s ..t (-)
n, Crq
."8" k=- < C-. R." C).
-"-'-'.
cpu C1) CT) HDD 0 :
ncAs.i • "---1• 9... PI)
s,-,,-, Pz.sg:45,)n-on - ,,, - • -
--, --..4- ,..4, :7.1. ~,--‹
_ • -o,..,`", '—' no,,.,..,f"' " or71 -,--, 2 o.H
■-bn A) ■-zi
LD c
co $.
9., 0 A) .-t '0 .--3 5- p,,
C.' `< 'met (-).., 5-- ,,, n ,,.-'' L --' (7) (-) 4.
-c, .- ,,. 4„,, D --, o ,_,
(").
-- 1--
-., o
(-) .g.
c, O. •CD1D,, CD '—' 0 .-c;1" • 6- o (1) 0 ci) CD o c)
an cr o
...
9 . 5 Clq -,. n •. • c,.. ,7,.., (5.• 2 ••••• • ,(-,-3 .=, • '-' ,H (17
tri n)cp C/D CD (1' CD .--t- CD
P o; o ,H
,,,
-o 5 O o0 CM 4c4' c, -(-)
— —. .4
O up 5. O 94 -.
'-.0cp co oqc,ro,
(;) o r). u)n) aro
o P') ,'- --h
,-,) ,-n s=1. r2 , cra
cp.---o
CD ,L
('-:'
' )". ) C
c) a a P
o
spp o Z. cm" CD
"
• cn
N' . >
;),) cn
".
.
0.
Z nall91701-18-9
6)
W.
e-
,..,.
0
pamasai sA 6P IIV— 11311-160doo
Page 364 of 391

0
ZAall91701-18-9
>
<31
—C1
0
51)
CD
adODS
This InspectionandTestPlancoverstheminimumtesting & inspectionrequirementsof Stationary Lead Acid Battery.

O
PO/PR & Standardsreferredthere in /Job specifications / Approved documents.

simaixamaöau isai (1/%1Y NOILD3dSM
C")
r)
,o
EOF INSPECTION
-o
z C/)
QUANTUM
r)
r)
SUB
r)
r.)
g
CD
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
,,-.cA.-
0
SUPPLIER
..,
.:::,
Procedures
.
0
t,..1
Material Inspection
• •
k o .--
o — • s:,) — •
-- -
,__, ,--r- ■— ■
-1
94_
oo
5
co ril ,„
eD
',:)` cp
cra
-ri ,. .
,:).,.:
Cr --- " cli
ii
ii
Physical and Dimensionalchecks(as
...• ,(..., cr
c4 eD "
n .-
Quiv CD
cp
c4
applicable)
c,
z
.c)
..'
.--,
(N.)
::,
cri "
rI) rD
,
.
.-csA] 7ci
Mechanical properties, Chemical propertiesof
,.,
CD
-1
r)
Page 365 of 391

■
17
theelectrolyteand containers
0'AGd L3- 1.000-00-9'oN leW.10d paniesei s;q 6!-I IIV— 11341160doo

Z Aall 9b01-18-9
A213I,LVEIQIa
SCOPIEOF INSPECTION
QUANTUM
.
g
o
r5
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS SUB
0
Z
,-ics
OF CHECK SUPPLIER
,rilr—,
SUPPLIER
0
G>
.
Visual, Dimensions,Billof Material Supplier'sTest
z
0
‘--
c::'
C>
Cli
;--,
cr
(.,.)
zn
A>
cp
cp
.
Records
'
Chargingand Dischargingof Cells

4:,
=>
Final Inspection
■
VisualCheck
Polarityand Absenceof Short Circuit.
Dimension,massand layoutcheck. Inspectiontest
0
0
z
c::'
-P
.--
«,--,
Battery(AcceptanceTests)
.
Internalresistancetest. records
Test for Ah Capacity.
Test for Voltage during Discharge.
Inspectiontest
z
-I=,
0
o
C,
i■)
BatteryStand
.—
Dimension, Paint Shade/thickness
.
records
•• •
AirPressure Test
• • Test forcharge ••••
• •retention/ loss• ••••
of capacity. One Sample/ TypeTest
z
4=,
W
Battery(TypeTests)
.
Lifecycletestonsimilarmodel. Rating Report
Ampere hourandWatt-hourEfficiencytest.
0
(1'1
Paintingand Packing
Page 366 of 391

Visual.
Suitableprotectiontoprevententryof
z
0
0
«,--,
.--
<::'
PackingofBattery foreignmaterial. Testrecords
tJ
:
.
Properpackingtopreventany damage
duringtransportation.
0•Aed Ld- 1000-00-9'oN 4eLtuod pamasei sp4 61.1 IIV— 11344 60clo3
Z sag 91701-I8-9
o
io
(-)
EOF INSPECTION
zw)
QUANTUM
o r
r)
o
g
c.)
SUB
:-.1
(-)
n
n
r-ril
STAGE/ ACTIVITY
,..iri
SUPPLIER
:5,
OF CHECK
SUPPLIER
O
Documentationand IC
Supplier'sTest
Reviewof InternalTestReport Records /
x
x
c"
-:5
'cCD
—.
Documentationand IC
IC issuance Inspection
Certificate(IC)
Final data
Compilationof Inspectionreports,drawings,etcas folder
x
o
`cCD
-:-:,
iv
Final Documentsubmission
c"
perVDR / PR /Completeness
certificate
••
Page 367 of 391

0'Aad L3- 1000-00-8 '0N ;eWJOd pamasai spA 6P IIV— 1131y61JAdoo
pamasal s4q 6P IIV — 113 lq6pAclo3 0AoTI L3- 1000-00-8 "Igw-10.4
CO
O
uoguwawaidui! Joj panssi

t•••.,
O
O
panss!-a-H pur paspka->i

ry
c)
c,
00
6"'
panss!-ag pue pasinax
O
C,
Page 368 of 391

cs,
STANDARD SPECFICATION NO.
• •
• • •
• •
•
''' '""
1-' `-' '-' s'-'
r Tr 5 5 t CNC] n nto to >
Hnnr(:1—t nxHHHti —tc rri >l
rr o
'0N iewiod
- rn
-, rIrl
(-) ~ri
(-)
:suop.mnoacmy
0
.A9dL 3- 1000-00-8
r—, 7,,, c cmc c ,.< '.11
< " ,-1.—.1 .'t.t. t1 ! I , ! _,-9osn- ,,9,) -s
.—.. .(
r 1)
.
_
, - ?:
› 1) ,.
>
cD e: >
e.:71) '
Cl.. cp CD
v, -,- o
5.
? ,
,-,-
ö :3, ,,,
,_t
,_, ,
,,.(5,
E,
c), ° o
c, --
InspectionStandardsCommittee
'"C) cs) — oC:
-s J` - 5
9 < 8„, ) . , 9
., , -- . . rri —H
=. t=,,
"
7 " o
n .2- > L4
co 0C C ".
cD
til C (...) 5_
0 ..„a
o ,.,zt ..Ti
c. -, ci) H '-'-. -• CDC ■-o• ...,-. ~ fl
- -1
-t r) iiN)"- co (•-) C C.• .- — r•• ro CD9' cp ,=,.
■-3 C) .-
ct r ri
-- -t , c,., 9_, Cm. ■-•1 cA (,,-zr po <7; 1,)
uldno .3.s -JN

Ci) 0 (17 n ,>"- 5. H (D r) co (I4 -t
H (•H .D ,..-4-
C) r) Co 0 (1)
ct) C "■ r- cm v)
. co C 0 t,t• 0 C4
co 0 C v) C).., p,, p2_, .5,. •-i•) c ■-t., e-1- cp
cn
,_ 0 0 <-P- ,-* (-.)
.-, 4 , rii r.
' • eD
,,, 5. .0, AD o
- ,_, aro
--3 D. <
• ,-. • C'«f.) . AD CD CD 5' 7, '0 C.,c F).
Olci 0 C v) co
s2 C .--. .- cm -' '87 -,
'* ,-,- 0- ■-s,
o
cn. '') ril
(-) -t cir
o 1:0 Fo .. c)
5 o L'
to ,- ('$2-:',*
cp '5Ci) .
cn
9
rD ,-,
rc.
PD rri
5' o ,---r'- .0
C-• cD C
co
C
„.
C
>
5
:=,o-,
■
-3 zJ,c o tri H zb
0 yH
H
(-) .< HH ,C1'-d'-d'td'-d'-d'-dZZZ4

(0 CD co
,-, ,-- CD :A) 0 0 - <tl_,_) • , ,,c) n ....
■-• CD
■-, ,-. Cl.• ” -1. . CL, A•D ,.-'.--,-, . 0 ‘.., 0 o -t " n ,-+ .2'
cA
cn Q. CL CL cl) P' 0.• 3. =. co C- '5. ,-..• '"C
CD "-"
,_, 0 ..-t cID iii CA s..., o •-•
rD c ro en A)
r--■ .-t R- Q.,,..,
,-, p_i
Cn crq -1 .... o ,-$:,D et,nCna,,,,-, ,:- CD Cn
n 5- '-'. cp 51
1
(1:1 ,., '.-1
'"° ,....
,'..i. 'r.). '-.. 1P-, 0. ‘-,-- 4 co ,Th
,..., iri gv' c
ct) -, c, „„ q --1 __, -) ,. ,. ,_ () co- r) co n
,c) rri a 0,
1S3,1,
0... •-•-) (..) CD AD >< c) -,-. up o

..i
° co 7c) t-' w) v, 5,- ■-3 t "
2 ,8_. Fi)-'-c) p3 -0
CD ■-t ,.„ C
o Cl. C1) AD '0 ci)
vp P) ...
-j)- -. o o" ,. r)
C ,.0 cr' C cp -t-
o tra c)
• . -s ,-• .-1 -• (-) - • '-
0-''• rj
C Co :R. (1
9- s4D <
(,, ro
ril- eD
0 C/") CD pt o CIR CD ,.
4 (•4 ' °
-o R g. a)-'• r) '') 5' 6"
Cf4 rD 0
Ci) _•
-. c) AD
Po c) -.
r) •'" `-< 0 C
-t C +
C -1
,-,- 6 C.,Cf4" cp
O C v)
C
£'AaRIS01-18-9
o
pamaseJ s4LI 6P IIV— 11311160doo
STANDARDSPECIFICATION NO.
Page 369 of 391

-AaH
:adODSO'I
O
t•J
PO/PR / Standardsreferredthere in/Job specifications / Approved documents.
3.0 INSPECTIONAND TEST REQUIREMENTS:
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
7Cln
QUANTUM OF
STAGE/ ACTIVITY CHARACTERISTICS
g
0
n
SUB
0
CHECK SUPPLIER EIL/TPIA

SUPPLIER
=,
1•••■
Procedures
■
'
■
.,
1
If.)
C5
Material Inspection
Material Test
Incomingrawmaterial Certificates/
likeCopper, Aluminum, Purity,Dimensions, Physical and Chemical Test
tN)
--,
0
0
c:'
x
,-
■
PVC,XLPE, Galvanized Properties. Records/Thir

Armour. d Party Lab
certificates
t>>
7::::,
Inspection during
Sparktest,thicknessof insulation, Conductor
(....)
.,--,
insulation,sheathing
,::'
.--,
C>
0,
x
Test Records
Resistance
Page 370 of 391

4.0 Final Inspection
Visual,Drum details, Size,Ends Capping, 100% forDrum
Finished Cable Markingonoutersheath (such asIncremental detailsand Sample
—■
■
Test Records
x
x
Length, Voltagegrade,manufacturer'sname), drums for balance
Colourcoding,etc. details
0•nal{ Ld-6 000-00-8 'oN 4eWJOd PaMaSeJS41-16PIIV— 11344 60c100

£'AnfIS01-18-9
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
C) t«I
QUANTUM OF
n
CD
SUB
SUPPLIER
Conductor Resistance.
Finished Cable(Routine Supplier's
-.
•..8,
i•-)
c>
c>
High Voltage
Tests) Test Records
Partial Discharge(forXLPEonly)
Checkcalibrationstatusof all testing
equipment.
Dimensionchecks—overall dia,over/under
armour,thicknessof insulation,sheath,
copperscreen dimension,etc.
ConductorResistance
Insulationresistance /Volumeresistivity
>
r) ....
CD Cr
..- .
5'
r) .-■-
r> c
-■•• $2,3
-ri
'E go'
CD
rp
li
CD n
cp
C1C7
—r- cn
'zi -t
-Q
*
High Voltagetests
i....)
,...,,,
:i
7ZJ
s.....,
Q..
e-.
'-cS
C.I)
CD
cn
■
Partial Discharge(for XLPE)

HotSet(for XLPE insulation)
TestsonConductorasapplicable
TestsonPVC/XLPEInsulation & Sheath *
Armour Galvanization- diptest
Volumeresistivity, Insulationresistance
Tensileandelon :ation(withouta:ein :)
••••
----
,---
■—■
—■ ■—■
• Flammability test
•as•per
• applicable
-s N
(1)
0
n
»0
CI)
0 (1)
•••• •••• • • ••• •
0..
-----
specification.
■
,-t
(1)
IZS
CD
CD
Accelerated waterabsorptiontestasper
---,
Q.,
"
—■
NEMA(Electrical method ) #
o
0
ri>
CD
cn
■
-t
'.
Test forresistancetoUltraViolet
Cl.
Page 371 of 391

----...
■—■
,.,
Radiation #
ro
<D
cn
.9,
::$
c>r) -.
FD-.
C/D '"" •
1
cr
E7D
1:0
CD ...(j
n r)
—r- cn
:P.
--__.
Z
OxygenIndextestasperIS/IEC
`...■
-4.
v)
CD
•v)
cn
-t
E;i .
,__,
----.... ----..
-----
,—, ■—■ ■—■
0
-r- cp
.1 CD CD
Cn
(= »t1 »ZS
Rodent & Termiterepulsioncheck

,4), ,a>""
ll)
Drum length /surface finish check byre-

a.--4--;
t■-)
.-
winding
o
Test forcircuit integrity for firesurvival

ET.
,--,
-----
•-t-
CD
cn
."1:$
cablesasperIEC(If applicable)
0'A32:1 Ld - 1,000-00-9 oN 4eLtuod patuasai sp.1 61J I IV— 113 41-1 60doo
SCOPE OF INSPECTION
CA
QUANTUM OF
ri
l
n
o
SUB
C
Z

SUPPLIER
Dielectric Retention.
Typetestson PVC insulationand Sheath
High Voltagetest(Water Immersion)
Finished Cable e
b'l
4A.
C/)
Dielectricpower factortestsas functionof
21,
'--3
7:1
■
r)
o
CD
rb
r.)
C/)
--
(Typetests **)
voltage,temperature. (XLPEcables)
Heatingcycletest(XLPECables)
Im.ulsewithstand test(XLPEcables
Visual
0"
-A.
Cableaccessories Dimensions Sample Test Records
x
Typetests** asperIS/IEC
0
C11
Painting
11
,,
01
0
Documentationand IC
Reviewof Routine,Acceptance,Typetest
SupplierTC
,--,
9:7 \
Documentationand IC
0
reports.
CD
Z
& IC
IC issuance
Final data
Compilationof Inspectionreports,drawings, folder
i‘.)
CI1
Final Documentsubmission
c:›
0
CD
•••• • • • • •etcasper • VDR •/ PR /Completenes
scertificate
o H
CL,
c7"
c",)"
• ‘
t-+
o
CD
DZ1.
(1)
("D
er,
("D
ro
E-4 0
•-•<
cn 0
ro
(,)
s:0
(1)
(7,
ro
CD
rD
e+ rD
Co.
Page 372 of 391

* r) *
■-■ •
cr
rrl
cr
O
<1>
cr
rit's
•
CD
cr cra
rt)
co
-cs
s:0
CD
ro
CD
CD
•
‘-<
rD
(,)
1:$
CD
▪
•
cr
H
?").•
F4
—
•D
CD
-6
• ‘<
1=1
<
CD
CD
("D
CD
o
x
r)
o
rD
•
- Samplesmust includemin1Noof each type),
0nal{ L3- 1.000-00-9 '0N Tewiod pemasai s41.16!J IIV 71311-150doo

t•..)
H
r)
r) c7 • O
t=1
ci)
CD
CIA cp
"
0 {.D
1)
0•AGd LA- 6000-00-9 'oN teu.00d

CD
'cn
0
r[,
SO • v,
CD
CD
CD
CD
cn CD
cn
CD
co
CD
c.h
co
CD
-s vs
0 >
‘-<
0..
ci) 01.
13,7 Er.
AD
cn CD
■
—t
CD
o
-s
.
CD
,,cn1
CD
CD
ri)
c)
'1:21
CD
cn
CD
CD
CD
. CD
CD
CD.
0
0
CD
CD
O
Q_
CD
>1:t
`LS
•
r=0
£ .âll
CopyrightEI L— Allrightsreserved
CD
STANDARDSPECIFICATIONNO.
Page 373 of 391

TYPICAL EARTH ELECTRODE STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
$'1g-ar 0156 INDIA LIMITED FOR 7-51-0101 Rev.4
1441-ert errave aN 3U1:17.1) to C;ovt. of India Undartaking)
EARTHING SYSTEM Page 1 of 1
40I 45 130 45 40
I I I
I I I I I
/ REMOVABLE CAP SEE DETAIL-1
10 DIA TAPED HOLE
75x10 M.S. PLATE

WELDED TO PIPE
65 DIA N.B. PIPE (MEDIUM)
12 DIA HOLES
M.S. PLATE BENT TO SHAPE
300
REMOVABLE CAP MADE OF

M.S. PLATE WELDED TO
DETAIL-1
NOTE:-
1. THE PIPE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.
Id, Ai
4 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP qi XS/rSer UAP DM
3 31.01.07 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP RKS/AKJ JMS VC
No. Date Purpose by by
Convenor Chairman
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
TYPICAL EARTH ELECTRODE STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED IN 7-51-0102 Rev.5
mIM amW m3vWM (A Govt. of Indio Lindestoking)
TEST PIT Page 1 of 1
6 THICK CHEQUERED REMOVABLE CAP SEE

PLATE COVER NOTE-2 AND DETAIL-3
(SEE NOTE-4)
1060 SQ
230 l 600 SQ 230 BRICK WORK
0
(SEE NOTE-4)
FINISHED GRADE LEVEL
1/00
N
A 300 300 /
1000 PVC PIPE ON FOUR SIDES
A
0
0 FOR ENTRY OF EARTH STRIPS
MINIM SEE DETAIL-2
2—X—
.1=1=5M.1111161ir —x—
G.I. EARTH STRIP

(SEE NOTE-5)
CHARCOAL LAYER
0
N
MIN
'1110110111■71111aD:011•ErtatilliArtillittlittil,
HANDLE
PAINTED SYMBC
IN RED ON
WHITE BASE
ALTERNATE LAYER OF
CHARCOAL OR COKE
AND COMMON SALT
4
'41111111111111111 11:0:111011011.
,ADAIIIPAIDA•111
NUMBER PLATE 0
0
FIXED TO
TOP COVER
3000 LONG, 65 DIA. N.B.
PIPE (MEDIUM), WITH CAP EARTH ELECTRODE
(FOR DETAILS REFER PIT NO.-01
STD. 7-51-0101)
0 700
0 ANCINCADADACIIIIM MECSEMEMWSW,
N
MUM
DETAIL-1
St_comowest_Esaalittot:WoWaAtor.
BRICK 1000 PVC PIPE
EMI
WORK
GI OP 0.111.11, 10 0
II
II
NOTES:-
DETAIL-2
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM. FUNNEL WITH
BRICK WORK SHALL BE DONE AFTER COMPACTING THE SOIL. STEELWIRE
AFTER REMOVAL OF CAP, OWNER SHALL BE ABLE TO POUR MESH
WATER THROUGH HIS OWN FUNNEL WITH STEEL WIRE MESH. (REMOVABLE)
COLOUR CODING & PAINTING OF COVERS SHALL BE AS PER
OISD NORMS. 65 DIA N.B.
IN CASE OF PAVED AREAS, TOP OF PIT SHALL BE FLUSHED PIPE
(MEDIUM)
WITH FFL, WHEREAS IN UNPAVED AREAS, TOP OF PIT SHALL
BE PROJECTED 100MM ABOVE FGL.
CONNECTIONS OF G.I. EARTH STRIP TO THE PLATE SHALL BE
IN LINE WITH STD. 7-51-0103.
DETAIL-3
5 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP KS/RSC te-44.> DM
No. Page 375 of 391
by by
Approved by
TYPICAL EARTH PLATE STANDARD No.
ulel ei ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED AND 7-51-0103 Rev. 5
41177I riecnrc, QA 3Vfii1) (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
FIXING DETAILS Page 1 of 1
400 FOR CONNECTION WITH

G.I. STRIP OF SIZE 75x10.
25 50 I 50 I 50 I 50 I 50 50 I 50 25 (TYPICAL)
i
II
If
10 DIA HOLES FOR

8MM DIA BOLTS FOR CONNECTION WITH
G.I. STRIP OF SIZE 50x6
AND BELOW (TYP.)
G.I. EARTH PLATE
RCC STRUCTURE WELDED CARBON STEEL

BOLT-8 MM DIA
STEEL
STRUCTURE
.L— \i \ 4.-1
- ,—,\./ V---, 4
1E1
12 DIA G.I. SPACER SEE
PIPE (TYP.) NOTE-1
rArArAv/AVA 111111 1111

'A v/Ar/ A ■ rAllr All All% All
% % Air Air Alr
RN NI MN
G.I. ANCHOR G.I. NUT, SPRING 10 MM THICK G.I. —

BOLT 8 MM DIA AND PLAIN EARTH PLATE (TYP.)
WASHERS (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE —2)

LOCK NUT & BOLT G.I. EARTH
STRIP
0
SEE MI\ NM
NOTE-1 AN%A AIWA
10 -I- UPI IUI \
G.I. EARTH
PLATE
TYPICAL FIXING DETAIL

OF G.I. EARTH STRIP
TO EARTH PLATE
NOTES:-
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.
WHERE FIRE PROOFING OF STEEL
STRUCTURES ARE ENCOUNTERED
LENGTH OF CARBON STEEL BOLTS
SHALL BE SUITABLY INCREASED FOR
FIXING OF EARTH PLATE.
ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EARTH PLATE
SHALL BE MADE WITH 8MM DIA.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION TYPICAL INSTALLATION BOLT, NUT, SPRING AND PLAIN WASHERS.
OF EARTH PLATE ON OF EARTH PLATE ON CRIMP TYPE CABLE LUGS SHALL BE
R.C.C. STRUCTURES STEEL STRUCTURES USED FOR CONNECTION WITH G.I.
WIRE ROPE.
5 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP S S UAP

4 DM
No. by by Approved by
Page 376 of 391
TYPICAL EARTH CONNECTION STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
Ogem 056
iTerl eirame aA 3RX.1)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt. of India Undartakal a)
FOR
LIGHTING POLE
7-51-0107 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
STREET LIGHT OR FLOOD LIGHT POLE

50 MM WIDE x 60 MM x 6 MM THICK
M.S. FLAT WELDED TO POLE FOR EARTH
TERMINATION (SEE DETAIL-1)
8 MM DIA GLAVINISED M.S. BOLT,

NUT AND SPRING WASHER.
0 TERMINAL CONNECTOR
0
u) z
X—Z
L10 MM DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE FROM

NEAREST MAIN EARTH GRID OR
FROM DIRECT BURIED EARTH ELECTRODE
AS PER STD. NO. 7-51-0117
60
40 20
25
25
10 MM DIA HOLE
WELDED TO POLE
DETAIL-1
NOTES:—
1. USE TWO WIRES ROPES IF VOLTAGE IN THE POLE JUNCTION BOX IS 415 VOLTS.
0)4;4
4 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP UAP DM
Convenor Chairman
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O Copyright El - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS FENCE AND GATE EARTHING
CF7.71
INDIA LIMITED 7-51-0115 Rev.4
g jjlagleg
aliern F1221517 0513VC1511) (A Govt. of Indio Undertaking) (TRANSFORMER YARD)
Page 1 of 1
EARTHING CLAMP
SEE DETAIL-1
FENCE POST
FENCE GATE
FENCE
i .
8 SWG G.I. WIRE ■■ 25 SQ. MM FLEXIBLE
r ...,
■ ■IL As A■ ■ ■ A. IL A. A. A. Ah.
■ II
.1■ ■
*4, COPPER CABLE
...v .... .. ■
. 4. $ ■,..1..........• Ali
r . I'd • pr 0 ■ g' i ■
4 .7,
. 4 0
■
$ EARTHING CONNECTIONS
TO G.I. BOLT AND NUT
G.I. EARTHING LUG
4; ■* . # , 1
lf.'.
Imam
!EOM
-. wEN
. IMAM • ■ F.F.L./F.G.L.
G.I. NUT
AND BOLT
MAIN EARTH GRID DETAIL -1
FENCE GATE
FENCE POST
FENCE POST
TO FENCE POST
G.I. NUT
AND BOLT
N
I' II •.• V' .1, •■• •1,11 TO MAIN NI
EARTH GRID
DETAIL -2
4
,
AL. A.
V' V ■
Al■
■ ■
Al■
■ WELD
G.I. EARTHING LUG
(SEE DETAIL-2)
FENCE
MAIN EARTH GRID
FENCE POST
Q41:
4 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP / SC UAP
3 31.01.07 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP RKS/AKJ JMS
No. by by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O Copyright E IL - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
■.7 el ENGINEERS
EQUIPMENT
1ge_11 taffleg INDIA LIMITED 7-51-0116 Rev. 6
WM ,rameMMWM (A Onvt of India Unde.takg) EARTHING SCHEDULE
Page 1 of 1
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT EARTH CONDUCTOR SIZE

(SEE NOTE-1)
MOTORS UPTO 3.7KW 8 SWG SOLID G.I. WIRE
MOTORS FROM 5.5KW TO 30KW & WELDING RECEPTACLES 10 MM (3/8") DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE
MOTORS ABOVE 30KW INCLUDING HV MOTORS 16 MM (5/8") DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE/
40x5 MM G.I. STRIP
BUILDING COLUMNS 40 x 5 G.I. STRIP
STORAGE TANKS (VERTICAL & HORIZONTAL) 40 x 5 G.I. STRIP
LOADING RACKS 40 x 5 G.I. STRIP
VESSELS & HEAT EXCHANGERS 40 x 5 G.I. STRIP
SMALL EQUIPMENT & INSTRUMENTS 8 SWG SOLID G.I. WIRE
LIGHTING, POWER & INSTRUMENT PANELS 10 MM (3/8") DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE
MAIN EARTH BUS / MV & HV SWITCH GEAR AS SPECIFIED

INTERCONNECTIONS/ POWER TRANSFORMER
EHV & HV SUB—STATIONS AS SPECIFIED
PUSH BUTTON STATIONS 8 SWG SOLID G.I. WIRE
STREET LIGHT POLES 10 MM (3/8") DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE
LIGHTING TRANSFORMER 16 MM (5/8") DIA G.I. WIRE ROPE
PIPE RACK 40X5 G.I. STRIP
BONDING OF PIPE 25 SQ. MM INSULATED FLEXIBLE CU. CABLE
NOTE:-
EARTH CONNECTIONS TO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT FROM NEAREST EARTH PLATE / GRID MAY ALSO
BE DONE ALTERNATIVELY USING ALUMINIUM / COPPER CONDUCTOR PVC INSULATED CORE OF SIZE
NOT LESS THAN HALF THE CROSS—SECTION OF RESPECTTIVE POWER CABLE TO EQUIPMENT
(MOTOR, PANEL ETC.). CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE USING CRIMP TYPE OF LUGS.
2. GREEN COLOR SLEEVING (ABOUT 50 MM LENGTH) SHALL BE PROVIDED AT BOTH ENDS TO
DENOTE EARTHING.
6 27.06.11 REVISED AND ISSUED BP k/ SC UAP DM

No. by by
STANDARD No.
TYPICAL DETAILS OF DIRECTLY
0 el ENGINEERS
fagteg
imeri elecaW C1.3907.7)
INDIA LIMITED
(A Gavi. of India Undertaking) BURIED EARTH ELECTRODE
7-51-0117 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
F.F.L./F.G.L.
USE 8 DIA GALVANISED M.S. BOLT,

NUT AND WASHERS FOR CONNECTING
EARTH CONDUCTORS
M.S. FLAT
50x6x85 LONG
(SEE DETAIL-1)
WELD
40 DIA, 2500 MM LONG

PIPE (MEDUIM)
(SEE NOTE-1)
20 45 20
I
40 DIA, 2500 MM
LONG PIPE (MEDUIM)
(SEE NOTE-1)
10 DIA HOLE
6 THICK M.S.
FLAT
WELD
DETAIL-1
NOTES:-
PIPE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANISED AFTER FABRICATION.
THE ELECTRODE SHALL BE DRIVEN TO A DEPTH TO REACH PERMANENT MOIST SOIL.
4 27.06.11 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP 1 Ks/Rs UAP

2
DM
0-4

Convenor Chairman
STANDARD No.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
ENGINEERS 7-51-0201 Rev. 4
INDIA LIMITED OF LIGHTING FIXTURE AT
14ta7lVigilreN3
NT27 3ga.) (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
GROUND LEVEL Page 1 of 1
LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH

50 DIA G.I. PIPE
HPMV/HPSV LAMP
ARMOURED CABLE
ADAPTOR OR REDUCER 500
TO SUIT FIXTURE
450
0
0
Li)
LIGHTING
FIXTURE
G.I REDUCER 100/50
50 DIA G.I. PIPE
G.I. REDUCER 100/50
100 DIA G.I. PIPE
DETAIL-2
100 DIA. G.I. PIPE
MARSHALLING BOX
AS PER STD. 7-51-0208
OR FLP/DIV 2 JUNCTON BOX/
o CONTROL GEAR BOX
0 (SEE NOTE-2)
0 500
SEALING COMPOUND/BUSHING
FLUORESCENT
CABLE GLAND FIXTURE
4e (FOR SAFE AREA)
EARTHING LUG —s.
50x60x6 MM M.S. 0
0
FLAT WELDED TO
POLE
0
0 50 DIA G.I. PIPE
G.I. PIPES FOR 0
INCOMING AND
OUTGOING CABLES
G.I. REDUCER 100/50
(DIA. AND LENGTH
AS REQUIRED) 100 DIA G.I. PIPE
0 F.F.L. /F.G.L
A.K\
DETAIL-3
O
In
400 MM DIA. PLAIN CONCRETE (M15)
0
0 200x200x8 MM M.S. PLATE
WELDED TO POLE
DETAIL-1
NOTES:-
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.
2. MARSHALLING BOX, JUNCTION BOX AND G.I. PIPES FOR CABLES SHALL BE LOCATED
FACING CABLE TRENCH SIDE.
3. ALL G.I. PIPES SHALL BE MEDIUM GRADE.
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP FA/SA DM

4 1 7.07.1 3
BP RKS/NS JMS VC
3 15.12.08 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
Prepared Checked
Rev. Convertor Chairman
Date Purpose by by
No. Approved by
Page 381 of 391 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O
STANDARD No.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF
(31 ENGINEERS 7-51-0202 Rev. 4
INDIA LIMITED LIGHTING FIXTURE ON
517Z1119Rtg (A Govt. of India Undertaking)
(44re woven.) PLATFORM Page 1 of 1
50 DIA. G.I. PIPE
ADAPTOR OR REDUCER
TO SUIT FIXTURE
0
0
LIGHTING FIXTURE
VIP
ARMOURED CABLE
500
BUSHING
ADAPTOR
50 DIA. G.I. PIPE FLUORESCENT

FIXTURE
(FOR SAFE AREA)
0 0
0 0
0
C•1
M.S. ANGLE
75x75x6-125 LONG
50 DIA. G.I. PIPE
WELDED TO HANDRAIL
ADAPTOR
GLAVANISED U BOLT
50 DIA. G.I. PIPE
FIXED TO ANGLE IRON
PIECE WELDED TO
HAND RAIL FOR
PLATFORM HANDRAIL
DETAIL-2
POLE SUPPORT
JUNCTION BOX/CONTOL GEAR BOX

(IF REQUIRED)
0
M.S. ANGLE
100X75X6-100 MM LONG
WELDED TO PLATFORM 0
MEMBER FOR VERTICAL
0
Li)
SUPPORT OF THE POLE
PLATFORM
REDUCER 50/25 RESTING
IN DRILLED HOLE OF
ANGLE IRON PIECE
DETAIL-1
NOTES:-
2. TYPE OF FIXTURE USED SHALL BE INDICATED ON THE LAYOUT DRAWING BY DESIGNATION
AND IDENTIFIED FROM DATA SHEET FOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
3. ALL G.I. PIPES SHALL BE MEDIUM GRADE.
BP FA/SA UAP/JM DM
RKS/NS JMS VC
15.12.08 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP
3 Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
Prepared Checked
Rev. Convenor Chairman
Date Purpose by by Approved by
No.
Page 382 of 391 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS TYPICAL MARSHALLING BOX DETAILS
7-51-0208 Rev. 5
INDIA LIMITED FOR LIGHTING POLES
(A Govt. of Indio Undertaking)
Page 1 of 1
M.S. SHEET (14SWG/

2 MM THICK) FUSE
25 MM DIA.,
25 MM LONG NEOPRENE GASKET 3 MM THICK
ALL AROUND FOR WEATHER
HALF COUPLING 75
PROTECTION
HINGE (TYP.)
-SEE DETAIL-1 FRONT
A COVER
COVER SHEET(12 SWG/
GASKET
2.64 MM THICK)
WELD 50x20x5 MM M.S.
PLATES WELDED
DETAIL-1
TO BOX
BAKELITE SHEET/ INSULATOR BASE
POLE
FOR MOUNTING OF TERMINAL
BLOCK WITH BRASS BOLT,
NUT AND WASHERS TO EARTHING
STUD ON
2.5 SQ. MM, COPPER MARSHALLING
BOX
CONDUCTOR, PVC
INSULATED WIRES
(PHASE, NEUTRAL
SCREW KNOB
AND EARTH) TO
WITH ANTI—
LIGHTING FIXTURES
FALLING
ARRANGEMENT
(CIRCLIP) j HINGES
'D'
BOX COVER
TO
EARTHING
STUD
G.I. NUT AND BAKELITE HINGE WELDED TO CABLE
'C' SHEET MARSHALLING BOX
BOLT HARDWARE GLAND
ENCLOSURE AND COVER
PVC BUSH ARMOURED
(TYP.) CABLE
BOX COVER (FRONT)

WIRING DIAGRAM OF
HOLES TO SUIT
CABLE GLANDS. MARSHALLING BOX
REMOVABLE GLAND
PLATE (14 SWG /
2 MM THICK)
6 MM DIA. BRASS SCREW WITH KNOB

25x3 MM M.S.
FLAT CLAMP BENT L
TO SUIT DIAMETER 2 NOS. DOUBLE THREADED 8 MM DIA.,
OF POLE 30 MM LONG STUD FOR EARTH CONNECTIONS
SECTION-AA MARSHALLING BOX DIMENSIONS

DIMENSIONS IN MM
CABLE SIZE (IN SQ. MM) CABLE 'C"D'
ENTRIES 'A' 'B'
UPTO 4 X 16 2 250 100 45 210
ABOVE 4 X 16 AND 3 300 150 75 210

NOTES:- UPTO 3.5 X 50
2. MARSHALLING BOX SHALL BE HAVE WEATHER PROOF (IP55) ENCLOSURE PROTECTION, WITH
CABLE GLANDS & LUGS.
3. THE BOX WITH ALL WELDED ATTACHMENTS, SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AFTER
FABRICATION AND SHALL BE PAINTED WITH EPDXY PAINT.
BP FA/SA UAP/J MS DM
BP RKS/NS JMS VC
4 15.12.08 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
Prepared Checked
Rev. Convenor Chairman
Date Purpose by by
No. Approved by
Page 383 of 391
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
11?„-Eraiwilten3 INDIA LIMITED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE MOUNTING 7-51-0212 Rev.4
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
IN EXPOSED WIRING SYSTEM Page 1 of 1
FIXED TO CEILING
CEILING
SPACER
CLAMP
CABLE OR CONDUIT SEE NOTE-2
SUPPORT BOX WITH SPRING
LOADED BALL & SOCKET
ARRANGEMENT
(CHROMIUM PLATED)
19 DIA. G.I. PIPE (MEDIUM)
CHECK NUT
(PAINTED WHITE OR
AS SPECIFIED) NON—METALLIC BUSHING
MOUNTING HEIGHT
•
FLUORESCENT FIXTURE
DETAIL-1
SUSPENSION MOUNTING
FIXED TO CEILING
CABLE OR CONDUIT—
CEILING
CLAMP SEE NOTE-2
SPACER
CHECK NUT AND
NON METALLIC CABLE GLAND IN CASE
BUSHING OF CABLE WIRING
FLUORESCENT FIXTURE
DETAIL-2
CEILING MOUNTING
NOTES:-
2. SUSPENSION/FIXING CENTRES SHALL BE AS PER FIXTURE MANUFACTURER'S DETAILS.
3. IN CASE OF CABLE WIRING ONE NO. JUNCTION BOX COMPLETE WITH CABLE GLANDS
SHALL BE PROVIDED NEAR EACH FIXTURE.
4 17.07.13 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP FA/ SA UAP/JMS DM

BP RKS/NS JMS VC
Rev.
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
Date Purpose
No. Convenor Chairman
by by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
k74 ENGINEERS TYPICAL INSTALLATION OF
11 1r Braes
1.11FR Fet,re 2613,
PA1Ji)
INDIA LIMITED WEATHER PROOF LIGHT FIXTURE 7-51-0224 Rev.4
Page 1 of 1
LIGHTING FIXTURE
MOUNTING HEIGHT
REDUCER
50 DIA. G.I. PIPE
(MEDIUM)
0
0 (30° IF MOUNTING HEIGHT
IS MORE THAN 5 METRES)
0
M.S. CLAMPS o
to
WALL OR COLUMN
REDUCER 50/25 AND 25 DIA. NIPPLE
WEATHER PROOF
JUNCTION BOX
(SEE DETAIL-1)
MOUNTED ON WALLS OR COLUMNS
/--- REDUCER 50/25 AND 25 DIA. NIPPLE
USE CABLE GLANDS FOR CABLE WIRING
i
(SEE NOTE-2)
WIRES IN G.I. PIPE
CONDUIT OR CABLE
COVER FIXED WITH BRASS

MACHINE SCREWS
JUNCTION BOX
(WEATHER PROTECTED)
DETAIL-1
NOTES:-
2.
PROPER SEALING SHALL BE ENSURED TO PREVENT INGRESS OF WATER.
3.
WHERE FIRE PROOFING COLUMNS / STRUCTURES ARE ENCOUNTERED RECEPTACLE,
JUNCTION BOX AND CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON A SUITABLE DEEP LEGGED
ANGLE IRON FRAME / DISTANCE BRACKET.
17.07.13 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD

FA/SA UAP/JMS DM
15.12.08 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP RKS/NS JMS
Rev. VC
No. Date Purpose Prepared Checked Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau
Page 385 of 391 by by Convenor Chairman
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0
Approved by
Copyright EIL - All riahts rpnprvori
MARKING OF TRENCHES STANDARD No.
‘31 ENGINEERS
lffETT EIRWiffl"2.1)
INDIA umrrED
(A Govt. of Indla UnOortakIng)
FOR 7-51-0301 Rev. 4
ELECTRIC CABLES
Page 1 of 1
SIGN - 'B' SIGN -'C'

0 0
MARKER POST
65x65x6 MM ANGLE
PAINTED WHITE
< >
0
to 0 0
60 60
4. j
47 ,c
r)
SIGN -'A'
—200 MM SQ.
Lr) PLAIN CONCRETE
(M15)
BURIED ELECTRIC
CABLES
200
TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF MARKER

(SEE NOTE-2)
II II
__ _
fr-- BURIED CABLE TRENCH r-
. . . .
ANGLE 65x65x6 ANGLE 65x65x6 ANGLE 65x65x6 ANGLE 65x65x6
1100 MM LONG 1100 MM LONG 1100 MM LONG 1100 MM LONG
ASSEMBLY SIGN.—A-1 N0. SIGN.—A-1N0. SIGN.—A-1N0. SIGN.—A-1N0.

CONSISTING SIGN.—C-2 NOS. SIGN.—B-1N0. SIGN.—B-1N0. SIGN.—B-2NOS.
OF
SIGN.—C-1NO.
NOTES: -
2. TRENCHES SHALL BE MARKED AT ALL DIRECTION CHANGES, INTERSECTIONS AND STRAIGHT RUNS.
3. SIGN BOARDS SHALL BE MADE OF 14 GAUGE ENAMELED STEEL PLATE WHITE LETTERING SHALL
BE ON JADE GREEN BACKGROUND.
•?.
4 21.11.13 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP FA/SA UAP/JMS SC
3 15.12.08 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP RKS/NS JMS VC
No. by by
TYPICAL SECTION OF CABLE TRENCH STANDARD No.
ENGNEERS
f212e.5
(.41Miffl,WM.3.1~)
IND1A LIMI I ED
Govt. of lncfio Undertoking}
IN 7-51-0302 Rev. 4
UNPAVED AREAS Page 1 of 1
F.G.L.
NATURAL SOIL (BACK FILLING)
EARTH STRIP
SPECIFIED)
BRICKS
M.V. CABLES
SAND/STONE DUST
u")
0
0 CONTROL CABLES
tf, 0
tr)
O
O
/ 001 200 I 300 11001100{101

H.V. CABLES
/ 900
200 MIN. OR TWICE

THE 0.D. OF CABLE
TYPICAL SECTION WITH H.V. AND M.V. CABLES
NATURAL SOIL (BACK FILLING)
EARTH STRIP SPECIFIED)

BRICK
SAND/STONE DUST
M.V. POWER CABLES

CONTROL CABLES
TYPICAL SECTION WITH M.V. CABLES
NOTES:-
2. LEAVE SPACE FOR LATER ADDITION OF AT LEAST 2 CABLES OR 15% AVERAGE SPARE SPACE
FOR FUTURE EXPANSION.
3. IF FIRE ALARM AND COMMUNICATION CABLES ARE LAID IN THE SAME TRENCH A CLEARANCE
OF 300 MM (MIN.) FROM ELECTRIC POWER CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDED.
?5\4rt
4 21.11.13 REVISED & REISSUED AS STANDARD BP FA/SA UAP/JMS SC
3 15.12.08 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP RKS/NS JMS VC
No. by by
SAFETY MEASURES FOR STANDARD No.
alf-ar_Jek ENGINEERS
kVieg INDIA LIMITED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 7-51-0332 Rev. 2
r222.. ofnok: Unde, tnkir70)
DURING CONSTRUCTION Page 1 of 2
ELECTRICAL POWER IS THE MAINSTAY OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. AT THE SAME TIME IT REQUIRES
UTMOST CARE IN IT'S UTILISATION TO AVOID ACCIDENTS DUE TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE INCIDENTS OR
ELECTRIC SHORT CIRCUITS. EXPOSURE OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TO ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS INCREASE THE RISK OF SUCH ACCIDENTS. HENCE IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE EXTRA
PRECAUTIONS FOR SUCH INSTALLATIONS TO ENSURE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. THIS
STANDARD ADDRESSES THE SAFETY MEASURES REQUIRED TO BE ADOPTED FOR THE ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS BY ALL CONTRACTORS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS/WORK FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT AS PER
PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST REVISION OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS IN ADDITION TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF STATUTORY AUTHORITIES AND IE RULES:
OISD—STD-173 : FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
SP-30 (BIS) : NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
THE INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE APPROVAL FROM CONCERNED STATUTORY AUTHORITIES.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DONE BY AN ELECTRICIAN WITH VALID LICENCE AND TO THE
SATISFACTION OF ENGINEER—IN—CHARGE.
ONE COMPETENT LICENCED ELECTRICIAN SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY CONTRACTOR AT SITE ROUND
THE CLOCK TO ATTEND TO THE NORMAL/EMERGENCY JOBS.
ALL SWITCH BOARDS/WELDING MACHINES SHALL BE KEPT IN WELL VENTILATED & COVERED SHED.
THE SHED SHALL BE ELEVATED TO AVOID WATER LOGGING. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL BE
USED FOR CONSTRUCTING THE SHED. ALSO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE STORED IN AND
AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/SWITCHBOARD. ADEQUATE CLEARANCES AND OPERATIONAL SPACE
SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND THE EQUIPMENT.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND INSULATING MATS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTERS.
TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED IN HAZARDOUS AREAS WITHOUT OBTAINING
SAFETY PERMIT.
PROPER HOUSE KEEPING SHALL BE DONE AROUND THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
ALL TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE TESTED BEFORE ENERGISING, TO ENSURE PROPER

EARTHING, BONDING, SUITABILITY OF PROTECTION SYSTEM, ADEQUACY OF FEEDERS/CABLES ETC.
ALL WELDERS SHALL USE HAND GLOVES IRRESPECTIVE OF HOLDER VOLTAGE.

MULTILINGUAL (ENGLISH, HINDI AND LOCAL LANGUAGE) CAUTION BOARDS, SHOCK TREATMENT CHARTS
AND INSTRUCTION PLATE CONTAINING LOCATION OF ISOLATION POINT FOR INCOMING SUPPLY, NAME
& TELEPHONE NO. OF CONTACT PERSON IN EMERGENCY SHALL BE PROVIDED IN SUBSTATIONS AND
NEAR ALL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS/LOCAL PANELS.
OPERATION OF EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY BY TEMPORARILY CONNECTING

SERIES TEST LAMP (2 BULBS OF EQUAL RATING CONNECTED IN SERIES) BETWEEN PHASE AND EARTH.
12. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN FEATURES SHALL BE ENSURED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS DURING
CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
12.1 EACH INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE A MAIN SWITCH WITH A PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INSTALLED IN AN
ENCLOSURE ADJACENT TO THE METERING POINT. THE OPERATING HEIGHT OF THE MAIN SWITCH
SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5 M. THE MAIN SWITCH SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE POINT OF SUPPLY
BY MEANS OF ARMOURED CABLE.
12.2 THE OUTGOING FEEDERS SHALL BE DOUBLE OR TRIPLE POLE SWITCHES WITH FUSES/MCBs. LOADS
IN A THREE PHASE CIRCUIT SHALL BE BALANCED AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND LOAD ON NEUTRAL
SHOULD NOT EXCEED 20% OF LOAD IN THE PHASE.
2 02.03.12 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED );t46#14C UAP/JMS DM

1 26.09.06 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARAD BP RKS/UAP JMS VC
No. by by
Approved by
Page 388 of 391
SAFETY MEASURES FOR STANDARD No.
Of=a-ael ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 7-51-0332 Rev. 2
015leg, n di o Undertoking;
DURING CONSTRUCTION Page 2 of 2
12.3 THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERLOAD, SHORT CIRCUIT AND EARTH
LEAKAGE BY THE USE OF SUITABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES. FUSES WHEREVER USED SHALL BE HRC TYPE.
USE OF REWIRABLE FUSES SHALL BE STRICTLY PROHIBITED. THE EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL HAVE
AN OPERATING CURRENT NOT EXCEEDING 30 mA.
12.4 ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE HANDTOOLS/WELDING RECEPTACLES SHALL BE TAKEN THROUGH PROPER
SWITCHES, SOCKETS AND PLUGS.
12.5 ALL SINGLE PHASE SOCKETS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3 PIN TYPE ONLY. ALL UNUSED SOCKETS SHALL BE
PROVIDED WITH SOCKET CAPS.
12.6 ONLY 3 CORE (P+N+E) OVERALL SHEATHED FLEXIBLE CABLES WITH MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE OF
2
1.5 MM COPPER SHALL BE USED FOR ALL HAND TOOLS.
12.7 ONLY METALLIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES WITH DOUBLE EARTHING SHALL BE USED AT SITE. NO WOODEN
BOXES SHALL BE USED.
12.8 ALL POWER CABLES SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH COMPRESSION TYPE CABLE GLANDS.
LUGS SHALL BE USED FOR MULTISTRAND WIRES/CABLES.
12.9 CABLES SHALL BE FREE FROM ANY INSULATION DAMAGE.
12.10 CABLES SHALL BE LAID IN UNDERGROUND AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 750 MM, FOR LV & CONTROLS
AND 900MM FOR HV CABLES COVERED WITH SAND, BRICK AND SOIL FOR ENSURING MECHANICAL
PROTECTION. CABLES SHALL NOT BE LAID IN WATER LOGGED AREA AS FAR AS PRACTICABLE
CABLE ROUTE MARKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EVERY 25 M OF BURIED TRENCH ROUTE. WHEN
LAID ABOVE GROUND, CABLES SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEATED OR SUPPORTED ON RIGID POLES OF
ATLEAST 2.1 M HIGH. MINIMUM HEAD CLEARANCE OF 6 METERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ROAD CROSSING.
12.11 UNDER GROUND CABLES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CROSS THE ROADS WITHOUT PIPE SLEEVE
12.12 ALL CABLE JOINTS SHALL BE DONE WITH PROPER JOINTING KIT. NO TAPED/TEMPORARY JOINTS SHALL
BE USED.
12.13 AN INDEPENDENT EARTHING FACILITY SHOULD PREFERABLY BE ESTABLISHED WITHIN THE TEMPORARY
INSTALLATION PREMISES. ALL APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ADEQUATELY EARTHED. IN CASE
ARMOURED CABLES ARE USED, THE ARMOUR SHALL BE BONDED TO THE EARTHING SYSTEM.
12.14 ALL CABLES AND WIRE ROPE USED FOR EARTH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE TERMINATED THROUGH TINNED
COPPER LUGS.
12.15 IN CASE OF LOCAL EARTHING, EARTH ELECTRODES SHALL BE BURIED NEAR THE SUPPLY POINT AND
EARTH CONTINUITY WIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LOCAL EARTH PLATE FOR FURTHER DISTRIBUTION
TO VARIOUS APPLIANCES. ALL INSULATED WIRES FOR EARTH CONNECTION SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF
GREEN COLOUR.
12.16 SEPARATE CORE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NEUTRAL. EARTH/STRUCTURES SHALL NOT BE USED AS A
NEUTRAL IN ANY CASE.
12.17 ON/OFF POSITION OF ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED/PAINTED FOR EASY ISOLATION
IN EMERGENCY.
13. ALL INSULATIONS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY ENGINEER—IN—CHARGE ATLEAST ONCE IN A MONTH.
X--S('S/ 9Th .1
2 02.03.12 REAFFIRMED & ISSUED BP *- •-• C UAP/J MS DM
1 26.09.06 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD BP RKS/UAP J MS VC
No. by by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0 Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
Page 390 of 391
izLrqr vkjs[k ,oa blesa fufgr fMt+kbu bathfu;LkZ bafM;k fyfeVsM dh LkaifRr gSA ;s ek= m/kkj fn, x, gSa vkSj m/kkjdrkZ us ;g Li"V Lke>kSrk fd;k gS fd u rks mUgsa iqu% eqfnzr fd;kk tk,xk] u udy dh tk,xh]
u m/kkj fn, tk,axs] u iznf'kZr fd, tk,axs vkSj u gh Lkhfer vkSj futh iz;ksx ds vykok budk dksbZ vU; iz;ksx gksxk vkSj ;g iz;ksx m/kkj nsus okys }kjk m/kkjdrkZ dks fyf[kr :i esa nh xbZ Lkgefr Lks gksxk A
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that
they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.
P O N M L K J I H G F E D C A
1
5000
2
2500 2500
2
3
3
4000
4
4
7000
5
5
F.R.L.
100.00
F.F.L.
3000
100.450
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
450
900 1600
10
10
3500
F.F.L
100.450
11
11
12
12
13
13
F.R.L.
100.00
SCALE
DATE
14
14
.
REF. DWG. NO.
7-51-0021,0212,0214,0229
JOB NO.
.
UNIT
REVISIONS
15
15
DIVN.
EIL ELECTRICAL STANDARD
DEPT.
BY
PORTA CABIN- PLAN, ELEVATIONS, SECTION
REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
LPG URAN
3-1641-0502 REV.1
PIPELINE PROJECT
DWG. NO.
MICROWAVE SYSTEM
16
16
fyfeVsM
CHKD APPD
BHARAT PETROLEUM CORP. LTD.
REV.
A2-594x420
P O N M F E A
Page 391 of 391

Document Number Rev. Document Title Number: Click On The Document Title To Go To That Section of The Document

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Document Number Rev. Document Title Number: Click On The Document Title To Go To That Section of The Document

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

A037 000 YZ MR 2472 A 10/03/2015 16 51

JOB NO UNIT/ MAIN DOC. SR.NO. REV DIVN. DEPT.

REV DATE BY CHK APPD DETAILS

Project : LPG Pipeline

1 Design, engineering, manufacture, procurement of bought out

1.0001 000-MW-01 Digital Microwave Radio Communication System as per MR 1 Lot

Project : LPG Pipeline REQUISITION No. REV

Project : LPG Pipeline REQUISITION No. REV

1 Vendor Data Requirement A037-000-16-51-VDR-2472 A 25/02/2015 2

2 Special Instructions to Vendor A037-000-16-51-SI-2472 A 25/02/2015 3

3 Technical Questionnaire A037-000-YZ-TQS-2472 A 25/02/2015 1

4 Deviation Form A037-000-16-51-MD-2472 A 25/02/2015 1

5 Certificate for Logistic Support A037-000-YZ-LSF-2472 A 25/02/2015 4

6 Job Specification for Microwave A037-000-16-51-SP91 A 25/02/2015 36

8 Network Configuration Drawing A037-000-16-51-3001 1 08/01/2015 1

9 Specification for Quality Management 6-78-0001 0 04/06/2009 9

13 Porta Cabin -Drawing A037-000-16-49-2001 B 05/03/2015 1

14 Job Specification for Air Conditioning A037-000-16-44-SP-2472 A 05/03/2015 2

16 Structural Data A037-000-16-48-SP-2472 A 05/03/2015 3

17 List of Attachement (Electrical) A037-000-16-50-LL-10 A 04/03/2015 4

18 Specification for medium & high voltage 06-51-51 6 11/04/2011 10

Project : LPG Pipeline REQUISITION No. REV

Item PR No.: Review Status Code:

Anticipated (Ant) Date of submission by vendor

Power supply distribution, earthing 4+2S

8. Site Acceptance Testing procedure 1* 10W

VENDOR DRAWING NO- ORDER NO:-

a) Review code 1 : No comments

b) Review code 2 : Proceed with manufacture/ fabrication as per commented

c) Review code 3 : Document does not conform to basic requirements as marked.

VENDOR DRAWING NO- ORDER NO:-

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO VENDORS

A 25.02.15 Issued for Bids SS SK/RK PKS

Rev. Date Details Prepared Checked Approved

5. Bidder shall furnish the drawings/documents submission schedule within 15 Days of

9. Offered models shall be accompanied with technical catalogues in English language.

ANSWER ‘YES’ ‘NO’ OR ‘NOT APPLICABLE

If ‘yes’ have you included the list of Deviations?

(If No deviations are furnished, It will be assumed that all the

3. Have you filled Project Management & Responsibility form and

4. Have you provided list of 2 years Operation & Maintenance Spares

5. Have you enclosed the relevant technical catalogue / literature in

Note: If the answer is in negative, then furnish response thereof.

VENDOR DRAWING NO- ORDER NO:-

ITEM: DIGITAL MICROWAVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Sl. No. Spec. No Clause Requirements as Deviations by Clarifications Remarks

Signature of authorized Signatory of bidder …………………

Name of authorized signatory …………………

Stamp & Date ………………………

Note: Additional sheets may be used as required

Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1

Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1

1.0 LOGISTIC SUPPORT CERTIFICATE

CERTIFICATE FOR LOGISTICS SUPPORT

(To be signed by Manufacturer's corporate level signatory on company's letterhead)

I, on behalf of M/s______________________________ confirm that the

SIGNATURE WITH SEAL

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE

(To be signed by Manufacturer's corporate level signatory on company's letterhead)

I, ____________________on behalf of M/s. ____________________________, certify that

a) The Digital Microwave Radio Communication System complete with its

b) M/s. _______________________ shall stand guarantee for the performance of

I, on behalf of M/s. ________, certify that